<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?>
<items>
	<item>
		<title>The Pension Schemes Act Has Passed Now The Real Work Begins</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Dale Critchley, Workplace Policy Manager, Aviva</strong></u></p>

<p>Trustees and providers who may have measured their default against alternative benchmarks will now need to ensure their default measures up against their peers. VfM will also look at charges and service metrics and may expand to include metrics on engagement and support.  Efficiency and engagement will impact retirement incomes, and both can be improved through economies of scale. </p>

<p>The Act retains the requirement for automatic enrolment qualifying schemes to operate at least one main scale default arrangement with &pound;25bn or more invested. If a scheme becomes non-qualifying, all employees will need to be enrolled into a new scheme. While the market and voluntary mergers may avoid this scenario, regulation is likely to focus on the run up to 2030 and how orderly exits are managed. </p>

<p>An override to contractual terms for workplace personal pension scheme members will allow transfers without consent, where there is a reasonable expectation of a better outcome in a new scheme or default arrangement. The key rules will cover the &ldquo;best interest test&rdquo; and the role of the &ldquo;independent expert&rdquo; required to approve transfers, potentially creating a new role for actuaries</p>

<p>Better returns, lower charges and consolidation into more efficient schemes that can invest in better service and engagement will potentially drive bigger pension pots, but poor decisions and lack of support at retirement could undermine all that hard work.</p>

<p>The proposals to transform the at-retirement journey might be the final piece of the Pension Schemes Act jigsaw. It&rsquo;s also an area where rules and regulations could make a significant difference. Since the 1990&rsquo;s when savers were routinely expected to take an annuity with their workplace pension provider, the emphasis had been on encouraging choice and shopping around. Rules and regulations will need to be carefully considered to ensure that savers are allocated to the right cohort, that good value default solutions meet their needs and that the overall process results in better decision making and a sustainable retirement income.</p>

<p>The Pension Schemes Act has the potential to significantly improve the lives of future pensioners by making the most of every pound saved. What the Act and pensions schemes can&rsquo;t control is how many pounds are saved in the first place.  The Pensions Commission is looking at how to address under-saving and improve retirement adequacy, adding that final piece of the workplace pensions puzzle.</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-pension-schemes-act-has-passed-now-the-real-work-begins-26750.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 8 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Transfer Delays Due To Obscure Scam Flag Alerts</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The FOI data obtained from the Money and Pensions Service (MaPS) by PensionBee, a leading online retirement savings provider, revealed the reasons behind the 51,417 Amber flags since November 2021:</p>

<div><em><strong>46%</strong> (23,542 cases) are recorded as &lsquo;unknown&rsquo; or &lsquo;blank&rsquo; - categories that do not exist in legislation;</em></div>

<div><em><strong>35%</strong> (18,135 cases) relate to &lsquo;overseas investments&rsquo; - a category regulators have already acknowledged is being misapplied; and</em></div>

<div><em><strong>18%</strong> (9,497 cases) relate to genuinely high-risk investments, or other flag categories specified in legislation, such as unclear fees. </em></div>

<p>The data also shows that almost 53,000 mandatory Pension Safeguarding Guidance (PSG) sessions have been carried out by the MaPS over the past four years. Despite this, they hold no data on how many of those sessions identified a genuine scam, led to a referral to Report Fraud, or resulted in a saver being advised not to proceed with their transfer.</p>

<p>The findings suggest that the bulk of transfers are slowed down unnecessarily - a frustrating process which can put savers off transferring their pensions - and one which could be significantly quicker with reform of the flag system, which PensionBee has called for as part of its <a href="https://www.pensionbee.com/uk/10-day-switch-guarantee">10-day Pension Switch Guarantee campaign</a>.<br />
<br />
<strong>Lisa Picardo, Chief Business Officer UK at PensionBee, said:</strong> &quot;These findings are difficult to defend. After more than 51,000 Amber flags have been raised, those responsible for the implementation of the scam flag system are not clear on why almost half of Amber flags were raised, nor whether any scams were prevented. </p>

<p>&quot;The cost falls on the ordinary savers trying to engage with their retirement savings - people who are trying to make better decisions about their retirement and are being forced through unnecessary bureaucratic hoops. What should be a simple and straightforward switch becomes a drawn-out ordeal, and that erodes trust in financial services and puts people off engaging with their retirement altogether.</p>

<p>&quot;This is not what the well-meaning legislation was designed to do. The government's own stated intention, when it introduced these rules in 2021, was to protect savers from scams whilst allowing the majority of transfers to proceed without undue delay. Its own 2023 review confirmed that is not what is happening in practice. Until the rules are tightened, providers will still treat routine transfers as potential scams, and savers will keep paying the price.&quot;</p>

<div><strong>A known problem, left unresolved</strong></div>

<div>The presence of &lsquo;overseas investments&rsquo;, a standard feature of almost all pension schemes, is listed as a reason for triggering an Amber flag in the Occupational and Personal Pension Schemes (Conditions for Transfers) Regulations 2021. This reason alone accounts for approximately 35% of all Amber flags. </div>

<p>Within months of implementation, the Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) and The Pensions Regulator issued a joint statement acknowledging concerns. And the DWP's own 2023 review found the overseas flag &lsquo;is not clearly defined&rsquo; and that savers &lsquo;are being referred to MaPS unnecessarily.&rsquo; However the recommended consultation has not been introduced, three years later.</p>

<p>Some pension scheme trustees are choosing to follow the letter of the legislation rather than applying sensible risk-based judgments, pushing a huge number of consumers into a route which should be preserved for identifying and protecting against real scams. The difference in approach between schemes can lead to an inconsistent use of flags and a confusing experience for consumers.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-transfer-delays-due-to-obscure-scam-flag-alerts-26751.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 8 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>5 Insurance Musts For Renting Your Home As A Holiday Let </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>As the staycation boom and major sporting events like Wimbledon and the British Open drive peak booking season, Go.Compare&rsquo;s home insurance experts are warning property owners that a simple assumption could cost them thousands. </p>

<div><strong>The gap in cover </strong></div>

<div><strong>Tamzin Metcalfe, home insurance expert at Go.Compare, explains: </strong>&ldquo;Many homeowners assume their standard home insurance will protect them if they rent out their home to short-term guests. In reality, relying on standard cover leaves you dangerously exposed. If a paying guest accidentally floods your bathroom, ruins your furniture, or slips and hurts themselves, a standard insurer will probably reject your claim. As well as any claims being rejected, you might even invalidate your policy, leaving you without cover.&rdquo; </div>

<p>This gap can leave you vulnerable to significant financial losses. Guest damage, theft, or related liability claims simply won't be covered by standard policies &ndash; and you might not discover this until it's too late.  </p>

<div><strong>Why specialist cover matters </strong></div>

<div>Before listing your property, Tamzin advises considering special Airbnb or holiday let insurance: &quot;It can be worth looking at specific holiday let insurance or a policy add-on designed for short-term rentals. The last thing you want to deal with is a costly repair or legal battle related to your holiday let. The right kind of property protection can give you peace of mind and save you thousands down the line.&quot; </div>

<p>Tamzin shares five insurance checks every homeowner should make before listing a holiday let: </p>

<p><strong>Review your existing policy wording carefully.</strong> Does your current home insurance package explicitly exclude short-term holiday lets? Read the terms and conditions word for word. Many standard policies don't cover lettings at all &ndash; and some only cover longer-term residential lets. Don't assume - double check. </p>

<p><strong>Understand what &lsquo;guest damage&rsquo; actually means.</strong> Guest damage isn't the same as general wear and tear. Your policy needs to spell out exactly what it covers. Will it pay out if a guest damages the shower screen, breaks a window, or damages furniture? What about accidental damage caused by negligence? Get clarity in writing. </p>

<p><strong>Check your public liability limits. </strong>Public liability insurance protects you if a guest is injured on your property &ndash; from misused hot tub to electrical faults. Make sure your policy includes this cover and that the limit is appropriate for rental property where multiple guests come and go. </p>

<p><strong>Declare your rental activity.</strong> You need to tell your insurer about any rental activity, even if it&rsquo;s just occasional. Failure to disclose this could mean any claim is rejected outright. Be transparent from the start. If your insurer isn't comfortable with holiday lettings, then shop around and find one that is &ndash; but never hide the activity. </p>

<p><strong>Compare specialist holiday let insurance.</strong> Short-term rental policies are designed specifically for this purpose and might be cheaper than you think. They often cover guest liability, damage caused by guests, loss of income if you have to cancel bookings, and even legal costs. It's worth getting quotes from dedicated holiday let insurers alongside your standard home insurance provider. </p>

<p><strong>Tamzin Metcalfe concludes:</strong> &quot;Letting out a room in your home can be a great money maker, but make sure you have all the protections in place before you start. Check your cover level before you list your property. It takes ten minutes and could save you thousands.&quot; </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/5-insurance-musts-for-renting-your-home-as-a-holiday-let--26752.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 8 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Guided Retirement Could Be Critical For Retirement Decisions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The report, <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/PPI-designing-guided-retirement-2026.pdf"><strong>&ldquo;Designing Guided Retirement Solutions: Meeting Member Needs&rdquo;</strong></a>, sponsored by now:pensions (part of Mercer), The Pensions Regulator, Royal London, Scottish Widows and WEALTH at work, outlines how the Guided Retirement framework will need to operate in order to provide a new and effective layer of support for individuals reaching retirement. The research shows that solutions will need to use partial information, grouping individuals into broad, data-informed categories based on characteristics that schemes can reasonably observe or infer.</p>

<p>The study states that segmentation will need to be placed at the centre of solution design, balancing the competing objectives of using available information to design meaningful pathways, while also remaining simple enough for members to engage with.</p>

<p>In addition, the report notes that while the recently passed Pension Schemes Act emphasises the provision of a regular income, it does not specify the extent to which solutions should seek to mitigate risks such as longevity, inflation, or investment volatility, or the degree to which schemes and providers should guide member  choice. The analysis reveals that related objectives such as income security, flexibility, simplicity, and the ability to respond to changing circumstances over time cannot all be maximised simultaneously, meaning different approaches to design will reflect these varying priorities among memberships.</p>

<p>As a result, Guided Retirement may need to operate as an ongoing, dynamic pathway, rather than a one-off decision at the point of access, creating implications for when the pathway begins, how it evolves over time, and how members are supported to navigate shocks and revisit decisions. The investigation also finds that member communications will play a critical role in this area, underlining more widely that the effectiveness of Guided Retirement will be shaped by how it interacts with existing and emerging forms of support, including Pension Wise, targeted support, and regulated financial advice.</p>

<p>The examination provides a new independent evidence base to better understand the implications of the new changes for stakeholders across the sector.</p>

<p><strong>Mariana Garc&iacute;a Requejo, PPI Senior Policy Researcher and lead author of the report, commented: </strong>&ldquo;Guided Retirement has the potential to play a critical role in improving how individuals navigate retirement income decisions, but many questions lie ahead over its design and implementation. Competing objectives such as income security, flexibility, and simplicity present clear challenges for default solutions to meet a diverse range of member needs. In order to meet them as best as possible, it&rsquo;s vital these solutions are understood as a gradual development towards a new layer of retirement support within the UK pensions system, rather than a single product innovation. During this crucial next phase of regulatory development, the PPI is delighted to deliver new independent insights to support informed Guided Retirement policy decision-making.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Lizzy Holliday, Director of PA and Policy at Mercer&rsquo;s now: pensions, said: </strong> &ldquo;Guided Retirement represents an important step forward in supporting savers at retirement but there is further work to do to enable successful delivery. The report highlights how the risks faced by DC savers at retirement interact with key policy concepts. For example, the &lsquo;default&rsquo; nature of the solution, regular income requirement, engagement and communications. We hope this report provides useful insights for government, regulators and industry - who are working hard to turn concepts into good outcomes for all savers.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Joey Patel, Director of Policy, Pensions Reform, at The Pensions Regulator, said:</strong> &ldquo;Members need more help to turn a savings pot into a sustainable retirement income and default pension benefit solutions have the potential to make a real difference. We urge schemes to start preparing now by getting to know their members, improving their data and considering how they will design and implement defaults that truly deliver better outcomes for members.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Jamie Jenkins, Director of Policy at Royal London, said:</strong> &quot;The decisions people make at retirement about their pension savings can shape their quality of life for decades. Good decisions can ensure financial security, but poor decisions could expose people to running out of money, reliant on the state for a basic level of support in their later years. In an ideal world, professional financial advice would be available to everyone, but this simply isn't the reality for most people reaching retirement today. The alternative idea of guiding people through their retirement choices therefore becomes crucial, and the Pensions Policy Institute&rsquo;s report provides a rich source of analysis and represents an important contribution to the debate.&quot;</p>

<p><strong>Carolyn Jones, Retirement Director, Scottish Widows, stated:</strong> &ldquo;Individuals are now facing an increasingly complex range of decisions at retirement, as they balance longer life expectancies, rising costs and often modest pension savings. Well-designed guided retirement solutions can play a critical role in helping people simplify the decisions they need to make about how to use their pot to provide a sustainable income.  Guided retirement needs to sit alongside other support and advice to ensure people can make retirement choices that meet their needs.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Jonathan Watts-Lay, Director, WEALTH at work, added:</strong> &ldquo;Retirement decisions are complex and highly personal, and experience shows most people want support with this. A generic default pathway risks people sleepwalking into choices that don&rsquo;t fit their circumstances or meet their needs, particularly as many retirees are likely to have multiple pension pots with varying amounts saved into each. The PPI&rsquo;s research highlights how Guided Retirement can potentially improve outcomes; however, many members will need personal guidance to help them understand the options available and ensure they make an informed decision across all of their pensions.</p>

<p>We have had a lot of interest shown in Retirement Guidance services as a means of helping individuals to understand their options prior to making any decision. This type of support, alongside digital services and tools, are likely to become best practice as Guided Retirement solutions are launched. Specialist workplace providers who can deliver tailored, high-quality and robust retirement support at scale will be key to its success.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/guided-retirement-could-be-critical-for-retirement-decisions-26753.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 8 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Broadstone Appoint Simon Grout As Senior Actuarial Director</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>His expertise includes acting as Independent Expert on Part VII transfers and s166 reports, actuarial and commercial due diligence, design and implementation of finance, capital and risk management frameworks, and mergers & acquisitions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The new hire strengthens Broadstone&rsquo;s capabilities in its growing Insurance Advisory & Remediation unit, which is adding expertise across the life, non-life, and the Lloyd&rsquo;s and London markets. In his new role, Simon will compliment Broadstone&rsquo;s existing actuarial offering helping to broaden out its client services into further risk, governance and regulatory offerings</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Simon Grout, Senior Actuarial Director at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &ldquo;I am really looking forward to working with my new colleagues bringing practical and pragmatic solutions to help our clients&rsquo; strategies. Broadstone is a growing business with a developing reputation across the insurance market for high-quality independent advice.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cara Spinks, Head of Life & Health at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &ldquo;We are delighted to have brought Simon to Broadstone as we continue to build out our team of outstanding talent throughout the Insurance Advisory & Remediation division. Simon brings significant experience of the insurance industry and will be a pivotal addition to expanding our offering across risk, governance and regulatory services.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Simon started his career in 1987 at Bacon & Woodrow before joining William M. Mercer&rsquo;s UK Life Insurance Practice in 1995 and he was made a Partner of Mercer in 1996. Upon the purchase of Oliver Wyman by Marsh McLennan in 2003, he transferred to Oliver Wyman&rsquo;s EMEA Insurance Practice working principally in the UK, Middle East and Nordic Regions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Full details of the new hire &ndash; and a headshot &ndash; are attached to this email and please get in touch if you have any questions.</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/broadstone-appoint-simon-grout-as-senior-actuarial-director-26748.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 8 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Inflation Fears And Renewed Middle East Conflict</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>''The spectre of high interest rates has seen investors finally take fright, and the slide is being exacerbated by renewed Middle East conflict. While markets had been surprisingly stoic through the Iran war and a painful energy crunch, sentiment is now more fragile. Iran has fired missiles at Israel, sparking fresh worries about the inflationary impact of the war. Brent crude has risen sharply, up 4%, trading above $97 a barrel as supplies in the region stay stranded. The prospect of borrowing costs staying higher for longer, if the prices stay elevated, has shattered the optimism which had pushed indices to record highs.</p>

<p>There had been hopes that the US economy might stay in Goldilocks territory &ndash; not too hot and not too cold &ndash; but inflation concerns have reared up again, and the bears are back on the prowl.</p>

<p>Friday's US jobs report sparked a firestorm of selling, with big tech bearing the brunt of the wobble in confidence. Indices in Asia have been hit by the contagion of pessimism, with semiconductor stocks falling sharply. South Korea's Kospi plunged more than 8%, triggering a market-wide circuit breaker. The slide looks set to continue, with Wall Street bracing for another sell-off and European indices also caught up in the downbeat sentiment. The FTSE 100 is also set to trade lower, as wary sentiment spreads and investors in the internationally focused index fret about the prospects for global growth.</p>

<p>Markets are now pricing in a growing likelihood of a rate hike from the Fed this year, and potentially another next year. The Bank of England also looks on track to raise rates at least twice, given the repercussions of the Middle East crisis.</p>

<p>Higher interest rates reduce the value of future earnings and, given how heady tech valuations have become, it's not surprising that investors are reassessing allocations and opting for companies with more reliable income streams and dividends.</p>

<p>There had already been undercurrents of worry about the surge in tech stock prices and fears that today's insatiable demand for the apparatus needed to support AI products and services would eventually wane.</p>

<p>Fears of higher interest rates come just as tech giants, which have some of the deepest cash pockets, are seeking fresh funding to help finance eye-watering capital expenditure plans. The demand is voracious right now, but there is concern that assets being invested in today, at a time when the technology is so expensive, could become obsolete further down the road.  So, tech is starting to fall out of fashion, while companies operating in the 'real economy' may be more sought after - those selling consumer staples, providing healthcare, or keeping the lights on through utility services.</p>

<p>Bonds may provide more reliable returns, but they too are suffering as interest rate expectations have been sharply adjusted, particularly in the US. Treasuries have sold off and gilts have continued to come under pressure, illustrated by the rise in yields, especially for longer-duration bonds. Investors don't want to be locked into lower rates for an extended period when they can secure higher returns from new issuances.</p>

<p>This is a treacherous tide which risks lifting other governments into more perilous waters, with UK gilt yields also rising as competition for returns intensifies across markets. With government borrowing costs climbing, public finances are set to become that bit more precarious. Another worry which, for now, is percolating in the background.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/inflation-fears-and-renewed-middle-east-conflict-26749.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 8 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>5 Financial Considerations For Cohabiting Couples</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>1) Wills and Intestacy </strong></p>

<p><strong>Sean McCann said:</strong> &ldquo;Too many people put off writing a will but it&rsquo;s especially important for cohabiting couples as the laws of intestacy don&rsquo;t provide for unmarried partners. If someone dies without a will, their partner has no automatic right of inheritance, and this is the case regardless of how long the couple have lived together or whether they have children. The surviving partner would need to make a claim on their late partner&rsquo;s estate, which can be a time consuming and expensive process, with no guarantee of success. Claims must normally be made within six months of the grant of representation in England and Wales and within six months of the death in Scotland. To ensure their partner is able to benefit from their estate, it&rsquo;s vital that cohabiting couples have valid up to date wills in place.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>2) Property ownership </strong></p>

<p><strong>Sean explained:</strong> &ldquo;It&rsquo;s important for any cohabiting couple that own a property together to check how they own it. If the property is held as &lsquo;Joint tenants&rsquo; this means that on the death of one of the partners, their share in the property will pass to the survivor. If it is held as &lsquo;Tenants in common&rsquo; each is free to leave their share to whoever they wish in their will. Issues can arise if one of the partners dies without a will and their share of the property passes under the laws of intestacy to children, parents, siblings or other relatives. Ownership can be changed from &lsquo;Tenants in common&rsquo; to &lsquo;Joint tenancy&rsquo; but it&rsquo;s important to seek legal advice.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>3) Tax </strong></p>

<p><strong>- Inheritance Tax </strong></p>

<p><strong>Sean explained:</strong> &ldquo;Married couples can normally pass assets to each other free from inheritance tax, but cohabiting couples don&rsquo;t benefit from this exemption. This can trigger an inheritance tax charge on any assets left to the surviving partner after the other passes away.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>- Capital gains tax </strong></p>

<p><strong>Sean explained:</strong> &ldquo;Giving property and investments to a cohabiting partner can also trigger a capital gains tax charge. <br />
&ldquo;This can make it more difficult to utilise two annual exemptions of &pound;3,000 or take advantage of a partner&rsquo;s lower tax rate when selling or giving away second properties or investments.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>-Income tax </strong></p>

<p><strong>Sean said:</strong> &ldquo;The marriage allowance allows non-taxpayers to transfer up to &pound;1,260 of their unused personal allowance to their basic rate tax paying spouse or civil partner. It&rsquo;s worth up to &pound;252 this tax year and claims can be backdated but is not available to cohabiting couples.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>4) Pensions </strong></p>

<p><strong>Sean said:</strong> &ldquo;If one or both partners are current or deferred members of Defined Benefit schemes, it&rsquo;s important to check what level of survivor&rsquo;s pension would be payable to a cohabiting partner as this will vary between schemes. With regards to defined contribution schemes, trustees can&rsquo;t normally make death benefit payments to an un-named non-dependant where there is a living dependant. This can cause issues if the deceased partner leaves a dependent child and didn&rsquo;t name their partner on the expression of wish form. Similarly, issues may arise with &lsquo;Death in service&rsquo; schemes provided by an employer, where the deceased has left other dependants but not named their partner as a potential beneficiary.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>5) Life insurance in trust </strong></p>

<p><strong>Sean said: </strong>&lsquo;&rsquo;The advantage of putting life insurance policies into trust is that the proceeds are normally free from Inheritance tax and the money can be paid out quickly on production of a death certificate. If your policy isn&rsquo;t in trust, most insurance companies can provide the necessary forms free of charge.  Most trusts provided by insurers have standard classes of beneficiaries that include spouse, children and grandchildren. Trusts should be checked to establish if benefits could be paid to the cohabiting partner. This is particularly important if the life insurance policy predates the beginning of their relationship.&rdquo; </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/5-financial-considerations-for-cohabiting-couples-26754.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 8 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Retirement Crisis Is Not Emerging It Is Already Here</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By James Jones-Tinsley, Self-Invested Pensions Technical Specialist, Barnett Waddingham</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The interim findings may not contain many surprises, but they do provide something arguably more important: confirmation that the UK&rsquo;s retirement adequacy problem is both substantial and increasingly urgent.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Participation is not the same as adequacy</strong></div>

<div>For years, industry conversations have focused heavily on pensions participation. Auto-enrolment has rightly been viewed as a success story, dramatically increasing pension membership and normalising workplace saving. However, the Commission&rsquo;s message is clear: participation alone is no longer the primary challenge. Adequacy in retirement is.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The headline numbers are significant. Around 15 million people are currently estimated to be under-saving for retirement, with projections suggesting this could rise further without intervention. At the same time, millions of working-age adults remain entirely outside any form of pension saving. This reinforces an important reality: mandatory minimum pension contributions should increasingly be viewed as a starting point, rather than a target.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Minimum contributions should not be seen as the target</strong></div>

<div>The Commission&rsquo;s findings point to the need for more sophisticated ways of assessing retirement adequacy. This is important because traditional replacement rate models can sometimes overstate problems for higher earners, while underestimating risks elsewhere. The direction of travel is clear. Retirement modelling, contribution adequacy discussions, and long-term income planning are likely to become even more central to advice conversations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Auto-enrolment&rsquo;s success may also have unintentionally created a behavioural problem. Many individuals assume that if they are enrolled into a workplace pension and contributing at minimum levels, they are &ldquo;doing enough&rdquo;. </div>

<div>Increasingly, policymakers and industry commentators are concerned that this false reassurance may be contributing to future retirement shortfalls.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This challenge is particularly acute for low and middle earners, where minimum contributions may deliver significantly lower retirement outcomes than many expect. For advisers and paraplanners, this increases the importance of contribution escalation strategies, regular review processes, and clearer communication around expected outcomes versus desired lifestyles.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The self-employed saving gap is becoming harder to ignore</strong></div>

<div>Perhaps the strongest theme emerging from the Commission&rsquo;s findings is concern around self-employed retirement saving. Pension participation among self-employed workers has deteriorated dramatically over recent decades, with pension saving rates now sitting at extremely low levels among those working solely for themselves.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Self-employed individuals often experience irregular income patterns, greater earnings volatility and weaker engagement with long-term saving. At the same time, growth in flexible working and gig economy employment means the size of this working cohort continues to increase. Traditional pension approaches designed around stable monthly earnings and employer payroll systems are increasingly misaligned with modern working patterns.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For financial advisers, this is an important area to watch. The need for flexible, accessible and better-understood retirement saving options is likely to become more prominent as policymakers consider how to improve pension engagement among the self-employed.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Inequality remains a major retirement risk</strong></div>

<div>The Commission also repeatedly highlights persistent inequalities in retirement outcomes.</div>

<div>Women, individuals with interrupted careers, lower earners and those with inconsistent employment patterns continue to face heightened retirement risks.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The gender pension gap remains particularly prominent, driven partly by career breaks, part-time working and increasing numbers of women participating in lower-paid flexible employment. These are not necessarily problems that structural reform alone can solve. Instead, advisers may increasingly need to focus on identifying vulnerable client segments earlier and incorporating greater flexibility into planning assumptions around career patterns, contribution gaps and income interruptions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Decumulation needs more attention</strong></div>

<div>While much attention focuses on pensions accumulation, the Commission also raises concerns about decumulation behaviour. Since Pension Freedoms were introduced in April 2015, several themes have become increasingly clear:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>High levels of full pension encashment</em></div>

<div><em>Significant reliance on tax-free cash withdrawals</em></div>

<div><em>Concerns around decumulation charges</em></div>

<div><em>Heavy dependence on unadvised individuals making complex pension decisions</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div>There also appears to be growing concern that many individuals approaching retirement underestimate their longevity and misunderstand sustainable income withdrawal rates. This creates a difficult reality for individuals: pension flexibility remains valuable, but flexibility without engagement can create poor outcomes. For advisers, this strengthens the case for retirement income modelling, cashflow planning and more structured decumulation conversations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Reform is likely, but advice conversations cannot wait </strong></div>

<div>The Commission&rsquo;s initial conclusions suggest that future reform pressure is building across multiple areas. Potential future changes could include higher auto-enrolment contribution rates, revised qualifying earnings structures, greater support for self-employed saving and possible changes to how pension access operates. However, the emphasis throughout the report is on gradual, affordable and durable reform, rather than rapid policy change.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Advisers therefore face an interesting challenge. Waiting for final recommendations may create missed opportunities, but reacting prematurely to uncertain reforms creates different risks. The more practical approach may be to focus on what is already clear today.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What this means for advisers and paraplanners</strong></div>

<div>Perhaps the most important conclusion from the Commission&rsquo;s interim work is that the retirement crisis is not emerging. It is already here. The pensions industry largely understands the problems:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>People save too little</em></div>

<div><em>Many individuals misunderstand their retirement income needs</em></div>

<div><em>Minimum contributions create false confidence</em></div>

<div><em>Behavioural barriers remain powerful</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>None of these issues need to wait for the final report in 2027.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-retirement-crisis-is-not-emerging-it-is-already-here-26747.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 5 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Cautious Mood Ahead Of Us Jobs Figures And Iran Stalemate</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The mood is cautious at the end of the week, which has seen hopes rise and fall about a resolution in the Middle East conflict and nervousness creeping in about breathtakingly high AI-powered valuations. Although the FTSE 100 is set to edge higher at the open, investor sentiment remains fragile as the drawn-out conflict between the US and Iran continues to cloud the outlook. The longer it continues, and energy supplies and other commodities are snarled up, the greater the inflationary pressures will be. Key US jobs figures out later for May will be closely watched for the effect the conflict is having on business sentiment, with employers appearing increasingly cautious about taking on new staff. The non-farm payrolls report is expected to show a decline in new hires to around 85 thousand, as the jobs market cools down from 115,000 in April. </p>

<p>In the UK, house prices dipped back in May as the war-induced energy crunch took a toll. Worries about rising household bills and fears that interest rates will be hiked this year have dampened demand. While on an annual basis prices are still up 0.5%, month-on-month they fell 0.1%. The shortage of properties in sought-after locations is likely to have kept big pockets of the market more resilient, but the downward trend is evident.</p>

<p>On the geopolitical front, conflicting messages from both Iran and the US have seen sentiment turn erratic. For now, oil prices are managing to stabilise around $95 a barrel, in the absence of a big reignition in the US military campaign. But there remain big questions about how negotiations can meaningfully progress, especially with Israel&rsquo;s actions in Lebanon such a sticking point. Hezbollah rejected proposals for a ceasefire, and although there are now reports it's seeking fresh talks with the US, this will be a highly complex situation to resolve. The US military action in Iran has opened a can of worms, with a slippery mix of geopolitical tensions escaping diplomatic attempts at containment, and threatening to unsettle markets further.</p>

<p>Usually, a crisis of this kind would have had a more crushing effect on valuations given the inflationary risks it brings. A fifth of the world&rsquo;s energy supplies are still facing huge disruption due to the closure of the Strait of Hormuz. However, the bright lights of AI have been bleaching out the geopolitical worries on the world stage. But doubts are beginning to creep back in about the durability of mega revenue streams, which has led to a spate of profit-taking. This has been prompted by chipmaker Broadcom&rsquo;s update. Although the huge earnings it's raking in are highly impressive, a very high bar has been set, and expectations for future sales were missed. The company is standing by its $100 billion AI revenue forecast for fiscal 2027 and didn&rsquo;t upgrade it. While this is a mega number, Broadcom shares are around nine times the level they were at before the groundbreaking launch of ChatGPT in 2022. With such a rapid ascent, it's not surprising there are wobbles at this height. Shares slid more than 12%, prompting falls for other tech stocks in Asian trade. While it's clear there is voracious demand for AI products and services, the extent to which spending by companies is being front-loaded is not clear.</p>

<p>There is also a longer-term risk that the huge capital expenditure projects being unleashed could weigh down innovation-focused tech companies with mega infrastructure assets which risk becoming outdated in the future.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/cautious-mood-ahead-of-us-jobs-figures-and-iran-stalemate-26744.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 5 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Middle East Conflict Tops Financial Threats For Europe</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>British consumers are among the most pessimistic in Europe about their finances in the year ahead, as instability and conflict in the Middle East tops the list of the biggest financial concerns across the continent.</p>

<p>New Europe-wide research from CRIF reveals that half of all European consumers (50%) cite Middle East instability as a key concern affecting their personal finances over the next 12 months.</p>

<p>The conflict has created ongoing disruption to shipping routes and fuel supplies, causing significant global supply chain and energy shocks that are being felt acutely across the UK and Europe.</p>

<p>In the UK specifically, the conflict is now joint-top with ongoing high inflation and rising costs (both 51%) as the biggest concern for consumers, and far ahead of other economic and geopolitical issues including the war in Ukraine (29%) and strained relations with the US (30%).</p>

<p>For European businesses, the Middle East conflict ranks as the second biggest threat to their business after rising inflation and costs (39%). In the UK, it ranks as the third biggest threat at 34%, behind inflation and domestic economic slowdown (both 37%) and ahead of concerns over slowdown globally (28%) and in Europe (26%).</p>

<p><strong>Top UK consumer and business concerns</strong></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_CrifThreat0506261.jpg" style="height:176px; width:614px" /></p>

<div><strong>UK consumers now among the most pessimistic in Europe</strong></div>

<div>The research shows British consumers are now among the most downbeat about their personal financial situations. Two in five UK consumers (39%) expect to have less money left at the end of each month over the next 12 months &ndash; ahead of the European average of 35%. Reflecting the rising cost of fuel because of the Middle East conflict, one in five (20%) UK consumers are now worried about being able to pay their bills in the next 12 months.</div>

<p>The pressure is also shaping business financial decision making. A third of UK businesses (34%) have already revised their growth plans, a quarter have prioritised cost-efficiency (26%) and even more have paused hiring (28%). On the consumer side, nearly a third (32%) have reduced the amount they put into savings, while 17% have increased their use of credit services like Buy Now, Pay Later.</p>

<div><strong>The role of financial services</strong></div>

<div>While 58% of UK consumers say financial services have a duty to offer affordable products during times of hardship, just a three in ten (30%) think providers are currently doing enough to support financial well-being during uncertain times. UK consumers are also the most likely in Europe to have been turned down for credit, with almost one in ten (8%) having been turned down since January 2025.</div>

<p><strong>Sara Costantini, Regional Director for the UK & Ireland at CRIF, said:</strong> &quot;Geopolitical shocks are no longer distant headlines for European households and businesses &ndash; they are directly shaping how people spend, borrow and plan for the future.</p>

<p>&ldquo;In the UK in particular, the picture is downbeat. British consumers are now among the most pessimistic in Europe about their personal finances for the year ahead, with more than half already planning to cut back. Tighter affordability, rising fraud risks and growing uncertainty mean many households and businesses are finding it harder to access the support they need, just as financial pressure is intensifying.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Financial services remain highly valued, but confidence in delivery is fragile. For banks and lenders, rising credit risk across mortgages, SME lending, and consumer credit is likely to drive more conservative underwriting, lending and investment strategies. The providers best placed to navigate this period will be those that combine stronger, data-led decision-making with a genuinely human understanding of the pressures their customers are facing &ndash; ensuring that risk management does not come at the expense of access, trust and financial resilience.&quot;</p>

<p>The findings form part of CRIF&rsquo;s upcoming 2026 Banking on Banks report series. The first report, to be published in June, will look at the biggest financial pressures currently facing European consumers and businesses.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/middle-east-conflict-tops-financial-threats-for-europe-26745.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 5 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Simpler Climate Reporting Rules Could Save Firms Millions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The FCA estimates it could deliver these savings by replacing detailed product-level reports based on the <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/policy-statements/ps-21-24-climate-related-disclosures-asset-managers-life-insurers-regulated-pensions">Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)</a> with simpler, more targeted information for retail investors, in line with the Consumer Duty.</p>

<p>The changes aim to give investors clearer insight into how climate risks &ndash; such as floods, storms and other extreme weather events &ndash; could affect investment performance, while reducing unnecessary costs to firms.</p>

<p><strong>Michelle Beck, director of wholesale buy-side at the FCA, said: </strong>'As part of being a smarter, more proportionate regulator, we&rsquo;re cutting complexity in our rules for asset managers, while keeping the focus on clear, useful information for investors.</p>

<p>'These proposals will make it easier for firms to communicate with their customers in ways that genuinely inform and engage them.'</p>

<p>The proposals follow a <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/multi-firm-reviews/climate-reporting-asset-managers-life-insurers-fca-regulated-pension-providers">review</a> of how the current rules are working. The FCA found that while the rules have improved firms&rsquo; awareness of climate risks, product-level reports are often seen as too complex by investors and not widely used.</p>

<p>The FCA is seeking views from asset managers, asset owners, trade bodies, and consumer groups to make sure the proposed rules work in practice and support growth.</p>

<p> </p>

<div><em>The consultation is open until 13 July 2026. The FCA aims to finalise and implement the rule change in the autumn.</em></div>

<div><em><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/consultation-papers/cp26-17-quarterly-consultation-paper-no-52">Read the consultation paper (CP26/17) and see details on how to respond.</a></em></div>

<div><em>The FCA estimates the proposals could save firms around &pound;20m a year, based on its analysis which drew from feedback from industry on reporting costs and a voluntary survey of a sample of firms. </em></div>

<div><em>The proposals form part of the FCA&rsquo;s wider work to streamline sustainability reporting requirements for asset managers and FCA-regulated asset owners.Under the proposals: </em></div>

<div><em>Retail investors would receive relevant information on how material climate risks could affect a product&rsquo;s financial performance.</em></div>

<div><em>Institutional clients would be able to request key emissions data from firms, but this would no longer need to be published in full reports.</em></div>

<div><em>The proposals complement the FCA&rsquo;s <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/policy-statements/ps23-16-sustainability-disclosure-requirements-investment-labels">Sustainability Disclosure Requirements</a> for asset managers, which aim to help retail investors navigate the market for sustainable investment products and reduce greenwashing.</em></div>

<div><em><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/policy-statements/ps-21-24-climate-related-disclosures-asset-managers-life-insurers-regulated-pensions">TCFD product reporting</a> was introduced in 2021 as part of the UK&rsquo;s approach to climate disclosures. </em></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/simpler-climate-reporting-rules-could-save-firms-millions-26746.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 5 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Scheme Funding Stays Steady Despite A Volatile May</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Broadstone Sirius Index &ndash; a monitor of how various pension scheme strategies are performing on their journeys to low dependency &ndash; posts its latest update.</p>

<p>The Broadstone Sirius Index has published its May tracking for a &lsquo;growth focused&rsquo; and a more conservative &lsquo;matching focused&rsquo; investment strategy against a low dependency basis. Both schemes started 90.0% funded at the start of 2026.</p>

<p>Reporting its update for May 2026, the Broadstone Sirius Index found that the growth focused scheme performed best through the month, increasing the funding level by 0.5 percentage points to 92.2%. This was accompanied by funding level volatility, with a 1.7% difference in the maximum and minimum funding levels achieved in May,</p>

<p>The funding level of the &lsquo;matching focused&rsquo; scheme decreased by 0.3 percentage points from 89.7% at the end of April to 89.4% at the end of May. It was a less bumpy ride, though, with the difference in the maximum and minimum funding level being 0.9% during the month.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BroadstoneLow0406261.jpg" style="height:288px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>Chris Rice, Head of Trustee Services at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &ldquo;Pension schemes largely held their funding positions throughout May. The higher growth asset exposure performed better but this was accompanied by funding level volatility.</p>

<p>&ldquo;This is all well and good when growth assets are performing well. In the face of global political and economic uncertainty, however, this could quickly reverse and trustees should consider whether their employer covenant supports this exposure.</p>

<p>&ldquo;It also raises the questions of surplus erosion if conditions reverse with surplus maintenance becoming an increasingly important challenge for trustees.&rdquo; </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-scheme-funding-stays-steady-despite-a-volatile-may-26740.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 4 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Underestimating Earthquake Losses From Sonic Boom Blind Spot</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Insurance catastrophe models are failing to factor in a little-known class of earthquake despite it being linked to two thirds of industry losses from seismic events in the last decade, according to a new study by MS Amlin.</p>

<p>Researchers at the Lloyd&rsquo;s insurer found so called &ldquo;supershear&rdquo; earthquakes accounted for 66% of insured losses from earthquakes since 2016 &ndash; equivalent to $13.2 billion - yet are absent from seismic hazard models, building design codes and insurance catastrophe models. </p>

<p>The paper, published in the Journal of Catastrophe Risk and Resilience, warns this blindspot could have significant implications for capital and pricing decisions, particularly in major earthquake zones such as California &ndash; leading to calls for urgent action to be taken by risk carriers and catastrophe model vendors. </p>

<p>Supershear earthquakes occur when rupture along a fault travels faster than usual creating a shockwave similar to a jet aircraft&rsquo;s sonic boom. The result can be far stronger ground shaking, alongside a &ldquo;double punch&rdquo; effect caused by successive seismic waves.</p>

<p>According to the paper, supershear earthquakes can produce &ldquo;unusual torsional forces&rdquo; on buildings, particularly taller structures, while also creating stronger shaking that travels further away from the fault.</p>

<p>While supershear earthquakes were once considered rare, they are being identified more frequently as seismic technology improves.  Around 36% of major strike slip earthquakes globally since 2010 have involved supershear rupture.</p>

<p><strong>Luke Wedmore, Senior Research Analyst at MS Amlin, who co-authored the study alongside William Sturgeon, Research Analyst, said:</strong> &ldquo;There are still lots of things we don&rsquo;t know about supershear earthquakes, but the evidence now suggests they are more common - and potentially far more damaging - than previously understood. </p>

<p>&ldquo;The sonic boom produced by these ruptures can cause more intense and widespread damage &ndash; yet the impact is significantly underestimated in models used for capital and pricing decisions for earthquake risks.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The researchers pointed to the magnitude 7.7 Myanmar earthquake in 2025 - identified as a supershear event - which produced a surface rupture stretching 475km, around 230km longer than estimates would have predicted.  This materially increases the area exposed to shaking, the paper said.</p>

<p>The findings carry particular relevance for California, the world&rsquo;s largest earthquake insurance market, where the San Andreas Fault is vulnerable to supershear. The 1906 San Francisco earthquake has since been identified as a supershear event.</p>

<p><strong>Wedmore said:</strong> &ldquo;Given the higher shaking intensities caused by supershear earthquakes, there is a significant chance that earthquake risk in California is markedly underestimated.  With California potentially experiencing its longest major earthquake drought in 1,000 years, now is a critical moment for the industry to address this blindspot.&rdquo;</p>

<p>MS Amlin modelled the impacts of supershear effects on representative insurance and reinsurance portfolios, finding that losses at a 200-year return period increased by 5% to 10%. At 500-year return periods, losses jumped between 30% and 60%.</p>

<p>Wedmore urged insurers to move quickly to ensure supershear risks are captured before the next generation of catastrophe models is finalised.</p>

<p><strong>Wedmore added: </strong>&ldquo;We have already updated our catastrophe models and view-of-risk to incorporate supershear effects and better understand the potential impacts on our portfolios.</p>

<p>&ldquo;As the scientific evidence continues to strengthen, the wider industry must urgently do the same to incorporate supershear ruptures and their consequences.</p>

<p>&ldquo;With major model vendors preparing to update US earthquake models following revisions to the national seismic hazard framework, a narrow window is open for the industry to close this gap.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Insurers and catastrophe model vendors could begin addressing the issue immediately through stress tests and enhanced sensitivity scenarios to assess the risk in the short term, the paper said.</p>

<p>Among the steps proposed were identifying long strike-slip faults capable of supershear rupture and testing alternative shaking patterns within catastrophe models.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The next steps need to involve collaboration between scientists, engineers, risk practitioners and the (re)insurance industry to advance the science and simultaneously produce practical solutions, regulations and guidance,&rdquo; the paper said.</p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Supershear Earthquakes &ndash; An insurance blind spot, by MS Amlin researchers Luke Wedmore and William Sturgeon, is published in the Journal of Catastrophe Risk and Resilience.</em></span></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/underestimating-earthquake-losses-from-sonic-boom-blind-spot-26743.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 4 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Facing Governance Gap As Admin Scrutiny Intensifies</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The study, which surveyed trustees from 119 UK pension schemes across both DB and DC, found that while 38% of schemes are actively planning or considering an administration review or replacement, a significant majority remain stagnant, potentially increasing risks around member outcomes and regulatory compliance.</p>

<p>The findings come in the wake of The Pensions Regulator&rsquo;s (TPR) updated guidance (December 2025), which reinforces that trustees remain legally responsible for administration quality, even when outsourced.</p>

<p>According to the data, 38% of schemes are taking action, 16% are benchmarking, and 14% are conducting service reviews, while 8% are actively looking to replace their provider. Of those seeking a new provider, 80% cite poor service - particularly in project delivery - as the primary driver. 62% of schemes also have no plans to review or benchmark their administration.</p>

<div><strong>Endgame focus may create oversight risks</strong></div>

<div>The research highlights a notable trend regarding schemes approaching buy-out or consolidation. Of the schemes not planning a review, 37% cited their endgame focus as the reason. This could be a missed opportunity. Prioritising administration and data integrity ahead of a transition is proven to drive endgame efficiencies and secure better outcomes for members. Neglecting oversight at this stage can lead to costly delays and diminished member experiences during the transition.</div>

<p><strong>Sankar Mahalingham, Head of Pensions Growth at Law Debenture, commented: </strong>&quot;Member expectations have been fundamentally reshaped by the digital world. Accustomed to frictionless service in banking and retail, members now apply those same standards to their retirement. When administration falls short - through poor communication, data errors or slow processing - the impact is often felt during the most emotionally and financially significant moments of a members life.&quot;</p>

<p>&ldquo;While the level of activity is encouraging on the surface, much of it remains reactive. For many schemes, administration only rises to the top of the boardroom agenda when risks or failures have already manifested - often when it is too late to prevent member harm.</p>

<p>&quot;The question facing trustees is no longer simply whether their administrator is performing, but whether they have the governance frameworks in place to properly assess and oversee that performance&quot;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-facing-governance-gap-as-admin-scrutiny-intensifies-26741.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 4 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Stocks On The Back Foot As Markets Look For Fresh Catalysts</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Geopolitics are back at the wheel of global markets after fresh clashes between the US and Iran put Asian stocks under pressure overnight. That&rsquo;s also weighing on FTSE 100 futures this morning as investors consider the recessionary risks of a prolonged conflict.</p>

<p>The OECD has called the Middle East disruption the dominant force in its latest economic outlook. The report paints a relatively strong backdrop, with &ldquo;output boosted by strong AI-related investment, production and trade, lower tariff barriers and supportive financial and fiscal conditions.&rdquo; So, while global growth forecasts for this year have been revised downwards from 3.4% to 2.8%, 2027 forecasts have been held at 3.1%. However, its prolonged disruption scenario sees pressure on both inflation and growth, with Asian energy importers likely to feel the worst of it. In this scenario, global growth is set to turn negative by the end of 2026 before recovering over the course of 2027.  </p>

<p>Oil traders, however, appear to be holding on to hopes that the current situation will be transient rather than permanent. Brent Crude prices are down slightly at close to $97 per barrel. While the Strait of Hormuz remains technically closed, around 10% of normal traffic volumes are still making it through. Meanwhile, President Trump has made further suggestions that a deal could be reached within days.</p>

<p>US stock futures are down this morning after Wall Street backed off from record highs yesterday. Most of the weakness came from big tech shares, with healthcare and consumer staples enjoying a rally as investors sought to top up on defensive positions.</p>

<p>Custom chip designer Broadcom saw its shares fall around 14% in after-hours trade. First quarter revenue grew by 48% to $22.19 billion, with both top and bottom-line numbers landing close analyst forecasts. Q2 revenue guidance also came in ahead of market expectations but with the stock up 38% so far this year investors clearly wanted more. Management has kept its longer-term powder dry too keeping its 2027 guidance of above $100 billion for AI chip sales unchanged despite strong progress on the ground with customers such as Meta, Alphabet, Open AI and Anthropic.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/stocks-on-the-back-foot-as-markets-look-for-fresh-catalysts-26739.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 4 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Mega listings May Put Private Market Valuations To The Test</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Historically, those conditions would encourage more companies to seek public listings, allowing founders and investors to crystallise value. If we now see a wave of major IPOs, it could provide an important test of whether private market valuations stand up to public market scrutiny. The challenge is that many of today's most anticipated listings are being valued on future growth opportunities that remain difficult to quantify. Investors are increasingly being asked to place a value on businesses whose most significant earnings streams may still be years, or even decades, away. That inevitably raises questions around valuation certainty and how accurately future expectations are being reflected in today's prices.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;There is also a broader market implication. Global equity indices are already heavily concentrated in a relatively small number of mega-cap technology companies. If more businesses enter public markets at substantial valuations, that concentration could increase further, particularly within market-cap-weighted indices.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Implications for DC pension schemes</strong></div>

<div>&quot;For defined contribution pension schemes, this presents a growing challenge. Many savers are invested in passive strategies that automatically allocate more capital to the largest companies. While that approach has benefited from the strong performance of large-cap technology stocks in recent years, it also means pension outcomes are becoming increasingly reliant on a relatively small number of companies continuing to deliver exceptional growth.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;As a result, trustees and providers are having to think carefully about how they balance the efficiency of market-cap-weighted investing against the need for diversification across different regions, sectors and sources of return.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;The revival of the IPO market is therefore about more than new listings. It is a test of private market valuations, a gauge of investor appetite for long-term growth stories and an important reminder of the concentration risks that continue to build across global equity markets.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/mega-listings-may-put-private-market-valuations-to-the-test-26742.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 4 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Virgin Media Fix  A Legal And Actuarial Double Act</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><u><strong>By Anna Rogers, Founder of Arc Pensions Law</strong></u></div>

<div> </div>

<div>There are two technical legal difficulties:</div>

<div><em>identifying the true nature of a rule alteration; and</em></div>

<div><em>deciding whether it is a &ldquo;potentially remediable alteration&rdquo; (PRA).</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>One approach we have taken recently is what I describe as &ldquo;Lawyers First; Wide Net&rdquo;.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Lawyers First</strong></div>

<div>The TAG rightly emphasises that actuaries should not give legal advice. There is a risk in legal input being sought only if the actuary has identified a problem. Trustees or sponsors may see that as a cost-saving measure but it could turn out to be the opposite. The real effect of the amendment may be hidden. While adviser risk could be managed contractually, the purpose of the exercise is to resolve uncertainty, not preserve it. All parties benefit from establishing a firm foundation for the future.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The responsibility lies with trustees to specify the rule alterations they are asking the scheme actuary to confirm.  Some amendments are straightforward such as a single change applying only to future accrual. But it is not always safe to rely on the words on the page.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Complications commonly arise where an amendment:</div>

<div><em>is stated to have retrospective effect;</em></div>

<div><em>has been overridden by legislation or case law such as Walker v Innospec;</em></div>

<div><em>is affected by contractual arrangements outside the rules; or</em></div>

<div><em>is unclear or poorly drafted.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Confusion is also common where multiple amendments are made together or where the effects of A-Day deeds or merger deeds need to be analysed. The PSB excluding wound-up schemes was helpful, but mirror image bulk transfers do raise issues.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Replacing the entire trust deed and rules can be particularly challenging. Even when described as &ldquo;consolidation&rdquo; this often involves material wording changes. Identifying what changed can be difficult; even more so if the earlier rules are missing. The provisions being replaced could themselves be invalid. Starting with the legal advice might sound like a fee generation project for lawyers but read on &hellip;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Wide Net</strong></div>

<div>Rule alterations between 1997 and 2016 took many forms. How they interacted with contracting-out requirements can be complex. Pension lawyers may disagree on the analysis. However, a definitive legal conclusion is only required where it makes a difference.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Some clients have found it helpful to cast the legal net widely, erring on the side of inclusion and avoiding in-depth analysis that turns out to be unnecessary, working in partnership with the scheme actuary.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>What is a PRA? Clause 103(7) of the Bill defines it as an alteration that could not lawfully be made at the time unless regulation 42 was satisfied. Applying that definition raises several questions:</div>

<div><em>Was there an alteration of the rules? This appears to be a matter of form not substance. It is a different test from the section 67 &ldquo;modification of the scheme&rdquo;.</em></div>

<div><em>Did it &ldquo;relate to&rdquo; benefits? This catches more than alterations changing the benefit structure. A discretion allowing a spouse&rsquo;s pension to be diverted to a financial dependant relates to benefits (and could, at least in theory, affect the test).</em></div>

<div><em>Did those benefits constitute section 9(2B) rights? The question at this stage is not whether they were reference scheme benefits or relevant to the reference scheme test.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The TAG contains useful practical examples, but it is appropriately caveated and not a substitute for legal advice.</div>

<div>Taking a broad view produces a longer list of amendments for the scheme actuary to consider. However, under a &ldquo;RAG&rdquo; analysis, changes can be coded green if they appear capable of confirmation. Almost all can be confirmed based on understanding the nature of the change. It is not important to establish whether they are technically PRAs: the confirmation will validate those that are. Amber would mean data investigation is needed, and red would flag a legal concern about confirmation.  The actuary must form an opinion on each alteration, which means each one needs to be identified.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Experience to date suggests a long list typically results in only two or three amber items and possibly one red &ndash; often closure to future accrual.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Common problem areas</strong></div>

<div>Amber items requiring data investigation would include:</div>

<div><em>retaining a scheme-specific earnings cap at A-Day;</em></div>

<div><em>capping pensionable salary.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Some amber or red alterations may prompt the need for further legal analysis. It may be possible to conclude that they were not PRAs and take them off the list.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Rule amendments closing to future accrual remain puzzling. A scheme with no future accrual could not continue to contract out (although we have seen some with section 37 confirmations - a happy result which seems to work!). But surely contracting out did not entrench a right to future service accrual. Further clarification may emerge, possibly from the Verity ruling.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Where closure was achieved through contractual variation or active members opting out, there may be a so-called &ldquo;housekeeping&rdquo; rule amendment documenting the true underlying legal position outside the rules. Referring to overriding legislation (e.g. civil partners) is also housekeeping, though sometimes the rule amendment goes further than the minimum.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Favourable changes are rarely problematic. In most cases they can be re-made now with retrospective effect and past payments ratified, assuming a continuing amendment power and sponsor support. While invalidity could, in theory, allow sponsors to withdraw accidentally &ldquo;hard coded&rdquo; past improvements, we have seen no appetite for that in practice. If a putative PRA cannot be confirmed, it is time to drill down into whether it can be taken off the list. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Key points for scheme actuaries</strong></div>

<div><strong>Stay within the actuarial role. </strong>This does not include advising whether a change is a rule alteration, whether it was validly made, or whether it was overridden by law or contract. Keep your PI cover - don&rsquo;t be an accidental lawyer!</div>

<div><strong>Insist on proper scoping at the outset.</strong> Actuarial confirmations should relate only to clearly identified rule alterations provided by the trustees. Actuaries should not be expected to uncover, reconstruct or categorise historic alterations as part of this exercise.</div>

<div><strong>Expect uncertainty at the outset and simplification later. </strong>An initially long list of alterations typically narrows quickly once relevance is assessed.</div>

<div><strong>Focus effort where evidence is required.</strong> Most alterations can be easily confirmed. A much smaller subset may require data-driven analysis to assess potential impact on the reference scheme test.</div>

<div><strong>Anchor opinions to specific changes. </strong>However obvious the outcome may seem, this is how to make the actuarial confirmations effective. </div>

<div><strong>Use scoping as professional risk management.</strong>  It is not fair to ask actuaries to uncover or classify historic amendments. Clear instructions, explicit assumptions and well-defined boundaries protect actuaries and are reasonable to expect.</div>

<div><strong>Work hand in hand with scheme lawyers.</strong> Joined up advice is the best way to deliver cost-effective, sound and future-proof outcomes for our mutual clients.</div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-virgin-media-fix--a-legal-and-actuarial-double-act-26735.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 3 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Goal den Rules For Travel Insurance Ahead Of The World Cup</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>In 2024 alone, travel insurers paid out &pound;35 million to help their customers visiting the USA and Canada cover the cost of medical bills and other unexpected losses. Considering the cost of medical care is significantly higher across the pond, insurance is something fans won&rsquo;t want to forget.   </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Ahead of the tournament, the ABI has shared five top tips to help people understand the key features of travel insurance and choose a policy that suits their needs. <br />
 </div>

<div><strong>Buy before you fly. </strong>Most policies won&rsquo;t be valid if you buy them after you&rsquo;ve started your trip, which means you won&rsquo;t be able to make a claim should something go wrong overseas.  It&rsquo;s always best to take out insurance as soon as you&rsquo;ve booked a trip, as this will ensure you're covered if you need to cancel. We recommend shopping around and choosing a policy that meets your specific needs, considering factors such as your destination, the length of your trip, and any planned activities. <br />
<br />
<strong>Declare any pre-existing medical conditions.</strong> Doing so will help you get the right level of medical cover for your individual circumstances, giving you peace of mind that you're protected abroad. The primary purpose of travel insurance is to cover the cost of what can be incredibly expensive emergency medical treatment overseas. In 2025, one of our members paid out &pound;500,000 to a customer who required emergency surgery in the USA and medical repatriation back to the UK, demonstrating just how costly these situations can be and why disclosing conditions is vital to make sure you have the right cover. If you&rsquo;re unsure what you need to disclose, speak to your insurer.<br />
<br />
<strong>Make a &lsquo;claim plan&rsquo;</strong>. Keep your insurance policy and your provider&rsquo;s contact details to hand in case anything goes wrong on your trip.  It can also help to share these with a trusted friend or family member travelling with you, as well as someone at home. Should you need to make a claim, contact your insurer as soon as possible. Many insurers will have a 24/7 phone number you can call for support. <br />
<br />
<strong>Follow FCDO travel advice. </strong>This advice is there for your safety, and travelling against it could invalidate your insurance. You can sign up to receive email alerts about changes to travel advice here, and the FCDO's Travel Aware campaign page also has important guidance on a range of topics, including travel insurance. Information specific to the World Cup is also available on Gov.uk Travel Advice pages for the USA, Canada and Mexico. <br />
<br />
<strong>Celebrate responsibly.</strong> While it might be tempting to raise a glass after a big win, consume alcohol responsibly. Insurers will expect you to take &lsquo;reasonable care&rsquo; on your trip, so if you&rsquo;re injured whilst drinking excessively, you may not be able to claim for any emergency medical treatment you need or other costs incurred.<br />
<br />
Don&rsquo;t forget it&rsquo;s illegal to consume alcohol in the USA if you&rsquo;re under the age of 21, so any related claims are unlikely to be covered by travel insurance. Most standard travel policies will also have exclusions for recreational drug use &ndash; even if the drug is fully legal in your destination. <br />
 </div>

<div><strong>Fraser Lyall, Policy Adviser for General Insurance at the ABI, said: </strong>&ldquo;We can&rsquo;t promise your team will win the World Cup, but our top tips can help you travel there like a champion. Given the higher cost of medical care in the US and Canada, travel insurance will be essential to protect your finances should you fall ill or be injured abroad. Don&rsquo;t get caught offside &ndash; check you&rsquo;ve got the right cover in place before your trip kicks-off.&rdquo;   </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/goal-den-rules-for-travel-insurance-ahead-of-the-world-cup-26738.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 3 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Us Records  Nvidia Momentum  And Oil Risks In Focus</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Global equity markets look set for a mixed start, with FTSE 100 futures pointing to an essentially flat open while US markets are expected to give back a little ground after the S&P 500 chalked up yet another record high last night. The latest moves suggest investors are still happy to chase the AI theme, with some profit-taking in software names after a strong run and money rotating back into the trusty hardware plays. The market tone is still broadly upbeat, despite oil prices ticking higher as investors try to make heads or tails of what&rsquo;s going on in the Middle East, with news of fresh strikes balanced with President Trump&rsquo;s insistence that talks are still ongoing.</p>

<p>Nvidia used one of the chip industry&rsquo;s biggest annual showcases, Taiwan&rsquo;s Computex conference, to underline a familiar point: the AI hardware race still runs through its technology. The key message was around AI factory economics, with Vera Rubin moving into full production and Nvidia arguing that lower running costs, faster output and longer useful life can matter more than headline chip prices. RTX Spark added another strand to the story, pushing Nvidia further into AI PCs with a Blackwell GPU and custom Grace-based CPU, though this is an incremental opportunity rather than a main driver. The bigger picture is that Nvidia is trying to show it can stretch beyond data centre GPUs without losing focus on the core engine of demand, and all signs point to a company executing on that strategy.</p>

<p>Gold&rsquo;s been out of the spotlight of late, struggling to regain its shine, with prices holding below $4,500 an ounce. Stronger US jobs data didn&rsquo;t help, denting hopes of near-term rate cuts. A jump in US job openings and a drop in layoffs point to a labour market that still has plenty of heat in it, giving the Federal Reserve more reason to keep interest rates higher for longer. Attention will now turn to Friday&rsquo;s non-farm payrolls report as the next indication of where the rate path might be headed.</p>

<p>Oil prices are slowly climbing, with Brent moving above $97 a barrel as fresh Middle East tensions added another layer of risk to supply expectations. Reports of Iranian missile launches and US retaliatory strikes kept the geopolitical premium firmly in place, even as President Trump insisted talks with Iran are still active. There was a tighter supply angle too, with industry data pointing to a 6.8 million barrel drop in US crude inventories last week, which would mark a sixth straight weekly draw if confirmed by official figures later today.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/us-records--nvidia-momentum--and-oil-risks-in-focus-26733.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 3 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Broadstone Advises On L gs Bulk Annuity Deal For Lowman</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Broadstone has advised on a full scheme buy-in for the Lowman Pension Scheme (&ldquo;the Scheme&rdquo;) with Legal & General (L&G) for a &pound;10m premium.</p>

<p>The scheme is sponsored by a mid-Devon based property management company, Lowman Manufacturing Limited (&ldquo;the Company&rdquo;).</p>

<p>The transaction secures the full benefits of all 115 uninsured members, comprised of 52 deferred members and 63 members with pensions in payment, and completed in March. The Company had set aside a reserve to meet any shortfall and the thorough preparation meant that pricing received came well within budget.</p>

<p>The Scheme&rsquo;s existing administrator did not have the experience and capacity to prepare for a bulk annuity market approach, so Broadstone&rsquo;s SM&RT Insure &ndash; Admin stepped in, adding to its existing actuarial, investment consultancy and recently appointed risk transfer advice services provided to the Scheme. Broadstone was able to provide insurer data within 3 months of the administration going live, enabling its SM&RT Insure risk broking team to work with L&G and rapidly transact the buy-in.</p>

<p>Having reviewed the wider market, the Trustees selected L&G&rsquo;s Flow solution for smaller pension schemes.</p>

<p><strong>Chris Rice, Deal Lead and Head of Trustee Services at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;When we started discussing a potential buy-in last year, with the Company setting aside funds to facilitate the transaction, it quickly became clear that dedicated and expert administration support was required. It is satisfying that Broadstone&rsquo;s administration could deliver market-ready data so quickly and facilitate this transaction with L&G at pace.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Bruce Beacham, Chair of Trustees, said:</strong> &ldquo;After two past buy-ins and a bulk transfer out of the defined contribution section, it is rewarding now to have secured the benefits of our remaining members. L&G was a natural partner to consider given they were already heavily involved in the Scheme. We are grateful to Broadstone for the administration support and helping to secure a price that was well within the Company&rsquo;s reserve.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Dominic Moret, Head of Origination and Execution, Institutional Retirement at L&G, added:</strong> &ldquo;This transaction demonstrates how our Flow proposition can deliver certainty, efficiency and smooth execution for schemes approaching their endgame. By novating the Scheme&rsquo;s existing L&G asset holdings, the buy-in price was directly aligned to those assets, effectively locking in pricing and giving Trustees confidence in the outcome. The approach helps minimise costs, remove unnecessary market risk, and supports schemes in achieving a well-matched, efficient transition to securing positive outcomes for their members.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/broadstone-advises-on-l-gs-bulk-annuity-deal-for-lowman-26734.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 3 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Growth Focused Dc Strategies Continue To Gain Favour</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Isio has published its latest analysis of the investment performance and asset allocation of 14 major UK DC master trust providers. The latest quarterly update highlights how providers are continuing to position members for long-term growth despite a more volatile market backdrop in Q1 2026.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Global equities declined over the quarter amid heightened geopolitical uncertainty and rising energy prices, with US equities particularly weak as technology stocks retraced following strong performance in 2025. Emerging markets proved more resilient, while UK equities delivered positive returns supported by higher oil prices and a weaker sterling.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>At the same time, rising inflation expectations pushed gilt yields higher, weighing on conventional bonds, while credit markets also delivered negative returns. Despite this more challenging environment, the quarter reinforced a broader structural trend across the DC market: providers are increasingly prioritising long-term retirement outcomes over short-term stability.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Providers maintain long-term focus through market volatility</strong></div>

<div>Periods of short-term volatility remain an expected feature of long-term investing, particularly for growth phase strategies with higher exposure to equities and other return-seeking assets.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Across the provider landscape, growth phase strategies experienced a wide dispersion of returns over Q1, ranging from +0.9% to -4.5%, reflecting differences in equity exposure, regional positioning and overall strategy design. However, longer-term outcomes remained significantly stronger, with three-year annualised returns ranging from 9.2% p.a. to 17.4% p.a. However, recent changes to many strategies mean historic performance should be interpreted with caution.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Performance to 31 March 2026 - Growth Phase (30 years to retirement)</strong></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_IsioStrategy0306261.jpg" style="height:255px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The variation in outcomes highlights the increasing importance of strategic design decisions within default strategies. While equity allocations have been a key driver of returns in recent years, providers are also gradually introducing private market exposures and broadening diversification, which could lead to greater differentiation between strategies over time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Importantly, providers continue to maintain a long-term approach despite periods of market stress. Recent member behaviour during episodes such as the Covid pandemic and tariff-driven volatility in 2025 has shown limited evidence of panic-driven disinvestment, supporting greater confidence in maintaining exposure to growth assets where appropriate.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Retirement strategies continue evolving beyond traditional de-risking</strong></div>

<div>The evolution in at-retirement strategy design also continued through Q1. While most at-retirement strategies delivered modest negative returns over the quarter, the narrower range of outcomes compared to the growth phase demonstrated the benefits of diversification in helping manage downside risk. Importantly, maintaining exposure to equities did not necessarily result in materially worse outcomes during the period.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Providers are increasingly designing retirement strategies to reflect longer retirement horizons and growing use of drawdown rather than focusing solely on capital preservation or annuity purchase.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>At Retirement Phase - Peer Group Asset Allocation (0 years to retirement)</strong></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_IsioStrategy20306261.jpg" style="height:275px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div>This has led to a gradual shift toward retaining growth assets for longer, alongside broader diversification across fixed income and alternative credit assets. The move reflects increasing industry recognition that excessive early de-risking can raise the risk of inadequate retirement income over the long term.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Alongside this, providers are continuing to develop more holistic post-retirement solutions, including guided retirement approaches designed to support members as they transition from accumulation into decumulation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mark Powley, Head of DC Master Trust Research at Isio, said:</strong> &ldquo;Q1 was a reminder that periods of volatility are a normal part of long-term investing, particularly following a sustained period of strong market performance. What&rsquo;s notable is that providers have generally maintained a disciplined long-term approach rather than reacting to short-term market movements.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;We continue to see strategies evolving to reflect changing retirement behaviours and the growing recognition that more members are likely to remain invested for longer into retirement. That is leading providers to retain growth assets for longer, while also broadening diversification to help manage downside risk more effectively.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The increasing dispersion in returns also highlights how important strategic design decisions are becoming across the DC market. As private market allocations continue to develop and retirement solutions evolve further, we expect differentiation between strategies to become even more pronounced over time.&rdquo;<br />
 </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/growth-focused-dc-strategies-continue-to-gain-favour-26736.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 3 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Football Clubs Warned About Questionable Sponsorship Deals</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>These unauthorised firms may be breaching UK financial services laws by providing financial services in the UK without authorisation. Fans using these firms risk losing all their money.</p>

<p>The FCA has written directly to football clubs, mainly in the Premier League, to warn about their relationships with these firms and remind them of their responsibilities to fans.</p>

<p><strong>Lucy Castledine, director of consumer investments at the FCA, said: </strong>'Millions of football fans trust their club&rsquo;s badge. Clubs should not let unauthorised financial firms exploit that loyalty by putting potentially dodgy products in front of millions of fans. A logo on a shirt means one thing: that firm paid for it. Fans should always check the firm using our Firm Checker tool before buying a financial product and help us show the red card to those that would risk your money.'</p>

<div><strong>For fans: what you need to know </strong></div>

<div>It doesn't matter how prominent the branding is, which club it sponsors or how professional the app looks. If the sponsoring firm provides financial services and is not on the <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/consumers/fca-firm-checker">FCA Firm Checker</a>, it is not regulated, and you will likely have no protection if things go wrong.</div>

<p>You should check any financial services firm before you use them.</p>

<div><strong>For clubs: what the FCA expects </strong></div>

<div>Sponsorship deals with unauthorised financial services firms don't just harm fans. They potentially expose clubs to legal liability, money laundering risks and serious reputational damage.</div>

<p>The FCA expects every UK football club to conduct proper due diligence on financial services sponsors before signing, and on an ongoing basis. Where the FCA has already identified concerns, it has spoken directly to the club. Where action is needed, the FCA will take it.</p>

<p>The FCA is engaging with the Government and external partners like the Premier League and the Independent Football Regulator to tackle this across the sport.</p>

<p> </p>

<div><em><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/FCA-sponsorship-arrangements-football-clubs-2026.pdf">Read the letter to football clubs</a> (PDF). </em></div>

<div><em>Consumers can check whether a firm is authorised by using the <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/consumers/fca-firm-checker">FCA Firm Checker</a>. </em></div>

<div><em>The FCA regularly publishes warnings about unauthorised firms and scams on our <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/consumers/warning-list-unauthorised-firms">Warning List</a>. </em></div>

<div><em>In the UK, firms must be authorised by the FCA &ndash; or have their adverts approved by an authorised firm &ndash; before they can <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/firms/financial-promotions-adverts">promote financial products</a> or services to consumers.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Sports Minister Stephanie Peacock said: </strong>'Sponsorship deals play a vital part in sustaining our football pyramid, but fans deserve to know that the companies associated with their clubs are responsible, accountable and safe to use.'</em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/football-clubs-warned-about-questionable-sponsorship-deals-26737.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 3 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ai At The Core</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Laura Carballo, Head of Advanced Analytics for South-West Europe and Luk&aacute;&scaron; Vermach,Director, ICT Insurance Management Consultancy Team, WTW</strong></p>

<p>There will be opportunities at every stage of the value chain - from product design and marketing to underwriting, pricing, claims reserving and customer service. The most forward-thinking insurers are therefore developing roadmaps for AI transformation, working across every business unit to identify new use cases and to move forward with implementation.</p>

<div><strong>Pricing and underwriting in focus</strong></div>

<div>AI transformation is proceeding at pace in two areas in particular at the core of the insurance sector: pricing and underwriting. There are multiple applications here.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Improving risk and underwriting efficiency</strong></div>

<div>AI enables insurers to dramatically improve their risk and behavioural models, detecting patterns and anomalies not previously visible in order to price with far more accuracy. It automates manual assessments with predictive models that deliver smarter decisions with greater speed to enhance underwriting efficiency.</div>

<div><strong>Monitoring trends and portfolio performance</strong></div>

<div>AI is also transforming monitoring work, with insurers now able to detect emerging trends in areas such as competitor activity, claims and customer behaviours. It supports more active portfolio management and provides insurers with intelligence on where to focus their efforts.</div>

<div><strong>Governance, explainability and compliance</strong></div>

<div>At the governance level, AI helps to address compliance, and insurers also now recognise the importance of responsible deployment. They are emphasising explainability, conscious of the need for bias detection, and ensuring human intervention.</div>

<p>Critically, insurers have started to put theory into practice, often with impressive results. For example, WTW worked with a large UK motor insurer that had become increasingly concerned about a rise in its lapse rates. Having identified the segment of the business where this rise appeared to be concentrated, it was possible to apply large language models (LLMs) to analyse transcripts from the insurer&rsquo;s call centre. This identified a recurring theme in conversations with customers; they complained that a specific area of the insurer&rsquo;s new business customer journey wasn&rsquo;t working as intended, making it difficult to renew their policies.</p>

<p>It&rsquo;s a good example of how AI can help insurers identify issues and opportunities that are hidden in plain sight. Using language embeddings to enable segmentation analysis, the LLMs were able to pinpoint the problem at the root of the increase in lapse rates. The insurer was then able to fix the issue at speed.</p>

<p>In another deployment, WTW worked with an Italian direct insurer that felt it should be making better use of its motor claims data to enhance underwriting, pricing and portfolio management. Using advanced modelling techniques to analyse this data more effectively, it proved possible to uncover new insights into risk patterns, these enabled the insurer to refine its underwriting and pricing activity.</p>

<p>The results observed so far are highly positive. The deployment is leading to better pricing, improved renewals and an enhanced loss ratio, and is becoming a key part of their active portfolio management process. The insurer also benefitted from improved underwriting workflows that increased operational effectiveness and profitability.</p>

<div><strong>AI for success</strong></div>

<div>As insurers enjoy these successes, their use of AI will inevitably grow, with each new model deployed running continuously to identify further refinements and improvements. Relatively quickly, insurers will end up with an evolving ecosystem of AI deployments capable of driving value.</div>

<p>That, however, brings a new challenge &ndash; the need to manage and monitor these models to ensure they deliver the maximum possible value. It&rsquo;s the same challenge that a farmer planting multiple crops faces &ndash; each one has to be nurtured and maintained for the harvest to be optimised.</p>

<p>What insurers need here is a means to manage ongoing advanced analytics, pricing, underwriting and portfolio management. New technologies and services now coming on stream make it possible to automate analysis of insurers&rsquo; emerging AI experience so that their growing crops of models continue to yield relevant business insight rapidly and efficiently. Such tools monitor expanding model portfolios, surface early signs of deterioration, and ensure models remain reliable, compliant and aligned with business objectives.</p>

<p>In practice, that means monitoring and managing all the models deployed so that any segments where model health is deteriorating can be quickly identified and rectified. In an environment where insurers will be increasingly dependent on those models for competitive advantage, managing the uncertainties and complexities around them will be an ever-more critical task. It will go beyond governance and oversight, enabling better risk control and more active portfolio management.</p>

<p>The bottom line? The potential of AI to transform insurance is clear &ndash; businesses not taking advantage risk being left behind. But as deployments accelerate, insurers will also need to monitor and manage growing numbers of models in order to maximise the value they create. That will be a key task in the transformation challenge.</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ai-at-the-core-26731.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Greater Flexibility In Retirement Cdc Could Improve Outcomes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div> It argues that while CDC can meet the complex demands of members by improving pension outcomes and providing security, the broader pensions system falls short of providing the flexibility needed to make changes, particularly in the early years of retirement. The leading pensions and financial services consultancy is calling for current tax restrictions to be eased as they risk limiting the effectiveness of CDC for UK savers. It&rsquo;s urging policymakers to allow more flexible approaches to retirement CDC, including carefully designed transfer options, to ensure better retirement outcomes.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the issues facing the industry in designing pensions that provide members with security, long-term income and flexibility, Paul Waters, Head of DC Markets, Hymans Robertson, says: </strong>&ldquo;There&rsquo;s a broad challenge facing the pensions industry as it balances competing member priorities. Individuals are not one-dimensional and while they value security, they also want flexibility and control. At the same time they are looking for the highest possible retirement income. Meeting all these demands involves trade-offs that the industry is grappling with as it designs retirement propositions.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Automatically moving members into a retirement income product that protects against running out of money would be particularly successful at improving member outcomes at scale. This is already recognised and is the premise behind Guided Retirement&rsquo;s inclusion in the Pension Schemes Act. Defaults can also play a part by building in an element of security with longevity protection to prevent people from running out of money. It&rsquo;s helpful, however, that products allow for flexibility if the customer wants to do something else, especially in the early years of retirement.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Pension schemes and providers are trying to design options that meet all these requirements: default products that solve the challenge of the trade-off. The early flex-and-fix type of DC designs that have been developed have sought to address this tension but often involve complexity or compromise. Retirement CDC has the potential to be a major step forward in providing a solution. It can provide a secure income for life and help address the very real risk of individuals running out of money, it just doesn&rsquo;t score highly on flexibility.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the changes that are needed in regulation to allow greater flexibility for CDC, Paul continues: </strong>&ldquo;With the right design and appropriate safeguards, it should be possible to introduce greater flexibility into CDC without undermining the benefits of risk sharing. But policy change would be needed to enable this. The tax position needs to be looked at to enable someone receiving a CDC scheme pension to transfer to an income drawdown policy.  There are also logistical barriers when designing solutions that move customers from income drawdown to R-CDC under flex-and-fix designs which could be removed. And Financial Advisors will need clarity on their requirements when evaluating these types of decisions for their clients. From an actuarial scheme design point it can be managed, for example, some form of underwriting and the actuary setting terms that protect the risk sharing of the scheme from unhealthy members transferring out.&rdquo; </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/greater-flexibility-in-retirement-cdc-could-improve-outcomes-26726.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Insurance Customers Borrowing More To Cover Premiums</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Consumer insurance customers are borrowing more to cover their premiums as cost of living pressures continue to bite, new research1 from the UK&rsquo;s leading premium finance company, Premium Credit, shows.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Premium Credit&rsquo;s Insurance Index, now in its seventh year, found customers using credit to pay for insurance estimate they borrow an average &pound;505 compared with &pound;400 in last year&rsquo;s index and &pound;302 two years ago.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The index found 76% of insurance customers use some form of credit to pay for one or more policies &ndash; unchanged on last year&rsquo;s index, but up on the 71% two years ago and 70% in March 2023.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The index, which monitors insurance buying and how it is financed, shows ongoing cost of living challenges are the main reason driving increased borrowing. More than half (53%) who borrowed more blamed the rising cost of living &ndash; double the 26% who pointed to insurance premium increases. Last year&rsquo;s index showed 43% highlighted cost of living and 24% pointed to premium increases.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However nearly a quarter (23%) said they took on more credit as it is a more convenient way to pay for insurance and improves their money management.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>More than half (51%) who use some form of credit to pay for one or more insurance policies borrowed more than they had in the previous 12 months, compared with 43% in last year&rsquo;s index. Nearly two out of five (39%) said they have not borrowed more, slightly down on the 42% last year, while just 2% said they had borrowed less and 7% (11%) did not know or preferred not to say.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Premium Credit&rsquo;s Insurance Index found credit cards remain the most popular form of borrowing despite the potentially high cost. Around 55% rely on credit cards compared to 41% last year.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Relying on credit cards and other forms of unsecured borrowing is potentially risky, the index shows, with 11% who used credit to pay for one or more insurance policy saying they had defaulted on repayments during the past year. That was nearly double the 6% in last year&rsquo;s index. Around one in eight (12%) questioned said they had been turned down for credit cards in the past two years.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Premium Credit is advising customers to consider premium finance which, for a small charge, enables them to pay monthly for cover instead of in a lump sum. Spreading payments in such a way can help ease cash flow challenges and make paying for vital insurance more convenient.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The index shows widespread use of credit by consumers to pay for all types of insurance monitored as the table below shows. It is most used to pay for car and home insurance.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_PremiumCreditCards0206261.jpg" style="height:343px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mona Patel, consumer spokesperson, at Premium Credit said: </strong>&ldquo;Insurance customers are borrowing more to cover their insurance payments due to cost of living pressures rather than insurance premium increases. However, it is notable that substantial numbers who are borrowing more are doing so because paying for insurance monthly is more convenient and better for their general budgeting in line with how they pay for other products and services.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Premium finance is specifically designed to help smooth out the impact of a single lump sum and improve cash flow. Spreading the cost of an annual policy into more convenient monthly payments works for many millions of UK consumers and businesses and it can be a good alternative to other forms of credit like credit cards or bank overdrafts.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Premium Credit&rsquo;s research found nearly a third (32%) expect their financial situation will worsen over the next 12 months compared with 19% who expect it will improve and 38% who believe it will be unchanged. Around 11% did not know or would not say.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/insurance-customers-borrowing-more-to-cover-premiums-26728.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Governance And Controls Critical For Pension Reforms With Ai</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Trustees and providers will require robust approaches to AI, alongside clear governance frameworks with strong controls and human oversight, to stay in line with best practice, emerging guidance and standards when deploying AI, because the UK is taking a principles-based approach to AI regulation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This means that individual industry regulators will provide guidelines for firms but otherwise trustees and providers will need to establish their own robust operating models, which include human oversight, and governance approaches.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This is significant given the centrality of AI reforms to implementing the swathe of pension reforms contained within the Pension Schemes Act, the newly launched Targeted Support regime and the further changes likely following the conclusion of the Pensions Commission.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Default retirement pathways, Value for Money assessments and small pots consolidation will all increase the need for providers to make better use of their data to support automated decision making and matching as well as standardised benchmarking.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This backdrop creates a clear expectation that providers will need to further their adoption of AI, but do so in a way that improves member outcomes while maintaining trust.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>To achieve this, providers will need to create their operating and governance models within the boundaries of data protection rules and regulations, and to have the flexibility to adapt their models as regulatory guidance evolves, such as the guidance on the responsible adoption of AI expected later in 2026 from the Pensions Regulator.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Operating models will need to cover a range of AI techniques, such as clustering to identify patterns in data, classification to support consistent decisions, and ongoing monitoring to identify changes in behaviour and inform appropriate actions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These models will need to ensure that all uses of AI follow a well governed path where human involvement is clearly defined - whether in the form of oversight activities, or through the incorporation of &lsquo;humans in the loop&rsquo; to regularly handle and review outputs. They will also include policy controls, routing decisions and guardrails to provide a tightly controlled governance framework with defined intervention points.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Sami Saadaoui, Head of AI Architecture and Operations at Lumera, commented:</strong> &ldquo;AI is set to become a critical enabler of the next phase of pension reform as the industry digests and begins to implement the Pension Schemes Act. Schemes and providers will need to leverage AI to deliver more personalised member outcomes, support automated processes at greater scale and improve the consistency of decision-making across increasingly complex datasets. However, the real challenge is not simply adopting AI, but deploying it within a robust governance and control framework. Pension providers and trustees will need clear accountability, strong human oversight and transparent decision-making processes to ensure AI is being used responsibly and in members&rsquo; best interests.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The UK&rsquo;s principles-based approach to AI regulation means firms cannot rely on prescriptive rulebooks alone. Instead, they will need to demonstrate that their operating models, controls and governance frameworks are sufficiently robust to manage risks around bias, data quality, explainability and consumer outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The current swathe of reforms significantly increases the volume and complexity of data that needs to be processed and analysed. Firms need the scalable technology and human expertise to ensure that AI is unleashed to its full potential within defined guardrails. Those that manage this best will be best placed to capitalise on a new era of pension saving and access in the UK, delivering better outcomes and maintaining trust with members.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/governance-and-controls-critical-for-pension-reforms-with-ai-26727.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Footsie Gains And Anthropic Joins The Ai Listing Party</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The London market has lifted in early trade as oil prices have dipped back a little, and bargain hunters appear keen to buy the dip of recent days. There is no concrete progress in Middle East negotiations to hang a hat on, but investors appear broadly optimistic that a longer-term resolution will be reached. Even devastating attacks by Russia on Ukraine have not hit sentiment, with investors shrugging off tense geopolitics.</p>

<p>Instead, AI enthusiasm is still the talk of the town, with Anthropic is joining the listing party, filing paperwork for an IPO later this year. The company is clearly keen to capitalise on mega-enthusiasm washing through markets for artificial intelligence investments. It&rsquo;s hot on the heels of SpaceX&rsquo;s filing, and there are expectations that OpenAI will also go public pretty soon. Anthropic may attract particularly strong investor demand because it has built a reputation as one of the more enterprise-focused and safety-conscious AI firms. Its Claude models are considered to be strong performers for business use, especially among companies concerned about reliability, regulation and data security. Backing from major technology groups, including Amazon and Google, gives Anthropic access to enormous computing resources and distribution channels. Combined with growing enterprise adoption of Claude, this could make the company particularly attractive to investors seeking exposure to the AI infrastructure boom.</p>

<p>The listings are set to intensify excitement around AI, but they may also fuel concerns that parts of the market may be entering bubble territory. The huge investor appetite expected for these flotations underlines how strongly AI enthusiasm is creating mega valuations across the US technology sector. However, much of their explosive growth has happened away from public markets. By the time these firms eventually float, a large share of the value creation has often already been captured by early private investors, leaving retail investors at risk of jumping in after much of the lift-off has already occurred.</p>

<p>There are clear echoes of the dot.com era, when soaring optimism around the internet pushed technology stocks to dizzying heights before confidence collapsed as funding conditions tightened. Some of those parallels can&rsquo;t be ignored today as AI excitement has propelled Wall Street to record highs. However, today&rsquo;s AI leaders are generally stronger businesses than many of the speculative companies that dominated the dot.com boom. Firms such as Anthropic, SpaceX and OpenAI are building ecosystems around AI, data infrastructure and compute power which could shape the global economy for decades.</p>

<p>However, high-profile IPOs can still become turning points for market sentiment if valuations appear too detached from fundamentals. Any disappointment could trigger a wider reassessment across tech stocks, which have soared in value. But while some companies may not survive the hype cycle, others could ultimately justify today&rsquo;s lofty valuations, just as Amazon did after surviving the dot.com crash. The rules of the AI race are evolving so quickly that some of tomorrow&rsquo;s winners may still be under the radar. That&rsquo;s why investors need to remain selective, diversified and realistic about risk.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/footsie-gains-and-anthropic-joins-the-ai-listing-party-26725.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Assessing Megafund Pension Reforms</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The report, <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/PPI-assessing-megafund-pension-reforms-2026.pdf"><strong>&ldquo;Assessing megafund pension reforms: Insights from international experience&rdquo;</strong></a>, sponsored by SEI Master Trust and now:pensions (part of Mercer), includes a fresh analysis of international evidence that finds economies of scale typically stem from cost savings rather than higher investment returns. The PPI study identified important differences in factors such as market conditions, corporate structures, and population demographics, revealing that it is not clear-cut UK megafund reforms would necessarily deliver better returns.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Passed in late April, the government&rsquo;s Pension Schemes Act requires multi-employer Defined Contribution (DC) schemes to consolidate into megafunds with at least &pound;25bn of assets in their main default arrangement by 2030, with limited exceptions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The report provides a new independent evidence base to better understand the implications of the policy changes in terms of member outcomes, and to inform the details in final regulations, for stakeholders across the sector. (1)</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Key findings of the research include:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>There is no guaranteed correlation between pension scheme size and level of investment return:</strong> The growth strategies adopted by DC Australian Supers have led to lower returns during the five years to 2024 than those of their UK counterparts. Where scale is beneficial, savings typically stem from cost reductions, and while administration and investment fees are falling in Australia, they remain on average higher than the UK charges cap. While the megafund reforms aim to increase investment in domestic private markets, other countries&rsquo; experience suggests that the reforms alone may not be sufficient to achieve this.</div>

<div><strong>While some UK DC providers already access the benefits of scale, others may not have harnessed the benefits already available to them:</strong> UK pension providers may already access the benefits of scale because they are part of a larger organisation, or via investment opportunities through the use of asset managers with large pools of assets. Further issues to examine in this policy area include where providers fail to harness existing benefits of scale, typically due to not instituting structures enabling effective defaults and common investment strategies. Understanding how new regulations could build on efficiencies already achieved will also be important.</div>

<div><strong>Even before the megafund reforms, there has been consolidation in the UK DC market:</strong> Before the Royal Assent of the Pension Schemes Act, the megafund reforms prompted industry responses, with the number of Master Trusts decreasing from 38 to 31 between 2019 and 2025, and stakeholders expect this trend to continue.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Melissa Echalier, PPI Research Associate and lead author of the report, commented: </strong>&ldquo;There is no guarantee that UK megafund reforms will achieve the better returns for savers targeted by government. The PPI&rsquo;s new international analysis of similar measures, alongside data from stakeholder interviews, paints a more complex picture for return levels and other implications of the reforms. While learning from other countries can be insightful, differences between pension systems make it challenging to draw clear conclusions. In the UK&rsquo;s fragmented system, the introduction of megafunds will likely play out differently to countries such as Australia and Canada.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;As the sector now prepares for the implementation of these pivotal reforms, this report delivers important new independent insights to the evidence base to support informed policy decision-making.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Steve Charlton, DC and Solutions Managing Director at SEI, said: </strong>&ldquo;This research makes a timely contribution to the debate on consolidation and scale in pensions. Too often, size is treated as a proxy for quality, when the evidence shows the relationship between scale, performance and outcomes is more complex than that. Scale can provide useful capabilities, but it is not an outcome in its own right. What ultimately matters is whether pension schemes deliver good value and more savings for members to spend in their retirement, and this research helps bring that focus back to the fore.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Lizzy Holliday, Director of PA and Policy at Mercer&rsquo;s now:pensions (part of Mercer), said: </strong>&ldquo;As the report shows there are lessons that can be learnt from international comparisons, but each country has differing systems, demographics and markets. The report highlights that scale, private market investment capabilities and cost efficiencies can be achieved in a number of ways. There are also a broader set of factors that influence domestic and private market investment that must be considered. It will be important to take these into account at the next stage of policy and regulatory development to support delivery of good member outcomes.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/assessing-megafund-pension-reforms-26729.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Savers Prioritise Precision Over Presentation</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>One in four savers (25%) now say accurate information is the single most important factor in building trust in pension providers, up sharply from 16.21% last year, according to the research. This marks the most significant movement across the dataset and highlights a clear shift in expectations, with greater emphasis being placed on clarity, transparency and reliability, particularly in a period of economic uncertainty and ongoing policy change. At the same time, the proportion of individuals who feel unable to judge their pension situation, whether in terms of trust, overall experience or retirement readiness, has increased by an average of 17.4%, underlining the growing need for clearer communication and more effective member support.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While digital engagement remains important, the findings show it is no longer sufficient on its own to build trust. Although younger savers continue to value online access and self-service tools, the relative importance of digital features has declined. Instead, there is a stronger emphasis on the quality of information delivered through these channels. Savers increasingly expect digital platforms to combine convenience with information that is clear, reliable and easy to understand.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_TrafalgarHouseAccurate2026.jpg" style="height:253px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Other traditional trust-building elements, including face-to-face interaction, clear communication and digital self-service, have also declined in importance as primary drivers. This does not mean they are no longer valued, but rather that they are no longer seen as the foundation of trust. Instead, the data points to a clear realignment, with trust increasingly driven by the dependability of information rather than the method through which it is delivered.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Daniel Taylor, Client Director at Trafalgar House, said: </strong>&ldquo;On one level, it&rsquo;s no surprise that accuracy matters most. But what this research really highlights is just how fragile trust can be. Even small errors or inconsistencies can quickly undermine confidence, particularly when people are already unsure about their pension position.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Members aren&rsquo;t just looking for access or functionality anymore, they expect information to be precise, transparent and easy to understand every single time they engage. Digital tools still have an important role to play, but they need to reinforce clarity, not complicate it. For trustees and schemes, that puts the focus firmly on getting the basics right consistently, because trust is much easier to lose than it is to build.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Last month Trafalgar House announced that top-line figures for 2026 shows trust in the pensions industry has edged up slightly to 5.32 out of 10, compared with 5.23 in 2025. After several years of modest fluctuations, trust in pension providers has inched upwards from 4.63 in 2021 to 5.32 in 2026, with only a slight dip in 2025, suggesting a gentle, emerging upward trend.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/savers-prioritise-precision-over-presentation-26730.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Savers Put  12 Billion Into Cash Isas In April Ahead Of Cut</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Charlene Young, senior pensions and savings expert at AJ Bell, comments: </strong>&ldquo;A new tax year brings a shiny new set of ISA allowances and savers certainly took advantage, depositing &pound;12 billion into Cash ISAs in April, the second highest monthly inflow on record. While April is always the height of ISA season, this year is the last chance for under 65s to pay in up to &pound;20,000 before their allowance is cut to &pound;12,000 from 6 April 2027.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Under 65s might be tempted to pile their full &pound;20,000 ISA allowance into the cash version while stocks last, but it&rsquo;s worth considering if a Stocks and Shares ISA could be a better home for money that you won&rsquo;t need in the next five years or more. We already had sticky inflation before the Iran conflict, and further surges are expected as the full impact of supply chain disruption and energy shocks filters through.</p>

<p>&ldquo;While it&rsquo;s important to have an emergency cash buffer at hand and to keep anything you&rsquo;re likely to need soon in cash, there&rsquo;s a significant risk inflation will eat into your interest returns on anything held in cash for the long term. History shows that investing in the stock market beats cash and inflation over the long term, so it could be worth investing money you don&rsquo;t need to call on for five years or more to give your wealth the best chance to grow.</p>

<p>&ldquo;There was a surge in money leaving interest-bearing accounts (&pound;13.1 billion), but rather than money being spent and leaving the system, this will largely be explained by the flight into Cash ISAs. There was also a slight increase in money added into accounts that pay no interest, which could be a symptom of the ongoing global uncertainty and worries over cost of living rises to come.&rdquo;</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_AJBellISA0206261.jpg" style="height:340px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: AJ Bell analysis of Bank of England data. Monthly changes of MFIs&rsquo; sterling Cash ISA deposits from households.</em></span></p>

<div><strong>Mortgage lending down, but market showing some resilience</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;The property market and house prices have started to struggle in the face of falls in consumer confidence, rising unemployment and an energy price cap hike in the offing. Net mortgage lending was down in April to &pound;4.4 billion, from &pound;6.8 billion in March and below the &pound;5.1 billion average over the last six months.</div>

<p>&ldquo;But there is a glimmer of hope, as April&rsquo;s approval figures saw another increase to 65,900, above both the 64,000 seen in March and the six-month average of 63,100. This increase in future lending prospects will be down buyers looking to lock in deals as mortgage costs rise. April saw the effective rate on new lending start to creep up, to 4.08% from 4.03% in March.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/savers-put--12-billion-into-cash-isas-in-april-ahead-of-cut-26732.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>June 2026 Edition Of The Actuarial Post Magazine</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/1"><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_APMagazineJune2026FrontCover.jpg" style="float:right; height:281px; width:199px" /></a>As one ceasefire follows yet another ceasefire followed by&hellip;. Not even the beginning of the end seems in sight in the Iran war meaning costs fluctuate seemingly in one direction upwards as inflation once more rises. Close to home the Pensions Commission has released its findings on retirement savings which seems to buck the current received wisdom of success and that there is significantly more work to be done across the pensions industry to provide innovative solutions for millions of people.</p>

<p>We look forward to welcoming you back next month.</p>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/6">News</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/8">Movers & Shakers</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/8">City Dealings</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/10">Rethinking Loss Trends in a Volatile Risk Environment by Adrian Mincher, Head of UK, Ireland & South Africa, Earnix</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/12">Pension Pillar by Dale Critchley from Aviva</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/12">Retirement Puzzle by Alex White from Gallagher</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/14">Inflation Uncertainty Returns as Pricing Pressures Shist by Richard York-Weaving, Snr Consultant and Katie Garner, Snr Consultant, LCP</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/16">Lights, Camera, Actuary! by Rupa Pithiya from Bolton Associates</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/18">Information Exchange by Helen Richardson, Insurance Snr Product Manager, LexisNexis Risk Solutions</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/20">Recruitment</a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/june-2026-edition-of-the-actuarial-post-magazine-26723.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 1 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Gen X Sleepwalking Into Retirement Shortfall</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Those born between 1965 and 1980 - the so-called Generation X - risk &ldquo;sleepwalking&rdquo; into an inadequate retirement, despite higher exposure to property, with nearly twice as many owning buy-to-let homes as Baby Boomers, according to new analysis from Rathbones, one of the UK&rsquo;s leading wealth and asset management groups.</p>

<p>The Pensions Commission&rsquo;s recent <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/news/pensions-commission-findings-buck-received-wisdom-of-success-26666.htm">interim report</a> on the state of retirement saving in the UK identifies Generation X as one of the most at-risk cohorts. This reflects their timing: many entered the workforce as defined benefit pensions were disappearing, with fewer employers offering workplace schemes, and before automatic enrolment helped normalise consistent saving.</p>

<p>Where Baby Boomers largely benefited from both generous pension, Generation X faces a far more fragmented picture - one that appears to tilt towards property rather than liquid, tax-efficient investments.</p>

<p>A Rathbones survey of 3,092 UK adults - including 1,025 Gen Xers and 1,050 Baby Boomers - shows that while Gen Xers are more likely to have pensions - excluding final salary schemes - they are almost twice as likely to own a buy-to-let property (17% vs 9% for Baby Boomers).</p>

<p>However, they are less likely to hold tax-efficient investments such as ISAs (66% vs 78%) or other investment accounts (45% vs 52%).</p>

<p><strong>Rebecca Williams, Financial Planning Divisional Lead at Rathbones, says: </strong>&ldquo;Many Gen Xers are sleepwalking into retirement with far less financial security than their parents. They came of age as defined benefit pensions were disappearing and have since faced years of stagnant wage growth and repeated financial shocks, making it harder to build robust, long-term savings.</p>

<p>&ldquo;This cohort also represents a large part of the &lsquo;sandwich generation&rsquo;, juggling day-to-day costs while supporting both ageing parents and children. As a result, boosting retirement savings can be difficult amid ongoing financial pressures.</p>

<p>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s perhaps no surprise that property - particularly buy-to-let - has been seen as an alternative route to funding retirement. But relying on property as a pension can leave retirees overly exposed to a single, illiquid asset at a time when flexibility is most needed.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Rathbones&rsquo; &ldquo;<a href="https://www.rathbones.com/en-gb/wealth-management/knowledge-and-insight/slow-uk-property-growth-drives-investors-to-diversified-investment-portfolios">Don&rsquo;t Bet the House</a>&rdquo; research suggests the conditions that drove strong property returns in previous decades have already shifted. Between 1980 and 2016, UK house prices rose by around 6.7% a year (8.5% in London), comfortably outpacing inflation. Crucially, today&rsquo;s investors are unlikely to benefit from the same tailwinds. Since 2016, UK house prices have risen by just 3.7% annually - barely keeping pace with inflation - while London property has underperformed, rising by just 1.3% a year (to start of 2025).</p>

<p>Over the same period, stock markets have delivered significantly stronger returns: &pound;100 invested in London property in 2016 would today be worth around &pound;111, compared with &pound;174 if invested in equities.</p>

<p>Isabella Galliers-Pratt, Senior Investment Director at Rathbones says: &ldquo;The conditions that fuelled the property boom have long since changed. Property is less flexible than pensions or investments, and rental income can be less predictable&mdash;particularly as higher interest rates, tax changes and rental reforms have squeezed returns and added complexity for landlords. The idea that property is always a &lsquo;safe bet&rsquo; no longer holds true in many parts of the country.</p>

<p>&ldquo;By contrast, pensions benefit from upfront tax relief, tax-efficient growth and access to diversified investments, making them a more structured and effective way to build long-term retirement income. A more resilient approach typically involves balancing different asset classes, ensuring pensions, investments and property work together to meet income needs and align with personal risk tolerance.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/gen-x-sleepwalking-into-retirement-shortfall-26721.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 1 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fca Authorised Claims Management Firms Halves To 483</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>A freedom of information (FOI) request from Broadstone, a leading independent financial services consultancy, has revealed that the number of firms authorised to provide regulated claims management services has fallen markedly in recent years.</p>

<p>Since the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) took over regulation of the sector from the Claims Management Regulator (CMR) in April 2019, the number firms operating in this part of the market has fallen for every single one of the past seven years.</p>

<p>The number of firms authorised to provide claims management services in April 2026 is now just 483, nearly halving from 942 when the FCA started to regulate the market.</p>

<p>There was a particularly notable drop of 24% between April 2020 (923) and April 2021 (704). This is likely to have been a consequence of the new FCA authorisation, rules and fees regime and claims management companies (CMCs) pre-empting the FCAs later introduction of fee caps.</p>

<p><em>FOI made by Broadstone: the number of firms authorised to provide regulated claims management services since the FCA took over from the CMR on 1 April 2019.</em></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BroadstoneClaims0106261.jpg" style="height:186px; width:349px" /></p>

<p>The FOI was made by Broadstone after the FCA announced a review into the claims management sector in May 20261. The regulator said that the probe was launched &ldquo;following concerns that consumers are being failed by some CMCs and law firms.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Phil Smith, Head of Redress at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;The sharp decline in the number of authorised claims management firms since the FCA took over regulation reflects a market that has come under far greater scrutiny and regulatory pressure in recent years. Higher standards around governance, conduct and consumer outcomes have undoubtedly raised the bar for firms operating in the sector.</p>

<p>&ldquo;While increased oversight has helped drive out some poor practices, the FCA&rsquo;s decision to launch a fresh review highlights that concerns around consumer harm and poor behaviour have not gone away entirely. This has been reflected in the multiple warnings issued around the motor finance compensation scheme.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The challenge for the regulator will be ensuring consumers remain properly protected without reducing competition and access to redress services too far. Firms operating in this market will also need to demonstrate robust controls, transparency and clear value to consumers if they are to remain sustainable under the FCA&rsquo;s more intensive regulatory framework.</p>

<p>&ldquo;From a consumer point of view, people should fully understand what they are signing up to, what fees may apply and whether free-to-access routes such as the Financial Ombudsman Service are available before entering into agreements.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fca-authorised-claims-management-firms-halves-to-483-26719.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 1 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The New Nerds   The Never Ever Retiring Demographic</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>2.2 million young adults &ndash; one in eight (12%) &ndash; feel engaging with their pension is pointless because they don&rsquo;t think they&rsquo;ll ever be able to retire  </div>

<div>A third (36%) of young people say the financial services industry fails to communicate the benefits of saving for retirement well </div>

<div>Of these, one in five (20%) say financial services companies make pensions feel boring and irrelevant </div>

<div>As a result of the industry failing to connect with them, nearly half (47%) of Gen Zs admit they are not engaged with their pension   </div>

<div>Clear, practical, and upbeat pension messages were found to outperform scare tactics often used by financial services companies  </div>

<div>People&rsquo;s Pension says it&rsquo;s time to change the conversation: ditch the doom and jargon, and focus on positive practical steps that make a big difference </div>

<div> </div>

<div>A new generation of Nerds &ndash; The Never Ever Retiring Demographic &ndash; is emerging across the UK, with 2.2 million young adults or one in eight (12%) saying it feels pointless engaging with their pension as they&rsquo;ll never be able to retire. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>New research from People&rsquo;s Pension, the UK&rsquo;s largest workplace pension provider of its kind, reveals that almost half (47%) of young adults (Gen Z aged 18-27) are not engaged with their pension. And, despite having time on their side, one in eight (12%) have already switched off altogether from saving for retirement as they believe they&rsquo;ll have to work forever.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A call to change the conversation </strong></div>

<div>The research highlights a worrying disconnect between the financial services industry and the next generation of savers with a third (36%) of young people saying the financial services sector fails to communicate the benefits of saving for retirement well.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Of these people, one in four (27%) believe firms focus too much on selling products rather than educating people while one in five (16%) say they use complicated language/jargon. And one in five (20%) go further, saying financial companies make pensions feel boring and irrelevant. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>In stark difference to older generations, nearly one in three (29%) Gen Zs feel firms don&rsquo;t explain why pensions and savings matter for people their age &ndash; more than double that of their parents&rsquo; generation, Gen X and Boomers (13%). Meanwhile, four times as many Gen Zs believe firms don&rsquo;t use channels they actually engage with &ndash; 17% versus 4%.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What actually works </strong></div>

<div>The study tested different pension messages with younger audiences, which found that clear, practical, and upbeat messages far outperformed scare tactics: </div>

<div><em>70% said they&rsquo;d act if told that starting to save in their 20s could double their retirement pot compared with starting in their 30s </em></div>

<div><em>66% said they&rsquo;d act on the idea that &pound;10 a week from age 25 could grow to &pound;76,000 by retirement </em></div>

<div><em>63% were motivated by learning that every 80p saved is boosted to &pound;1.60 through tax relief and employer contributions </em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Marking a step change from savings tactics that have been receptive with their parents&rsquo; generation, young adults say the top five things that would make pension savings feel less overwhelming and more achievable are: </div>

<div><em>A simple goal tracker or progress bar - 31% versus 19% of Gen X and Baby Boomers </em></div>

<div><em>Knowing they can start with a small amount &ndash; 26% versus 15% of Gen X and Baby Boomers </em></div>

<div><em>Examples of what people their age are doing &ndash; 23% versus 16% of Gen X and Baby Boomers </em></div>

<div><em>Clear bite sized steps to follow &ndash; 22%, the same as Gen X and Baby Boomers (22%) </em></div>

<div><em>Light-hearted relatable stories &ndash; 19% versus 8% of Gen X and Baby Boomers </em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Kirsty Ross, Proposition Director at People&rsquo;s Pension, said: </strong>&ldquo;In a world where financial doom dominates pension conversations, young savers are tuning out. Our research shows they are not disengaged because they don&rsquo;t care, they are disengaged because the messages aren&rsquo;t working. Scare tactics and jargon are alienating the very people we need to reach.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;What cuts through is honesty, simplicity and practical advice that shows how small steps today can have a huge impact tomorrow. That&rsquo;s why we&rsquo;ve launched our Pension Drop campaign: to change the conversation and show how taking small steps now can make a big difference tomorrow &ndash; giving people back a sense of control over their financial futures.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>People&rsquo;s Pension have launched their Pension Drop campaign to get more young people talking about pensions. With the help of social media influencers, lifestyle gurus and special events &ndash; the campaign is dropping helpful pension know-how where people wouldn&rsquo;t usually find it. It&rsquo;s the latest effort in People&rsquo;s Pension&rsquo;s long history of standing up for all savers, whatever their age and stage. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Iain Stirling, comedian TV presenter and Pension Drop ambassador says: </strong>&ldquo;On the face of it, people probably think I&rsquo;ve got it all sorted. I&rsquo;m on TV, so it must look like I&rsquo;ve got a perfect plan for the future. The truth is, I didn&rsquo;t. For years I only thought about the here and now &ndash; spending what I earned, saving for a house, maybe thinking one or two years ahead at best. Retirement? Didn&rsquo;t even cross my mind. I only started looking at my pension a couple of years ago, and I didn&rsquo;t even know who my provider was. That&rsquo;s how disconnected I was. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Looking back, I really wish I&rsquo;d started earlier. Putting something away in your 20s or 30s can make a massive difference later, we&rsquo;re talking tens of thousands of pounds. And I get it, people are really struggling right now, money is tight, and even small luxuries like a takeaway can feel like a big deal. But the reality is, your pension isn&rsquo;t all on you. Things like employer contributions and tax relief can give you a boost, so even small amounts go further than you think. It doesn&rsquo;t have to mean missing out today, just making smart moves so you don&rsquo;t miss out tomorrow.&quot; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Working with People&rsquo;s Pension, has helped me to clean up my pensions act &ndash; and pick up a few tips along the way.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Iain Sterling's small steps for a GOAT retirement, in partnership with People&rsquo;s Pension: </div>

<div><strong>Check who your pension&rsquo;s with </strong><br />
Sounds obvious, but loads of us don&rsquo;t even know. Step one is finding out where your pension actually is. Or if you have more than one! Take it further by spending 30 minutes reviewing your pension or setting aside a certain time each month to dedicate to future-you. It can make all the difference. </div>

<div><strong>Don&rsquo;t leave free money on the table </strong><br />
If you&rsquo;re over 18 and working, chances are you&rsquo;re already enrolled in a workplace pension. Your employer has to pay in too, and if you can afford to match them, you&rsquo;ll be saving more for future you, while also receiving more tax-relief. That&rsquo;s literally free cash for your future self. </div>

<div><strong>Think of pay rises as pension rises </strong><br />
Every time you get a pay rise, up your pension by 1% or 2%. You&rsquo;ll hardly notice it, but it adds up big time. </div>

<div><strong>Bonuses aren&rsquo;t just for blowouts </strong><br />
By all means enjoy some of it, but chuck a slice of your bonus into your pension pot, future you will thank you. </div>

<div><strong>It&rsquo;s about balance, not sacrifice </strong><br />
Save smarter not harder. You can still enjoy your Gails coffee and dinner with the lads or girls. Putting away small amounts today that don&rsquo;t impact your day-to-day pleasures, means making sure future-you can still enjoy them.  </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-new-nerds---the-never-ever-retiring-demographic-26722.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 1 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Calum Cooper Elected As Next President Of The Spp</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Calum&rsquo;s two-year term will begin on 1 June 2026, succeeding Sophia Singleton, Partner & Head of DC at XPS who has held the role since 1 June 2024.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Under Sophia&rsquo;s stewardship, the SPP has continued to grow both its reach and influence. High profile and successful collaboration with the APL, ACA and DWP helped ensure an industry informed solution to the challenges presented by the Virgin Media case; the SPP proved instrumental in ensuring the PPF&rsquo;s Admin Levy was abolished and was central to helping ensure flexibility around the general levy was included in the Pension Schemes Act; the SPP also worked effectively with HMRC to ensure an exemption for pension admin professionals in relation to the new HMRC tax adviser registration requirements. At the same time, the SPP&rsquo;s media profile has grown significantly and its membership base has continued to expand.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This has helped the SPP continue growing as an influential voice for the whole UK pensions industry, furthering its track record of influencing the effective functioning of policy and leading debate within the sector.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Calum will seek to protect and build on the strong foundations Sophia has laid by ensuring the SPP continues to collaborate effectively, delivers meaningful and positive impact, and makes sure that industry voices are heard when it matters.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Calum Cooper, SPP President, said: </strong>&ldquo;It is a real privilege to take on the role of President of the SPP. I would like to thank Sophia for the strong foundations she has laid during her tenure. My priority is to protect and build on that progress, ensuring we continue to be a trusted and authoritative voice for the pensions industry, representing the professions in all their diversity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Over the coming year, I want us to focus on delivering real impact at this time of transformative change, making sure that the views and expertise of our members continue to be heard clearly when it matters most in shaping pensions policy and regulation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Collaboration is also central to everything the SPP does and how we do it. As President, I want to build on SPP&rsquo;s strong relationships with colleagues across the industry, as well as with government, regulators, policymakers and other industry bodies. All in the spirit of togetherness, positively impacting peoples&rsquo; pension outcomes.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/calum-cooper-elected-as-next-president-of-the-spp-26724.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 1 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Jittery Start To The Week Focus On Oil  Housing And Earnings</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>Global equity markets are heading into the week with a split tone. FTSE 100 futures suggest London is in for a soft open, while the US is painting a brighter picture, with futures pointing higher. The tug of war for investors remains much the same: strong corporate earnings and AI-led optimism are still doing plenty of heavy lifting, but elevated bond yields, firm oil prices, and uncertainty over the path for interest rates are keeping a lid on the enthusiasm.</p>

<p>The housebuilding sector has a softer market signal to digest this morning, with Nationwide house price growth slowing to 1.7% in May and prices falling 0.6% month-on-month, the first monthly decline so far this year. The pressure is coming from a familiar place: higher energy prices and market interest rates have knocked confidence and cooled buyer demand, which matters for a sector still trying to rebuild momentum after a tough few years. But this does not look like a broken buyer backdrop just yet, with solid household finances, savings buffers and improving affordability suggesting weakness could prove temporary if energy prices settle and geopolitical tensions ease.</p>

<p>Oil has found its way back onto the worry list, as hopes for a cleaner US-Iran breakthrough run into fresh uncertainty. The market had started to price in some relief from a possible ceasefire extension and reopening of the Strait of Hormuz, but the risk premium has not disappeared, especially with the route still central to global energy flows. For equity markets, that keeps oil in an awkward spot: high enough to feed inflation and rate worries, but volatile enough to make any improvement in sentiment look fragile.</p>

<p>Earnings season is winding down, but there are still a few important names for investors to watch this week. BATS is unlikely to deliver major surprises after reiterating guidance last month. But the focus will be on whether full-year targets still look achievable given pressure on duty-free sales, tobacco volumes and consumer demand - with pricing, New Category sales and second-half profit delivery shouldering the responsibility for meeting guidance. Broadcom is the bigger growth story, with AI demand expected to drive another set of punchy numbers, but expectations are already high, so investors will be looking beyond any headline beat to the order book, future AI guidance, and whether margins can hold up as custom chips and networking become an even bigger part of the mix.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/jittery-start-to-the-week-focus-on-oil--housing-and-earnings-26718.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 1 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Debt Regret 1 In 5 Say They Spend Too Much On Everyday Items</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>With almost a third (32%) of respondents saying they would take financial advice from their employer, there is a good opportunity for organisations to help employees and strengthen workplace financial wellbeing offering. Against a backdrop of rising living costs, employers can review and adapt what they offer with financial wellbeing to help employees manage short-term pressures and build resilience. If worries about regret over spending can be reduced, this in turn can reduce the broader business impacts of financial stress, including absenteeism and reduced productivity.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research by the financial wellbeing firm found that 21% of people regret overspending on everyday &ldquo;consumables&rdquo; such as clothes and meals out, while 19% feel remorse about spending more than they earn. It also showed that debt and spending regret are not experienced evenly across the workforce, reinforcing the need for support targeted to specific needs. Nearly a third (32%) of 18&ndash;24-year-olds say they regret overspending on everyday items, while a quarter (25%) of those aged 45&ndash;54 regret building up credit card debt. These differences highlight the need for segmented financial wellbeing support, from budgeting and spending awareness for younger workers, to credit management and longer-term planning support for those in midcareer, helping employees build healthier financial habits and reduce financial regret over time. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the cost-of-living and what employers can do to reduce debt regret among employees, Ollie Le Farge, Corporate Client Manager, Hymans Robertson Personal Wealth, says: </strong>&ldquo;Everyday costs are unavoidable, but regret isn&rsquo;t. Employers can make a practical difference by improving employees&rsquo; awareness of where money is going, helping them understand the long-term cost of credit, and encouraging regular reviews of outgoings, supported by accessible guidance at the point people need it. Importantly, seeking guidance is not a sign of failure. Access to clear, tailored financial support can help employees make sense of competing pressures, rebuild confidence, and put practical steps in place to improve long-term financial resilience.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s particularly striking is how debt regret shows up differently at different life stages. Younger adults are more likely to look back and regret short-term, day-to-day spending, while those in mid-life are more likely to regret building up longer-term credit card debt. In both cases, the underlying challenge is the same: it&rsquo;s very easy to drift into unhealthy spending or borrowing habits, especially without clear financial education early on. One in ten (10%) adults say they did not receive any financial education growing up and now struggle to manage money. Ensuring employees can access practical tools, guidance and targeted support when money feels difficult to manage should be an important part of employer's wellbeing offerings. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The findings highlight that financial stress isn&rsquo;t spread evenly across the workforce. Rising living costs and past financial decisions are affecting employees in different ways at different life stages, meaning some groups feel certain pressures more acutely than others. What matters next is responding in a practical, proportionate way. That means offering support that reflects the realities people face at different stages of working life, from help building everyday money confidence and managing short-term pressures, through to support navigating more complex financial decisions later on. Clear, accessible guidance can play an important role when finances feel harder to manage, helping employees feel more supported without adding complexity or pressure.&rdquo; </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/debt-regret-1-in-5-say-they-spend-too-much-on-everyday-items-26720.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 1 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Cyber Security  Helping Schemes Go Beyond The Tick box</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Helen Forrest Hall, Chief Strategy Officer at the Pensions Management Institute (PMI) </strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>In its <a href="https://www.aon.com/uk-gprs-2025-26?title=Global%20Pension%20Risk%20Survey%202025%2F26&description=Please%20complete%20the%20form%20to%20access%20Aon%E2%80%99s%20Global%20Pension%20Risk%20Survey%202025%2F26.%20Fields%20marked%20with%20an%20asterisk%20%28*%29%20are%20required.&toggle=modal&modalTarget=gateModal">2025/26 Global Pension Risk Survey</a>, AON reported that the proportion of pension schemes impacted by cyber incidents has risen steadily from 3% in 2019 to 17% in 2025 and reflects growing concern across trustees and administrators.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>And despite better industry awareness, AON&rsquo;s survey reveals a slight reduction in activity around common cyber resilience measures. For example, only 41 percent of schemes have tested their incident response plans, down from 49 percent in 2023 </div>

<div>These figures are a wake-up call. Trustees and their advisers can no longer afford to treat cyber security as a tick-box exercise. It&rsquo;s a strategic priority that trustees must not ignore.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Recent cases highlight that pension schemes are not immune to cybercriminals, and the consequences of an attack can be devastating - financially, reputationally and operationally. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The pension sector continues to evolve rapidly, and one area where urgency must match pace is cyber resilience.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>In its <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/en/document-library/scheme-management-detailed-guidance/administration-detailed-guidance/cyber-security-principles">Cyber Security Principles</a>, the Pensions Regulator (TPR) makes its expectations clear: schemes must assess cyber risks, implement robust controls, and maintain dynamic incident response plans. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Cyber risk is now embedded in TPR&rsquo;s General Code of Practice and trustees are expected to review their cyber governance annually-or more frequently if operations change. This is not optional. It&rsquo;s a growing regulatory expectation. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Tackling the threat  </strong></div>

<div> To support the industry, we deliver cyber security training as part of our Introduction to Pensions training courses.   </div>

<div> </div>

<div>And last year, we ran a brand-new Cyber Training programme tailored for pension professionals and delivered by experts from Crowe and Eversheds Sutherland. Topics included legal obligations, incident response, and embedding cyber policies into scheme governance.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>We spoke to Crowe and Eversheds Sutherland for their views on the importance of addressing cyber security as a priority issue in the current climate.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Daniel Sibthorpe, Director of Cyber Security and Counter Fraud at Crowe</strong>, said building cyber resilience starts from the frontline. He told us: &ldquo;Understanding the fundamentals of cyber risks and how they manifest should be something that is encouraged by all organisations, irrespective of industry, size or country that they&rsquo;re based in.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;As part of this, receiving tailored training sessions is imperative for identifying how cyber risks could impact your scheme and members. Pension schemes are built on trust and the safeguarding of its members&rsquo; financial future, meaning it is now more important than ever that trustees are proactively seeking to learn and educate themselves on emerging risks.&rdquo;  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A change of policy direction </strong></div>

<div><strong>Lorna Doggett, Partner, Data Privacy & Cybersecurity, at Eversheds Sutherland</strong>, said: &ldquo;From a legal perspective we know from experience that members look to the schemes themselves for help and for compensation claims when cyber incidents happen at service providers. Members are also claiming against administrators, including a number of class actions supported by claims management companies, but schemes remain accountable.  TPR has said it&rsquo;s a case of &lsquo;if not when&rsquo;, and breaches have attracted regulatory fines.&rdquo;   </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Last autumn the ICO issued the first significant fine (&pound;14m) in relation to cyber security and pensions administration failings at an administrator. <strong>Lorna continued:</strong> &ldquo;Cyber security and data protection is about governance and control, crisis management rehearsals and preparedness in the face of a cyber threat landscape which is, exacerbated by increasing prevalence of AI (including deepfakes) and supply-chain vulnerability.  Nobody can avoid all cyber risk but what&rsquo;s more important is having a robust audit trail to demonstrate there are appropriate measures in place.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Lorna noted that the <a href="https://www.judiciary.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Farley-and-others-v-Paymaster-trading-as-Equiniti.pdf">Court of Appeal case of Michael Farley</a> helps us understand there isn&rsquo;t a &lsquo;de minimis&rsquo; (or minimal) threshold for distress claims and they can be successfully brought provided there&rsquo;s proof of that distress.   </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Financial losses can also be relevant especially if bank account details or fraud risk arises for members.  Lorna added: &ldquo;Cyber criminals understand what a rich source of data schemes have and that certain classes of member may be particularly vulnerable.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The <a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/ransomware-proposals-to-increase-incident-reporting-and-reduce-payments-to-criminals/outcome/government-response-to-ransomware-legislative-proposals-reducing-payments-to-cyber-criminals-and-increasing-incident-reporting-accessible">proposal from the Home Office to ban the public sector from paying ransoms</a> and to have all other organisations seek (in essence) approval before they pay any ransom indicates the direction of travel, though no primary legislation yet been introduced to enact these proposals.  The UK is a significant target for cyber-crime and pension schemes are no small part of that. There are lots of learnings from the ICO decision about fines recently in the sector as well.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Gaining the right skills </strong></div>

<div>At PMI, we believe cyber security is a boardroom issue. It&rsquo;s about protecting members&rsquo; data, scheme assets, and public trust. I urge all pension professionals to ensure they have the right skills to properly assess the risk and take appropriate action.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>We have now published details of our <a href="https://www.pensions-pmi.org.uk/events/pmi-cyber-security-training-2026/">Cyber Training programme for 2026</a> and will announce more details in due course. For information about this and all training, please email training@pensions-pmi.org.uk  </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/cyber-security--helping-schemes-go-beyond-the-tick-box-26713.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Savers Back Pension Commission Findings</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>As part of a survey of over 2,500 DC savers, TPT found that only around two in five respondents believe they will have sufficient savings to cover the cost of their basic needs in retirement, while only around 30% believe they will have enough to live comfortably in later life. Fewer than one third (29%) believe their pension savings will last throughout their retirement.</p>

<p>The Pension Commission&rsquo;s Interim Report found that the UK has one of the lowest gross national savings levels (as % of GDP) against comparative economies, with around 15 million people currently under saving for retirement. This suggests that many savers share the Commission&rsquo;s concerns around the scale of the retirement savings challenge facing the UK, indicating there would be broad public support for measures aimed at improving retirement outcomes.</p>

<p>TPT&rsquo;s findings should therefore give policymakers confidence to pursue bold reforms to improve retirement adequacy.</p>

<p><strong>Ruari Grant, Head of Policy & External Affairs at TPT Retirement Solutions, said: </strong>&ldquo;Our research shows that the public agrees with the experts. Last week the Commission highlighted the scale of the under-saving problem, and while we might often imagine people are unaware of this, that is not the case, meaning the Commission has a clear mandate to pursue meaningful reforms.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Automatic enrolment has created strong foundations for retirement saving in the UK, but at current contribution levels many savers will still face inadequate outcomes in retirement. The focus should now turn to ensuring the pensions system delivers the retirement people expect and deserve.&rdquo;</p>

<p>TPT also welcomed the Commission&rsquo;s focus on decumulation. Improving retirement outcomes is not only about increasing contributions, but also about ensuring that the system people are saving into will deliver an adequate retirement.</p>

<p>TPT has previously found that nearly 70% of DC savers* would be interested in a solution that provides a sustainable inflation-linked income in retirement. With only a fifth (22%) of savers say they are willing to pay for financial advice, effective frameworks at the point of retirement are essential to improving outcomes.</p>

<p><strong>Grant added: </strong>&ldquo;Good retirement outcomes do not simply depend on how much people save during their working lives. Savers also need straightforward, reliable ways to access and use their pension savings in retirement, without having to navigate unnecessary complexity or make difficult financial decisions alone.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The debate has moved beyond encouraging people to save. The challenge now is ensuring the system people are saving into is capable of delivering a lasting retirement income.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/savers-back-pension-commission-findings-26715.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ai Resets Business government Relationship</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen="" frameborder="0" height="315" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Q7sGmEpUscI?si=9EjaUychwMbefdRW" title="YouTube video player" width="340"></iframe></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ai-resets-business-government-relationship-26714.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Wall Street At Fresh Highs Amid Deal Or No Deal Uncertainty</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 is little moved this morning, failing to catch a breeze from Wall Street&rsquo;s record close on Thursday. The resumption of airstrikes between the US and Iran weighed on the London index yesterday, but a reported 60-day extension to the fragile ceasefire and a possible agreement to reach an agreement seems to have settled nerves today.</p>

<p>What all that actually means is anybody&rsquo;s guess, but oil traders are taking an optimistic view that the end could be in sight for disruption in the region, and Brent Crude oil prices have taken another step down to under $92 per barrel, around 20% off the peaks seen earlier in the month.</p>

<p>US stock futures have moved tentatively upwards after both the S&P 500 and NASDAQ touched new high-water marks on Thursday. Softer than expected core inflation (PCE) data for April (0.24% month-on-month) and an encouraging 0.11% in real personal consumption helped add a touch of confidence to market expectations that US base rates will remain stable for the rest of the year. According to CME&rsquo;s FedWatch, the probability of a quarter-point rise fell from 38.3% to 37.1%.</p>

<p>But a quarter point here or there is likely to make little difference to Dell whose shares are basking in the glow of a set of forecast-crushing first quarter earnings, as the company&rsquo;s ramp of its AI server business accelerates. AI server revenue growth of 757% helped underlying earnings per share more than triple to $4.86, racing past forecasts of $2.96. A 19% raise in full-year revenue guidance to around $167bn and $51.3bn backlog for AI servers suggests this is more than just a flash in the pan. Investors are rushing to get on board the AI super cycle train, pushing the shares up 39% in after-hours trading.</p>

<p>AI infrastructure companies have been a core driver of an incredible first-quarter earnings season for US stocks and can take much of the credit for the strong performance of the leading indices. With forward earnings multiples of the tech-led NASDAQ composite barely above the 10-year average, however, it feels like the bulls could still have further to run yet.&ldquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/wall-street-at-fresh-highs-amid-deal-or-no-deal-uncertainty-26712.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ai Part Of The Engagement Solution</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The event was attended by over 150 pension professionals who were asked if they thought a greater focus on Artificial Intelligence (AI) providing guidance for pension scheme members could be a solution to closing the member engagement gap.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Almost one in five respondents (19%) said they believed that AI is going to be &ldquo;a core part of the solution&rdquo;, whilst an equal number (19%) said they did not think it would. The overwhelming majority (62%) felt that AI will be a part of the solution, but that care needs to be taken in addressing the risks.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Attendees were also asked which change could most improve retirement decision making by pension scheme members.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Over a third (37%) answered that &ldquo;simplified choices and communications&rdquo; could do most to improve retirement decision making by members, followed by almost a quarter (24%) who said that &ldquo;earlier and more frequent engagement&rdquo; could be most impactful. One in five (20%) felt that &ldquo;more personalised guidance&rdquo; could be key, with more than one in ten (13%) highlighting the importance of &ldquo;lower cost advice solutions&rdquo;. Finally, 6% responded that &ldquo;implementing dashboards and small pot consolidation&rdquo; could most improve member decision making.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>SPP Member Priti Ruparelia, Trustee Director and Head of DC at the Independent Governance Group, who chaired the event, said: </strong>&ldquo;Ahead of the introduction of Default Pension Benefit Solutions and Targeted Support, these results highlight a growing consensus across the industry that improving retirement outcomes will require a combination of clearer communication, earlier engagement, and smarter support for members.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The AI polling was particularly revealing, with over 80% indicating it could play an important role in closing the member engagement gap. While AI may not be the whole answer, and its rollout must be balanced with any risks, it is increasingly seen as part of the toolkit for improving member engagement and retirement outcomes.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ai-part-of-the-engagement-solution-26716.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>One In Five Regret Their Spending Beyond Their Means</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The poll* found that more than a fifth (21%) of people said they regret overspending on &ldquo;consumables&rdquo; such as clothes and meals out, and 19% felt remorse about spending more than they earned. As rising living costs make it harder to manage short-term pressures, the leading financial wellbeing firm says that it&rsquo;s never been more important for individuals to access tailored financial support to learn small steps about how to control their spending or these regrets are likely to grow.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>It isn&rsquo;t just spending that causes worry, as a fifth (20%) of those questioned regretted building up credit card debt, 13% were having second thoughts about making purchases on a pay-later basis, while a further 13% felt remorse about borrowing from friends or family. One in ten (11%) were also regretting taking out a payday loans.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research showed that financial regret is hitting younger generations particularly hard, with social and lifestyle pressures having a role to play. Nearly a third (32%) of younger adults said they regret building up debt through overspending. More than a quarter (28%) among 18&ndash;24-year-olds. Concerningly, everyday spending decisions appear to be increasingly shaped by expectations and comparison, rather than affordability alone. Only one in five (19.8%) 18&ndash;24-year-olds said they felt no pressure to present a certain lifestyle or image, which could be leading to the extra expense. Having a clearer picture of where money is going can help people push back against these pressures. It&rsquo;s a small but important step towards healthier habits and less financial regret over time. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the cost of livings impact on debt regret, Georgia Hall, Chartered Financial Planner, Hymans Robertson Personal Wealth, says: </strong>&ldquo;Rising living costs provide an important backdrop to these findings, with spending on items many people would consider essential increasing sharply over a relatively short period of time. At the same time, the way we spend has changed.  Pay later schemes and card stored check out models mean everyday purchases are often broken into smaller, regular payments, which can make the true cost less visible in the moment. For many people, it&rsquo;s only in hindsight that the cumulative impact of this spending becomes clear, once financial commitments have already built up. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s particularly striking is how debt regret shows up differently at different life stages. Younger adults tend to regret everyday spending, while those in mid-life are more likely to regret longer-term credit card debt. But the root of the problem is often the same: many people drift into unhealthy habits without clear financial foundations, with one in ten (10%) adults saying they never received financial education and now struggle to manage their money. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Everyday costs are unavoidable, but regret isn&rsquo;t. Becoming more aware of where money is going, understanding the long-term cost of credit, and taking time to review regular outgoings can help people feel more in control. Importantly, seeking guidance is not a sign of failure. Access to clear, tailored financial support can help individuals make sense of competing pressures, rebuild confidence, and put practical steps in place to improve long-term financial resilience.&rdquo; </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/one-in-five-regret-their-spending-beyond-their-means-26717.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>How Insurance Can Help Make Ccs Projects Viable</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Marie Reiter, Head of Global Broking Strategy Natural Resources, WTW</strong></p>

<p>However, complex risks exist along the value chain, which affect the bankability of CCS projects, and have slowed investment in the technology.</p>

<p>Insurance could play a critical role in bringing more CCS projects to market. Insurance products that work across the value chain and fill current coverage gaps can make investments in the technology more viable, as they open up financing options for developers.</p>

<p>Natural resources companies looking to develop CCS projects must understand the regulatory landscape as it stands and how the right insurance strategy can help them unlock protection for their carbon credits.</p>

<div><strong>The critical issue: A patchwork of regulation</strong></div>

<div>Investment in CCS depends on robust regulatory frameworks. Regulation determines when businesses can obtain carbon credits, which party is responsible for CO2 at different parts of the value chain, and for how long storage must be managed. Ultimately, these regulatory frameworks determine whether a CCS project is commercially viable.</div>

<p>&ldquo;There is a clear correlation globally between territories that have implemented clear CCS policies and pace of CCS development in these areas. The market demand for CCS is only there when legislation and regulatory policies are implemented by government. If the cost of CCS exceeds the tax savings/carbon credit value, or if the carbon credits are lost due to leakage or loss, then the project value proposition no longer stands up,&rdquo; <strong>says Marie Reiter, Global Head of Broking Strategy, Willis Natural Resources.</strong></p>

<p>No standard regulatory framework for CCS exists &ndash; instead, there is a patchwork of regulation across different geographies, which can directly impact the viability of a CCS project. But inconsistent or incomplete regulation across capture, transport, storage, and cross border movement directly amplifies the financial, operational, legal, and strategic risks that natural resources companies face when deciding whether to develop CCS projects. These elevated risks translate into slower adoption, deferred investment decisions, and difficulty securing financing.</p>

<div><strong>Risks associated with CCS projects:</strong></div>

<div><strong>Financial: </strong>Uncertain revenue models are harder to finance, leading to a higher cost of capital or the need to fund developments from equity</div>

<div><strong>Regulatory/compliance:</strong> Unclear future requirements (e.g., monitoring obligations) can increase the risk of stranded assets &ndash; carbon market volatility or policy change can make assets redundant</div>

<div><strong>Operational:</strong> Lack of harmonized safety, purity and transport standards create project integration challenges</div>

<div><strong>Strategic:</strong> Companies avoid committing to CCS investments until regulatory frameworks stabilize</div>

<div><strong>Slower ecosystem development:</strong> Infrastructure such as pipelines and storage networks cannot scale efficiently without regulatory alignment, slowing overall adoption</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>CCS regulation can behave as &lsquo;carrots&rsquo; or &lsquo;sticks&rsquo;:</strong></div>

<div><strong>Carrots:</strong> Government subsidies, carbon credits, grants and funding are some of the incentives for making decarbonisation financially attractive. They can boost early adoption of clean technologies, in turn making CCS and carbon markets more politically palatable and economically feasible. Carbon credit markets are expanding, but they do not exist in every country. Without these incentives, the economics would not work.</div>

<div><strong>Sticks:</strong> Carbon taxes, mandatory emissions reductions and penalties for non-compliance are among the disincentives for emitting carbon. Research shows that such &lsquo;sticks&rsquo; are necessary, as incentives alone cannot achieve the significant reductions in emissions required.</div>

<p>There is no one-size-fits-all approach to CCS regulation. As government involvement in CCS projects varies from country to country, so too do their regulatory frameworks. Jurisdictions with minimal government control, including Norway and the Netherlands, tend to rely on a combination of &lsquo;carrots&rsquo; and &lsquo;sticks&rsquo; to drive investment in the technology.</p>

<p>Clear and appropriate regulations not only reduce risk for natural resources companies, making CCS deployment financially viable, they are also strategically aligned with national decarbonization goals.</p>

<div><strong>A deeper dive: The CCS regulatory maturity scale</strong></div>

<div>Jurisdictions&rsquo; regulatory frameworks also vary in terms of their maturity. While some geographies, including Japan and the European Union, have more advanced regulatory frameworks (Japan&rsquo;s CCS Business Act is aimed at attracting private sector investment), others, such as Malaysia and Indonesia, are catching up fast. Over 2023 and 2024, Indonesia introduced four major CCS regulations, establishing one of the region&rsquo;s most detailed schemes.</div>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_WTWCCS2805261.jpg" style="height:358px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>CCS development hotspots</strong></p>

<div><strong>Japan:</strong></div>

<div><strong>Key regulations:</strong></div>

<div>Japan&rsquo;s landmark &ldquo;Act on Carbon Dioxide Storage Business&rdquo; (CCS Business Act), effective August 2024</div>

<div><strong>The value:</strong></div>

<div>The most complete regulatory framework in Asia</div>

<div>Strong funding</div>

<div>Cross border legal clarity, and national coordination</div>

<div>Clear pathways for project to move forward</div>

<div>
<div> </div>

<div><strong>The European Union</strong></div>

<div><strong>Key regulations:</strong></div>

<div>International treaty: London Protocol (1996 + 2009 amendment)</div>

<div>CCS Directive (Directive 2009/31/EC)</div>

<div>Industrial Emissions Directive (IED) (Directive 2010/75/EU)</div>

<div>EU ETS Directive (Directive 2023/959/EU)</div>

<div>Renewable Energy Directive (RED II/III) (Directive 2018/2001/EU)</div>

<div>Removals & Carbon Farming Regulation (Reg. 2024/3012/EU)</div>

<div>Net-Zero Industry Act (Reg. 2024/1735/EU)</div>

<div>TEN E Regulation (Reg. 2022/869/EU)</div>

<div><strong>The value:</strong></div>

<div>Comprehensive regional regulation</div>

<div>Industrial strategy integration</div>

<div>Infrastructure coordination</div>

<div>Standardization of approach across multiple countries and jurisdictions</div>

<div> </div>

<div>
<div><strong>United Kingdom</strong></div>

<div><strong>Key regulations:</strong></div>

<div>International treaty: London Protocol (1996 + 2009 amendment)</div>

<div>The Energy Act 2023</div>

<div><strong>The value:</strong></div>

<div>Robust regulation across transportation and storage</div>

<div>Actively addressing gaps (like non pipeline transport) and building market driven networks</div>

<div>Meaningful government support package for all value chain participants</div>

<div>Government acts as insurer of last resort</div>

<div> </div>

<div>
<div><strong>United States</strong></div>

<div><strong>Key regulations:</strong></div>

<div>Federal tax incentives &ndash; Inflation Reduction Act Section 45Q tax credit</div>

<div>EPA Underground Injection Control (UIC) Program &ndash; Class VI Wells</div>

<div>Federal policy framework such as Carbon Capture Coalition&rsquo;s Federal Policy Blueprint and Carbon Removal RD&D Priorities (FY2026)</div>

<div>Evolving EPA reporting requirements</div>

<div><strong>The value:</strong></div>

<div>Significant financial incentives reduce project costs and accelerate deployment</div>

<div>Flexible verification pathways (e.g., IRS Notice 2026-01 safe harbor) lower compliance risk and help projects maintain credit eligibility</div>

<div>Strategic roadmaps provide a clear, coordinated policy environment that de-risks scale-up</div>
</div>

<div> </div>
</div>
</div>

<div>
<div><strong>Canada</strong></div>

<div><strong>Key regulations:</strong></div>

<div>Federal CCS Investment Tax Credit (ITC)</div>

<div>Provincial carbon pricing & incentives such as Alberta&rsquo;s TIER - Carbon Sequestration Tenure Regulation, Alta Reg 68/2011 (Alberta), Carbon Capture and Storage Funding Act, SA 2009 cC-2.5 (Alberta, 2009, Carbon Capture and Storage Statutes Amendment Act, 2010, SA 2010, c 14 (Alberta), EOR Quantification Protocol (Alberta)</div>

<div>Regulatory frameworks for pore space, liability, and MMV. Federal and provincial funding programs such as Federal and provincial funding program including SIF, Carbon Capture Kickstart, ACCIP (12% capital incentive), and Saskatchewan Technology Fund</div>

<div><strong>The value:</strong></div>

<div>High-value capital incentives significantly lower upfront investment barriers</div>

<div>Provincial pricing systems create strong CCS revenue pathways</div>

<div>Federal and provincial funding programsprovide layered support across feasibility, FEED, and capital build phases</div>
</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These regulatory frameworks reduce risk for natural resources companies and make CCS deployment financially viable, scalable, and strategically aligned with national decarbonization goals.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How insurance can help protect complex disintegrated CCS value chains</strong></div>

<div>Although several parts of the CCS value chain fall within the scope of traditional insurance markets, coverage gaps remain. The insurance industry is working to fill these gaps to build more resilient protection for the CCS value chain.</div>

<div>No two CCS projects are alike, and no best practice yet exists for unlocking the value from carbon capture projects. The network of risks and complexities increase exponentially when spanning multiple jurisdictions and territories. Differing legal regimes, liability frameworks, carbon accounting rules, and permitting requirements can create misalignments between parties and introduce liability gaps. By assessing risks across the entire value chain in its entirety, parties can better map their liabilities and contractual obligations, and ensure suitable insurances are in place.</div>

<div>Natural resources companies should choose modular insurance solutions that are tailored to each project, and that have the flexibility to adapt to exposures across different regulatory regimes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>CCS projects inherently contain significant interdependency risk, with any issue at one point in the chain causing delays and financial loss for the remaining parties. For example, a leakage occurring at the storage site could halt the injection of any additional CO2. The transport operator may then be unable to load or unload, preventing the emitter from capturing additional CO2 once their on-site storage becomes full, which could ultimately lead to curtailment of the asset.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The viability of CCS projects depends on each part of the value chain aligning with the rest. Failures in any one link, whether that be through operational disruption, misaligned liabilities, or non-compliance with regulations, could cause the entire chain to unravel.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Due to the interdependencies throughout the value chain, those developing CCS projects will need to collaborate with counterparties and their insurance providers to construct a solution that protects the entirety of the value chain, rather than considering individual siloed risks. This way developers can strategically align liabilities and insurance solutions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>To make insurance as effective as possible, natural resources companies must involve specialist brokers early, allowing them to input into contract negotiations and allocate liability to optimize insurance protections and unlock bankability.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/how-insurance-can-help-make-ccs-projects-viable-26711.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Credits Down 34  But Iran War Could Raise Awareness</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The DWP said that it received 211,125 Pension Credit applications in 2025/26 &ndash; a 34% decrease or 109,910 fewer applications than 2024/25.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Through the 2025/26 period, it also cleared and awarded 138,165 Pension Credit claims &ndash; a decrease of nearly a quarter (24% or 42,805 fewer claims) compared to 2024/25.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>David Brooks, Head of Policy at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;The sharp rise in Pension Credit claims following the Government&rsquo;s decision to link Winter Fuel Payments to Pension Credit eligibility shone a helpful spotlight on just how many retirees were missing out on valuable support to which they were entitled. However, as the issue declined in salience, claims activity is now falling back towards lower, more normal levels and there is a risk that awareness once again fades.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;However, the latest figures show there are still up to 910,000 families who were entitled to Pension Credit that are not claiming it, missing out on up to &pound;2.5 billion of financial support. This matters because Pension Credit is specifically targeted at lower-income pensioners and can be worth thousands of pounds every year. Moreover, it often acts as a gateway to a much wider package of support, including help with energy bills, housing costs and council tax.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;All of this could come back into sharper focus if geopolitical tensions once more drive up living costs, inflationary pressures and energy prices.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The interim report from the Pensions Commission was another timely reminder of the challenge of retirement adequacy that the UK is facing. It highlighted the financial struggles that many people are likely to face in later life and the importance of maximising all the support and resources available to them.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Ensuring pensioners understand and claim their entitlements will become an increasingly important part of supporting retirement incomes, particularly as cost pressures remain elevated and more people move into retirement with modest defined contribution savings.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/pension-credit-applications-and-awards-may-2026/pension-credit-applications-and-awards-may-2026"><em>https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/pension-credit-applications-and-awards-may-2026/pension-credit-applications-and-awards-may-2026</em></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-credits-down-34--but-iran-war-could-raise-awareness-26709.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>51  Of Planned Us Data Centres At Risk Of Destructive Storms</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>More than half (51%) of planned US data centre projects worth $670bn are being built in states at high risk of severe convective storms (SCS), according to research by specialty Lloyd&rsquo;s insurer MS Amlin.</p>

<p>The analysis of more than 670 data centre projects under construction or planned across the US found 320 facilities located in states classified as being at high risk of tornadoes, large hail and damaging winds.</p>

<p>Existing data centres in high-risk states for SCS are valued at almost $20bn, the study found, suggesting that future AI infrastructure in storm-exposed regions could be nearly 40 times the value of existing facilities.</p>

<p>SCS has become a major driver of insured losses.  Last year, SCS events generated $52bn in insured losses in the US &ndash; making it the costliest region and peril globally.  Swiss Re reports insured losses from such storms have grown by roughly 8% a year since 2008.</p>

<div><strong>MS Amlin&rsquo;s analysis found:</strong></div>

<div><em>Overall, 56% of 670 planned US data centres &ndash; representing nearly $800bn in investment &ndash; are in states highly exposed to either hurricanes, severe convective storms, earthquakes or winterstorms.</em></div>

<div><em>Some 27% of data centres, representing $440bn, are planned for states at high risk of winterstorm, which can disrupt power networks and create complex business interruption risks. </em></div>

<div><em>Nearly a quarter (21%) of planned data centres - amounting to $340bn of investment - are located in US states at high risk of hurricanes. </em></div>

<div><em>Data centres in high-risk earthquake states account for 3% and $12bn of planned facilities.</em></div>

<p>The findings underline the scale of investment flowing into states at risk of natural catastrophes as development of new hyperscale facilities shifts to southern regions where land and power are more favourable. </p>

<p><strong>Martin Burke, MS Amlin&rsquo;s Chief Underwriting Officer, said:</strong> &ldquo;These numbers highlight both the opportunity and the risk. Hundreds of billions of dollars of new digital infrastructure are being directed towards regions at higher risk of potentially destructive severe convective storms. When assets of this scale cluster in hazard prone regions, the potential loss severity from a single storm event can rise very quickly. This is a growth opportunity for the specialty insurance market, but the risks must be properly managed and understood.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Data centres are typically insured through multiple business lines including property, cyber and credit and political risk. Without careful oversight, insurers can unknowingly accumulate exposure to the same facility across multiple policies. </p>

<p>To address the risk, MS Amlin has developed a proprietary aggregation monitoring database to track data centre exposures across its underwriting portfolios.</p>

<p><strong>Burke added:</strong> &ldquo;As AI investment accelerates, insurers must adopt more advanced ways to manage aggregation risk. If the industry is slow to address this challenge, it could restrict the deployment of capital and roll out of AI infrastructure. </p>

<p>&ldquo;Our proprietary database of hundreds of US data centre projects lets us capture the risk not just from tightly clustered facilities but also from supporting infrastructure like power generation. This provides a far more accurate picture of overall exposure.</p>

<p>&ldquo;This visibility allows us to deploy capacity responsibly to support the sector&rsquo;s growth while maintaining underwriting discipline.  The ability to monitor aggregation risk is becoming increasingly important as this class continues to grow.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/51--of-planned-us-data-centres-at-risk-of-destructive-storms-26707.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Middle East Tensions Rise As Ai Boom Keeps Chip Stocks High</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;As the standoff in the Middle East grinds on, with fresh attacks reported once again, it&rsquo;s acting as a drag on indices. The FTSE 100 is in the red in early trade and Wall Street is also set to waver. The US has struck the port city of Bandar again, after tankers were reportedly stopped from passing through the Strait of Hormuz. There have also been reports of retaliatory drone attacks on a US base in Kuwait. For now, the fragile ceasefire appears to be holding, but hopes for a breakthrough in talks have been dented. The skirmishes have pushed oil prices higher, with Brent crude futures nudging $97 per barrel.</p>

<p>Control over the Strait of Iran appears to be at the centre of the tensions. Iran has now wielded such power over the key waterway that it may not want to give up control, which the US is deeming unacceptable. The Trump administration has placed sanctions on the newly formed Persian Gulf Strait Authority, which is attempting to impose a new maritime regime in the waters. It won&rsquo;t let ships pass without permission, but if ships deal with the Iranians they could be breaching these new sanctions. So, another impasse has developed and, if it isn&rsquo;t fully resolved, could remain a source of friction and trigger supply chain snarl ups in the future. With elevated energy prices on the move higher again, tensions are already fanning the fires of inflation. They are also set to weigh heavily on consumer demand, as household bills rise and shoppers tighten their belts across the world. </p>

<p>But the bigger tide washing over global markets remains the demand for AI, which continues to push up valuations as rapid earnings growth develops. Goldman Sachs&rsquo; estimates that Spring profits will keep powering the S&P 500 higher, after an exceptionally robust first quarter. Demand right now for the technology to build out the backbone for AI advances seems insatiable, but it&rsquo;s still unclear how long this appetite will remain voracious and when companies will have had their fill of technological spend.</p>

<p>For now, chipmakers are filling their boots with orders, and it&rsquo;s sending valuations sky high. Driven by the huge demand for chips, South Korean chipmaker SK Hynix also joined the trillion-dollar club on Wednesday, a day after Micron Technology became a member. The sharp surge in their valuations is likely to set off alarm bells, but for now there is an expectation of further earnings growth ahead.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/middle-east-tensions-rise-as-ai-boom-keeps-chip-stocks-high-26706.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Bond Market Analysis Sizes Up The 2026 World Cup Contenders</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Rathbones Asset Management has applied a fixed income lens to the 2026 FIFA World Cup, analysing sovereign bond yields across qualifying nations to produce a forecast for who would make it to the finals if it were driven by the relative attractiveness of their government bond markets. Using two measures &mdash; the highest current 10-year government bond yields and the largest rise in 10-year yields over the past 12 months &mdash; the analysis identifies the teams whose bond markets may, in theory, offer clues to success.</p>

<p><br />
The first part of the exercise looked at which qualifying countries have seen the sharpest increase in 10-year government bond yields over the past year. On this measure, South Korea (+136bp), Colombia (+124bp), Japan (+110bp) and the Czech Republic (+79bp) came out on top. England, by contrast, ranked lower down the table, suggesting that despite perennial optimism among supporters, gilt market moves alone are not enough to carry the team to glory.<br />
<br />
The second measure focused on the highest current 10-year government bond yields among qualified nations. On that basis, Brazil (14.1%) and Colombia (13.5%) sit near the top of the field, alongside other high-yielding emerging markets including Argentina (9.4%) and Mexico (9.2%). Taken together, the two approaches produce a shortlist of likely contenders, with Colombia appearing in both camps and Japan and Brazil emerging as particularly compelling candidates.<br />
<br />
Based on the overlap between the two data sets, Rathbones&rsquo; notional semi-final line-up features South Korea, Colombia, Japan and Brazil, with Japan narrowly preferred to Argentina on the balance of the analysis. Applying a final active-management overlay, the team&rsquo;s forecast points to Japan meeting Brazil in the final<br />
<br />
<strong>Bryn Jones, Head of Fixed Income at Rathbones Asset Management, says: </strong>&ldquo;We wanted to take a familiar bond market framework and apply it to something far less conventional. Looking at both the level of 10-year yields and the scale of the move over the past 12 months gave us a playful way to compare teams heading into the tournament. On our numbers, Japan and Brazil stand out, while Colombia appears consistently strong across both measures. Sadly, England are ranked 7th from our analysis (+46bp and 5.1% across both measures) and so have no chance of winning in our version of the tournament.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>Lewis Elliot, analyst at Rathbones Asset Management, adds:</strong> &ldquo;England supporters may be disappointed that gilts do not point to a home victory, but the broader result is more interesting. Colombia scores well whichever way we cut the data, Japan shows strong recent momentum, and Brazil combines high yields with the pedigree you would expect from one of football&rsquo;s most successful nations. That left us with a Japan versus Brazil final.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
As with any investment model, there are caveats. Some nations were excluded because comparable 10-year bond data was not available. Jones continues with an example: &ldquo;Scotland do not have any government bonds at this time so can&rsquo;t compete in this world cup.  However, with Scottish government bonds, known as kilts, expected to come to the market in 2026/27, maybe by the next tournament Scotland will be a contender.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
Although this is not intended as a serious forecasting tool, it offers a way to show how market indicators can be interpreted, compared and debated &mdash; even when the subject is football rather than fixed income.</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/bond-market-analysis-sizes-up-the-2026-world-cup-contenders-26708.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Uncomfortable Tensions In Gen Ai Era Must Be Confronted</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/IFoA-Its-Still-Not-Magic-2026.pdf"><strong>&lsquo;It&rsquo;s still not magic: Framing the risks facing financial services in the Gen AI era&rsquo; </strong></a>builds on its 2019 predecessor report. As part of the research, we surveyed senior financial services practitioners and observers and found that:</p>

<p>70% agreed &lsquo;risks arising from the use of AI are among the greatest risks facing my sector over the next five years&rsquo;.75% agreed &lsquo;the risks posed by AI to my sector have increased substantially since generative AI technologies have become widely available'.The top three risks highlighted were cyber threats, misleading outputs, and knowledge gaps.</p>

<p>Generative AI has fundamentally changed the risk landscape not only because it can &lsquo;hallucinate&rsquo;, or present false or misleading information that appears authoritative. It also makes AI widely accessible, persuasive, easy to use and embedded in every day financial workflows. As firms increasingly build AI into tools and infrastructure, many of the most complex risks are ecosystem risks. Decisions that appear sensible for individual firms can create hidden dependencies and shared points of failure across the financial system.</p>

<p>The report&rsquo;s AI risk framework identifies nine risks which are grouped into three broad categories: &lsquo;outcomes&rsquo;, &lsquo;operating environment&rsquo; and &lsquo;system&rsquo;. These provide a useful way to trace how AI risk moves through the financial services ecosystem: from the outcomes experienced by customers and society, to the environment in which firms deploy AI, to the system-level dynamics through which risks can scale and spread.</p>

<p>The framework treats AI risks as trade-offs, rather than standalone downsides. Often, the risks are the direct counterpart of AI&rsquo;s benefits &ndash; sharper prediction, deeper personalisation, greater scale and complexity, and more autonomous decision-making. Although risks cannot be eliminated altogether, the framework outlines how many can be moderated through better risk management, governance, and regulation.</p>

<p><strong>Keyur Patel, LFBF Research Associate and report author, said: </strong>&ldquo;The same characteristics that make AI useful in financial services also create many of the risks that make it so difficult to govern. The hard question, then, is not just whether these risks can be mitigated, but how much risk we are willing to live with in exchange for the benefits. That is why a recurring theme in this report is &lsquo;uncomfortable tensions&rsquo;: the same machinery can widen inclusion and sharpen exclusion; &lsquo;human in the loop&rsquo; is not the same as human control; and concentration is baked into how AI systems are built. Generative AI gives these tensions new force. It lowers barriers to use, makes AI feel relatable and trustworthy, and is increasingly embedded in how financial institutions think and work. That matters because AI outputs can be useful, confident and wrong at the same time &ndash; and &lsquo;mostly right&rsquo; can be dangerous.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Paul Sweeting FIA C.Act, IFoA President, said:</strong> &ldquo;AI is a defining force of our time. The IFoA&rsquo;s Artificial Intelligence and Emerging Technologies Practice Board is exploring how transformative technologies are reshaping actuarial practice and influencing broader societal systems. It is also exploring what we need to do to seize the opportunities and manage the risks associated with AI-adoption. With our unique combination of technical skill, communication and professional oversight, actuaries must play a key role making sure that AI is working as it should.&rdquo;</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_IFoAAIRiskMap2805261.jpg" style="height:556px; width:600px" /></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/uncomfortable-tensions-in-gen-ai-era-must-be-confronted-26710.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Always Believing You Are Gold</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Alex White, Managing Director, Co-Head of ALM at Gallagher</strong></u></p>

<p>It&rsquo;s potentially easier to leave a war-torn country with Bitcoin than gold (though possibly harder to pay for things along the way), and it has value by enforced scarcity. In a high inflation world, for example, where fiat currency is printed at volume and ceases to have scarcity value, this could be a major advantage of Bitcoin.</p>

<p>That might still be true. But it&rsquo;s not yet what&rsquo;s happening.</p>

<p>Firstly, some context. Bitcoin has done extraordinarily well over the last few years, so much so that even with the recent plunge it has still wildly outperformed other major assets</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_AlexWhiteGold12706261.jpg" style="height:428px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>So far so good, but it&rsquo;s harder to see the interactions. We therefore also show rolling 12m correlations</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_AlexWhiteGold22706261.jpg" style="height:395px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>Aficionados could argue in 2022-2024 that Bitcoin was starting to behave more like gold. Certainly the correlations would have backed that up; but the correlation between gold and equity was also higher. In the last year or so, as gold has risen, Bitcoin has moved far more in line with equity than with gold.</p>

<p>This seems pretty conclusive, but it is only one view. Perhaps inflation paints a different picture. To test, we look at the same rolling 12 correlations with month-on-month CPI. Again, Bitcoin is broadly only correlated to inflation when equities are too.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_AlexWhiteGold32706261.jpg" style="height:341px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>So is there still a case? Well, it&rsquo;s worth noting that gold doesn&rsquo;t seem to be an inflationary asset on this lens either. While Bitcoin is negatively correlated with CPI (-18%), so is gold (-12%). The noise month on month can hide a longer-term economic picture. And that&rsquo;s tricky for Bitcoin as, even though it has a decent length history by this point, there&rsquo;s a solid case that it&rsquo;s a different asset now, with ETFs and institutional money, than it was in the early years. In that vein, it might not be digital gold yet, and may still be seen as a risk-on asset, but that doesn&rsquo;t mean it won&rsquo;t ever be digital gold, especially if inflation gets high enough.</p>

<p>For right now though, the digital gold argument doesn&rsquo;t seem to hold up to reality.</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/always-believing-you-are-gold-26704.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 27 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Retirees Say Modern Retirement Lasts Longer And Costs More</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Many people picture retirement as a time to relax and enjoy the rewards of years of hard work, from travelling more to spending time with family and hobbies. But new research from Standard Life, a retirement specialist focused entirely on retirement savings and income, suggests the reality is often far more financially demanding than expected.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Standard Life&rsquo;s report reveals nearly a third (31%) of retirees say their standard of living is now worse than before they retired, compared with just one in five (20%) who say it has improved. The findings highlight the pressure many retirees feel once regular earnings stop, particularly as rising living costs continue to affect household budgets.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research points to a clear gap between retirement expectations and reality. Nearly one in five retirees (17%) say they underestimated how much money they would need in retirement, while 16% admit they had not expected retirement to last as long as it has.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This comes at a time of growing concern around retirement adequacy more broadly. The Pensions Commission&rsquo;s interim report recently estimated that around 15 million people are currently not saving adequately for retirement, reinforcing concerns that many future retirees could face similar financial pressures later in life.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>From inflation spikes and global instability to the lasting impact of the pandemic, many of the factors shaping retirement today would have been difficult to foresee in advance. Personal life events such as raising children, redundancy or divorce can also disrupt long-term saving plans and make retirement harder to prepare for consistently. At the same time, some factors &ndash; including more gradual rising living costs and longer life expectancy &ndash; can be possible to anticipate and plan for over time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Retirement is no longer just about building a pension pot</strong></div>

<div>While much of the focus during working life is on building pension savings, many retirees say the biggest challenge comes after they stop working and are faced with understanding how to make that money last throughout retirement. People are increasingly responsible for managing their own retirement savings and how they are used - while many of today&rsquo;s retirees have defined benefit schemes that provide a guaranteed income, most future retirees will rely on defined contribution pots, often built up across multiple employers, meaning more decisions about how that money is used in retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Standard Life&rsquo;s research highlights how the transition from saving into spending is an area many people feel underprepared for. Around one in eight retirees (12%) say they wish they had a better understanding of how to turn their pension savings into an income, while a similar proportion (12%) regret spending too much too early in retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Findings from the Pensions Commission highlight the scale of this challenge. Around 30% of private pension pots are accessed at the earliest possible opportunity, with around half withdrawn in full. Nearly half of this money is spent on large expenses such as cars, holidays or home improvements, raising concerns that some people may be drawing on retirement savings too quickly without fully considering longer-term financial needs.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While many retirees face real financial pressures, the findings also highlight the importance of planning early, staying engaged with retirement savings and seeking support where needed.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Looking back: what retirees wish they had done differently</strong></div>

<div>In hindsight, many retirees say earlier action would have made a meaningful difference to their financial security later on. Separate research from Standard Life&sup2; looking at the role of major life moments in interrupting long-term saving habits reveals that three in ten (30%) say they wish they had saved more regularly during their working life, while 29% regret not starting pension saving sooner. Others say they wish they had planned more thoroughly for retirement (16%), while 14% regret not making greater use of pension tax benefits while they were working.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, for many retirees, saving consistently was not always straightforward, with retirees highlighting that having children had the biggest impact on their retirement savings (15%), followed by divorce (10%) and redundancy (9%).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life, commented:</strong> &ldquo;Retirement is one of the biggest transitions people will ever make, yet it&rsquo;s easy to underestimate just how challenging the journey to and through it can feel. People are living longer, costs can remain high long after work finishes, and retirement itself may now last decades rather than years. Recent years have also shown how difficult it can be to predict some of the wider economic and global factors that shape retirement, from inflation spikes and market uncertainty to the lasting impact of the pandemic. It&rsquo;s understandable that some retirees feel their finances are under greater pressure than they originally anticipated, particularly if they underestimated how much they might need or how long their savings would have to last.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For some retirees, the gap between the retirement they hoped for and the retirement they can realistically afford becomes visible in everyday decisions including fewer meals out, fewer holidays, less socialising and more careful budgeting. At the same time, many people are also discovering that retirement isn&rsquo;t simply about building savings, but about managing how those savings are used over time. Knowing how to turn a pension pot into a sustainable income, while balancing flexibility and long-term security, can feel complicated.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s striking is how many retirees look back wishing they had started saving earlier, contributed more consistently or planned more thoroughly. Life rarely follows a perfectly straight line, and events like raising children, redundancy or divorce can understandably shift financial priorities earlier in life.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;At the same time, there are some reasons for optimism. Greater flexibility in how people work and retire, improved access to guidance and smarter digital tools can all help people feel more in control of their long-term finances. Even relatively small contributions made regularly over time can make a meaningful difference later on, particularly when combined with tax relief, employer contributions, and the potential benefits of long-term investment growth.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike&rsquo;s top tips for making money last in retirement</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Understand what you&rsquo;ve got before you make a plan </strong>&ldquo;Pensions can work in very different ways. Some people may have a defined benefit pension that pays a guaranteed income, while others may have one or more pension pots built up over time. Taking a bit of time to understand what you have &ndash; and where it is &ndash; can make it much easier to plan how those savings will support you in retirement.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Consider the kind of retirement you want</strong> &ldquo;Thinking about the lifestyle you&rsquo;d like in later life, whether that&rsquo;s covering the essentials comfortably or enjoying more freedom for travel and hobbies, can help bring savings goals into focus. Tools like Pensions UK&rsquo;s Retirement Living Standards can be a useful guide, helping turn a broad idea into something you can visualise.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Think carefully about how you might take your income </strong>&ldquo;How savings are turned into income matters just as much as how they&rsquo;re built. Combining flexible options with some guaranteed income, such as an annuity to cover essentials, can help create a more dependable foundation. It&rsquo;s a lot to manage alone &ndash; if possible, consider speaking to a financial adviser to discuss the best option for you. The government&rsquo;s free MoneyHelper service can also offer broader guidance.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Be realistic about what retirement might cost</strong> &ldquo;Spending doesn&rsquo;t stop in retirement, and many people find that essentials, lifestyle choices, and unexpected costs can add up more than expected. Building in some flexibility can help avoid financial pressure later on. Simple rules of thumb can help bring this to life &ndash; for example, under Standard Life&rsquo;s &lsquo;Rule of 300&rsquo;, people need around &pound;300 in pension savings to generate &pound;1 of guaranteed monthly income &ndash; helping to translate everyday spending into what it means for long-term savings.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Stay engaged and keep your plans up to date</strong> &ldquo;Retirement isn&rsquo;t a one-off decision. Checking in regularly, adjusting withdrawals, and responding to changes in markets or personal circumstances can make a real difference to how long savings last - and how confident you feel about your finances.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/retirees-say-modern-retirement-lasts-longer-and-costs-more-26700.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 27 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ftse Flat As Rising Energy Bills And Iran War Hamper Growth</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&lsquo;&rsquo;The mood has turned flat, as the stalemate in the Middle East dampens enthusiasm and businesses brace for higher bills which will weigh on spending. The FTSE 100 has wavered in early trade as investors assess the latest twists in the conflict, with Iran accusing the US of breaching their ceasefire and warning it was ready to retaliate. Bandar, a port city, has reportedly been targeted and a US drone was brought down. Nevertheless, there are still hopes that a deal will be reached despite the recent skirmishes, and that&rsquo;s being reflected to some extent in oil prices, which remain fluctuating below $100 a barrel, with Brent crude currently trading just above $97. With Gulf states intensifying pressure on the US to pursue peace, and the mid-term election campaigns heating up in the States, the expectation is that some kind of resolution will be agreed, but more patience is clearly needed.</p>

<p>BP shares have continued their descent, as the lower oil prices collide with the shock ousting of the chair, Albert Manifold. He was removed for conduct issues, deemed to be unacceptable. The stock fell 5% on Tuesday and continues to stay under pressure. It's like a revolving door at the energy giant - with Manifold only in the position for less than a year, and an interim chair, independent director Ian Tyler, now taking his seat. Given that Manifold was brought in to oversee the refocus on oil and gas, there will be concern that this policy direction will be disrupted.</p>

<p>US indices are largely shrugging off the shadow of conflict in the Middle East, with the Nasdaq powering higher as enthusiasm around artificial intelligence eclipses concerns about rising geopolitical risk. Despite fears that the war is triggering fresh inflationary pressures, appetite for big tech has remained remarkably resilient. Instead, investors are doubling down on the view that the AI juggernaut still has much further to run, with chipmakers and cloud computing giants continuing to attract huge flows of capital.</p>

<p>But consumers are counting the cost of the war in Iran as they brace for another sharp rise in household energy bills, with the increase threatening to sap spending power. The rise in the energy price cap in the UK from July is set to weigh on already fragile consumer confidence. Household energy prices will rise by 13% due to soaring wholesale costs, a highly unwelcome change, just as bills had been reducing. Regulator Ofgem says a household using a typical amount of gas and electricity will pay &pound;221 more a year, taking the annual bill to &pound;1,862. The increase is likely to deepen pressure on household finances just as many consumers had started to feel some relief from the cost-of-living squeeze. Higher energy costs are expected to leave households with less money to spend on everything from eating out and holidays to wardrobe upgrades, raising fresh concerns for retailers, hospitality businesses and the wider services sector, which relies heavily on discretionary spending.</p>

<p>Businesses have also turned ultra-cautious, with energy prices already painful and other costs looking set to ramp up through supply chains. Many firms are in wait-and-see mode, pausing expansion plans in the pipeline. The Barclays Business Prosperity Index shows four-fifths of businesses in the UK have experienced a negative impact from the Middle East conflict and are mothballing investment. More than two-thirds (64%) said energy and fuel costs were impacting their business. Over a third have been hit by higher shipping and logistics costs. Firms are battening down the hatches and waiting for the storm to pass. This will act as a drag on growth, and is likely to keep unemployment elevated. Unfortunately, energy costs aren&rsquo;t likely to dip significantly any time soon, even if there is an imminent deal between the US and Iran, given that supply chain issues are set to persist and it&rsquo;ll take months, if not years, to repair damaged infrastructure in the Gulf region. However, a resolution would help confidence, and certainly assuage fears of a longer energy crunch.&rsquo;&rsquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ftse-flat-as-rising-energy-bills-and-iran-war-hamper-growth-26699.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 27 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Scheme Design Impacts Timeline To First Time Home Ownership</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The analysis, from the leading pensions and financial services consultancy, examined how different pension contribution structures affect the ability of young people to save for a house deposit, and retirement. Modelling a 25-year-old earning &pound;30,000, the findings show the impacts that a range of different scheme designs can have on the timeline for younger employees to get onto the housing ladder and, on their broader pension and total wealth. It showed that under a matched-contribution structure, younger employees could potentially wait more than a decade to save for a deposit, while a fixed employer contribution structure could shorten that timeline by several years. The firm is calling on employers to look at their pension scheme design and contribution structure to help their employees reach their significant financial goals.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The analysis also showed that employers can use the way they link contributions as a simple lever to support their members. By separating employer pension contributions from employee matching contributions, they&rsquo;d allow younger employees to save for both a home and their retirement. Additionally, by paying a fixed contribution, employers can give members more flexibility early on, while still providing consistent pension support, enabling young people to build a deposit without abandoning pensions altogether.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Speaking about how a more deliberate approach to pension scheme design can be significantly impactful on the younger generations&rsquo; ability to meet critical life milestones, <strong>Hannah English, Head of DC Corporate Consulting, Hymans Robertson, said: </strong>&ldquo;Young people are under financial strain from multiple angles. They have to contend with rising living costs, whilst building a pension pot and saving for a house deposit. What our research really shows is that the design of a pension scheme can make a genuine difference to how manageable big financial decisions can be for younger employees. The way contributions are set up doesn&rsquo;t just shape retirement outcomes far in the future, it can also influence the timing and affordability of achieving other goals, like buying a first home.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Different approaches lead to very different results. More generous matched contributions can be great for long-term pension saving, but they can also mean it takes much longer to build up a deposit for a house. The maximum pension match level outlined in our analysis (8% + 8%) could lead to home ownership after around 14 years of contributions. Reducing contributions and increasing saving amounts for a deposit could shorten that to nine years. However, the trade-off of this may be less engagement in pensions and missing out on generous employer matches.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Approaches that allow a bit more flexibility at different stages of life can help people make progress on housing sooner, while still keeping them engaged with pension saving. Modelling for a fixed employer contribution (8%) allows for increased saving for a house deposit, with the timeline to a first home reduced to just seven years.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;This highlights how much influence employers can have through the decisions they make on scheme design. The structure of contributions can either force people into difficult trade-offs or, give them more room to balance competing priorities early in their careers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For employers thinking about how best to support their employees and their financial wellbeing, this underlines the value of taking a step back and looking at pension contribution design more deliberately. Using modelling to understand how different strategies can influence member outcomes can aid decision-making in developing strategies that support both long-term security and the real-world pressures younger employees are facing today.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/scheme-design-impacts-timeline-to-first-time-home-ownership-26702.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 27 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ai m Forever Blowing Bubbles</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>&quot;Yesterday&rsquo;s US stock market raised all the red flags of a late-cycle momentum rally: the S&P 500, Nasdaq and SOX all closed at fresh all-time highs, with tech, industrials and materials leading, while energy, staples and healthcare lagged behind.</p>

<p>&quot;Micron surged 20% and joined the trillion-dollar club, largely on the back of a questionable research report from UBS. Its tech analyst has suddenly found a magic formula to justify a price target 60% higher than rivals at other banks had last week, suggesting that memory for AI is no longer a cyclical business. It may as well have been titled: &ldquo;It&rsquo;s different this time.&rdquo; But the fact that it added $200bn to the value of the company should concern investors about a potential bubble in memory stocks, rather than have them partying like it&rsquo;s 1999.<br />
<br />
&quot;Looking ahead to today&rsquo;s US open, oil remains the swing factor. Crude is down 2.5% overnight as markets wait for progress on US - Iran talks.<br />
<br />
&quot;BP has bigger problems than a weak oil price however, after abruptly ousting chairman Albert Manifold over &ldquo;serious concerns&rdquo; around governance, oversight and conduct, sending shares sharply lower yesterday. After another leadership shock at one of Britain&rsquo;s most important companies, the question today is whether BP is becoming increasingly ungovernable.<br />
<br />
&quot;With the S&P chasing a ninth straight weekly gain, AI momentum is in full swing, with favoured retail investor names AMD, Qualcomm, Marvell and SanDisk all posting Goliath gains yesterday.<br />
<br />
For those who believe in the old stock market adage, &ldquo;Sell in May and go away; don&rsquo;t come back until St Leger&rsquo;s Day,&rdquo; there has seldom been a better set-up.&quot;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ai-m-forever-blowing-bubbles-26701.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 27 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Continued Improvement In Db Funding Levels</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Index shows the aggregate surplus increased to &pound;220 billion on a low-dependency measure, equivalent to a funding level of 124%, and &pound;165 billion on an insurance buyout measure, equivalent to a funding level of 117%, as of 30 April 2026. This compares with &pound;210 billion and &pound;140 billion respectively a month earlier. </p>

<p>Over the month, the buyout surplus rose by &pound;25 billion, compared with a &pound;10 billion increase on a low-dependency measure. This suggests a shift in market dynamics, with insurer pricing becoming more competitive, driven by excess capacity and increased competition as new entrants and recent ownership changes add momentum to transaction activity. </p>

<p>As funding levels improve, schemes are increasingly well positioned to pursue endgame opportunities. Confidence in the quality and reliability of member, benefit and scheme data is critical to acting quickly. Poor or incomplete data introduces uncertainty at the point of transaction, leading to higher pricing margins from insurers and superfunds and delays to execution and administration transfer. Many schemes have experienced the impact of poor data through longer timelines and higher costs, and it continues to act as a barrier to accessing surplus opportunities.  </p>

<p>AI is emerging as part of the solution, helping schemes move from fragmented records to trusted, decision-ready data at scale, supported by a clear audit trail. This can accelerate remediation and enable schemes to act more quickly when strategic opportunities arise. </p>

<p><strong>Saye Mkangama, pensions partner at PwC, said: </strong>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s pleasing to see the continued strength across most UK DB pension schemes. This means that many schemes can focus on choosing the most attractive choice from the options available. Whether a scheme can move quickly and with conviction once they have made this choice is determined by the quality and accessibility of its data. Trustees, sponsors and insurers need confidence that member data and benefit records are complete, consistent and ready for transaction.  </p>

<p>&ldquo;For many schemes, data remains a challenge. Market solutions, including those using AI, continue to develop and therefore trustees and sponsors should seek out the right solution for their situation.&rdquo;  </p>

<p><strong>Katie Lightstone, employer covenant & restructuring partner at PwC, added: </strong>&ldquo;As schemes increasingly look to technology, including AI, to support administration, governance and member engagement, The Pensions Regulator&rsquo;s (TPR) new guidance sends a clear message: AI is not a future issue for pension schemes; it&rsquo;s already here. The guidance supports innovation, while making clear that trustees remain accountable for outcomes and member protection. </p>

<p>&ldquo;TPR is also clear that as AI adoption grows, strong governance, high-quality data and effective oversight of third-party providers will become increasingly important. For trustees, this places AI firmly within operational resilience and risk management. The focus on AI-driven scams and cyber risk is especially timely. As schemes use more AI tools, innovation will need to be matched by robust controls, testing and ongoing monitoring.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>The PwC Low Dependency Index, Buyout Index and Superfund Index figures are as follows: </strong></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_PWCSurplus2705261.jpg" style="height:350px; width:600px" /></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/continued-improvement-in-db-funding-levels-26705.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 27 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Royal London Complete Bpa Transaction With F hinds Jewellers</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Royal London, the UK's largest mutual life, pensions and investment provider, has secured a &pound;42 million bulk purchase annuity (BPA) transaction with the Trustees of the F.Hinds Pension Fund.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The bulk annuity secures the pensions of 485 members, with LCP acting as the risk transfer adviser to the Trustees and Addleshaw Goddard providing legal advice on the transaction. Isio acted as scheme actuary and investment adviser to the Trustees. This is the second transaction Royal London has completed through the LCP streamlined service for smaller pension schemes in the past six months. Royal London was advised by Mayer Brown.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This transaction involved close collaboration between Royal London, the Trustees and their advisers to shape a solution to provide flexibility for the distribution of any future surplus.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mark Sharkey, BPA Origination Manager at Royal London said:  </strong>&ldquo;F.Hinds&rsquo; heritage, long standing commitment to responsible stewardship, and family ownership closely aligns with Royal London&rsquo;s own values as a customer owned business. This was brought to life when we met the Trustees at the F.Hinds office in Uxbridge, surrounded by powerful reminders of the business&rsquo; enduring focus on their customers and staff for the past 170 years.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;This transaction further strengthens our growing track record of partnering with trustees and advisers to deliver tailored solutions regardless of pension scheme size.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>David Hinds, Chair of Trustees added:  </strong>&ldquo;We are delighted to have completed a full buy-in of the Fund, securing all members&rsquo; benefits for the future. The Trustees selected Royal London based on the strength of their proposal and the alignment of their values with F.Hinds. We are grateful to LCP and Addleshaw Goddard, working with our advisers ISIO and Burges Salmon, for their support in achieving this outcome.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rachel Hirst, Partner at LCP said:  </strong>&ldquo;I am proud to have led this transaction, helping the Trustees to achieve an important milestone for the Fund. This is our second transaction with Royal London through LCP&rsquo;s streamlined service and is another great example of the attractive pricing and terms that can be secured for schemes of this size through the right process.&rdquo; </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/royal-london-complete-bpa-transaction-with-f-hinds-jewellers-26703.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 27 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Asset backed Securities  A Growing Opportunity For Investors</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Chris Pritchard, Principal and Co-Head of Insurance Investment, Barnett Waddingham</strong></p>

<p>While the regulatory details have been widely discussed elsewhere, this article focuses on what really matters for investors in ABS, the opportunity these reforms create, and how insurers and other institutional investors can position themselves ahead of time.</p>

<div><strong>What is the current situation? </strong></div>

<div>From a risk and return perspective, ABS is an attractive asset, which is already well allocated to by institutional investors such as pension schemes, charities and family offices. But it does not currently feature heavily in European insurers&rsquo; investment portfolios. Why not? Following the global financial crisis in 2008, the Solvency II and Solvency UK regimes meant much of the ABS universe was (and still is) heavily penalised from a capital charge perspective. This resulted in a significant reduction in ABS investment. </div>

<p>One subset of the ABS universe which insurers do invest in is &ldquo;Simple, Transparent and Standardised&rdquo; (STS) ABS. These assets have lower capital charges compared to &ldquo;non-STS&rdquo; ABS which makes them attractive within an insurer&rsquo;s portfolio.  </p>

<p>Put simply, STS ABS are asset-backed securities that follow EU rules to be simple, clear, and predictable. While non-STS ABS don&rsquo;t follow those rules, they are not necessarily &ldquo;bad&rdquo;, they are just less tightly regulated, more complex and/or less transparent.  </p>

<p>However, under current regulation, both STS and non-STS ABS have a materially higher capital charge compared to a corporate bond of equivalent credit rating, so often ABS does not make sense from a capital perspective to sit within an insurer&rsquo;s asset portfolio in any capacity. </p>

<div><strong>What is changing? </strong></div>

<div>In 2025, draft reforms to Solvency II set out plans to change the capital charge treatment for ABS investments, which are expected to come into effect in early 2027.  </div>

<p>Capital charges (standard formula spread) on ABS are expected to be lowered materially due to these updates for both STS and non-STS ABS as shown in the chart below.  </p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWAsset12605261.jpg" style="height:225px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: European Commission (19 July 2025) Draft Delegated Regulation amending Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 on Solvency II (Ref. Ares(2025)5843909 - 17/07/2025), European Commission (16 November 2024) Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 of 10 October 2014 supplementing Directive 2009/138/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the taking-up and pursuit of the business of Insurance and Reinsurance (Solvency II) (Document 02015R0035-20241114). </em></span></p>

<p>The capital charge on senior STS ABS will fall below, or be comparable to, an equivalent corporate bond. Meanwhile, the capital charges on non-senior ABS will be risk-based. Hence, ABS further down the credit rating spectrum will still attract a higher capital charge. The chart below shows the difference between ABS and equivalent corporate bond capital charges following the proposed changes.  </p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWAsset22605261.jpg" style="height:346px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: European Commission (19 July 2025) Draft Delegated Regulation amending Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 on Solvency II (Ref. Ares(2025)5843909 - 17/07/2025), European Commission (16 November 2024) Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 of 10 October 2014 supplementing Directive 2009/138/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the taking-up and pursuit of the business of Insurance and Reinsurance (Solvency II) (Document 02015R0035-20241114). </em></span></p>

<div><strong>Illustrative example strategy  </strong></div>

<div>Below, we present an illustrative example demonstrating how the proposed reduction in capital charges on ABS could enable insurers to construct more efficient portfolios by reallocating a portion of corporate bond holdings into ABS. </div>

<p>For simplicity, the analysis is restricted to senior STS ABS. We assume that both the ABS and corporate bond allocations have an average credit rating of A and an average duration of ~3 years. Keeping these parameters consistent allows us to isolate the impact of the proposed capital charge changes and highlight their potential effect on portfolio efficiency. </p>

<p>Naturally, the extent of any improvement in risk adjusted return on capital will depend on an individual insurer&rsquo;s specific risk profile, including factors such as duration, credit quality, and portfolio composition, which are likely to be more complex than those captured in this illustrative example. With more detailed analysis, there may be further opportunities to enhance risk adjusted returns by incorporating ABS under the proposed revised capital framework. </p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWAsset32605261.jpg" style="height:365px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>These changes clearly open capital efficient opportunities in the ABS market for European insurers. </strong></p>

<div><strong>Potential investment opportunities for insurers  </strong></div>

<div>The changes to solvency capital charges for ABS, expected to take effect in early 2027, create a significant opportunity for insurers to increase their exposure to the asset class in a capital efficient way. This is a genuinely investable space, with a small number of asset managers already offering STS friendly strategies and pooled vehicles, but the expectation is that the more favourable capital treatment will encourage more asset managers to enter the market.  </div>

<p>Currently, only a small number of asset managers are building ABS portfolios for insurers, and an even smaller subset offer pooled fund structures. Most of these portfolios focus on STS ABS; however, we do not believe insurers need to restrict themselves solely to the STS universe. With the forthcoming capital charge reforms, non-STS ABS such as CLOs are becoming significantly more attractive. These assets can be blended with STS ABS to create a capital efficient portfolio with compelling risk and return characteristics. </p>

<p>As a result, insurers should see a growing range of solutions designed to provide capital-optimised access to ABS. This expansion of the manager universe makes careful manager selection critical, particularly in identifying those with deep, demonstrable expertise in the asset class. </p>

<p>While ABS benefits from structural protections and diversified collateral pools that help reduce idiosyncratic credit risk, these features place even greater emphasis on choosing the right manager. Ultimately, it is a complex and at times opaque asset class so you want your manager to have the ability and experience to navigate the complexity. </p>

<div><strong>Conclusion </strong></div>

<div>With the forthcoming changes to Solvency II, ABS is poised to become a far more significant component of insurer portfolios. The asset class offers a rare combination of capital efficiency, diversification, yield enhancement, and structural resilience. </div>

<p>If you are considering adding ABS to your portfolio, please contact your Barnett Waddingham investment consultant to discuss your options. </p>

<p><em>Emma Gourdie, Investment Consultant, co-authored this blog. </em></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/asset-backed-securities--a-growing-opportunity-for-investors-26697.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Cdc Pensions Everything You Need To Know In 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Key points include:</strong></p>

<div><em>CDC pension schemes pool contributions and investment returns across members to provide a targeted inflation-linked income for life, without requiring complex financial decisions from members.</em></div>

<div><em>The UK's first live CDC scheme, the Royal Mail Collective Pension Plan, launched in October 2024, with multi-employer CDC schemes able to apply for regulatory authorisation from summer 2026 and expected to begin accepting contributions from 2027.</em></div>

<div><em>Aon's modelling suggests CDC can deliver around 30% better retirement outcomes than traditional DC lifestyling into an annuity, and up to 50% higher pension than an inflation-linked annuity when used at retirement.</em></div>

<div><em>Well-designed schemes incorporate transparent benefit adjustment rules and intergenerational fairness mechanisms, and have been shown to remain resilient across a range of adverse market conditions including the Great Depression, the 2008 financial crisis and the Covid-19 pandemic.</em></div>

<div><em>Retirement CDC (RCDC) allows members to transfer existing DC pots into a CDC pension at retirement and O is expected to become available from 2028, alongside new guided retirement duties on DC schemes.</em></div>

<p><strong>Chintan Gandhi, partner and head of Collective DC at Aon, said: </strong>&ldquo;Aon&rsquo;s research has shown that CDC pensions, for the same contribution level, could on average deliver around 30 percent better outcomes than a traditional defined contribution scheme lifestyling into an annuity at retirement &ndash; while also providing income levels at retirement that are smoother between generations of retirees. Whole-life CDC pensions provide a powerful tool to attract, reward, retain and retire employees on time, as well as strengthening organisations&rsquo; employee value proposition in competitive labour markets. We believe that CDC will revolutionise pensions in the UK, creating value for both employees and employers.&rdquo;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/AON-cdc-pensions-everything-you-need-to-know-in-2026.pdf"><strong>Read the full report CDC &ndash; Everything you need to know in 2026 here</strong></a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/cdc-pensions-everything-you-need-to-know-in-2026-26695.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Asia As A Key Growth Engine For The Cyber Insurance Market</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The report, <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/CyberCube-Unlocking Asias Cyber Insurance Opportunity 2026.pdf"><strong>&ldquo;Unlocking Asia&rsquo;s Cyber Insurance Opportunity: The Broker&rsquo;s Role in Growth&rdquo;</strong></a>, notes digital adoption is accelerating across the region, yet standalone cyber insurance penetration remains structurally low. In many markets, fewer than five percent of small businesses currently purchase dedicated cyber cover. This contrast highlights how cyber insurance demand in Asia is still developing, even as digital exposure continues to increase.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The central thesis of this joint research states that in a softening cyber market defined by abundant capacity and pressure on rates, sustainable growth will not come simply from a favourable pricing cycle. It will emerge from developing markets such as Asia, driven, in part, by brokers who recognize opportunities in the Far East. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;As cyber risk becomes increasingly central to business resilience, brokers are playing a critical role in helping organisations understand and structure appropriate financial protection,&rdquo; s<strong>aid Dimaggio Rigby, Head of Cyber and Fin Pro Lines, UIB. </strong>&ldquo;We have seen strong demand from Asia in the past year, with the region poised to emerge in 2026 as one of the fastest-growing markets outside the US. This has partly been fuelled by growing awareness of an increase in cybersecurity risks driven by a rise in ransomware demands across the region.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>CyberCube&rsquo;s Broking Manager, which is powered by a growing database of real cyber policies and claims experience globally, reveals that intermediaries are actively monitoring opportunities in the APAC region. CyberCube&rsquo;s analytics platform enables intermediaries to communicate cyber risk to clients effectively and illustrates the financial exposure and benchmarking details needed to substantiate cyber insurance recommendations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Nate Brink, Head of Broker Partnerships, CyberCube, said:</strong> &quot;CyberCube&rsquo;s analysis of Broking Manager APAC company searches reveals a consistent year-over-year increase in 2024 and 2025. This trend points to growing demand for cyber insurance across both the large corporate and Small-to-Medium Business (SMB) sectors. The expansion within the SMB segment suggests a favorable movement toward more widely available and standardized regional policy options.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/asia-as-a-key-growth-engine-for-the-cyber-insurance-market-26694.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Spring In The Step Of The Footsie Amid Hopes For Middle East</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>''There&rsquo;s a spring in the step of the Footsie as hopes are kept alive about the prospects of a resolution to the crisis in the Middle East. There&rsquo;s a dose of cautious optimism still swirling, but it&rsquo;s losing its potency after fresh US attacks in Iran.</p>

<p>The limited nature of the military action, targeting missile launch sites and mine-laying boats, may help assuage worries the move could re-ignite hostilities. For now, a ceasefire remains in place, and although it&rsquo;s clearly fragile, even before these strikes both sides made it clear a deal wasn&rsquo;t imminent.</p>

<p>So, given the fresh uncertainty, oil prices have headed higher again after a sharp fall over the weekend. Brent crude, the benchmark, is back trading above $98 a barrel as speculation fills the diplomatic void. Even if Iran and the US can get back to the table quickly and negotiate a longer-term deal, it&rsquo;ll take many months to get supplies flowing freely again from the region, and output will be constrained by the damage to energy facilities.</p>

<p>Already, the inflationary effect of the war is showing up on the shelves here. UK shop price inflation increased 1.2% year-on-year last month, up from 1.0% in April, which had been the slowest growth in four months. Prices are rising more quickly than expected, with an expectation of 1.1% for April. But the insidious effects of higher shipping costs are feeding through. Non-food prices rose 0.5% year-on-year, mainly driven by rising costs for furniture and beauty products. The price of other commodities needed for the manufacture and distribution of goods &ndash; from energy to plastics &ndash; has shot higher and is likely to continue to force retailers to push up prices in months to come, given there&rsquo;s only so long they can absorb costs. The headline rate would have been higher, but competition in the grocery sector helped drive down food inflation to the lowest level in a year. With such intense rivalry between supermarket chains, it may help keep a lid on higher prices, which are expected to seep in later this year. It also shows why retailers were so incensed by suggestions of voluntary price caps on essential goods, when already margins are so tight.</p>

<p>The warmest May night on record is likely to prompt a fresh wave of purchases to help keep households cool in the heatwave. Fans, paddling pools, blackout blinds and ice cube trays will have been filling up real and virtual baskets and could help boost sales at household goods retailers. It could help boost sales at DIY firm Kingfisher, the owner of B&Q and Screwfix, as customers are likely to have been giving their gardens a spruce up to prepare for the heatwave. Total sales were up 1.4% for the three months to the 30 April, even though a late start to Spring had an impact on demand. So, there may be hopes a renewed desire for makeovers and summer essentials could keep tills ringing.</p>

<p>The hot bank holiday is likely to have also helped boost the fortunes of bars and pubs with gardens and terraces, as people celebrated hot days off. It also bodes well for staycation bookings. The prospect of higher air fares and disrupted routes is still playing on the minds of holidaymakers, and with Britain basking in the sunshine, it could prompt a raft of bookings for UK destinations this summer.&rsquo;&rsquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/spring-in-the-step-of-the-footsie-amid-hopes-for-middle-east-26693.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Insurance Ai Adoption Tempered By Systemic Risks</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>A poll conducted by GlobalData in Q1 and Q2 2026 (113 respondents) found that AI itself was not ready for widespread use within insurance, with nearly a quarter of respondents selecting it.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_GlobalDataAI2605261.jpg" style="height:332px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>Ben Carey-Evans, Senior Insurance Analyst at GlobalData, explains: </strong>&ldquo;This might be because use cases to date are largely around customer service and chatbots, rather than full-scale implementation. Regulation has not fully caught up yet and there is concern around who is liable for mistakes made by AI.&rdquo;</p>

<p>A lack of expertise at the company level was the second-highest concern. Interestingly, the poll revealed a higher level of concern that insurers were ready for it than consumers were. Only 5.3% of respondents felt lack of understanding from consumers was the greatest challenge.</p>

<p><strong>Carey-Evans adds: </strong>&ldquo;This is likely because consumers are seeing increased usage of AI across all industries and companies they interact with and are becoming accustomed to it.&rdquo;</p>

<p>GlobalData&rsquo;s Job Analytics shows that there were 63,293 active jobs related to AI expertise in insurance in 2025. This is the highest year ever and a 50.9% increase on 2024. This highlights that insurers are trying to address the lack of expertise gap via employment, but AI is growing so quickly it is hard to keep up.</p>

<p><strong>Carey-Evans conlcudes: </strong>&ldquo;There will always be challenges to implement a technology with such high expectations as AI across the value chain. Insurers need to ensure they have the right expertise in place and fully understand the technology. Targeting certain areas at a time, such as customer service, customer acquisition or claims could help make the scale manageable.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/insurance-ai-adoption-tempered-by-systemic-risks-26696.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>For Weddings And A Funeral  Tax Perks For Saying I Do</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Clare Stinton, senior personal finance analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;This time of year usually marks the start of wedding season. But while wedding bells are ringing, fewer couples are saying &lsquo;I do.&rsquo; More are choosing cohabitation, but skipping the aisle can be costly when it comes to money, tax and long-term financial security.   </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Tying the knot unlocks financial advantages &ndash; in particular, tax perks. </strong></div>

<div>Benefits that unmarried couples simply don&rsquo;t have access to, no matter how long they&rsquo;ve lived together, regardless of shared bills, or whether they have children. Being married &ndash; including civil partnership &ndash; in the eyes of the law, provides tax-free allowances, inheritance tax benefits and clearer rules around the division of assets for partners and any children, that cohabiting alone doesn&rsquo;t offer. The financial perks exclusively available to married couples and civil partners: </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The marriage allowance </strong></div>

<div>This is an easy way to shave up to &pound;252 off your annual tax bill and is available to married couples where one of you is a non-taxpayer earning under &pound;12,570 annually and the other partner is a basic rate taxpayer. The non-earner or lower earner can transfer up to &pound;1,260 of their personal allowance to the partner who earns more. This increases their tax-free allowance from &pound;12,570 to up to &pound;13,830, reducing the amount of income they pay tax on. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>It&rsquo;s possible to backdate the claim up to four years, provided you met the criteria for each tax year in question. So, if you&rsquo;re applying for the current tax year 2026/27, you could potentially backdate for tax years 2025/26, 2024/25, 2023/24 and 2022/23 &ndash; meaning there&rsquo;s up to &pound;1,260 to be claimed. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Tax-free savings and investment transfers  </strong></div>

<div>Being married means you can move savings and investments freely between each other without triggering a tax charge &ndash; something unmarried couples can&rsquo;t do. This gives you a valuable tax planning opportunity, particularly if one partner is in a lower tax band. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cash savings </strong></div>

<div>Let&rsquo;s start with cash. The personal savings allowance means basic rate taxpayers can earn &pound;1,000 in savings interest tax free, while higher rate taxpayers get a &pound;500 allowance, and additional rate taxpayers get no allowance. So, if one partner is a basic rate taxpayer and the other an additional rate taxpayer, holding any cash outside of ISAs in the basic rate taxpayer&rsquo;s name can significantly reduce the tax you owe on interest. (For Scottish taxpayers the personal savings allowance is determined by the rest of UK tax bands). </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Investments </strong></div>

<div>It&rsquo;s similar for investments. Each individual has a &pound;3,000 CGT allowance per year. Making use of both partners&rsquo; allowances and spreading the sales over multiple tax years can heavily reduce the amount of money you hand over to HMRC. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Who holds the assets also matters. </strong></div>

<div>Lower earners typically pay lower tax rates on savings interest, dividends and capital gains, so being strategic about who holds which asset can create significant long-term savings.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Want to go one step further and sidestep a tax bill altogether? Use your ISA allowances. If you hold investments outside of ISAs, a Bed & ISA lets you move them inside an ISA, sheltering future income and gains from tax. The process does involve selling and rebuying the investments, so do keep the CGT limits in mind. Done carefully, couples can gradually move taxable investments into ISAs to keep more of their hard-earned money in their pocket. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>ISA &ndash; additional permitted subscription </strong></div>

<div>There&rsquo;s also an important ISA benefit that flies under the radar &ndash; the ISA additional permitted subscription &ndash; which expands the surviving spouse&rsquo;s ISA allowance by the total value of the deceased spouse&rsquo;s ISA when they died.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Crucially this means those investments can continue to remain exempt from UK income and capital gains tax and could provide the surviving spouse a tax-free source of income in retirement. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Till death do us part - inheritance tax exemptions </strong></div>

<div>For families who want to pass on wealth, there&rsquo;s a few IHT exemptions available to married couples that cohabiting couples miss out on, regardless of how long they&rsquo;ve spent building a life together.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Firstly, upon death the transfer of everything between spouses is free of IHT. The crown jewel of these benefits is that married couples can inherit each other&rsquo;s unused nil rate bands, which could save their families a significant chunk of cash &ndash; especially given inheritance tax is usually charged at 40%. Everyone has a nil-rate band of &pound;325,000, and anything unused can be passed to the surviving spouse or civil partner. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Together, that means an estate up to &pound;650,000 could be passed on IHT-free. And there&rsquo;s more. The residence nil rate band - worth up to &pound;175,000 per partner - which is available when passing the main family home to children or grandchildren, can increase the total IHT-free allowance to one million pounds. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>This can make a huge difference to how much of your hard-earned money stays in the hands of your family, rather than going to the taxman. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>These rules will become particularly useful, as from April 2027 any unused defined contribution pensions become part of people&rsquo;s estates for inheritance tax purposes. It&rsquo;s a shift that will see more estates pulled into the inheritance tax net, so the exemptions offered to spouses and civil partners give valuable peace of mind.&rdquo;  </div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/for-weddings-and-a-funeral--tax-perks-for-saying-i-do-26698.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Why Pensions Still Go Missing In Divorce Settlements</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><u><strong>By Henry Hood, Senior Partner, Hunters Law LLP</strong></u></div>

<div> </div>

<div>A wide-ranging research project by the Nuffield Foundation, Fair Shares, found that a quarter of divorcees did not know whether their former spouse had a pension. A similar proportion of divorcees with a pension did not know what type of pension they had. At the point of separation, focus is typically on immediate financial concerns such as securing suitable housing and meeting day-to-day costs. Pension provision can seem distant and abstract.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, for many couples, pensions are their most valuable asset alongside the family home.  As pensions cannot be held jointly and are often concentrated in one party&rsquo;s name, they are vulnerable to being excluded from a fair overall settlement. Absent professional advice or court oversight, they are easily missed. Whilst a couple may consciously choose not to include pension assets in their financial settlement, it is important that they do so with a full understanding of their value and the available options. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Yet the Fair Shares report identified &ldquo;a considerable level of ignorance about pensions in general, and about the possibility of sharing them on divorce in particular, among divorcees&rdquo;. In fact, there are in fact three mechanisms through which pension assets can be addressed on divorce: pension sharing orders, pension attachment orders and offsetting.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A pension sharing order transfers a specified percentage of one party&rsquo;s pension rights into a separate pension arrangement in the name of the other. A court order is required; pension providers have no power to divide pension rights without one. Often, the appropriate course will be for the parties&rsquo; pension assets to be shared equally, and in such cases consideration must be given as to whether this should be by reference to the pensions&rsquo; cash equivalent value, or to their likely income production on retirement. Where a significant proportion of a pension was accrued before the relationship began, this may justify departure from equality. The division may also be adjusted to meet one party&rsquo;s retirement needs, particularly where the parties are closer to retirement with limited opportunity to build further pension provision.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>A pension attachment order requires the pension provider to pay a percentage of the pension benefits, when they come into payment, directly to the pension-holder&rsquo;s former spouse. However, since the introduction of pension sharing orders in 2000, pension attachment orders are rare as pension sharing provides greater certainty and autonomy for the recipient.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Offsetting involves balancing the value of pension assets against the value of other assets, typically property. It is often used in cases with limited assets, with the homemaker retaining the family home and the breadwinner retaining their pension. Whilst offsetting does not require a court order, it often, particularly where defined benefit schemes feature, requires input from a Pensions on Divorce Expert, typically an actuary, to advise on the appropriate offsetting value.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The prevailing view in the Family Court is that offsetting should be avoided where possible given the inherent difficulty in comparing pension assets with the value of other assets. <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/A-guide-to-the-treatment-of-pensions-on-divorce-2nd-edition.pdf">The Guide to the Treatment of Pensions on Divorce</a> advises that parties &quot;try, if possible, to deal with each asset class in isolation and avoid offsetting - a discrete solution which equalises pensions by pension sharing orders and which equalises non-pension assets by lump sum or property adjustment orders&quot;.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, the Fair Shares research found that pension sharing orders were made in only 11% of cases in which one or both spouses had a pension which was not yet in payment. The researchers concluded that the &ldquo;lack of awareness, understanding or interest in pensions amongst many divorcees&hellip; fed through into how far they had dealt with pensions in making their financial arrangements&rdquo;.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Recent Family Court statistics reinforce this concern. In 2024, there were 111,227 applications for divorce but only 45,563 financial applications. On a simple comparison, no financial application was made in approximately 59% per cent of cases. Whilst the comparison is imperfect as financial applications need not be made at the same time as the divorce application, the disparity indicates that a substantial proportion of divorcing couples do not engage with the financial remedy system.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The absence of a financial application does not necessarily mean that pensions were ignored, just as the presence of a financial order does not guarantee that pensions were properly addressed. Some parties will have no private pension provision, estimated by Fair Shares to be around 30% of cases. Others may include pensions informally through offsetting. Nevertheless, the lack of court involvement removes the possibility of pension sharing and significantly increases the risk of unfair outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Encouragingly, the 2025 figures provide modest grounds for optimism. Whilst divorce applications fell slightly to 109,817, financial applications increased to 49,067. On that basis, the proportion of cases in which no financial application was made reduced to 55 per cent.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These figures suggest growing engagement with the financial remedy process, but they also underline the scale of the remaining challenge. Pensions remain uniquely at risk on divorce: complex, deferred, and easily overlooked, yet often among the most valuable assets a couple owns. The data reinforces the importance of specialist legal and actuarial input to ensure fair treatment of pensions on divorce. </div>

<div> </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/why-pensions-still-go-missing-in-divorce-settlements-26692.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Striking Statistics On The Self Employed</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>&ldquo;With many people&rsquo;s saving facilitated via their employer, the self-employed have long been a concern when it comes to pension savings. Retirement Annuity Contracts were introduced as far back as 1956 for this group, paving the way for the personal pensions we have today. However, the latest findings show the situation has worsened dramatically, and this is now a ticking time bomb for the UK self-employed workforce.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Not only has the composition of the self-employed changed since the first Pensions Commission, but so too have their levels of pension participation. The proportion saving into a pension in a typical month has fallen sharply from around 50% in the late 1990s to less than 20% today, dropping even further among those who rely solely on self-employment income.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The long-held assumption was that the self-employed would build wealth for later life through other means, such as property ownership. However, the nature of self-employment has changed significantly. The rise of the gig economy means the self-employed population is larger, with lower and more variable earnings than employees. Women are also making up a growing share of this group and, while self-employment offers flexibility, it risks further widening the gender pensions gap.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;This makes pension saving even more important and valuable.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Yet for many, pensions for the self-employed remain a well-kept secret. Outside of more affluent groups, engagement is low and even among higher earners uptake remains limited, despite significant tax advantages.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWSelf2205261.jpg" style="height:417px; width:600px" /></div>

<div>&ldquo;The challenge is partly about education and accessibility. If more people understood that a &pound;10,000 contribution could be boosted to &pound;12,500 or even &pound;16,667 through tax relief, and may help retain income assessed benefits such as child benefit, it could become a much more attractive option.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Pensions are also still seen as complex. Knowing where to start, how to invest, and which product to choose can be significant barriers. While SIPPs are common among the self-employed, they tend to appeal to more financially confident individuals. Expanding access to simpler, workplace-style solutions and improving awareness through digital tools and industry collaboration could help drive engagement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Young self-employed people are particularly at risk, with only around one in 40 under age 45 saving for the future. It would be wrong to assume this group lacks financial awareness, many are or will be running their own businesses. The issue is more about understanding the scale of the challenge and the options available to them.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>The relevant analysis can be found in section <a href="https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6a07489fc75cc34a8ff8f368/Second_Pensions_Commission_Report_evidence_pack.pdf">G of the Second Pensions Commission Report Evidence Pack.</a></em></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/striking-statistics-on-the-self-employed-26690.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ipt Receipts See   039 softer Start  039  To New Financial Year</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>It follows the record 2025/26 financial year total of &pound;9.04 billion revealed last month, exceeding the 2024/25 full year total of &pound;8.88 billion by &pound;157 million.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Office for Budget Responsibility&rsquo;s Spring Statement forecasts indicate that IPT is now expected to raise &pound;57.8 billion between 2025/26 and 2030/31, marking a &pound;500 million upgrade from estimates made after the Autumn Budget in November (&pound;57.3 billion), as continued demand for health-related insurance products drive growth.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cara Spinks, Head of Life & Health at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &ldquo;IPT receipts have started the 2026/27 financial year more subdued after a record year in 2025/26. While this softer start is encouraging, demand for health-related insurance remains strong as both employers and individuals continue to seek quicker and more reliable access to healthcare amid ongoing pressures on the NHS. That sustained demand is also contributing to higher premiums across the market.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The Government&rsquo;s recent announcement of reforms to the &ldquo;fit note&rdquo; system highlights just how closely health and work are now linked. The shift away from simply signing people off work towards more structured &ldquo;return to work&rdquo; support reflects a wider focus on keeping people in employment and reducing economic inactivity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;While many employers continue to prioritise health cover as part of their workforce strategy, rising costs risk limiting accessibility at a time when interest in these products remains high. This is particularly relevant as policymakers look to improve workforce participation and reduce reliance on sickness absence.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;With IPT receipts expected to continue increasing, there is a broader question as to whether the current tax treatment of health insurance aligns with these policy objectives. Expanding access to preventative and early stage healthcare - particularly through employer provided cover - could play a meaningful role in supporting people to stay in, and return to, work, while also easing pressure on public services.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em><a href="https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6a0c6b6efcae986635db91f0/NS_Table.ods">https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6a0c6b6efcae986635db91f0/NS_Table.ods</a></em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ipt-receipts-see---039-softer-start--039--to-new-financial-year-26688.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Cautious Optimism As Us iran Talks Flip flop</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Global equity markets are heading into Friday on a cautiously brighter footing, with FTSE 100 futures pointing to a positive open and US futures looking broadly flat after Wall Street enjoyed a late flurry last night. Hopes that a deal between the US and Iran might be edging closer have helped steady nerves, but the details remain murky. President Trump has said the US will ultimately recover Iran&rsquo;s enriched uranium stockpile, while fresh reports suggest Tehran may be unwilling to send that material abroad, a major sticking point in any agreement. Oil prices have also moved higher again as investors weigh the risk that talks drag on or fall apart. The honest answer is that nobody really knows where these negotiations are heading, but for now, markets are doing what they often do when a potential geopolitical off-ramp appears - tentatively moving as if the good news could be around the corner.</p>

<p>The UK consumer is still looking fragile, even if confidence has ticked up from very low levels. GfK&rsquo;s Consumer Confidence Index improved from -25 to -23 in May, better than expected, but the details were less comforting, with savings intentions dropping sharply and big-ticket purchase plans weakening again as households continue to feel the pressure from higher living costs. That caution was echoed in April&rsquo;s retail sales, where volumes fell 1.3%, more than reversing March&rsquo;s gain, with food the only major category to grow and fuel sales hit particularly hard as higher prices encouraged motorists to cut back on journeys and delay filling up. Add in a larger-than-expected borrowing figure, and the picture is one of weak growth, stretched household budgets and public finances that leave little room for easy fixes.</p>

<p>Gold has slipped out of the spotlight since topping $5,000, with prices settling into a more benign range around $4,500-$4,800 in recent weeks. Conflicting signals around US-Iran peace talks are keeping investors cautious, particularly with Iran&rsquo;s uranium stockpile still a major sticking point and oil prices sensitive to any shift in tone. That uncertainty would normally support demand for perceived safe havens, but sticky inflation risks and the prospect of interest rates staying higher for longer are keeping the gold trade relatively subdued for now.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/cautious-optimism-as-us-iran-talks-flip-flop-26687.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Iht Haul Grows As More Families Are Dragged Into The Tax Net</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The long-term rise in inheritance tax receipts has been fuelled by a combination of frozen thresholds, rising house prices and changes to inheritance tax reliefs, all of which are pulling more estates into the tax net.</p>

<p>While inheritance tax is often viewed as a tax on the super wealthy, HMRC&rsquo;s own figures show the burden is gradually spreading more widely. The Office for Budget Responsibility estimates that almost 10% of estates could face inheritance tax liabilities by 2030.</p>

<p>At the same time, the very wealthiest estates still account for the lion&rsquo;s share of receipts. Just 1% of estates accounted for around 65% of all inheritance tax paid, while only 202 estates were responsible for 11% of the total tax take.</p>

<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;Inheritance tax has become one of the Treasury&rsquo;s most effective stealth taxes. Although receipts dipped slightly in April compared with the same month last year, the government&rsquo;s take from bereaved families remains exceptionally high and is still on course for another record-breaking year.</p>

<p>The government has struggled with inheritance tax reforms with crackdowns on farmers and business owners proving deeply unpopular, while years of frozen allowances mean more ordinary families are quietly being pulled into the inheritance tax net through stealth taxation.</p>

<p>Rising property prices have played a huge role in increasing this stealthy tax take. Many families who would never have considered themselves wealthy now find themselves facing inheritance tax bills simply because the value of the family home has climbed sharply over the years. While the biggest estates still account for the overwhelming majority of inheritance tax paid, the tax base is steadily broadening. The idea that inheritance tax only affects a tiny minority of ultra-wealthy families is becoming increasingly outdated.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Recent reforms to inheritance tax-efficient assets, including pensions, private company shares and AIM shares, have also created significant uncertainty for investors and business owners. The changes affecting AIM have been particularly unsettling. AIM was designed to help smaller UK companies raise capital by encouraging investors to back higher-risk businesses. Weakening the inheritance tax incentives risks making it harder for those firms to attract long-term investment.</p>

<p>After speculation that inheritance tax relief on AIM shares could be scrapped altogether, the government instead reduced the relief by 50%. While markets welcomed the clarity, renewed suggestions that further changes could still be on the table risk damaging confidence once again.</p>

<p>There is also a danger that the government pushes too far. Inheritance tax is already deeply unpopular, particularly among internationally mobile wealthy individuals. If the UK continues to increase the inheritance tax burden while reducing reliefs, some taxpayers may simply decide to leave the country altogether.</p>

<p><strong>What can families and investors do to reduce inheritance tax exposure?</strong></p>

<p>Despite tighter rules and increased scrutiny from HMRC, there are still several ways families may be able to reduce inheritance tax liabilities, although many require long-term planning and careful advice.</p>

<p><strong>Giving money away early</strong><br />
Gifts made from surplus income remain immediately inheritance tax free, while larger gifts generally fall outside the estate after seven years. However, once assets are gifted they are no longer under the giver&rsquo;s control.Business</p>

<p><strong>Property Relief and qualifying investments</strong><br />
Certain qualifying investments can become inheritance tax efficient after two years through Business Property Relief, although these investments can carry substantial risk. From 2026, Business Relief assets above the &pound;1 million allowance are expected to face inheritance tax at a reduced rate of 20%.</p>

<p><strong>AIM portfolios and AIM ISAs</strong><br />
ISAs themselves are not exempt from inheritance tax, but qualifying AIM portfolios have historically offered investors a way to reduce inheritance tax exposure after two years. These investments involve significantly higher risk and, from 2026, qualifying AIM investments are expected to face inheritance tax at a reduced rate of 20% rather than being fully exempt.</p>

<p><strong>Reviewing pension strategies</strong><br />
With pensions expected to fall within the inheritance tax net from 2027, retirement and estate planning strategies are becoming increasingly important for many families.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/iht-haul-grows-as-more-families-are-dragged-into-the-tax-net-26689.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Energy Prices Still The Dominant Driver Of Bond Yields</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Last month, we wrote that markets were stumbling towards resolution in Iran, but that the process was likely to follow a two-steps-forward, one-step-back dynamic. Unfortunately, the past month has delivered rather more of the latter than the former. We still see a path to resolution, but it has become increasingly obscured.</p>

<p>The direction of global bond yields (yields move inversely to price) has tracked energy markets extremely closely and for now we see little reason for that relationship to break down. Swings in oil and gas prices are therefore likely to remain the primary driver of global yields in the near term.</p>

<p>This is reflected in the probabilities we assign to our scenarios. In light of global inflation dynamics, we now place a zero weight on the two most dovish scenarios (&ldquo;Too cold&rdquo; and &ldquo;Just right&rsquo;). On balance, we still expect the US Federal Reserve (Fed) to keep interest rates on hold - as captured by our &ldquo;Warming up&rdquo; scenario - but now see a higher chance of rate hikes (&ldquo;Too hot&rdquo;), although our expectations of this outcome are lower compared to the market.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_SchrodersBonds2205261.jpg" style="height:230px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source, Schroders Global Unconstrained Fixed Income team 20 May 2026, for illustrative purposes only. The &ldquo;too cold&quot; scenario would see the Federal Reserve (Fed) cutting 4+ times in 2026, 2-3 cuts for &ldquo;just right&quot;, while in &ldquo;warming up&rdquo; the Fed is only cutting once or is on hold. Finally, in a &ldquo;too hot&quot; scenario the Fed is moving back towards hikes in 2026, because inflation is becoming problematic again.</em></span></p>

<div><strong>Relatively speaking</strong></div>

<div>The US economy continues to perform well. Most importantly for the US monetary policy outlook, the weakness we&rsquo;ve seen in the labour market is now more clearly behind us. Unlike many other central banks, the Fed&rsquo;s mandate includes &ldquo;full employment&rdquo;, so this improvement removes one of the key reasons the Fed has to lower interest rates from here.</div>

<p>The baton driving growth has now been handed to the business community. The significant improvement in the manufacturing sector is partly linked to the surge in technology investment - linked to the AI revolution &ndash; however, we&rsquo;re seeing this improvement broadening into other sectors. This is not a new theme, but it has gained traction in recent months. </p>

<p>Meanwhile, the real income squeeze due to higher inflation is being partially offset by fiscal stimulus (President Trump&rsquo;s &ldquo;One Big Beautiful Bill&rdquo;) albeit there&rsquo;s winners and losers through this and we are starting to see evidence of stress among lower-income households. Taking all this together means that we still see US Treasuries as less attractive compared to peers.</p>

<div><strong>What we&rsquo;re doing and what we&rsquo;re watching</strong></div>

<div>Instead, we continue to see opportunities for long exposure in Canadian and Australian rates markets. For Canada, our story is unchanged. The economy was soft ahead of the war in the Middle East and we see the rate hikes priced into bonds over the next 12 months as being inconsistent with this. The latest labour market data, with net job losses in March and weak leading indicators, only reinforces this view.</div>

<p>The outcome of May&rsquo;s Australian Federal Budget (2026-27) helped solidify our conviction for Australian bonds, with overall fiscal policy moving from stimulative to neutral. The Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) has already tightened policy three times and while another hike remains more likely than not, the end of the cycle is now coming into view. That&rsquo;s always a pivotal moment for bond markets.</p>

<p>Elsewhere, we remain neutral on duration (interest rate risk) in the eurozone. Unless we see a sharp fall in energy prices, we expect to see the European Central Bank (ECB) raise interest rates in June. However, with almost three hikes priced for the rest of the year we see little asymmetry on offer: bonds will rally if energy prices come down, but with a central bank that&rsquo;s alert to inflation risks, will sell-off more if they don&rsquo;t.</p>

<p>We also have a neutral view on UK duration, given the market&rsquo;s high sensitivity to global energy dynamics as well as the rise in political uncertainty in recent weeks. For now we think it prudent to stay on the sidelines and wait for a clearer opportunity to arise.</p>

<p>From an asset allocation perspective, our view is broadly unchanged on the month. We remain cautious on corporate credit due to unappealing valuations, but continue to see opportunities within emerging market debt and peripheral eurozone markets (for example Greece).</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/energy-prices-still-the-dominant-driver-of-bond-yields-26691.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Active Portfolio Management  Why Active Insurers Are Fitter</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Maria Jesus Guitard, Director, Insurance Consulting and Technology and Dr. Gero NiessenP&C Insurance Sales and Practice Leader, Germany, WTW</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>They can predict potentially adverse consequences, plan for a range of different scenarios, and change direction at speed as the circumstances require.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Dashboards by design</strong></div>

<div>To achieve that, active portfolio management requires insurers to maintain good-quality data, but also to make it straightforward for business leaders &ndash; the insurer&rsquo;s active portfolio managers &ndash; to visualise and analyse this intelligence. Relatively simple dashboards are an excellent way to achieve this, but producing meaningful outputs often requires collaboration across the business.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, a dashboard providing a breakdown of yesterday&rsquo;s new business could include data from the sales team such as the number of new policies sold, average and total premiums, and the average discount applied. However, for leaders to assess the quality of that business, they will also require data on expected claims and on costs. Finance may be able to provide the latter, but more forward-looking data will require input from an analytics team with predictive models.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Once this foundation is established, insurers can scale these analyses to identify long-term patterns. By comparing performance across different periods, leaders can clearly distinguish meaningful trends from daily, weekly or quarterly fluctuations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In practice, active portfolio managers will also want to be able to drill down into the headline data. Perhaps they want to understand how discounts varied on policy sales in different parts of the country, or the varying level of profitability generated by different agencies. Maybe it would be useful to understand how premiums achieved varies across different risk groups.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>All of which sounds like a challenging ask of the insurer&rsquo;s data teams. And it&rsquo;s certainly true that in the past, building such dashboards and updating them each day required significant resources. Today, however, modern analytics technologies allow insurers to automate much of the work. Combining sales data and the insurer&rsquo;s predictive models, it is possible to use a tool like Radar combined with Power BI to automatically update the dashboards each day.</div>

<div>In which case, business leaders need only to decide what information they want to see in their dashboards. That can be challenging, given the amount of data potentially available, but four items are critical for structured portfolio management:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>01 The status of the contract</strong></div>

<div>For example, new business written, existing business, renewals and quotes issued but not yet converted.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>02 Key performance indicators</strong></div>

<div>KPIs could include number of policies written, premiums achieved, conversion ratios, loss ratios, based on expected claims, and combined ratios that include cost.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>03 Timeframe</strong></div>

<div>The periods that dashboards should cover, whether daily, weekly, quarterly or something else, and comparison periods.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>04 Factors of relevance</strong></div>

<div>These could include data on age, gender, region and distribution channel, for example.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Putting the data to work</strong></div>

<div>So far, so good. But how should active portfolio managers use the information these dashboards provide? To put these insights into practice, it is helpful to think in terms of three strategic layers:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Scoring layer</strong></div>

<div>First, the &ldquo;scoring layer&rdquo; incorporates the insurer&rsquo;s modelling outputs &ndash; from all the models that produce some kind of score for the likelihood of particular outcomes. That could include risk models, demand models and market models, but also scores related to issues such as capital commitments or anti-fraud reserving. The idea is to gather all the predictions that might inform active portfolio management.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Decision-making layer</strong></div>

<div>Second, the &ldquo;decision-making layer&rdquo; is the stage at which the insurer maps its scoring against factors such as its appetite for risk, its operational and strategic targets, and its long-term business plan. It incorporates activity such as scenario planning and simulations designed to test the likely results of key decisions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Production layer</strong></div>

<div>Third, in the &ldquo;production layer&rdquo;, the insurer executes the decisions made and then monitors the actual results on an ongoing basis. Those results can then be fed back into the scoring layer, so that the process continually iterates and improves over time as the cycle repeats.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Critically, within the scoring layer, active portfolio management requires insurers to think hard about those models &ndash; to return to the debate about which datapoints and dashboards are critical. It&rsquo;s possible to look at the data in multiple dimensions, using different KPIs to drive different types of analysis. For example, measures such as actual to technical premium (AP/TP) ratios and retention rates can help insurers identify profitable clients &ndash; and therefore to guide future retention activity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Interrogating the data can also help insurers to understand what they&rsquo;re seeing in more detail &ndash; why are some client profiles loss-making, for example? Securing this understanding is crucial if improvements are to be made. Equally, the impact of potential improvements can be modelled before they are implemented.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The role of AI</strong></div>

<div>All of this data processing and analysis is time-consuming. Insurers&rsquo; efforts to date have often been compromised by the manual workloads required. But the good news is that emerging technologies have huge potential to reduce those workloads; the advent of artificial intelligence (AI) tools therefore represents a potential opportunity to step up active portfolio management.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The process won&rsquo;t change &ndash; from measuring and identifying key data to isolating and understanding the information. But by allocating much of that work to embedded AI, insurers will be able to accelerate decision-making, while freeing up resources for other value-additive tasks.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The ultimate objective should be to secure competitive advantage through speed to market. Insurers able to build the dashboards and models required for active portfolio management, and then to harness those resources to inform decision-making, will be in a far stronger position to hit their commercial targets and achieve their strategic goals.</div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/active-portfolio-management--why-active-insurers-are-fitter-26684.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 21 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments On Tprs Report On Use Of  Ai In Workplace Pensions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Scott Finnie, Head of Digital Strategy, Hymans Robertson, said: </strong>&ldquo;We&rsquo;re pleased to see TPR providing guidance on AI and support the principles outlined. AI brings significant opportunity for better member outcomes whilst simultaneously opening up new risk vectors. Navigating the fast-moving landscape will require diligence, adaptation and strong collaboration among Trustees, their industry partners and the regulator. An agreed ethical framework will aid trustees in the series of decisions they will need to make with the use of this developing technology. It&rsquo;s encouraging to see that TPR has highlighted the importance of data quality as a pre-requisite to positive AI-enabled outcomes. GMP equalisation, Risk Transfer, the Pensions Dashboard and AI are all motivating an industry wide move from data that is &ldquo;mostly right, most of the time&rdquo; towards data that is &ldquo;all right, all of the time&rdquo;. Getting there will require sustained commitment across the industry but doing so will enable better outcomes for members and aid Trustees more generally in fulfilling their responsibilities.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Maurice Titley, Commercial Director: Data & Dashboards at Lumera, commented: </strong>&ldquo;The Regulator&rsquo;s AI plan, and their intention to publish more detailed guidance in 2026, is an important step in setting clear expectations for how AI should be deployed responsibly across the pensions industry.Their approach of engaging with industry is welcome as there are many areas where AI innovation is being considered, not least in response to some of the new demands that will flow from reforms in the Pensions Act, such as assigning members to default retirement pathways. As we enter a new era for the pensions sector in the UK, AI is set to be a critical driver of transformation in how providers achieve greater efficiencies, strengthen governance and improve the member experience. The Regulator is right to point out that AI will bring both opportunities and risks which will require the industry to centralise innovative operating models, human oversight and robust governance to achieve the confidence of trustees. Scalable technology and a clear data strategy will be essential in ensuring that automated decision making is working off accurate records to achieve good outcomes for members. With these data building blocks in base, providers will have the potential to improve administration, standards and outcomes right across the pensions sector, enhancing rather than replacing the expertise that defines the industry.&rdquo;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tpr-clarifies-responsible-use-of-ai-in-workplace-pensions-26679.htm"><strong>TPR clarifies responsible use of AI in workplace pensions</strong></a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-on-tprs-report-on-use-of--ai-in-workplace-pensions-26681.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 21 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Insurers Gain Evidence To Strengthen Climate Risk Frameworks</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The report sets out a stark picture of rising flood, heat and infrastructure risks across the UK, concluding that climate change is already imposing material costs on households, businesses and the financial system, with impacts expected to intensify without a step-change in adaptation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For insurers, the findings closely reinforce the Prudential Regulation Authority&rsquo;s updated supervisory expectations under SS5/25, underlining that climate risk is no longer a long-term or theoretical issue, but a current and financially material risk requiring stronger governance, scenario analysis and decision-useful risk management.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The CCC highlights the interconnected nature of climate impacts, spanning property damage, infrastructure disruption, supply chains, labour productivity and life & health, pointing to the need for insurers to move beyond single-hazard assessments and adopt more system-wide views of risk. While the report focuses on the UK, it also notes that similar adaptation gaps and physical risk pressures apply globally, with implications for insurers writing international business.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cormac Bradley, Senior Actuarial Director at Broadstone commented: </strong>&ldquo;This report marks an important shift from climate risk awareness to climate risk readiness. As Parliament&rsquo;s independent climate advisers, the CCC is clear that climate impacts are already affecting the economy and financial system. For insurers, this provides a strong evidence base to identify what is genuinely material and to strengthen climate risk frameworks in line with the PRA&rsquo;s SS5/25 expectations. The message is no longer about future risk, it is about how firms are managing climate risk today.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/insurers-gain-evidence-to-strengthen-climate-risk-frameworks-26680.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 21 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Schemes Increasing Their Range Of Endgame Options</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Key findings include:</strong></p>

<div><em>Of schemes that have agreed their preferred endgame and are not deliberately staying flexible, 74 percent plan to move to an insurance solution once it is achievable. This included some schemes that need to run on for a short period in order to be settlement ready.</em></div>

<div><em>24 percent of schemes that have agreed their preferred endgame, intend to run on beyond the point needed for risk settlement readiness.</em></div>

<div><em>Buyout and run-on remain the key choices with only 2 percent of schemes targeting a superfund transaction, less than 1 percent targeting a pension captive solution, and, as yet, no respondents actively considering a sponsor succession transaction with an asset manager, similar to the recent Aberdeen:Stagecoach deal.</em></div>

<div><em>57 percent of respondents are now fully funded on a buyout basis.</em></div>

<div><em>Among sub-&pound;500 million schemes that had reached a view, 84 percent intend to insure at the earliest opportunity with 14 percent seeking to run on further and 2 percent targeting a superfund transaction.</em></div>

<p>By contrast, among schemes of more than &pound;500 million, there is a finer balance with 54 percent seeking to insure at the earliest opportunity and 46 percent seeking to run on for the long-term or for a shorter period of time.</p>

<p><strong>James Patten, partner in the UK Endgame Strategy team at Aon, said: </strong>&ldquo;After the Pension Regulator&rsquo;s June 2025 endgame guidance and its recent Annual Funding Statement that encouraged schemes to focus on endgame planning, this survey gives real insight into current market practice on endgame decisions.</p>

<p>&ldquo;When comparing this survey with last year&rsquo;s, we see more endgame decisions made, with only 15 percent of respondents describing themselves as &lsquo;undecided or deliberately staying flexible&rsquo; compared with 23 percent in 2025. However, with a growing range of endgame options, improvements in insurer pricing, new surplus flexibilities, and an uncertain geopolitical and economic environment, we expect to continue seeing schemes revisiting previous endgame decisions until they are fully committed to delivery. Whatever their choice, it&rsquo;s vital that they have reviewed the complete range of options and are fully aligned on their objectives - or they could face issues in the future.&rdquo;</p>

<p>&ldquo;Buyout and run-on remain the dominant endgame options in the market. The &pound;1bn+ schemes that are running-on are predominantly doing so actively, with a view towards the generation of surplus. However, our survey suggests a split in market practice between sub-&pound;500 million schemes and those that are larger. Among sub-&pound;500 million schemes, insuring at the earliest opportunity is by far the most popular option &ndash; possibly supported by the keen insurer pricing seen over the last 12 months. For those above &pound;500 million, there is a much finer balance between insuring at the earliest opportunity and running on beyond this.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Schemes moving into surplus has inevitably raised new and developing issues. After excluding respondents without a surplus - and who therefore had chosen to have no surplus policy &ndash; we found that 28 percent of schemes had some form of agreement on surplus or a formal surplus policy. A further 31 percent intend to consider a surplus policy this year. Not doing so could lead to deferring returning capital to sponsors in a difficult economic environment, or getting to a situation where older generations of members regard themselves as losing out on the opportunities that accessing surplus might offer. It&rsquo;s clear that it can be beneficial to put a surplus policy in place before a surplus emerges.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The Aon 2026 Endgame Survey is available by contacting talktous@aon.com</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-schemes-increasing-their-range-of-endgame-options-26682.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 21 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ftse 100 Reverses Losses With Consumer Stocks Under Pressure</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 has recovered its losses this morning after initially dropping around 0.4%. The move mirrors oil prices which gave back earlier gains. Autotrader is one the index&rsquo;s biggest fallers. Half year results were decent enough but news that revenue and car price growth had flattened in April, and full-year guidance below market forecasts sparked a sell off. This week&rsquo;s lower gold prices are also weighing on miners Fresnillo and Endeavour. US long-dated treasury yields are at their highest levels since 2007, keeping a lid on demand for assets that don&rsquo;t generate cash.</p>

<p>Shares in hotelier Whitbread are also in the red today perhaps catching a cold from the likes of EasyJet who has seen summer bookings suffer, and pub chain Mitchells & Butlers who has seen macroeconomic conditions impact spending in its pubs. For the Harvester owner full-year forecasts still look achievable but a further slowdown in sales growth in the first three weeks of the second half has spooked investors with the shares losing around 8% so far today.</p>

<p>Brent Crude prices showed early signs of a bounce after yesterday&rsquo;s 6% decline but have now slipped to just under $105 per barrel. That&rsquo;s been driven by signs of a diplomatic thaw between Washington and Tehran, but we&rsquo;ve been here before and until traffic through the Strait of Hormuz returns to normal, oil price volatility is likely to remain the norm.</p>

<p>US stock futures are flat, also recovering from declines earlier in the day. All the major indices closed up more than 1% yesterday after three consecutive sessions of losses, helped by easing oil prices and expectations of strong quarterly results from the world&rsquo;s most valuable company NVIDIA. Both numbers and guidance eclipsed expectations but as is so often the case traders took some profits in after-hours, only to recover in today&rsquo;s pre-market trading.</p>

<p>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown:</p>

<p>&ldquo;The buyback era has arrived at NVIDIA, and it is arriving with an $80bn bang. These were blockbuster results, even by its increasingly absurd standards, with revenue up 85% year-on-year and both revenue and earnings exceeding already high expectations. The guide is just as eye-catching, with the top end pointing to almost 100% revenue growth in the coming quarter, and NVIDIA has a habit of clearing the bar it sets for itself. Cash flow is becoming the real flex here, with nearly $49bn in free cash flow over the quarter and a record $20bn returned to shareholders. And if that&rsquo;s not enough, by our numbers, free cash flow will push toward $200bn this financial year.</p>

<p>The question from here is not whether demand is strong today, but how long this level of growth can keep outrunning expectations. NVIDIA still looks exceptionally well placed, with its strength stretching beyond chips into networking, software and full data centre systems, which makes it difficult for rivals or in-house alternatives to match at scale. Our view remains that AI infrastructure demand, customer spending plans, and cash generation all support the case for earnings power remaining stronger for longer. NVIDIA might not get the plaudits it deserves in the earnings multiple, but eventually raw earnings power comes to the forefront, and that&rsquo;s exactly what we&rsquo;re seeing.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ftse-100-reverses-losses-with-consumer-stocks-under-pressure-26685.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 21 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Going Solo Prompts Pensions Rethink</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Taking the leap into self-employment can mark a pivotal moment in people&rsquo;s journeys to retirement, providing new opportunities whether that be a new entrepreneurial challenge, turning a hobby into a business, or greater autonomy in how you work. However, it also serves a major trigger for how people think about saving for retirement, according to new research from Standard Life, a retirement specialist focused entirely on retirement savings and income, with half (49%) of self-employed workers with a private pension changing their pension saving habits once they start working for themselves.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This shift in behaviour comes at a time when the wider picture for self-employed retirement saving is under increased scrutiny. The Pensions Commission&rsquo;s interim report recently highlighted that just 4% of those who rely solely on self-employment are saving into a pension - highlighting just how critical decisions at the point of moving into self-employment can be.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A fifth (18%) of people use going solo as an opportunity to increase how much they save after going self-employed, however for a third (33%), this shift triggers a move in the opposite direction, resulting in them reducing, pausing or stopping their pension contributions altogether.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Those who pause pension contributions following self-employment do so for an average of two years, while 15% extend this break to over five years. However pausing contributions for five years in your 30s could reduce a pension pot by around &pound;25,000 by the age of 68, according to Standard Life calculations, while boosting contributions by &pound;250 a month over the same period could add around &pound;26,000. Saving for retirement doesn&rsquo;t follow a straight path and peoples&rsquo; journeys to and through retirement will be different, however this highlights the lasting impact of decisions made at key life moments in shaping longer-term outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Younger generations most impacted by the transition to self-employment</strong></div>

<div>The impact of becoming self-employed varies significantly across generations, however younger workers are far more likely to adjust their pension saving behaviour. Gen Z (56%) and Millennials (52%) are significantly more likely than Gen X (29%) and Baby Boomers (16%) to say they have reduced, paused or stopped pension contributions after going self-employed.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A similar pattern is seen among those increasing contributions. Almost two fifths of Gen Z (37%) and a quarter (25%) of Millennials say they have increased how much they save into their pensions, compared with one in ten Gen X (11%) and Baby Boomers (11%).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The long-term impact of stepping back &ndash; or stepping up</strong></div>

<div>Any adjustments to pension saving have the potential to significantly shape retirement outcomes over time and even relatively short contribution pauses can have lasting consequences. For example, someone starting work at age 22 on a salary of &pound;25,000 and contributing at minimum auto-enrolment levels (5% employee, 3% employer) could build a retirement pot of around &pound;210,000 by age 68, allowing for 2% inflation and charges. However, someone who pauses contributions between 30 and 35 due to self-employment could see their final pot reduce by &pound;25,000 (&pound;185,000 total).</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The impact is even greater for someone who chooses to take a longer break. For example, someone who pauses for ten years due to self-employment, between the ages of 30 and 40 could see their final pot reduced to &pound;161,000 - &pound;49,000 less than if they had not paused.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>By contrast, those who choose to increase pension contributions following self-employment could see their retirement savings benefit significantly. Boosting contributions by an additional &pound;250 a month over five years between 30 and 35 could increase a pension pot by around &pound;26,000 (to &pound;236,000), while continuing this higher level of saving over ten years could grow savings by approximately &pound;48,000 (&pound;258,000).</div>

<div> </div>

<div>It's worth noting that for people who are self-employed, it&rsquo;s not just about how much they save for retirement, but when and how they&rsquo;re able to do it. Unlike many employees, pension contributions come out of income that&rsquo;s already been taxed, and when earnings go up and down it can be hard to commit to a set monthly amount. As a result, some self-employed people prefer to make variable one-off or end-of-year top-ups rather than regular monthly payments.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc, said: </strong>&ldquo;Life rarely follows a straight line &ndash; and pensions don&rsquo;t either. Becoming self-employed is a major life moment that often reshapes how people think about their finances, with contributions rising, falling or pausing as income becomes less predictable and the structure of a workplace pension falls away. The Pensions Commission&rsquo;s interim report brings this challenge into sharp focus.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For many younger workers, this shift happens earlier in their careers, at a point when saving habits are still being established. That can make this a more fluid period, where pension contributions move in both directions. Positively, for some it can also be a trigger to take greater control and even increase what they put into their pension. Whatever the approach, the key is staying engaged and making conscious decisions about long-term saving.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;In the absence of a structured workplace pension, many people who move into self-employment have historically turned to products like Lifetime ISAs to support their retirement goals. However, with the Government signalling plans to phase out their use for retirement saving, some may be left facing a gap in their long-term plans. This makes it even more important to consider how pensions can provide a more stable, tax-efficient foundation for the future when making the transition to self-employment.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;By taking a proactive approach early on - whether that&rsquo;s setting up or reviewing a pension, maintaining contributions where possible, making the most of available tax reliefs, or keeping track of existing pots - self-employed workers can stay in control and keep their retirement plans on track as their working lives change.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery shares three top tips for pension saving when becoming self-employed:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Set up a pension plan</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Most employees are automatically enrolled into a workplace pension, with contributions set up and paid regularly on their behalf. When you become self-employed, that structure falls away and the responsibility shifts entirely to you, making it important to put a pension plan in place as early as possible.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;If you already have a pension from a previous employer, it&rsquo;s worth reviewing whether the charges are competitive and the investment approach still suits your needs. You may be able to keep contributing to it or decide to explore other options. Some self-employed workers may also look at products like Lifetime ISAs alongside a pension, but with proposed changes to how these can be used for retirement, pensions should remain a central part of any long-term savings strategy.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Reap the pension tax benefits</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;When starting out as self-employed, pensions can slip down the priority list, but stopping contributions altogether can have a lasting impact on your retirement savings. If you&rsquo;re able to, continuing regular contributions can help maintain momentum and make a meaningful difference over time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Pensions also come with valuable tax benefits. Contributions receive tax relief, meaning basic-rate taxpayers get a 20% boost automatically. Higher and additional-rate taxpayers are entitled to further tax relief, which self-employed savers typically claim through their Self Assessment tax return. Those who do not complete Self Assessment can usually claim by contacting HMRC directly. Any extra relief owed is usually repaid as a tax refund or reflected in an updated tax code, and claims can typically be backdated for up to four tax years. For those running their business through a limited company, employer pension contributions can also be a tax-efficient way to save.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Keep on top of old pensions</strong></div>

<div>Those who move into self-employment often bring with them a trail of workplace pensions from previous jobs. Keeping track of these is important, and often consolidating them into a single plan can make pensions easier to manage, reduce admin and provide a clearer picture when planning for retirement. However, consolidation isn&rsquo;t right for everyone, so it&rsquo;s important to look carefully at each pension&rsquo;s charges and benefits before making any changes, to ensure you&rsquo;re not giving up valuable features in existing plans.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/going-solo-prompts-pensions-rethink-26683.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 21 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Football s Coming Home  On Crutches</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>New claims data from MetLife UK shows football-related injuries accounted for more than one in five (22%) Active Lifestyle claims made by adults in 2025. In total, 225 football-related claims were recorded out of 1,015 Active Lifestyle claims overall, as five-a-side players, Sunday League regulars and weekend footballers discovered the beautiful game can sometimes end with more ice packs than goal celebrations.</p>

<p>The figures land as football fever sweeps the nation ahead of England&rsquo;s squad announcement and the dramatic final weekend of the Premier League season &mdash; moments that often inspire fans to dust off their boots, roll back the years and attempt their own back-of-the-net moments.</p>

<p>But while Premier League stars have physios, recovery sessions and ice baths on standby, Britain&rsquo;s grassroots footballers are more likely to rely on frozen peas, deep heat and a slow hobble into work on Monday morning.</p>

<p>Separate consumer research from MetLife UK also found that almost a quarter (23%) of UK adults have experienced a sporting accident, such as a football injury - showing many players are ending up sidelined long before reaching Wembley-worthy glory.</p>

<p>Among those who had suffered an accident, the average hospital stay lasted four days &mdash; although one in five spent even longer stuck on the sidelines.</p>

<p>For those who had experienced - or worried about - an accident, the biggest concern was having to take time off work (23%), while one in five (20%) worried about not being home with their children. Others feared the financial knock-on effects, including unpaid leave (16%), reduced pay (13%) and even the added costs of food, travel and hospital parking &mdash; proving that for many Brits, an injury can quickly become an own goal for household finances too.</p>

<p><strong>Phil Jeynes, Head of Individual Protection at MetLife UK, comments: </strong>&ldquo;Football is a huge part of life for many people across the UK, especially during major moments in the sporting calendar when more fans are inspired to get involved themselves. Whether that&rsquo;s five-a-side with friends, Sunday League matches or a kickabout in the park.</p>

<p>&ldquo;But while the focus is often on scoring goals and staying active, injuries can have a real impact off the pitch too. Time away from work, unexpected costs and the knock-on effect on family life are concerns many people don&rsquo;t think about until an accident happens.</p>

<p>&ldquo;These findings are a reminder that protection isn&rsquo;t just about the big moments in life - it can also help people feel more prepared for the unexpected challenges that can come from everyday activities and hobbies.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/football-s-coming-home--on-crutches-26686.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 21 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tpr Clarifies Responsible Use Of Ai In Workplace Pensions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The Pensions Regulator (TPR) has today published its AI plan setting out initial expectations for how trustees should govern the use of artificial intelligence (AI).</div>

<div> </div>

<div>AI has transformative potential to improve administration, decision making and member engagement in pensions. But TPR is clear that accountability for outcomes remains with trustees and scheme managers, regardless of whether decisions are supported by AI systems. Alongside its expectations, TPR has signalled forthcoming plans for detailed guidance to be published later in the year with a call for industry to engage over the summer.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>And as pension schemes increasingly adopt AI technologies, the regulator has provided further clarity on its own next steps to safeguard members, support responsible adoption and enable innovation in pensions.  As part of this, TPR will continue to use AI and advanced analytics within its regulatory work to better identify risks, target scams and protect savers, including the analysis and takedown of high risk scam websites.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Nausicaa Delfas, Chief Executive of TPR, said: </strong>&quot;AI has the potential to transform pensions for the better: improving how schemes are run, how members are supported, and how the system as a whole delivers value. But trust is the most valuable asset in our system, and that trust depends on the safe and responsible adoption of AI in members' interests. Our message to trustees, administrators and scheme managers is clear: act now. Put strong governance in place, invest in data quality, understand where and how AI is being used in your scheme, and protect your members from AI-driven fraud.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Expectations of trustees and scheme managers</strong></div>

<div>Trustees and scheme managers remain accountable for outcomes even when activities are delegated. More detail on good practice will be set out in forthcoming guidance, but in the meantime TPR expects schemes to:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Establish clear governance for AI use,</strong> including assuring themselves that administrators, service providers and advisers have similarly robust arrangements in place.</div>

<div><strong>Carry out rigorous testing,</strong> assurance and ongoing monitoring of AI systems.Identify and evaluate risks, with appropriate controls reviewed regularly and adapted as necessary.</div>

<div><strong>Prevent members being scammed </strong>by being aware of AI-driven fraud methods and responding effectively to the evolving threat.</div>

<div><strong>Have a clear data strategy,</strong> ensure scheme and member data is of high quality, and comply with data protection legislation &ndash; including as it relates to automated decision-making.</div>

<div><strong>Seek professional advice,</strong> appropriately and proportionately, when considering or implementing innovations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Next steps for TPR</strong></div>

<div>The plan sets out four areas of focus for the regulator to enable the safe adoption of AI:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Ensuring all schemes are well run and well governed,</strong> including working with the Financial Conduct Authority to ensure regulatory alignment across the pensions sector and supply chain.</div>

<div><strong>Putting the data building blocks in place,</strong> including continued engagement with schemes on data and ensuring our online content is high quality, machine readable and easily ingested by AI models. </div>

<div><strong>Supporting and fostering responsible innovation,</strong> including through <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/get-support-with-pensions-innovation">TPR's innovation service</a>. </div>

<div><strong>Harnessing AI to become a more effective regulator,</strong> building on the successful use of an AI-enabled process to tackle pension scam websites, which has assessed over 2,000 sites and enabled the removal of 29 high-risk sites.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>TPR will report annually on progress and will continue to evolve the plan as the pensions landscape changes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>TPR's approach to AI is:</em></div>

<div><em>outcome-focused: AI adoption must be safe and in the interests of membersprinciples-based: appropriate for a fast-moving technology like AItechnology-agnostic and evidence-basedcollaborative: working with government, regulatory partners and the wider pensions ecosystem</em></div>

<div><em>Further information</em></div>

<div><em>TPR chairs the Pensions Scams Action Group, working across government, law enforcement and industry to combat pension fraud.TPR's approach is consistent with the government's AI Opportunities Action Plan, AI Playbook and Data and AI Ethics Framework.The plan references reforms in the Pension Schemes Act, including provisions on guided retirement and value for money.TPR's AI Advisory Council oversees the ethical use of AI applications within the regulator.TPR convened the Pensions Data and Digital Industry Working Group in 2025 to bring together industry expertise on AI, data and digital innovation. The group has now moved from exploration into practical, industry-led delivery, with members collaborating on outputs such as guidance for trustees, data standards quality approaches and the responsible use of AI. TPR is encouraging wider industry participation. Organisations and individuals who would like to contribute expertise, share examples of good practice or join a subgroup of the working group can contact ddatgroup@tpr.gov.uk. </em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tpr-clarifies-responsible-use-of-ai-in-workplace-pensions-26679.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>From Payslip To Pension</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>This latest report explores what pension incomes and retirement needs different low earner profiles are projected to have under current policy, and examines the trade-offs associated with reforms to automatic enrolment thresholds and contribution structures.</p>

<p>The publication follows the release of the Pensions Commission&rsquo;s interim report on 19 May 2026, which has renewed focus on pensions adequacy, financial resilience and the long-term future of automatic enrolment. As policymakers consider how the pensions system can better support those at risk of poorer retirement outcomes, low earners remain central to the debate. This report contributes new evidence to that discussion by modelling how different automatic enrolment reforms could affect a range of persistent low earner groups across the life course.</p>

<p>The From Payslip to Pension series has been funded by The Nuffield Foundation and will run until summer 2026, comprising five individual outputs exploring the experiences and retirement outcomes of low earners.</p>

<p>Read the full report here:  <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/PPI-part-4-payslip-to-pension-2026.pdf"><strong>From Payslip to Pension: Life Course Impacts on Retirement Saving Among Low Earners series, Modelling of Policy Options for Low Earners</strong></a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/from-payslip-to-pension-26676.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>In Poll Only 9  Of Firms Are Fully Optimised For Top Risks</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The poll of more than 200 webinar attendees identified cyber as the leading organisational concern for 2026, followed by geopolitical uncertainty and supply chain fragility. However, the findings predated the conflict in the Middle East, highlighting how quickly the risk landscape can shift. The conflict has heightened geopolitical risk and its impact across energy markets, supply chains, global trade and cyber exposure.</p>

<p><br />
The poll findings suggest that while many businesses recognise individual threats, far fewer are prepared to manage how these risks interact and create potential vulnerabilities &ndash; a point particularly pertinent given recent macro-economic volatility. Organisations that have a better understanding of the interconnected nature of risk are likely to gain a competitive advantage.<br />
<br />
<strong>Key insights include:</strong></p>

<div><em>Geopolitical uncertainty was ranked as a top organisational concern for 2026 cited by 23 percent of organisations whereas 44 percent identified cyber risk as their primary concern. Other concerns included business interruption, regulatory change and supply chain disruption.</em></div>

<div><em>Only nine percent of respondents stated that their organisations were fully optimised against the risks identified.</em></div>

<div><em>Just 30 percent reported having risk management capabilities that are regularly tested.</em></div>

<div><em>Only two of the top five risks identified are fully insurable, highlighting a growing gap between the risks businesses face and those traditional insurance markets can cover.</em></div>

<p><strong>Rob Kemp, CEO of Commercial Risk in the UK for Aon said: </strong>&ldquo;The results of this webinar polling and of our recent <a href="https://www.aon.com/en/insights/reports/global-risk-management-survey">Global Risk Management Survey</a> underline how overlapping pressures can compound and elevate risks for businesses. Spotting this early gives organisations a clear advantage. By mapping risks effectively and considering how disruptions may interact, businesses will be better positioned to mitigate issues when they arise.<br />
<br />
&ldquo;While market volatility cannot be predicted precisely, having the right systems in place can reduce the impact by shortening the critical window between an event and an organisation&rsquo;s response.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>Amy Froude, chief commercial officer of Commercial Risk in the UK for Aon said: </strong>&ldquo;With a number of the leading risks identified sitting outside of traditional insurance markets, the polling results also highlight the need for a greater adoption of analytics tools that can help businesses identify, test and quantify the potential impacts of risk events. Without these capabilities, organisations risk being caught unprepared and unable to respond effectively.<br />
<br />
&ldquo;Recent geopolitical events have highlighted concerns, reinforcing that these threats do not occur in isolation. By recognising the interconnected nature of risks, businesses can better prepare for and respond to future disruptions.<br />
<br />
&ldquo;As the insurability gap for some risks widens, the need for comprehensive risk management tools and analytics platforms is greater than ever. Without them, it becomes far harder for organisations to judge where to retain risk, where to transfer it, and where alternative solutions can deliver the most value. As geopolitical dynamics and cyber capabilities rapidly evolve, preparation for disruptions across business lines is paramount.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/in-poll-only-9--of-firms-are-fully-optimised-for-top-risks-26674.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Inflation Retreats But 1970s Timewarp Threatens To Descend</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Clothing prices remained relatively firm as retailers relied less heavily on discounting.The UK government has eased sanctions on Russian crude, enabling refiners in intermediary nations to produce more diesel and jet fuel.Gas and oil prices remain elevated amid continued threats from President Trump to resume strikes on Iran.</p>

<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;Despite the fall in inflation in April, the UK still appears stuck in a 1970s-style economic backdrop of energy insecurity, persistent price pressures and growing political intervention in markets. The softer-than-expected inflation reading will come as welcome relief to policymakers and households, but concerns remain that higher energy costs and geopolitical tensions could yet feed through into prices in the months ahead.</p>

<p>The reduction in the energy price cap in April was a key driver behind the slowdown in inflation, while food price pressures also eased. But with the Middle East crisis unresolved and energy markets remaining highly volatile, households and businesses are not out of the woods. Forecourt prices remain elevated, with motor fuels providing the biggest upward contribution to inflation, keeping the headline rate above the Bank of England&rsquo;s target.</p>

<p>This snapshot shows the UK economy is still wrestling with the repercussions of a prolonged energy shock. There are also signs retailers are finding less room to cushion consumers from rising costs. Clothing prices remained firmer, with fewer discounts offered compared with the same period last year, indicating that businesses facing higher payroll costs, elevated business rates and lingering energy pressures are becoming less willing or able to absorb rising expenses. It&rsquo;s amid this backdrop that government calls for price controls are straining an already fraught relationship with the supermarket sector. While ministers may be desperate to limit further pressure on households, price caps risk distorting markets and storing up inflationary pressures for later. Like a coiled spring, prices could rebound sharply once restrictions are eventually removed. The easing in food inflation during April also underlines how fiercely competitive the grocery sector already is, leaving little room for retailers to artificially suppress prices further.</p>

<p>Clearly the energy crunch has rattled the UK government, which is already reeling from political infighting prompted by a poor showing in local elections. The determination to keep a lid on prices and limit broader economic fallout is also likely to be behind the decision to loosen strict sanctions on Russian oil refined into diesel and jet fuel. The UK government clearly sees the energy crunch as the bigger foe right now and that outweighs the political optics of softening parts of the sanctions regime. This change will allow refiners in intermediary processing and exporting nations to use Russian crude before selling fuel onto international markets, where UK buyers can then import it under the temporary waiver rules.</p>

<p>This is set to ease pressure on airlines, which until very recently feared jet fuel shortages could disrupt summer schedules. Jet fuel prices monitored by IATA show they fell by 13.72% in the week ending May 15 compared with the previous month&rsquo;s average. This action could prompt a further modest decline in the coming weeks.</p>

<p>Some sanctions on the transport of Russian liquefied natural gas have also been lifted. But energy markets remain highly strained given the continuing diplomatic impasse over Iran. Crude oil remains above $110 a barrel amid President Trump&rsquo;s threat to resume strikes unless Tehran agrees to US peace proposals. Until the Strait of Hormuz fully reopens and regional tensions ease, energy markets are likely to remain volatile, keeping governments, businesses and consumers under sustained financial pressure.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/inflation-retreats-but-1970s-timewarp-threatens-to-descend-26672.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Young Drivers Warned Of Fake Insurance Sold On Social Media</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) is warning 17&ndash;25 year-old drivers about &quot;ghost broking&quot; scams where criminals sell bogus insurance policies through social media and messaging platforms. Ghost brokers pose as legitimate insurance sellers but offer cheap rates. The policies they sell are either entirely fake, are invalid because they falsify details to bring the price down, or are cancelled shortly after purchase. Victims are left unknowingly uninsured and at risk of prosecution, fines and even having their car seized.</p>

<p>Almost half of those polled (45%) said they generally trust products or services bought through social media. Young drivers may also be at greater risk due to cost of living pressures &ndash; with 1 in 7 (15%) saying they find it difficult to fit insurance into their monthly budget.</p>

<p><strong>To avoid being taken for a ride, the FCA is urging young drivers to: </strong></p>

<div><em>Be wary of offers that sound too good to be true </em></div>

<div><em>Avoid deals only available through social media and messaging platforms. Genuine sellers should have a legitimate website, phone number and address  </em></div>

<div><em>Use FCA Firm Checker to confirm the firm is authorised. Drivers should check the firm&rsquo;s contact details match those listed on Firm Checker to make sure they are dealing with the genuine firm.  </em></div>

<p><strong>Graeme Reynolds, director of insurance at the FCA said: </strong>&ldquo;Tight budgets make cheap offers tempting &ndash; and scammers take advantage of that. Don&rsquo;t get ghosted by a policy that doesn&rsquo;t exist. Check the FCA Firm Checker before you buy, because driving uninsured could cost you far more than any premium.&rdquo; </p>

<p>The FCA is working with social media influencers to warn young drivers about the growing threat of ghost broking.  </p>

<p> </p>

<div><em>Information for consumers on <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/consumers/insurance-warranty-scams">ghost broking</a></em></div>

<div><em>Survey conducted by Kantar on 24 Apr-1 May 2026 among 1000 UK drivers aged 17-25 </em></div>

<div><em><a href="https://www.insurancefraudbureau.org/media-centre/ifb-news/2025/don-t-get-it-ghosted-new-drivers-warned-of-rise-in-fake-car-insurance-deals-on-social-media">The Insurance Fraud Bureau</a> and <a href="https://www.aviva.com/newsroom/news-releases/2025/11/ghost-broking-surges-twenty-two-percent-in-two-years-aviva-urges-crackdown-to-protect-young-drivers/">Aviva</a> both report an increase in ghost broking. The Insurance Fraud Bureau found a 52% increase in ghost broking activity from 2022-2024 and Aviva saw a 22% surge in cases since 2023</em></div>

<div><em>Driving without valid insurance is a criminal offence in the UK and can result in a fixed penalty, points on a licence, or disqualification</em></div>

<div><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/consumers/fca-firm-checker"><em>Link to the FCA Firm Checker  </em></a></div>

<div><em>The campaign supports the Government&rsquo;s Motor Insurance Taskforce goals to tackle uninsured driving, fraud and crime</em></div>

<div><em>Fighting financial crime is a priority for the FCA, as part of its 5-year strategy.  </em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/young-drivers-warned-of-fake-insurance-sold-on-social-media-26675.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Inflation Falls To 2 8  But Energy Price Cap Increase Looms</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc said:</strong> &ldquo;Today&rsquo;s inflation figure of 2.8% shows some welcome easing, with inflation falling from 3.3% in March. However, with inflation still above the Bank of England&rsquo;s 2% target, the overall picture remains uncertain and pressures have by no means disappeared.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;While a lower reading offers some immediate reassurance, there are signs inflation could pick up again through the summer. Rising global energy costs, driven by war in the Middle East, are expected to feed through into a higher Ofgem price cap from 1st July - pushing household bills back up and highlighting just how uneven the path back to target could be. At the same time, the recent easing may partly reflect more cautious consumers, who have held back on spending amid uncertainty in recent months.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;With inflationary risks ahead, the Bank of England is likely to take a cautious approach to interest rates. That could mean borrowing costs remain higher for longer, and we&rsquo;re already seeing some mortgage rates edge up despite the Bank holding rates steady. While that will add further pressure for borrowers, there is some more positive news for savers, who may continue to benefit from relatively high returns on cash in the near term if they shop around for the best rates.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For those approaching or in retirement, this environment presents a mixed picture. Expectations of higher interest rates have supported more attractive annuity rates, potentially boosting the level of guaranteed income available. However, with prices still unpredictable and the risk that inflation continues to chip away at spending power, having a clear plan for how you&rsquo;ll turn your savings into a reliable and sustainable income - and reviewing it regularly - is key to staying on track and maintaining financial confidence in retirement.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/inflation-falls-to-2-8--but-energy-price-cap-increase-looms-26673.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Annuity Providers Held Two Thirds Of Investments In 2024</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Bulk and individual annuity providers played a key role in the UK&rsquo;s growth agenda in 2024, raising the domestic investments they hold by &pound;22 billion to &pound;201 billion over the year according to the latest data from the ABI.1</p>

<p>Of the total &pound;317 billion held by annuity providers in investments in 2024, 63% was held in UK assets, supporting projects that positively impact communities across the country. </p>

<p>The data also shows insurers held &pound;119 billion (38%) in private markets both in the UK and abroad. These investments channelled money into infrastructure, housing, and regeneration projects which offer long-term stability and predictable cashflows to pay pensions whilst supporting economic growth.2 </p>

<p>UK investment through the bulk annuity market is expected to remain strong as more companies transfer their defined benefit pension liabilities to insurers. This guarantees members&rsquo; pensions while helping companies strengthen their balance sheets for greater financial certainty. In 2024, the number of people with pensions protected in this way grew to nearly 2.3 million, with insurers paying out &pound;10 billion to recipients.</p>

<p>The market supports employers with DB pension schemes of all sizes. In 2024, almost three quarters (72%) of all schemes whose pensions are secured by insurers were under &pound;50 million in size. Of these, 56% were under &pound;10 million in size with an average of just 48 people per scheme. </p>

<p>In contrast, schemes valued at over &pound;1 billion accounted for just 2% of all bulk annuities held by insurers. These have an average of 28,300 people per scheme, and represent 45% of people whose retirement is secured through the market.</p>

<p><strong>Dr Yvonne Braun, Director of Long-Term Savings Policy at the ABI said:</strong>  &ldquo;Bulk purchase insurers are a powerful engine of UK growth. Alongside providing millions of pensioners with the security of a guaranteed income for life, paying &pound;10 billion in pensions in 2024, our members invest at scale in key UK growth assets, delivering benefits for the wider economy and society. We will continue to work closely with government to support a strong pipeline of investable opportunities and sustain this positive momentum.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/annuity-providers-held-two-thirds-of-investments-in-2024-26677.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Latest Inflation Figures And What They Mean For You</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Anna Macdonald, Investment Strategy Director, Hargreaves Lansdown:  </strong>&ldquo;UK inflation fell more than expected to 2.8% in April, below forecasts of 3%. Technical factors helped pull the number down &ndash; including changes to the Ofgem price cap and the timing of Easter. Even so, combined with a softening labour market, this gives the Bank of England a bit more breathing space. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>It&rsquo;s worth remembering that before the escalation in tensions between the US, Iran and Israel, investors had been expecting two rate cuts this year. Markets are now leaning towards the possibility of one or two rises instead. However, Bank of England Deputy Governor Sarah Breeden struck a more measured tone in the Financial Times this week, emphasising that the Bank&rsquo;s role is to create a &ldquo;stable environment&rdquo; rather than act in a &ldquo;trigger-happy&rdquo; way. As she put it: &ldquo;We don&rsquo;t need to rush&hellip; we&rsquo;re in a good place to be able to watch what&rsquo;s happening in the economy.&rdquo; Any progress towards a Middle East deal, however, will be critical in easing price pressures.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What it means for retirees </strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Helen Morrissey, head of retirement analysis, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The path for inflation looks uncertain and while we&rsquo;ve seen a dip this month, there&rsquo;s no telling what the future might hold. This can have huge impacts on pensioner budgets. State pensions are increased every year in line with the triple lock and final salary pensions also increase every year, but for those taking an income from a defined contribution pension managing inflation longer term is a key factor. This brings a dilemma for those on the hunt for a guaranteed income through an annuity -should they opt for a level annuity that doesn&rsquo;t increase, or an inflation linked one that does?</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The latest data from HL&rsquo;s annuity search engine shows you can get up to &pound;7,855 per year from a single life level annuity with a five-year guarantee. This compares to &pound;5,940 per year from one that increases 3%. It&rsquo;s a huge difference &ndash; the escalating one will increase but will take years to match the income of a level product. However, there&rsquo;s always the concern that the level annuity&rsquo;s purchasing power will be eroded over time. It&rsquo;s a choice that needs careful consideration. There&rsquo;s also the option of using both annuities and income drawdown for your retirement income. You can secure your essentials via an annuity while keeping the rest in drawdown where it has the opportunity for investment growth that can help maintain your purchasing power.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What it means for savings </strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Clare Stinton, senior personal finance analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Inflation has dropped 0.5% to 2.8% in the 12 months to April 2026. But don&rsquo;t breathe a sigh of relief just yet - this doesn&rsquo;t necessarily mean prices are falling, just that they are rising at a slower pace. Fuel costs remain a big upwards driver, although falling household energy bills the largest downward contributor helped offset some of the pressure after Ofgem lowered the energy price cap at the start of April. However, as Iran tensions continue to push up oil prices and impact global supply chains, household energy bills will likely rise again next quarter. The new price cap is announced next week and takes effect from 1 July.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Everyday essentials will be continuing to apply pressure to household budgets with food and non-alcoholic drinks rising by 3% from April 2025 to April 2026. Drivers will be feeling the squeeze at the fuel pump, with the average cost of petrol now 156.8p per litre, the highest since November 2022 &ndash; jumping up 16.6p per litre in just the last month.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These pressures mean it&rsquo;s really important to get the most from our money. Interest rates on cash savings have been riding high for the last few months, and savers can still take advantage of inflation beating rates. Our calculations show that if you have &pound;5,000 earning 2% interest, after five years it would grow to &pound;5,525. But had you put it in a top-paying savings account where it was earning 4.5%, after five years it would be worth around &pound;6,259. You can add hundreds of pounds to your bank balance by simply shopping around. Take a few minutes to check what level of interest your cash is earning, if it&rsquo;s not competitive, it may be time to switch to get your money working harder.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/latest-inflation-figures-and-what-they-mean-for-you-26678.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>What Fire Claims Reveal About Modern Risk Interdependencies</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Richard Toomey, vertical market manager, UK and I, LexisNexis Risk Solutions</strong></u></p>

<p>A single location may sit within a dense network of dependencies &mdash; neighbouring businesses, shared buildings, transport infrastructure, utilities and heritage assets. As a result, traditional, isolated risk assessments are increasingly insufficient, and insurers need to adopt location-centric, interconnected approaches to assessing fire and property risk.</p>

<div><strong>The Hidden Complexity Behind a &ldquo;Single&rdquo; Location</strong></div>

<div>At face value, a shop may appear to present a straightforward retail risk profile based on factors such as occupancy and the types of goods stored or sold. However, a deeper look reveals something more complex: risk radiates outward. A single ignition point can have cascading consequences depending on what surrounds it and how critical those surroundings are.</div>

<p>A shop fire can expose several key interdependencies that influence the scale of loss:</p>

<p><strong>1. Historic Buildings</strong> - Is the affected property part of a heritage streetscape? Fires in older buildings can spread quickly due to timber structures, limited compartmentation, and complex layouts, amplifying both safety risks and economic impacts.</p>

<p><strong>2. Transport Infrastructure</strong> - The temporary shutdown of a train station due to a fire can trigger national-scale disruption. Even a short-term closure affects commuters, tourism, logistics and regional commerce.</p>

<p><strong>3. Adjacent Businesses and Shared Structures</strong> - Modern urban centres often have tightly packed commercial units, shared roofs and interconnected utilities. This increases the probability that a fire spreads or requires full-building evacuations, business interruption claims and structural assessments long after the fire is contained.</p>

<p><strong>4. Emergency Access and Urban Density</strong> - The ability of fire services to gain access in congested city centres is a critical variable that shifts the risk profile dramatically, especially where multiple ignition hazards exist.</p>

<div><strong>The Growing Fire Risk from Vape Devices</strong></div>

<div>While these considerations apply to many types of commercial premises, vape shops represent a growing fire risk, as highlighted by Zurich back in 2024[i]. Vapes, ecigarettes and related accessories are now widely available, and many devices rely on low-quality or unregulated battery components. When these components fail, they can generate intense, fast-spreading fires.</div>

<p>Improper charging practices, such as the use of mismatched cables or overnight charging, can be a common cause of battery failure and thermal runaway.  Furthermore, retailers often store large quantities of vape devices or batteries together. A failure in one unit can ignite others, rapidly intensifying an incident.</p>

<p>The result is a rising fire threat not just to the premises selling vape products, but to the broader built environment surrounding them.</p>

<p>Disposal of vape products presents another new and growing hazard. The sustainable waste management company, Biffa&rsquo;s &ldquo;zombie batteries&rdquo; warning, reinforces the scale of the issue, with batteries responsible for over 1,200 fires in the waste sector from 2023 to 2024[ii]. This equates to more than three fires every day. Nearly half were caused by lithium-ion batteries, with vapes the biggest culprit.</p>

<div><strong>Why Traditional Risk Models Are No Longer Enough</strong></div>

<div>For decades, risk assessments have focused primarily on individual property characteristics such as construction, occupancy, and contents. In practice, however, fire risk is rarely confined to four walls. It&rsquo;s spatial, interconnected and dynamic.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How Advanced Risk Intelligence Can Transform Decision-Making</strong></div>

<div>This has increased the importance of geospatial data visualisation solutions such as LexisNexis&reg; Map View crucial in risk assessment, allowing insurance providers to integrate precise, location-based intelligence into decision-making.</div>

<p>Geospatial data visualisation enables insurance providers to visualise interdependencies as part of a swift quote process. They can understand exactly what surrounds any given location &mdash; down to neighbouring businesses, traffic density, footfall, historic sites, public infrastructure and utilities.</p>

<p>Insurance providers can also identify compound risks, pinpointing properties where certain business types intersect with high-value or vulnerable surroundings. They can even calculate how fire might spread from building to building in an urban location. This enables the Estimated Maximum Loss and Potential Maximum Loss can be calculated based on &lsquo;live&rsquo; data.</p>

<p> By incorporating high-resolution, up-to-date location intelligence into underwriting, insurance providers can improve risk selection, support more accurate pricing and strengthen risk mitigation strategies across their commercial property portfolios.  </p>

<div><strong>A New Era of Location-Aware Risk</strong></div>

<div>A shop fire is rarely a localised incident. More often, it reflects a modern risk environment in which location-based interdependencies define real-world outcomes. Location matters, not simply as a point on a map, but as a dynamic ecosystem of relationships, infrastructure, and emerging hazards.</div>

<p>For insurance providers, this means embracing data-driven, contextual intelligence as the core of risk assessment. In increasingly interconnected urban environments, understanding where a risk exists is just as important as understanding what the risk is.</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<div><em>[i] <a href="https://www.zurich.co.uk/media-centre/vape-fires-more-than-double-in-just-two-years">https://www.zurich.co.uk/media-centre/vape-fires-more-than-double-in-just-two-years</a></em></div>

<div><em>[ii] <a href="https://www.biffa.co.uk/biffa-insights/biffa-zombie-batteries-fire-warning">https://www.biffa.co.uk/biffa-insights/biffa-zombie-batteries-fire-warning</a></em></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/what-fire-claims-reveal-about-modern-risk-interdependencies-26670.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Commission Findings Buck Received Wisdom Of Success</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>David Brooks, Head of Policy at leading independent consultancy Broadstone, commented:  </strong>&ldquo;The Pensions Commission&rsquo;s findings are a stark reminder of the UK&rsquo;s pension savings challenges, which are particularly acute for lower earners and the self-employed. Too many people are either saving too little or not saving at all which will create a significant financial issue at retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;However, the Interim Report also bucks the trend of received wisdom around the success of auto-enrolment and the benefits of pension freedoms. Millions of people are still sitting outside of the confines of auto enrolment, even those who are in a job, while many of those who are saving are not contributing adequately.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;There are concerning findings around how quickly people are rushing to access their pension and the proportion who are fully encashing their pot, leaving them vulnerable to running out of money later on in retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The Report suggests that there is significantly more work to be done across the pensions industry to provide innovative solutions for millions of people &ndash; especially lower earners and the self-employed &ndash; to bring them into the system and begin to support their pension saving journey.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;While increasing minimum automatic enrolment contribution rates will inevitably form part of the debate, this is unlikely to be a panacea given the current budgetary pressures facing many households. Encouragingly, there is already a broad package of reforms that have just been passed into Law which aim to deliver better value for money for pension savers as well as improving awareness, engagement and outcomes.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/news/britain-is-undersaving-for-retirement-warns-pensions-commission"><em>https://www.gov.uk/government/news/britain-is-undersaving-for-retirement-warns-pensions-commission</em></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-commission-findings-buck-received-wisdom-of-success-26666.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Stagflation Worries Rise As Job Data Shows Economy Cooling</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club </strong>&ldquo;Stagflation worries are stalking the UK as the latest data shows the labour market continuing to lose momentum, while conflict in the Middle East has fanned the flames of inflation. The jobs numbers show employers are becoming increasingly cautious about hiring amid a backdrop of sluggish growth, geopolitical uncertainty and increasing cost pressures.</p>

<p>The rise in unemployment from 4.9% to 5% adds to mounting evidence that cracks are beginning to widen in the labour market. Vacancies are also continuing their steady descent, falling again to 705,000, the lowest level since early 2021.</p>

<p>There&rsquo;s another warning sign coming from the employment data, with the early estimate for April showing the number of payrolled employees falling by 210,000 compared with a year earlier, alongside a monthly decline of 100,000. It appears businesses are becoming markedly more defensive as economic uncertainty intensifies.</p>

<p>Wage pressures have eased further, with regular pay growth slowing to 3.4%, down from 3.6% and well below the elevated post-pandemic highs. Ordinarily, private sector wage growth cooling towards 3% would be the kind of mood music likely to prompt expectations of interest rate cuts. But given the discordant notes on inflation right now, pressure is building for rates to stay higher for longer instead. Financial markets are still pricing in three rate hikes by the end of the year, with the possibility of another increase next year.</p>

<p>Wage growth is still only just inching ahead of inflation, and by a meagre amount. This is likely to keep spending subdued, particularly as households brace for more bill increases ahead. This is likely to keep a lid on discretionary purchases, with retailers and hospitality firms particularly vulnerable if consumers continue cutting back on bigger-ticket purchases and prioritising essentials.</p>

<p>The FTSE 100 is poised to open on the front foot in early trade, as hopes remain alive for further talks aimed at resolving the Middle East conflict.  President Trump has dialled down the rhetoric, reportedly calling off further strikes on Iran, following pressure from allies in the Gulf and this is leading to hopes that negotiations could resume again. The weaker labour market snapshot had largely been anticipated and is unlikely to prove a significant market mover. Investor sentiment is still likely to be driven by twists and turns in diplomatic efforts to calm tensions and secure a longer-term resolution. Until the Strait of Hormuz is fully reopened, inflation concerns are unlikely to meaningfully subside and are set to keep markets on edge.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/stagflation-worries-rise-as-job-data-shows-economy-cooling-26665.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Hard Rain  Building Climate Resilience Before The Storm</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>PIC argues that unless flood risk is managed in a way that supports development rather than deters it, England may not be able to deliver the homes, infrastructure, and urban regeneration it needs in some of the most economically productive parts of the country. Without reform, over time key areas of the country could go into terminal decline.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The warning is discussed in a new report, &lsquo;<a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/PIC-hard-rain-building-climate-resilience-before-storm 2026.pdf"><strong>Hard Rain: Building climate resilience before the storm</strong></a>&rsquo;, which is being launched at UK REiiF, the UK&rsquo;s real estate investment and infrastructure conference. The report cites examples including the Thames Barrier, and flood defences in Leeds and the Netherlands and sets out 17 policy recommendations aimed at helping the Government and institutional investors work together to fund flood resilience, unlock development, and protect communities. The recommendations include:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em><strong>Funding flood resilience and regeneration: </strong>extending Flood Re&rsquo;s mandate beyond 2039, ending VAT on remediation work on medium and high-risk zones, and adopting a Netherlands style risk-based1 standard to flood resilience. </em></div>

<div><em><strong>Utilising the new water regulator to support investment: </strong>implementing joint regulatory analysis with the Environment Agency and NISTA to identify key mitigation measures and using new reservoirs to increase flood resilience.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Developing policy mechanisms to encourage investment from private capital:</strong> implementing new Flooding Resilience Zones (&ldquo;FRZ&rdquo;) to grant more flexibility to local bodies to make choices on planning, applying a land value uplift charge within the FRZ to provide sustainable funding for flood defence.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Harnessing industry to boost flooding resilience by allowing developers to, for example:</strong> offset the flooding impact of their development through paying farmers to store water in their land when necessary; purchase credits to fund local flood defence works; or finance acts of mitigation by existing homeowners in the area.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Utilising local leaders to coordinate flood resilience work:</strong> enabling Mayoralties to utilise existing public and private funding to maximise investment in flood resilience measures in their area. </em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The challenge the UK faces is not a lack of capital to invest in flood resilience, but a lack of projects that remain viable once flood risk is properly accounted for. The report argues that, without reform, that viability gap could widen over time - but that a more coordinated approach could unlock a significant pipeline of projects.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The pension risk transfer (&ldquo;PRT&rdquo;) market, of which PIC is a leading player, is expected to take on up to &pound;600 billion of defined benefit pension scheme assets over the next decade, with around &pound;200 billion of this available for UK infrastructure investment, including flood resilience. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Hayley Rees, Managing Director of PIC Capital, said:</strong> &ldquo;England needs better infrastructure and more homes, but too often flood risk is treated as a reason not to invest rather than a problem to solve. If that continues, more places could become harder to develop, harder to insure and less attractive to private capital.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;This report shows there is another way. With the right policy changes, we could reduce risk, unlock private investment and help deliver the water, housing and regeneration projects communities need.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>PIC is a long-term investor in UK infrastructure, including the first UK reservoir to be built for 40 years and the Haweswater Aqueduct Resilience Programme. These types of assets provide the secure, long-term cashflows that match payments to PIC&rsquo;s policyholders over coming decades. PIC has invested &pound;15 billion in UK housing and infrastructure to date.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/PIC-hard-rain-building-climate-resilience-before-storm 2026.pdf"><strong>The full report is available here</strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/hard-rain--building-climate-resilience-before-the-storm-26667.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Schemes Risk Missing Data Complaint Rules Before Deadline</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The changes arise under the Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 (DUAA), which applies to all organisations acting as data controllers, including pension scheme trustees, and introduces new requirements around the handling of data protection complaints from members.</p>

<p>Under the new regime, schemes must ensure members are able to raise data protection complaints directly, that complaints are acknowledged within 30 days, and that they are handled appropriately and without undue delay. *</p>

<p><strong>Lauren Shipman, Trustee Executive, at ZEDRA Inside Pensions said:</strong> &ldquo;For many pension schemes, the work required to comply is relatively modest, typically involving updates to existing complaints procedures, privacy notices and governance documentation. However, there is concern that the changes may have gone under the radar for some schemes amid wider regulatory pressures and competing governance priorities, and that some may need to establish new documented complaints-handling processes. And although modest, this is important governance work that trustees cannot afford to overlook.</p>

<p>&ldquo;In instances where schemes have outsourced administration to third-party providers it&rsquo;s important to be satisfied that compliance is being appropriately managed. Ultimately, accountability rests with trustees, and this can create potential governance and oversight risks where responsibilities, procedures and reporting lines have not been clearly reviewed. Trustees should seek confirmation from their administrators, where applicable, on what changes have been made and whether governance arrangements remain compliant. If these issues are not addressed, it could increase the risk of complaints escalating to the Information Commissioner&rsquo;s Office (ICO), the Pensions Ombudsman, or broader governance scrutiny.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Shipman added:</strong> &ldquo;If complaints emerge later and trustees cannot evidence proper procedures, it could quickly open a can of worms from a governance and reputational perspective. With that in mind, trustees should now be using the remaining time before the rules take effect to review existing data complaints procedures, ensure member-facing privacy notices and governance documentation are updated where necessary, and confirm responsibilities with third-party administrators and processors.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/schemes-risk-missing-data-complaint-rules-before-deadline-26668.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Industry Comments On The Pensions Commission Report</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Pete Glancy, Head of Pension Policy at Scottish Widows, said: </strong>&ldquo;Auto-enrolment worked because it was bold, instead of tinkering around the edges. There's an urgent and pressing need to extend an auto-enrolment equivalent to the 96% of self-employed workers not currently saving into a pension. Pensions as we know them won't work for the self-employed &ndash; we need flexible products that sit alongside other savings and investments with a default 'opt-out' mechanism. The commission is right to look at supporting over 50s in the workforce, but half of those in poor health already face pension poverty. Extending working lives will require a joint effort between Government, employers and the healthcare sector to ensure that everyone is able to contribute to the economy whilst boosting their financial futures.&quot;</p>

<p><strong>Mark Futcher at Barnett Waddingham, part of Howden said:</strong> &ldquo;It's reassuring that the Pension Commission is focused on the right issues - but it now needs to put its foot on the pedal. Too much time has already been spent diagnosing the same problems, while lower earners, part-time workers and the self-employed continue to be left behind by the pensions system. And for everyday workers, our research highlights just how wide the gap between confidence and reality has become. While 65% of employees at medium-sized firms believe they&rsquo;ll retire comfortably, only 24% have set clear financial goals and 60% don&rsquo;t know where their pension is or what it holds - a clear sign that too many people are putting their retirement on autopilot and hoping it lands safely. With so much to tackle, there&rsquo;s a valid concern that not everything can be fixed overnight. Nevertheless, the Commission&rsquo;s final recommendations in 2027 cannot pull any punches. We can&rsquo;t keep staring at the same problems year after year - it&rsquo;s time for decisions that genuinely move the dial on retirement outcomes.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Andy Briggs, Standard Life CEO, comments:</strong> &ldquo;This report is in line with what we have been highlighting for years. Millions of people are not saving enough for retirement and the UK is edging ever closer to a pensions adequacy crisis. With only one in seven DC savers on track for a decent retirement, by 2040 the majority of DC savers are expected to retire with less than they expect or need. It is hard to see how any independent review could conclude that auto enrolment contributions set at 8 per cent are sufficient. While change cannot happen overnight, we should be setting a clear path towards increasing contribution rates to 12 per cent gradually over time. The report also touches on consolidation. The UK is an outlier among advanced economies in retaining a highly fragmented DC landscape. Consolidation improves member outcomes, and is not just a focus for system efficiency. It is about unlocking capability and larger schemes can invest to support infrastructure projects across the UK, and provide capital to growing companies while still meeting the primary duty to customers. Smaller schemes cannot do this consistently. Change needs to happen with urgency and at a much faster pace going forward. The longer we wait, the harder and more costly this becomes to fix.</p>

<p><strong>Ruari Grant, Head of Policy and External Affairs at TPT Retirement Solutions: </strong>This is an important moment for us to digest this key Commission report on adequacy, especially after a period where so much attention has been diverted to structural and investment matters. As the report notes, 40% of workers are under-saving for retirement: this is sobering and I hope it will lead to some bolder decision-making &ndash; in AE we have the foundations, but at current thresholds, outcomes will remain inadequate. Let&rsquo;s not forget, we&rsquo;ve now been waiting almost a decade for the AE review&rsquo;s recommendations to be implemented, and trends such as declining home-ownership and under-saving among the self-employed in retirement will only exacerbate the situation.The report&rsquo;s focus on decumulation is welcome, as adequacy doesn&rsquo;t simply rely on paying in enough &ndash; savers must also be able to access their money in a safe, simple and reliable manner without needing to understand all of the complex factors at play. The debate now has moved on: this is no longer about getting people to save, but ensuring the system they&rsquo;re saving into will actually deliver a decent retirement. We look forward to engaging further with the Commission, especially with regard to how collective DC may assist with some of its identified structural challenges.</p>

<p><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/news/britain-is-undersaving-for-retirement-warns-pensions-commission"><em>https://www.gov.uk/government/news/britain-is-undersaving-for-retirement-warns-pensions-commission</em></a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/industry-comments-on-the-pensions-commission-report-26669.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Urgent Action Needed To Tackle Pension Under Saving</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Paul Sweeting FIA C.Act, President at the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries (IFoA), said: </strong>The Pensions Commission&rsquo;s interim report delivers a clear urgent message: automatic enrolment has boosted participation, yet 15 million working-age adults are under-saving, risking inadequate retirement incomes. The IFoA strongly supports this assessment, which comes as no surprise. However, action to address this coming crisis is essential and overdue. The next phase of this work needs to address challenges set out in the report around contribution levels, risk-sharing, intergenerational fairness, and real-life disruptions. These often disproportionately impact the self-employed, low-earners and women dealing with career breaks for carers, maternity leave and moving from full time to part time work. It is important that, as with the Turner commission, industry, regulators and policy makers all engage to create a similar consensus to address the current under-saving by many. Through a multi-year effort the IFoA has analysed what pension gaps are, why they occur, and what can be done to help. This includes our most recent report containing recommendations on creating a pension system fit for the 21st century. This report is a timely wake up call. The IFoA is committed to working with the sector to bridge these gaps and build practical solutions. These include flexible auto enrolment, clear default decumulation pathways, and greater use of combined defined contribution (CDC) schemes for more stable outcomes, while protecting the pension system&rsquo;s core strengths. But there is no escaping the fact that to achieve adequate incomes in retirement, people need to save more.</p>

<p><strong>SPP President, Sophia Singleton, said: </strong>&ldquo;This interim report by the Pensions Commission is a welcome intervention, highlighting many of the most pressing challenges facing the UK pensions system. In particular, the Commission&rsquo;s report underscores the urgent need to boost savings for groups who are currently underserved including low earners, the self-employed and women. Many of the issues the Commission points to were previously identified in the SPP&rsquo;s own &lsquo;Saving Retirement&rsquo; paper in 2025. With broad consensus on the problems, we must now move from analysis to action. The SPP looks forward to continuing to work with the Commission as they prepare their final report, and with government, to implement the policy changes needed to improve pension outcomes for all.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Doug Brown, CEO of Insurance, Wealth and Retirement at Aviva, said: </strong>&ldquo;We welcome the Pensions Commission&rsquo;s findings and its focus on helping more people save for later life. Too many people are still not building enough retirement income - and our research found less than half of mid-retirees feel on track to make their pension last a lifetime. Auto-enrolment has been a real success, but reforms could help people save more and improve retirement outcomes. Setting a long-term roadmap for reform, including gradually increasing contributions, would be a big step towards a pensions system that better reflects how people live and work today.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/urgent-action-needed-to-tackle-pension-under-saving-26671.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Emerging Cyber Risks In The Pension Sector</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Dean Chapman,Senior Director, Lead Cyber Risk Consultant, WTW</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>As schemes become increasingly data-driven and interconnected, emerging cyber risks such as Artificial Intelligence (AI), Post-Quantum Risk (PQR) and the Pensions Dashboard Programme (PDP) are further shaping the risk landscape for the pension sector.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In response, trustees are being asked not simply to understand these risks, but to demonstrate effective governance, oversight and preparedness. One increasingly vital component of that considers the alignment of business continuity and cyber incident response arrangements &ndash; the cyber incident 'when, not if' mantra most certainly applies.</div>

<div>In this article, we will look to explore those emerging risks in a pensions context whilst also placing a spotlight on the importance of business continuity and cyber incident response planning, and crucially what these all mean for trustees and the sector.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Artificial intelligence: Opportunity with new governance challenges</strong></div>

<div>AI is increasingly embedded in the systems used by service providers across the pension sector &ndash; from automating administration tasks and customer interactions, to enhancing security monitoring and fraud detection. While this can improve efficiency and resilience, it raises important questions regarding governance and security for trustees.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>AI systems can introduce new dependencies, reduce trust and transparency around decision-making, whilst also increasing reliance on data quality and model integrity. Trustees do not need to understand how algorithms are built, but they do need assurance that AI-enabled processes are governed, tested and monitored appropriately by their providers. From a trustee perspective, the key questions are practical and outcome-focused:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Is AI being used in processes that could affect member data, benefit calculations or payments?</em></div>

<div><em>Are controls in place to prevent errors, bias or unintended data exposure?</em></div>

<div><em>Would the scheme know if an AI-enabled system failed or behaved unexpectedly during a cyber incident?</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>AI does not and will not remove trustee responsibility; it reinforces the need for clear oversight and structured governance.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Post-Quantum Risk: A long-term issue with near-term decisions</strong></div>

<div>Post-quantum risk refers to the future capability of quantum computers to break the cryptographic protections that currently secure data and systems. While this threat remains emerging rather than imminent, it is particularly relevant for pension schemes because of the long-lived nature of the data they hold and process.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Member data, benefit records and identity information often need to remain confidential for decades. How is that relevant? It means that data stolen today could potentially be decrypted in the future &ndash; an attack referred to as 'Harvest Now, Decrypt Later'. In the short-term, trustees must engage with their service providers in order to build confidence that they (service providers) are aware of this risk and are planning for future cryptographic change as part of their longer-term technology roadmaps.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Trustee governance in this area should focus on awareness and assurance rather than immediate remediation. A scheme does not need to rush into pushing their service providers for technical upgrades, but it should be satisfied that key providers are monitoring the risk, following industry standards and are well positioned to adapt when required or technologies evolve.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The Pensions Dashboard Programme: Visibility brings additional responsibility</strong></div>

<div>The Pensions Dashboard Programme (PDP) is one of the most significant structural changes to the pensions ecosystem in recent years. It increases data visibility, connectivity and access for members &ndash; but it also expands the cyber threat surface for schemes. A cyber incident affecting PDP connectivity &ndash; whether directly or via a service provider &ndash; could have reputational, regulatory and operational consequences.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Crucially, and while the PDP introduces new intermediaries and digital infrastructure, accountability for data accuracy, security and member outcomes will ultimately remain with the trustee, who must ensure that appropriate governance, assurance and incident readiness across all participating parties is established.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Why governance, not technology, is the trustee's primary lever</strong></div>

<div>Across all of these emerging risks, a common theme emerges; trustees will not be expected to design or monitor technical controls, but they will be expected to govern them &ndash; even indirectly where services are outsourced to a range of providers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Effective cyber risk management in pensions is less about tools and more about clarity of roles, governance decision-making and incident preparedness. Regulators increasingly expect trustees to demonstrate that cyber risk is understood, owned and integrated into wider scheme governance, rather than addressed in isolation. This is where the alignment of business continuity and cyber incident response becomes critical.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Business continuity and cyber incident response: Two sides of the same coin</strong></div>

<div>Historically, business continuity (BC) plans and cyber incident response (IR) plans have often been developed in isolation of each other. Are they the same thing? While they are related they are distinct &ndash; business continuity plans focus on maintaining operations, while the incident response plan on responding to cyber-attacks. In practice, a cyber incident is highly likely to trigger a business continuity event. For trustees, separation of these plans could create confusion at the worst possible moment. During a cyber incident, trustees may need to decide:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Can benefits continue to be paid, and how?</em></div>

<div><em>Which services and/or members should be prioritised?</em></div>

<div><em>What communications are required for members and regulators?</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>An aligned approach ensures that cyber incidents are treated as business-impacting events, not just technical failures or outages. Both BC and IR plans, designed to work as a single choreography, should clearly establish how trustees, scheme executives and advisers interact, how decisions are escalated and how accountability is recorded.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Trustee focus during an incident: Decision-making, not firefighting</strong></div>

<div>Trustees are not expected to manage incidents minute-by-minute, but they are expected to provide oversight, challenge and direction. Effective governance (of an ongoing incident) ensures that trustees can focus on strategic decisions rather than operational detail and a well-designed plan will allow trustees to:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Understand what has happened and what is known versus unknown</em></div>

<div><em>Confirm that member interests are being prioritised</em></div>

<div><em>Provide appropriate challenge on recovery options and communications</em></div>

<div><em>Evidence decisions taken under pressure</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Just as importantly, post-incident governance &ndash; including lessons learned and plan updates &ndash; demonstrates continuous improvement and regulatory maturity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Building confidence through assurance and testing</strong></div>

<div>One of the most effective ways for trustees to gain confidence is through regular assurance and scenario testing. Cyber simulations and continuity exercises allow trustees to explore their role in a safe environment, testing decision-making 'muscle memory' and identifying plan or procedural gaps before a real incident occurs. These exercises reinforce the principle that cyber preparedness is not a one-off activity, but an ongoing governance responsibility that evolves with the threat landscape.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Conclusion: Trustee leadership in a complex risk environment</strong></div>

<div>Emerging cyber risks are reshaping the pension landscape, but they're unlikely to fundamentally change the trustee's role. Trustees remain accountable for protecting members, ensuring continuity of critical services and meeting regulatory expectations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>What has changed is the complexity and interconnectedness of the risks involved. AI, post-quantum developments and PDP all introduce new dimensions of uncertainty, but they can be managed effectively through strong, trustee-led governance.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>By aligning business continuity and cyber incident response plans and processes, focusing on decision-making authority and maintaining visibility of emerging risks, trustees can demonstrate resilience, protect member outcomes and meet their duties with confidence.</div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/emerging-cyber-risks-in-the-pension-sector-26659.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Zedra Appoints Dan Whincup As Client Director</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Kim Nash, Managing Director, at Zedra, commented:</strong> &ldquo;We are seeing sustained demand for independent trustee services as schemes place greater emphasis on experienced support, long-term partnerships and trusted decision-making that delivers better member outcomes. There is also a growing preference for partners who can bring insight from across a wide range of arrangements. Our work at Zedra spans a broad mix of schemes across sizes and types. This breadth and depth of experience gives us a perspective that sets us apart, allowing us to apply insight from across the market to help inform better outcomes for employers, schemes and members.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Dan brings extensive experience from senior leadership roles across the pensions industry, particularly in relation to member experience. His background gives him a well-rounded perspective on scheme oversight, member outcomes and trustee decision-making adding further strength to our collective expertise and further enhancing our ability to support clients in an evolving market.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Dan Whincup added:</strong> &ldquo;Member outcomes have always been central to my approach, with a focus on improving engagement, retirement outcomes and the overall pension experience. So for me, it was important to join an organisation where members genuinely sit at the heart of everything. Zedra stood out in that respect. They also combine the scale, expertise and resources to support schemes of all sizes and needs, with a genuinely personal culture where relationships truly matter. That balance, alongside its award-winning reputation for innovation, made it a strong cultural fit. I&rsquo;m looking forward to contributing to such a forward-thinking team.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Dan joins Zedra after spending 11 years as part of the in-house senior leadership team at Coal Pension Trustees, supporting the Trustees of the two of the UK&rsquo;s largest and most complex schemes - the Mineworkers Pension Scheme and the British Coal Staff Superannuation Scheme. His responsibilities as Chief Pensions Officer included leading strategic funding, investment collaboration, secretariat services, pension administration and member communication. Prior to that he spent 14 years as an actuarial consultant at PwC, Willis Towers Watson and Mercer.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/zedra-appoints-dan-whincup-as-client-director-26660.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Perspectives  The Game Changed  Think  Act  Invest</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen="" frameborder="0" height="315" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/wOtyrH8IZh8?si=RBmbi2wndHsnzZci" title="YouTube video player" width="340"></iframe></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-perspectives--the-game-changed--think--act--invest-26663.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions 2030 Ready  From Commitment  To Deployment</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/PensionsUK 2030 ready - 2026.pdf"><strong>&lsquo;From commitment to deployment: Scaling pension fund investment in the UK economy&rsquo;</strong></a>, marks the next stage of Pensions UK&rsquo;s powering pensions work programme, with a focus on how to mobilise pension capital at scale through investable structures, better coordination across public bodies and a regulatory environment that supports long-term value.</p>

<p>UK pension schemes already invest an estimated &pound;1 trillion in the UK across gilts, equities, credit and alternatives. But further growth-focused investment that works for savers can only happen if the system can deliver more pension-grade opportunities, with clear routes to market and appropriate risk-return prospects.</p>

<p>Drawing on evidence from across the pensions landscape, the report maps the UK pension investment system, evaluates four key public finance institutions &mdash; the British Business Bank, the National Wealth Fund, Homes England and Great British Energy &mdash; and shares case studies from the private sector showing what successful UK investment can look like in practice.</p>

<p>The report is being published a year on from the signing of the Mansion House Accord, a voluntary commitment by 17 of the UK&rsquo;s largest pension providers which would increase overall investment in unlisted assets, both in the UK and globally. As part of that Accord, Government committed to help build a pipeline of investable opportunities. This report shows there is more work to do.</p>

<p>Key findings</p>

<p><strong>The system remains fragmented </strong>&ndash; despite significant policy activity, pension schemes still face a complex landscape with unclear coordination, accountability and engagement routes to investing in UK growth assets.</p>

<p><strong>Public finance institutions are at different stages of readiness</strong> &ndash; the British Business Bank has made the most tangible progress to date in creating an investable route (including through the British Growth Partnership). While other institutions show willingness, there is more work to do and Pensions UK stands ready to support this.</p>

<p><strong>There are successful Private Finance Initiatives that provide lessons </strong>&ndash; The report highlights successful case studies which showcase the structures and vehicles that work for pension schemes.</p>

<p><strong>Barriers are practical and solvable </strong>&ndash; Pensions UK members cite insufficient risk-adjusted returns, a lack of suitable opportunities and policy uncertainty as key barriers. Improved pipeline visibility, risk-sharing, and value-focused regulation can unlock further allocations.</p>

<p>The report is accompanied by a separate call to action for Government, regulators, public finance institutions and the pensions industry. It calls for clearer end-to-end pathways that connect pension capital to investable UK opportunities, supported by coordinated Government action, institutions that can bring scalable vehicles to market, and regulation that enables long-term investment decisions focused on value as well as cost.</p>

<p><strong>Zoe Alexander, Executive Director of Policy and Advocacy at Pensions UK, said:</strong> &ldquo;Pension schemes are already major investors in the UK, supporting economic growth &ndash; but more practical, co-ordinated action by Government and agencies is needed to support their efforts to keep scaling those investments. Schemes need a diverse range of investable routes that are consistent with fiduciary duty, and deliver good outcomes for savers.  </p>

<p>&ldquo;A year on from the delivery of the Mansion House Accord, this report sets out the practical steps needed so that public finance institutions, regulators and industry can work together to connect long-term pension capital with a clearer, more investable pipeline of UK opportunities.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-2030-ready--from-commitment--to-deployment-26657.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Core Data Record V3 3 Launched Supporting Treaty Reinsurance</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The scope of the current CDR v3.2 covers open market reinsurance and facultative reinsurance. The new v3.3 placing CDR provides for both proportional (quota share, surplus) and non-proportional treaty business (excess of loss, stop loss). The updated CDR v3.3 can be found in the LIMOSS Market Business Glossary (MBG): <a href="https://limoss.london/mbg">https://limoss.london/mbg</a> NB: It should be noted that the new version also accommodates minor changes to previously published V3.2 version.</p>

<p><strong>Joe Brace, Member of the Data Council and Operations Director of the Lloyd&rsquo;s Market Association (LMA), commented:</strong> &ldquo;The delivery of the Treaty extensions to the placing CDR is another big step forward in the market&rsquo;s progress towards full implementation of the CDR across all placement types. My thanks go to all parties who participated in our consultation, and the Treaty CDR working group, for their input and hard work in delivering this for the market. It is imperative that we as a market buy into the importance of quality data, collected as early as possible in the process. Core principles like the CDR, MRC and alignment with ACORD standards are foundational to the future of insurance as a digitally traded business.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Kirstin Duffield, Chair of the CDR working groups on behalf of the LMA, and CEO of Morning Data, part of Verisk, said:</strong> &quot;We are in the process of incorporating feedback on the Claims CDR, following a market consultation that closed at the beginning of the year. Work is also in flight to extend the placing CDR to cover the Agreement of Delegation for Binders, Lineslips, and Digital Platform contracts. The results of this will be published later this year, and will align closely with the work on the CBAA [Computable Binding Authority Agreement].&quot;</p>

<p><strong>Troy Hughes, Chair of the Ruschlikon Placing Steering Committee and Global Director of eCommerce at Aon, said:</strong> &quot;Expanding the CDR to include treaty reinsurance in alignment with the ACORD standard is a significant milestone. As digital trading of placing information accelerates across the industry, this enhancement to the CDR will help all parties involved advance this strategic initiative more effectively.&quot;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/core-data-record-v3-3-launched-supporting-treaty-reinsurance-26664.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Dwp Report Highlights Gender Pensions Gap</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Kelly Parsons, Head of DC Proposition at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &ldquo;The DWP&rsquo;s research highlights the growing challenge around pension adequacy in the UK and the extent to which retirement outcomes are still heavily shaped by people&rsquo;s working lives. The report shows that people with more disrupted employment patterns, lower earnings and caring responsibilities are significantly more likely to face poorer retirement incomes, with women particularly exposed to these risks.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;It underlines how periods spent out of the workforce caring for children or relatives can have a lasting impact on long-term pension saving. For example, there is a significant widening of the gender gap in pension contributions upon the birth of a first child &ndash; a divide which continues to increase over the consequent years.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;This is reflected in the stark disparities in pension wealth emerging as people approach retirement. According to the Pensions Commission, women nearing retirement currently have around half the private pension savings of men, with median pension wealth of &pound;81,000 compared to &pound;156,000 for men.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Women are more likely to experience interrupted career paths, part-time working and lower lifetime earnings and, as a result, are more likely to reach later life with lower levels of private pension income and greater reliance on the State Pension or the income of their partner.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The report also reinforces broader concerns around adequacy, with many people approaching retirement lacking confidence that they will achieve the standard of living they expect in later life. While automatic enrolment has transformed pension participation, contribution levels remain too low for many savers, especially those with interrupted or lower-paid careers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;It is encouraging that the Pensions Commission looks set to focus on how government can reduce the gender pension gap as part of its wider review into the future of the retirement system. This demonstrates why pension policy cannot be separated from wider labour market inequalities. Without further action to support carers, lower earners and people with non-linear careers, there is a real danger that today&rsquo;s working patterns continue to translate into entrenched financial inequalities in retirement.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/life-courses-and-pension-saving-patterns/life-courses-and-pension-saving-patterns#executive-summary"><em>https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/life-courses-and-pension-saving-patterns/life-courses-and-pension-saving-patterns#executive-summary</em></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/dwp-report-highlights-gender-pensions-gap-26662.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Political Drama Collides With Energy Price Worries</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;There&rsquo;s a downbeat mood at the start of the week as worries about a global energy crunch collide with fresh instability on the UK political scene. The FTSE 100 has opened on the back foot and has struggled to gain ground, with little sign of optimism to provide any lift from its recent doldrums. Sentiment is also being dragged lower by signs of weakness in China as retail sales slowed sharply in April and industrial production also decelerated. This snapshot of slower demand in the world&rsquo;s second-largest economy is weighing down mining stocks.</p>

<p>Brent crude, the benchmark, has raced above $111 a barrel, as fears of a fresh escalation in the Iran conflict take hold. Hopes of any kind of fast resolution have faded as Tehran and Washington appear poles apart in their demands. There had been some expectation that talks in China between Trump and Xi Jinping might help prompt a breakthrough, but that has not materialised.</p>

<p>In the meantime, an attack on a nuclear power plant in the UAE has caused a fresh wave of worry. The ceasefire is falling apart at the seams, and nerves are frayed. A US waiver, which had enabled the temporary purchase of stranded Russian seaborne crude oil, has also expired, which further limits global supplies of oil. Rising crude prices, though, are a boon for listed energy giants, with BP and Shell gaining from fears of ongoing geopolitical fracture.</p>

<p>Amid these heightened global tensions, the Downing Street drama is adding to the unpredictability. At a time when the UK needs stability and a doubling down on efforts to attract investment, it&rsquo;s having the opposite effect. Fears that the energy crunch would set off an inflation surge had already rattled bond markets.</p>

<p>At a time when the UK needs stability and a doubling down on efforts to attract investment, it&rsquo;s having the opposite effect. Gilt investors are the canaries in Labour&rsquo;s coalmine, demonstrating the increased wariness with which the UK is being viewed. The recent sell-off in UK government debt has spiked yields, which is set to increase the amount the government has to pay in interest and will therefore act as a fresh squeeze on government spending. The yield on 10-year gilts remains highly elevated, edging towards 5.2%  - highs not seen for 18 years, while longer-dated debt has also sold off heavily, with 30-year gilt yields at 5.86%, levels last reached in January 1998.</p>

<p>So, just at a time when Starmer&rsquo;s challengers are calling for higher spending, and companies are crying out for tax relief, the political debacle is making both increasingly impossible. Labour&rsquo;s leadership league is now dominating the airwaves, filling the gap left by Eurovision. The suited and booted contenders are chasing the Downing Street glitterball, but risk trampling chances of growth in their pursuit.</p>

<p>Anglo American is shape-shifting again, shedding its steelmaking coal business in Australia. This is part of its transformation from a sprawling diversified resources group into a far more focused copper and iron ore producer. Its sale to privately held UK company Dhilmar involves an upfront payment of US$2.3 billion on completion and a price-linked earnout worth up to US$1.575 billion over five years. This not only strengthens the balance sheet, ahead of its planned merger with Canada&rsquo;s Teck Resources, but also keeps it exposed to future strength in coal prices. So while it&rsquo;s exiting what&rsquo;s viewed as a non-core business, it&rsquo;s still set to capture returns from a volatile but important market for global steel production. Anglo is spinning plates here but at different speeds. It&rsquo;s still rapidly pursuing copper and iron ore, which are seen as long-term structural growth drivers, but this deal will give it extra flexibility and ongoing revenues from coal, at a time when Anglo is facing highly capital-intensive projects expanding copper production.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/political-drama-collides-with-energy-price-worries-26658.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Six Costly Inheritance Tax Mistakes Families Must Avoid</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Ian Dyall, Head of Estate Planning at wealth management firm Evelyn Partners, comments: </strong>&lsquo;It is often said that inheritance tax is hated by the many and paid by the few, but the few have been growing in number and facing bigger bills - and a step-change is on the horizon. The taxing of unused pension assets at death from April 2027, together with the long-term freeze on nil-rate bands (NRBs) and gifting exemptions, mean that even more families will be drawn into paying this contentious levy, and also that more assets within liable estates will become taxable.</p>

<div>&lsquo;IHT liabilities are expected to soar 67 per cent by 2030/31, and we are seeing among our clients a lot of concern about their beneficiaries being landed with large IHT bills, especially with the cap on business reliefs this year and looking forward to pensions being taxed. That must reflect the growing worries of families more widely across the UK.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;More people are becoming aware of the IHT risk hanging over the carefully saved assets they hope to leave to their loved ones, but the danger is that in trying to side-step IHT, they come a bit of a cropper. Because the rules around IHT can be difficult and confusing, we would always recommend that anyone who thinks their estate faces a substantial IHT bill - or has a complex range of assets or distinct family circumstances - seeks professional advice before they start making any big moves.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;We see a lot of mistakes made by people who have not thought about IHT or tried to take DIY steps to mitigate a future IHT bill. Hopefully, this list will help raise awareness of some of the pitfalls around IHT, and the passing on of wealth during lifetime or at death.&rsquo; <br />
<br />
<strong>1. Failing to make or update Wills properly</strong><br />
Dyall says: &lsquo;It is essential to review and update Wills and Trusts regularly, particularly after major life events such as divorce, marriage, or the death of a beneficiary. Failing to do so can result in assets passing to unintended beneficiaries and may also create unnecessary tax liabilities.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;If you don&rsquo;t have a Will then making one can be a big step in establishing financial security and peace of mind for your family. It can prevent unnecessary stress and even disputes for the administrators and beneficiaries of an estate and could save them having to pay unnecessary IHT bills. Those who have complex affairs should get their solicitor to work closely with a good financial planner.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Having Wills in place is especially crucial for unmarried couples in long-term relationships - as the intestacy rules could lead to an unwelcome distribution of assets at death - and for blended families where uncertainty and misunderstanding can arise. Where the family home is not jointly owned, that could also create issues at death, and couples should consider how their property is owned at the same time as looking at Wills. (See point 5 below.)<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Even where Wills are in place, and especially if they were made some time ago, make sure that they still do what you want them to, and that new tax rules do not require a rethink. Lots of Wills made a long time ago but currently in place won&rsquo;t take account of the significant changes to IHT in recent years.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;The introduction of the residential NRB in 2016 is still catching people out because it only applies if a home is left to a direct descendant such as a child or grandchild. The rules can extend this definition to step-children, adopted and even fostered children, for instance, but it&rsquo;s evident that care needs to be taken in drawing up Wills and Trusts so that the &pound;175,000 RNRB is used effectively.<br />
<br />
The value of each spouse&rsquo;s estate is also important to consider, because if either spouse is worth over &pound;2m on their death, their nil-rate band will be tapered away and cannot be used, or transferred to their surviving spouse.  If all the assets are in one spouse&rsquo;s name, rearranging the assets may lead to a tax saving of up to &pound;140,000.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;For families who own businesses, the recent cap on business and agricultural property relief, which has been in effect since the start of this financial year in April, could demand a major rethink of how business assets are left at death in order to take most advantage of the available reliefs.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Another note on paperwork: pension savers should check the expression of wishes, or death benefit nomination, they have made on their workplace and personal pensions. With the inclusion of unused pension assets in IHT calculations from next April, the spousal exemption will be the only way to protect these savings from IHT. So in many cases it will make sense - from an IHT perspective at least &ndash; to have the spouse as the nominated beneficiary rather than children.&rsquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>2. Over- and under-estimating IHT &ndash; and forgetting your own needs</strong><br />
Dyall says: &lsquo;Before anyone starts giving money away with an eye on reducing or eliminating a future IHT bill, they should do their homework or take advice on what allowances and exemptions they are entitled to, as their potential IHT liability might not be as great as feared.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Also, fundamentally, they need to be comfortable that they can afford to give assets away without jeopardising their own future financial security. It is important that retirees make sure their own needs and desires are catered for before distributing their wealth. This can be a tricky calculation, and our clients value the clarity that professional cash-flow modelling can provide in showing the future impact on retirement income of gifting.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;They should also make sure that, in an effort to mitigate IHT, they are not paying excess tax by gifting - for instance if they face higher income tax on pension withdrawals or capital gains tax on selling investments.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Post-death, valuation issues can become paramount. The number of investigations by HM Revenue & Customs has increased recently, with a focus on undervaluation of high-value assets, particularly property. So personal representatives need to be more careful than ever that their IHT calculations are based on a reasonably accurate estimate of the estate&rsquo;s value. For instance, for a property, seek two independent valuations.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;When calculating the value of the estate it is normally the open market value on the date of death, net of any debts, that should be used.  Most debts &ndash; including outstanding mortgages - are deductible for IHT purposes provided they are repaid on death. If the value of listed shares or property reduces whilst the estate is being administered, then relief against IHT can be claimed on the reduced value - within 12 months for shares and three years for property.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Gifts can also cause issues at the valuation stage as personal representatives need to consider the impact of any outright gifts or transfers to Trust in the seven years prior to death, and records are not always complete. These gifts will be deducted from the NRB allowance (&pound;325,000 for each individual), leading potentially to a higher IHT liability on the rest of the estate. If the gifts in the last seven years exceed the NRB, then the recipients of the later gifts may have a liability on what they received.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;One final complication that can catch out personal representatives, and lead them to underestimate IHT, is the RNRB taper. This reduces the RNRB allowance by &pound;1 for every &pound;2 if the net value of an estate exceeds &pound;2 million. This tapering reduces the available RNRB to zero for individuals with estates worth over &pound;2.35 million, or &pound;2.7 million for couples with brought-forward allowances.&rsquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>3. Gifting blunders: Reserving benefits and not keeping records</strong><br />
Dyall says: &lsquo;Gifting is probably the area where casual efforts to reduce an IHT liability without taking professional advice most often backfire. There is considerable confusion over the rules, which admittedly are complex.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Many people believe that they can solve their IHT liability simply by putting the family home in their children&rsquo;s name and continuing to live in it as they did before. If they do that, the property will never leave their estate for IHT purposes, and its value will be subject to 40 per cent IHT on their death. Unfortunately, for capital gains tax purposes the children will be seen as the owners and any gains made between when it was gifted to them and when they sell it will be subject to CGT of up to 24 per cent for higher and additional rate taxpayers.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;To make the gift of the property effective in reducing their IHT liability they will either need to move out or pay a market rent to their children, and the children would then be liable to income tax on the rent. If your children live with you, it is possible to give them a reasonable share of the property (not all of it) and provided you pay at least your share of the running costs, the gift should reduce your IHT liability. However, for both parent and child, this is not often a realistic or palatable option for simply mitigating tax.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;If you gift cash or assets (above the quite limited annual gifting exemptions) it is usually treated as a &ldquo;potentially exempt transfer&rdquo; (PET) and, provided you live for seven years after making the gift, it will no longer form part of your estate, and so be clear of IHT. However, if you continue to use the asset, or the gift can be taken back if you choose to do so, then HMRC will deem there to be a &ldquo;reservation of benefit&rdquo; and the gift will continue to form part of your estate indefinitely. It is possible to make the gift effective by paying for the use of it, but it must be at the market rate rather than a nominal payment.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Some people have tried to avoid the rule by selling their home, giving the money to the children to buy a new home which the parents then live in. This potentially may avoid the reservation of benefit rules, as the parents never owned the new home, but if it does it is likely to be caught by another piece of anti-avoidance legislation called POAT (pre-owned asset tax).<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Most people who fall foul of the legislation are simply oblivious of the rule that you cannot continue to benefit from an asset you have given away. It doesn&rsquo;t just apply to property: assets gifted but held in Trust could still be subject to IHT if the donor (gifter) is named in the Trust as a potential beneficiary, as that constitutes a reservation of benefit.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Finally, anyone gifting with an eye on mitigating IHT should keep good records showing the date and value of gifts, and who received them &ndash; not least because this will make life a lot easier for their personal representatives. This is especially the case with more complex gifting strategies like the &ldquo;normal expenditure out of income&rdquo; exemption which is sometimes used by grandparents paying private school fees.&rsquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>4. Confusion over &lsquo;potentially exempt transfers&rsquo; and taper relief</strong><br />
Dyall says: &lsquo;Taper relief for gifts made within the seven-year period of a PET is not quite as straightforward, or generous, as it may sound.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;A common misconception is that taper relief automatically reduces the tax bill on any gift if the donor survives for three to seven years, under PET rules. Taper relief only applies to the portion of gifts that exceed the available NRB. If cumulative lifetime gifts, over the last 7 years, remain within the NRB, taper relief does not apply.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Additionally, when calculating IHT, gifts made within seven years of death are deducted from the NRB first, which can reduce the allowance available to offset the rest of the estate.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;If the gifts put together exceed the NRB then taper relief can apply, which reduces the tax paid on older gifts. If there were three-to-four years between date of gift and death, the IHT rate lowers to 32 per cent, while at six-to-seven years the rate falls to just 8 per cent. All of which means that large gifts exceeding the NRB can moderate IHT liability even if the donor does not survive for seven years.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;All this means that some donors casually assume that any gift will be entitled to tapered relief - this is not the case. Plus, PETs and failed gifts can leave a surprise for beneficiaries who find that they owe tax on it if the donor does die within seven years. If a gift above the NRBs does become liable for IHT, it is the recipient who will have to pay the bill, and even though they might get taper relief, they may not have the resources to meet the tax bill, possibly having spent the money.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;If a gift is below the NRBs, and the donor dies within seven years, then all the beneficiaries of the estate could share the liability on the lifetime gift received by one person, which could cause friction.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;So, when making sizeable gifts to multiple children, try to ensure that they receive the gifts on the same day &ndash; which could well be Christmas Day or thereabouts. This is because gifts use exemptions and allowances in the order they are made, so if they are made on different days to different children, the earlier gifts get the benefits of all the allowances and the later gifts suffer the tax.&rsquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>5. Forgetting you&rsquo;re not married...</strong><br />
Ian says, &lsquo;Long-term, unmarried co-habitees can suffer some really unwelcome consequences if one of them dies before they have given proper thought to the IHT rules. They do not have the privilege of the spousal exemption - or the spousal transfer of the NRB or RNRB* - and therefore their only protection against IHT is a single person&rsquo;s &pound;325,000 NRB. Where valuable homes are concerned this can cause real problems.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;The worst situation is where the home is in the name solely of the deceased, which means the whole value will be included in the estate. For a fully paid-up &pound;1m property that will mean the surviving partner will have to find a minimum (before any other assets are considered) of &pound;270,000 to pay the IHT bill &ndash; 40 per cent of &pound;675,000. It is not uncommon for the surviving partner to be forced into selling the home in these circumstances.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Even where the home is jointly owned, a co-habiting couple might not realise that &ndash; as they are unmarried - the share of the property that is left to the surviving partner will deplete or wipe out their NRB on its own, leaving all other assets exposed to IHT.<br />
<br />
'Marriage and civil partnership have certain tax benefits in the UK, but the spousal exemption from IHT at death is probably the most powerful, and that will be even more valuable when unused pension assets fall into the IHT net next year. The only way to keep pensions free of IHT with any certainty will be to leave them to a spouse or civil partner. <br />
<br />
&lsquo;Our financial planners have certainly been having more discussions around marriage or civil partnership with older clients in long-term relationships since the October 2024 Budget.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;In the case of some elderly couples, you can almost say the biggest IHT blunder would be not getting married or entering a civil partnership. Even if the first partner to die wants to leave some assets to children, they will have more NRB to protect this part of the estate if none is used for the assets left to their partner.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Of course, the IHT problem might arise further down the line when the surviving spouse dies. While possibly benefitting from two sets of NRBs, their remaining wealth could be inflated by the pension assets from the first death, potentially increasing IHT liability for their children or other beneficiaries &ndash; especially if they die soon after their spouse.&rsquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>6. Messing up insurance</strong><br />
Ian continues: &lsquo;Expanding IHT liabilities are driving more families to take out insurance against a future tax bill, so it does not become a burden to their beneficiaries.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Good estate planning can effectively hold back the incoming tide of death duties, with the use of reliefs, gifting and Trusts combining to put an effective IHT strategy in place. But as the screw is being turned on reliefs and exemptions, more families and their advisers are now reaching for the security of insuring against the IHT liability, which could for instance prevent the forced sale of the family home.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;That said, premiums for whole-of-life cover can be high and will not be suitable in every case, but even those who would benefit from insurance can make costly errors in arranging a policy. It is essential to choose the right policy and, importantly, to put it into Trust so that the payout itself does not form part of the taxable estate.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;In practical terms, the most common way insurance is used to mitigate IHT is through a whole-of-life policy written in Trust. The cover is designed to match the expected IHT exposure after reliefs and exemptions, and is often used alongside steps to reduce a liability, such as lifetime gifting.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Premiums are paid during lifetime, and because the policy pays out on death whenever that occurs, the family has the security of knowing that funds will be available to pay the tax bill when it arises, preventing any forced sale of assets. The policy should be written in Trust so that the payout sits outside the estate and does not itself increase the tax liability.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;If you are married or in a civil partnership, then a &ldquo;joint life, second death&rdquo; policy is usually best. Both lives are insured, but because assets pass free of IHT between spouses at first death, the policy only pays out to beneficiaries on the second death. So, there&rsquo;s obviously a number of potential mis-steps for those arranging insurance on a &ldquo;DIY&rdquo; basis.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;It is also important to note that whole of life comes in two forms, guaranteed and reviewable. With guaranteed policies, the premium you pay at outset never changes, so if you pay that premium until death, the sum assured will pay out. With reviewable policies the insurer will re-evaluate the holder&rsquo;s situation in the future, and at that point you may get asked to pay more to maintain the same sum assured or have the sum assured reduced.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Guaranteed policies are more expensive but, especially with the support of cash-flow modelling, the holder should know that they have both the current and future financial legroom to afford the premiums. In contrast, we have seen some reviewable policies where the premiums have gone up sixfold.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;It&rsquo;s worth noting that a major benefit of having life insurance in place to cover an IHT bill is that it should pay out quickly after death and be available before probate is granted, making life a lot easier for executors and less stressful for family. The six-months-from-death IHT deadline will become more challenging and stressful for personal representatives when they have to deal with &ndash; potentially more than one - pension schemes from next April.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;That now adds further appeal to the idea of having a life policy in place, and even more importance on getting it right!&rsquo;<br />
<br />
* If they have children then they could benefit from the RNRB if they leave their share of the home to the children, but if they leave it to their partner then their RNRB will not transfer and is wasted.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/six-costly-inheritance-tax-mistakes-families-must-avoid-26661.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Longer Working Lives Require More Flexible Pension Support</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Dale Critchley, Workplace Policy Manager, Aviva</strong></u></p>

<p>An annuity equivalent to the state pension and simply linked to the retail prices index would cost in the region of &pound;225,000. The state pension forms the bedrock of many retirement plans, making giving up work affordable for some and making a valuable contribution to the incomes of many more.</p>

<p>While these changes have been signalled for a while it&rsquo;s worthwhile considering what they mean for the retirement options offered by pension schemes.    </p>

<p>Many people will have an aspiration to stop working earlier than age 67, for others, cutting down hours may become a necessity driven by changes in their health or the demands of their job. There is a significant difference in healthy life expectancy across the country, from the lowest in Blackpool at just 52.3 years&rsquo; old on average, to the highest in Wokingham where the average person remains healthy until age 70.2 years. Within every workforce there will be those for whom working full time right up until state pension age is no problem, while for others it&rsquo;s simply not an option. </p>

<p>This is where the flexibility of defined contribution pension saving can be incredibly valuable. Being able to access part of a pension or set up a private pension income that reduces once state pension becomes payable is not only helpful for those who have a plan to retire in their 50&rsquo;s or early 60&rsquo;s. Flexibility can be a real help for those who find they need their pension income earlier, or who want to continue to work but work fewer hours, with an income top up from their pension. It can also be helpful for those who want to defer their pension and work past state pension age, enabling them to pay down debt for example, without taking a pension income that they have no need of.  </p>

<p>As people age, differences between individuals tend to widen. Health outcomes diverge, levels of savings and other sources of income differ, family responsibilities, caring commitments and personal priorities also change over time. All of this means that retirement is less a single event and more a personal journey that may involve adjustments and unplanned decisions along the way.</p>

<p>Ideally, everyone would have access to some form of financial advice when they take their pension.  The advent of targeted support may provide an opportunity to deliver valuable guidance at scale, helping people to better understand their options and make more informed decisions about their retirement income.  </p>

<p>The government are looking to simplify things through the provision of default retirement solutions that are suitable for different cohorts of members.</p>

<p>For this intervention to be a success we will need to focus on both the design of the income solutions and the journey that takes savers to a solution that meets their needs.  To succeed, it&rsquo;s important to recognise the need for solutions that help savers have the income they want, when they want it, that deliver good value to all, and which consider people&rsquo;s retirement needs and circumstances.</p>

<p>As state pension age rises, individual retirement income needs will inevitably become more diverse. Defined contribution pension schemes already have the capability to deliver the right solutions &ndash; the question is whether schemes fully embrace flexibility as a strength and design retirement income solutions that reflect the varied realities of working lives today and in the future.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/longer-working-lives-require-more-flexible-pension-support-26655.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 15 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Markets In Downbeat Mood As China Summit Sparks More Worry</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;There&rsquo;s a downbeat feel around at the end of the week as big problems crowd in, without resolutions in sight. London&rsquo;s FTSE 100 is on the slide after falls in indices in Asia as geopolitical concerns collide with Westminster worries. There had been hopes that the US-China summit would be a catalyst for a breakthrough in the Iran standoff or in trade relations. However, the meeting between Xi Jinping and Donald Trump was big on warm words and symbolism but not outcomes. Instead of reassurance, the Chinese premier&rsquo;s focus on Taiwan, warning missteps between the two superpowers could create clashes and conflicts, has caused nervousness about fresh geopolitical fractures looming. With diplomatic efforts aimed at resolving the Middle East conflict in limbo, fresh uncertainty has flooded in. Oil prices have risen further, with Brent crude trading above $107 a barrel, keeping inflationary concerns alight.</p>

<p>In the UK, the immediate shock of the political crisis has receded, but it&rsquo;s still clinging on like a damp squib and weakening sentiment. With Andy Burnham, the Mayor of Manchester attempting to barrel his way into Number 10 via a by-election, it's set off another wave of worry about political instability. Sterling has dropped and UK borrowing costs are on the rise again. After receding yesterday 10-year gilt yields have marched higher, back above 5.1%. Burnham's big hurdle of course is winning the by-election and so this leadership race looks set to be long and cumbersome. Another bout of political infighting, with yet another Prime Ministerial shuffle underway is hardly a good look for a country which needs to portray stability to attract investment. </p>

<p>The pound is feeling the pain, amid the pile-on of uncertainty about the UK&rsquo;s political future. It&rsquo;s weakened to trade around the lowest level in more than a month, at $1.33, and has also slipped against the euro. This fall in sterling is set to make British companies more attractive takeover targets. Already, plenty of UK-listed firms are considered to be vulnerable, given the valuation gap relative to the US and, to some extent, European peers. This cracked open after Brexit and risks widening further, amid the unpredictability. There&rsquo;s a raft of bids currently on the table for prime parts of the market, in particular Tate and Lyle, which is currently considering a &pound;2.7 billion offer from Illinois-based Ingredion. If volatility spirals out into further pressure on UK-listed firms, particularly in the mid-cap space, it could spur on another raft of deal-making.</p>

<p>This may prompt a switch in focus for investors into opportunities in the private market. With more companies being snapped up by bigger players, and growing firms staying private for longer before even entering the public space, private markets are where prospects look increasingly more interesting.</p>

<p>Some of the brightest stars spend years being private and may never go through a conventional stock market listing. Of the 159,000 companies globally that generate more than $100 million in revenues, just 19,000 are listed. With more companies staying private for longer, individual investors now have a greater opportunity to share in their success.</p>

<p>Diversification is, as always, crucial. Liquidity in private markets is constrained, valuations can be less transparent and there&rsquo;s always a risk of arriving late to a cycle that institutional money has already benefited from. So, with more complexity comes more risk, but with the number of listed companies shrinking, the recent opening up of private market opportunities to more retail investors does offer greater choice and opportunity.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/markets-in-downbeat-mood-as-china-summit-sparks-more-worry-26654.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 15 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>100 000 More Pensions Cashed In Full Each Year Since 2018</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Withdrawing a pension in full can trigger unexpectedly large tax bills. Because the withdrawal is treated as income, it can push savers into a higher tax bracket in a single year. This means a significant portion of their retirement pot may end up going straight to the taxman.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The rise in people cashing in their pensions also comes as policymakers warn the UK faces a growing retirement savings gap. If more people are cashing their pensions in full, it suggests that increasingly the amount people have saved at the point of retirement simply isn&rsquo;t big enough to offer meaningful income via drawdown.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>By pot size, more than 300,000 pension pots withdrawn in full in 2024-25 were worth less than &pound;10,000, and a further 112,526 were worth between &pound;10,000 and &pound;29,000.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Ad hoc withdrawals have also increased. The number of pension plans from which an ad hoc partial withdrawal was made in 2018-19 was 163,335. In 2024-25, this had reached 328,419 &ndash; marking a 101% increase. These types of withdrawals can also incur large tax bills.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Looking across age brackets, there has been a 75% increase in 65-74-year-olds withdrawing their pensions in full between 2018 and 2025. For those aged 55 to 64, the rate of pensions being withdrawn in full rose by a lesser 15% over the same over this period.</div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_TPTCash11505261.jpg" style="height:281px; width:505px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_TPTCash21505261.jpg" style="height:283px; width:504px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Georgie Edwards, DC Proposition Associate Director at TPT Retirement Solutions, said:</strong> &ldquo;The rise in people cashing in their pensions in full is a worrying signal about retirement adequacy in the UK. For many, it&rsquo;s not a strategic choice but a sign their savings aren&rsquo;t sufficient &ndash; and some may also be reluctant to consolidate pots, missing the chance to build a more sustainable income.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;In some cases, savers are stuck in legacy products that don&rsquo;t offer flexible options like phased drawdown or regular UFPLS [Uncrystallised Funds Pension Lump Sum], effectively forcing higher withdrawals than they&rsquo;d prefer and increasing their tax exposure. That&rsquo;s particularly concerning because full withdrawals are taxed as income, often pushing people into higher tax brackets unnecessarily. It highlights the need for better guidance so retirees don&rsquo;t erode their savings &ndash; or pay more tax than they need to.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/100-000-more-pensions-cashed-in-full-each-year-since-2018-26656.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 15 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Without A Design Shift Life Insurance Risks Irrelevance</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><u><strong>By Todd Eyler, Life Insurance Lead, EIS</strong></u></div>

<div> </div>

<div>That model helped build one of the largest and most enduring segments in financial services. The problem is that it was built for a different reality.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Today, people are living longer, working later, and thinking differently about money, health, and risk. Younger generations are more financially sophisticated, less willing to lock money away for decades, and more accustomed to products that are flexible, digital, and responsive.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Older customers, meanwhile, are increasingly focused not just on what happens when they die, but on how they will fund longer lives, manage chronic conditions, and navigate later-life care.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Life insurance has not become irrelevant. But its value is increasingly deferred in a world that expects immediacy. That is the design challenge now facing the industry. A product built to deliver value at the end of life struggles to compete for attention in an era shaped by real-time services, personalised experiences, and continuous engagement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The question is no longer simply how to modernise legacy platforms. It is whether the product itself still reflects how customers actually live. They expect products that support them throughout life&rsquo;s journey, not just at the end of it. That shift has major implications for how life insurers think about relevance, growth, and product design.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The Longevity Flip</strong></div>

<div>For decades, the dominant fear that underpinned life insurance was dying too soon. Today, another risk is becoming just as important: living much longer than expected.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Longer life expectancy should be a success story. But financially, it creates a different set of pressures. Customers worry about how to pay for care, how to stay healthy for longer, how to manage chronic disease, and how to maintain quality of life deep into retirement. In that environment, a product that only pays out after death can start to feel detached from the risks customers are actually trying to manage.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This is the longevity flip. The issue is no longer just mortality protection. It is financial resilience across a much longer life.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>That creates an opportunity for life insurers to rethink what protection means. Rather than limiting their role to a future payout, they can begin to support healthier, more stable lives in the present. If customers are helped to manage their health better, delay illness, and improve outcomes, there is clear alignment. Customers benefit from a better quality of life and more confidence in later years. Insurers benefit from improved mortality profiles, longer relationships, and a more engaged customer base.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>From Payouts to Partnerships</strong></div>

<div>This is where the industry has an opportunity to move from protection to participation.</div>

<div>The future model is not simply about adding superficial perks to traditional policies. It is about understanding customer segments more deeply and identifying where insurers can provide meaningful support at different stages of life.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For one segment, that may mean help with chronic disease management. For another, it may mean mental health support, later-life planning, long-term care guidance, or services that help people remain healthier and more independent for longer. The important point is that this cannot be treated as a side project.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>We are already starting to see examples emerge. Some insurers are exploring partnerships around musculoskeletal therapy and rehabilitation services, helping customers stay mobile, manage pain, and avoid more serious health issues later in life. Others are looking at end-of-life support services that help families navigate care, funeral planning, estate administration, and bereavement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Some versions of this model have already been explored in the market. Vitality is the most obvious example of a business built around healthier living and behaviour-based engagement. But where similar ideas have struggled, the problem has often been one of execution rather than principle. If living benefits are positioned as an optional extra, disconnected from the core product, unsupported by the operating model, and weakly integrated into the customer journey, they are unlikely to gain traction.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For this to work, insurers need to go all in. That means segmenting the customer base properly, identifying what matters most to each group, selecting the right partners, integrating services into the product itself, and making the experience seamless enough to feel natural rather than experimental.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Trust is central here too. Life insurers have historically been seen as distant, transactional institutions: companies people pay for years, struggle to deal with when something changes, and only truly encounter again at the point of claim. That is not the kind of brand relationship that automatically invites customers to share health data or accept lifestyle guidance. If insurers want to play a broader role in customers&rsquo; lives, they have to earn the right to do so.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Why Legacy Makes this Harder</strong></div>

<div>This is where the design challenge becomes operational. Insurers cannot deliver continuous engagement through policy-centric systems built for static products. If a call centre agent needs a connected view of the customer in order to identify who might benefit from a health programme, offer the right support, or integrate that service into an existing policy and billing journey, the underlying systems must be able to support that. In many cases, they cannot.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Technology is not the first barrier, but it is still a major one. Trust and operating model design come first. But without the right data and platform foundations, even the best product idea remains difficult to execute.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>That matters because what is being proposed here is not a simple add-on. It is a different way of thinking about the role of life insurance. That requires product flexibility, connected data, integrated partnerships, and customer visibility across the lifecycle.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Start Separate Then Scale</strong></div>

<div>The challenge, of course, is that incumbent life insurers are not naturally built for radical reinvention. Their cultures, controls, and regulatory obligations are designed around stability. That makes wholesale internal transformation difficult.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>MetLife&rsquo;s direct-to-consumer business was a more realistic model. It showed that there is real demand for simpler, more accessible life insurance experiences designed around modern customer expectations. The business grew rapidly and had a meaningful impact on the industry.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, when MetLife became classified as a systemically important financial institution, the capital requirements attached to traditional fixed life products increased significantly. In response, the company shifted its focus toward group benefits and pension risk transfer, ultimately discontinuing the direct-to-consumer business despite its success.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>That does not undermine the model. If anything, it reinforces the need for insurers to rethink both how products are distributed and what kinds of products and operating structures make the most sense in different regulatory and economic environments.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>That approach creates space to test a genuinely different operating model without forcing immediate, disruptive change across the whole enterprise. Over time, the parent business can learn from what works.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>That may be the more pragmatic path forward, because the commercial case for change is real. Life insurers are not necessarily in freefall, but many are leaving significant value on the table. Penetration remains low. Growth is unexciting. Investors see limited upside. The industry can continue to limp along. But that is not the same as building a product model fit for the next generation of customers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The Compounding Growth Opportunity</strong></div>

<div>The insurers that win will be those that stop thinking only about landing the customer once and start thinking about expanding the relationship over time. They already have the hard part: enough trust to secure an initial policy sale. The next opportunity is to use better data, better design, and better partnerships to own more of the customer&rsquo;s life, not just their death.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Done well, that relationship does not stop with the individual policyholder. It can extend across the household and, from there, into the wider network around them. When insurers offer something that is genuinely useful, timely, and relevant to how people actually live, customers notice. When that value feels surprising, innovative, and easy to engage with, they talk about it.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>That is how life insurance starts to move from a product people reluctantly buy to one they actively recommend. Not just to family members, but to friends, colleagues, and others in their circle. At that point, the opportunity is no longer just to win a policy. It is to build relevance, trust, and growth that compound over time.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/without-a-design-shift-life-insurance-risks-irrelevance-26651.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Exeter Appoints Gary Warman As Chief Financial Officer</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The appointment reflects The Exeter&rsquo;s continued focus on maintaining financial strength, supporting sustainable growth, and delivering long-term value for its members and adviser partners. Gary will also sit on both The Exeter&rsquo;s Board of Directors and Executive Leadership Team.</p>

<p>Gary joined The Exeter as Chief Risk Officer in 2024 and has since played a central role in strengthening the organisation&rsquo;s risk framework and supporting its long-term strategic direction. Before joining The Exeter, he held senior roles at JP Morgan Asset Management, Deloitte, Royal London and Aon.</p>

<p>In his new role, he will assume responsibility for finance, actuarial functions and The Exeter&rsquo;s insurance solutions team, working closely with the wider executive team to support the business&rsquo;s ongoing development.</p>

<p><strong>Isobel Langton, Chief Executive Officer at The Exeter, commented: </strong>&ldquo;We are pleased to welcome Gary as Chief Financial Officer. He combines financial and risk experience with a clear understanding of what matters to our members and advisers, and he will continue to play a key role in the future success of The Exeter.</p>

<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;d also like to thank Michael for his contribution to The Exeter over his time with us. He&rsquo;s played an important role in the business, and we wish him all the best in his new position.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Gary Warman, Chief Financial Officer at The Exeter, added: </strong>&ldquo;I&rsquo;m delighted to take on this exciting new role and look forward to continuing to contribute to the organisation&rsquo;s success as we look to the future. The Exeter has a clear purpose around supporting members when they need us most, and that&rsquo;s something I&rsquo;ve seen first-hand.</p>

<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;m looking forward to building on that and continuing to work closely with colleagues across the business to ensure we continue delivering strong financial outcomes and long-term security for our members.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-exeter-appoints-gary-warman-as-chief-financial-officer-26649.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Hmrc Reveals More On New Rules For Iht On Pensions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>With less than a year until the reforms take effect, the update provides new detail on how families, executors and pension schemes will be expected to value pension assets, calculate liabilities and manage payments to HMRC. </p>

<p><strong>Maike Currie, VP Personal Finance at PensionBee comments:</strong> &ldquo;An admin nightmare is waiting in the wings for grieving families. Personal representatives - usually family members, friends or executors responsible for dealing with someone&rsquo;s estate after death - will effectively become pension detectives, expected to track down old workplace schemes, historic pension pots and online-only accounts, often with incomplete records and missing passwords.</p>

<p>&ldquo;One simple but important thing people can do now is ensure their expression of wish forms detailing their beneficiaries are up to date with all pension providers. Clear beneficiary information and accurate records could significantly reduce delays, confusion and stress for loved ones later on.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Five key changes when pensions become part of your estate for IHT</strong></p>

<p><strong>1. Most unused pensions will count towards your estate</strong><br />
From 6 April 2027, most unused pension funds and certain pension death benefits will be bought within the perimeter of a deceased person&rsquo;s estate, for Inheritance Tax purposes. This removes any distortions which may have led to pension schemes being used as a tax planning vehicle to transfer wealth, rather than for funding retirement, and inconsistencies in the Inheritance Tax treatment of different types of pensions. </p>

<p><strong>2. Families face a major new admin burden</strong><br />
Personal representatives will be responsible for tracking down all pensions, gathering valuations, calculating any IHT due and reporting this to HMRC using a new online tool. In practice, this could mean searching through paperwork, old workplace schemes, online accounts and historic providers at the same time as dealing with bereavement and probate.</p>

<p><strong>3. Pension schemes may withhold money</strong><br />
Schemes can be instructed to withhold up to 50% of pension death benefits until inheritance tax liabilities are settled. HMRC says this is designed to stop families having to use non-pension assets to pay the tax bill.</p>

<p><strong>4. Some pension benefits remain exempt</strong><br />
Death-in-service benefits will stay outside inheritance tax, as will pension transfers to spouses and UK-resident civil partners, although these may still need to be reported. Estates leaving at least 10% to charity may qualify for the reduced 36% IHT rate.</p>

<p><strong>5. The system is still being built</strong><br />
HMRC guidance, templates and support tools will continue to be rolled out through 2026 and into spring 2027, leaving pension schemes under pressure to update systems, websites and member communications shortly before the rules take effect.</p>

<p><strong>Maike Currie, VP Personal Finance at PensionBee comments:</strong> &ldquo;There is a bit of good news for bereaved families with HMRC confirming that, in most cases, up to half of pension death benefits should still be able to be paid out relatively quickly while inheritance tax liabilities are being settled. </p>

<p>&ldquo;The reforms may be aimed at stopping pensions being used as inheritance tax shelters, but the practical burden will fall heavily on ordinary families navigating bereavement at an already stressful time. Pension housekeeping is about to become essential estate planning.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/hmrc-reveals-more-on-new-rules-for-iht-on-pensions-26648.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ftse Follows Global Stocks Upwards As Uk Gdp Beats Forecasts</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 has opened up a fraction, with investors choosing to take their cues from the economy and global markets rather than domestic politics. Mining stocks led the way to a small gain in the index yesterday reflecting broad strength in both industrial and precious metals.</p>

<p>The initial ONS estimate for first quarter UK GDP has come in better than expected rising 0.6% (consensus 0.5%) compared to the upwardly revised fourth quarter of 2025.  That&rsquo;s the strongest print out of the G7 nations so far with only Japan left to report (consensus 0.4%). The growth was broad based with services leading the way at 0.8% followed by construction at 0.4% and production at 0.2%. But there were some pockets of weakness with administrative and support services falling 1% partly reflecting a weaker outturn from employment agencies as the jobs market slowed.</p>

<p>Stronger than expected economic growth is usually a win for Downing Street in terms of tax revenues. But the period captures just one month of the Iran Conflict and higher oil prices and growth&rsquo;s expected to slow this quarter. In isolation this data would likely favour the hawks and exert some pressure onto short term gilt prices.</p>

<p>Gilt traders will likely be paying closer attention to the political landscape today, with speculation building that Health Secretary Wes Sterling is soon to launch a challenge to Prime Minister Kier Starmer&rsquo;s leadership. Angela Rayner has also revealed this morning that she has been cleared of wrongdoing in her tax affairs, paving the way for her own leadership bid. There are rumours swirling around Ed Miliband and Andy Burnham. All this uncertainty, given that most of the candidates would stand on a &lsquo;higher spending&rsquo; left leaning platform, means that investors might well continue to demand higher yields.</p>

<p>Fresh records are in sight for Wall Street today after tech stocks propelled both the NASDAQ and S&P 500 to new highs yesterday. NVIDIA boss Jensen Huang&rsquo;s attendance on the US State visit to China has raised hopes that restrictions on advanced tech exports to the People&rsquo;s Republic will ease.  However, the AI trade has blossomed well enough without such measures with NVIDIA expected to report 78% revenue growth to mammoth $78.5bn. Yesterday, a solid earnings beat by networking giant Cisco and bullish commentary on the Alibaba earnings call suggested that demand for AI and the infrastructure that supports it is intensifying in both regions.  </p>

<p>After a pull-back yesterday Brent Crude is up slightly this morning to around $106 per barrel, more than 70% higher than where it was at the beginning of the year. The International Energy Agency has warned that a significant supply deficit till October even if the Iran conflict comes to a swift end. Meanwhile the world&rsquo;s largest producer Saudi Arabia disclosed that its output has slumped to the lowest level in over three decades. For now, equity markets are choosing to focus on strength elsewhere.  However, the cocktail of risks and opportunities facing businesses today means that both sector and individual company performance within those sectors is subject to wide disparity, meaning those brave enough to favour active over passive selection can drive significant outperformance if they do their homework.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ftse-follows-global-stocks-upwards-as-uk-gdp-beats-forecasts-26647.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>What Next For The  14bn Pension Protection Fund Reserves</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>As the paper acknowledges, since its establishment under the Pensions Act 2004, the PPF has become a cornerstone of the UK&rsquo;s pensions system, providing compensation to over 200,000 members of defined benefit (DB) pension schemes whose employers have become insolvent. Today, it pays out more than &pound;1.2 billion annually and holds assets of around &pound;31 billion, including over &pound;14 billion in reserves.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The SPP paper goes on to highlight that the PPF is now operating in a significantly changed landscape to when it was established, with most DB schemes better funded, fewer employers at risk of insolvency, and the PPF levy reduced to zero. As a result, the fund&rsquo;s growing reserves raise important strategic and policy questions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The SPP paper seeks to address these questions. For example, what level of reserves the PPF needs for long-term security; whether excess reserves should be retained, redistributed, or repurposed; and how such decisions can balance fairness between pension scheme members, employers, and taxpayers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The paper outlines a range of potential options, including:</strong></div>

<div><em>enhancing pension scheme member compensation, including pension increases and removing benefit reductions;returning funds to levy-paying employers;</em></div>

<div><em>retaining reserves as a long-term financial buffer;</em></div>

<div><em>supporting a public sector consolidator for DB schemes;</em></div>

<div><em>establishing a universal collective defined contribution (&ldquo;CDC&rdquo;) pension scheme that is open to all employers and to all pension savers at retirement;</em></div>

<div><em>contributing to wider public policy initiatives, such as retirement adequacy or UK centred investment.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The paper recognises that most options for reform would require government action and that any changes must be approached with caution, given the legal, financial and intergenerational fairness considerations involved.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The SPP&rsquo;s DB Committee Chair Jon Forsyth said: </strong>&ldquo;Although the &pound;14billion in PPF reserves represents a significant opportunity, it also carries a responsibility to safeguard the PPF&rsquo;s core mission. Striking the right balance between prudence and innovation will be critical as policymakers consider how the PPF can evolve from a &ldquo;lifeboat&rdquo; into a broader legacy institution for the UK pensions system.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/SPP Paper (PPF From Lifeboat to Legacy) May 2026.pdf"><strong>From Lifeboat to Legacy: What Next for the &pound;14bn PPF Reserves?</strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/what-next-for-the--14bn-pension-protection-fund-reserves-26650.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Premium Bonds Prizes Increase As Odds Shorten For Holders</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Compared to the May 2026 draw it is estimated that there will be 322,000 extra prizes in the July draw, with the prize pot increasing by over &pound;60 million. In July, there are expected to be 12 additional &pound;100,000 prizes, 24 more &pound;50,000 prizes and an extra 49 &pound;25,000 prizes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Greig Bingham, Head of Financial Modelling at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;The increase in the Premium Bonds prize fund rate and the shortening of the odds will be welcomed by savers, particularly as it means bond holders are now more likely to win a prize each month. With more than 322,000 additional prizes being added to the draw, NS&I is clearly looking to make Premium Bonds more attractive again following the reductions announced as interest rates dropped.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;What is also notable is the shift in the make-up of prizes. While the total number of prizes is increasing significantly, the proportion of &pound;25 prizes &ndash; the smallest available &ndash; has fallen from 47% of all prizes to 37%. That means a greater share of the prize fund is being directed towards higher-value prizes, which could make the product feel more rewarding for savers fortunate enough to win.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/premium-bonds-prizes-increase-as-odds-shorten-for-holders-26653.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Db And Hybrid Schemes Must Get Value Data Dashboard Ready</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Around 2,600 schemes are required to connect to pensions dashboards by 31 October &ndash; with 75% of member records already connected. Schemes will need to match dashboards users to their pensions and return recent and accurate information to members about their pensions within set legislative timescales.</p>

<p>Dashboards have the potential to transform how people engage with their retirement savings &ndash; but only if the information they see is complete and correct.</p>

<p>With the connection deadline approaching and the launch of the MoneyHelper dashboard on the horizon, TPR is urging schemes to act now.</p>

<p>The new regulatory initiative (RI) will target 240 private sector DB and hybrid schemes, assessing how they are preparing to meet their dashboard duties, with a particular focus on the readiness and accuracy of value data. Insights from this work will help inform discussions on the timing of the launch of the MoneyHelper dashboard.</p>

<p><strong>TPR&rsquo;s Executive Director of Market Oversight, Ben Gunnee, said:</strong> &ldquo;Data readiness goes beyond matching people to their pensions. Schemes need to be ready to return the correct values to members. If schemes do not prepare this information in advance, they risk overwhelming their administration teams and, more importantly, risk providing members with incorrect information.</p>

<p>&ldquo;We will continue to support schemes through guidance, engagement and regulatory action where necessary to ensure dashboards deliver on their promise to help people plan confidently for retirement.&rdquo;</p>

<p>This latest RI builds on previous interventions which highlighted that schemes were making good progress on the data they need to find members.</p>

<p>However, preparations on value data were found to be less advanced, which is particularly an issue for DB and hybrid schemes. Unlike DC and some public service schemes, DB and hybrid schemes do not have existing obligations to issue annual benefit statements, meaning their value data is more likely to be out of date.</p>

<p>As there are more than 2,000 private sector DB and hybrid schemes in scope for dashboards, TPR is undertaking a deeper assessment to assess the risk that dashboard users will see incomplete or inaccurate information.</p>

<div><strong>Schemes need to ensure that:</strong></div>

<div><em>The data on the value of members&rsquo; pensions is recent - within the last 12-13 months.</em></div>

<div><em>Values are accurate. Inaccurate information could lead members to make poor retirement decisions, causing serious harm.</em></div>

<div><em>Values are returned within strict timescales. If the value has been calculated recently, it must be returned within a few seconds. If it is out of date, schemes must calculate the value and return it within three days for DC pensions or within 10 days in all other cases.</em></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/db-and-hybrid-schemes-must-get-value-data-dashboard-ready-26652.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Car Insurance Rollercoaster  Is 2025 Simply Momentary Relief</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Anju Bell, Managing Director, Insurance Consulting and Technology, Robert Treen, Director, Insurance Consulting and Technologyand Stephen Cox,Managing Director, Insurance Consulting and Technology, WTW</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>We estimate an overall private car burning cost inflation of 5% (the increase in the average cost of motor insurance claims per vehicle year) for 2025 versus 2024, with frequency of claims relatively flat and average cost of claims (severity) increasing at 5%. This is in contrast to the preceding years, which saw significant deviations in both frequency and severity resulting in burning cost inflation of 28% for 2022, 11% for 2023 and -5% for 2024. These patterns were driven by the impact of COVID-19, causing reductions and rebound in frequency in 2020 to 2022; high severity inflation for each of 2022 and 2023 of over 10%; and large and unexpected reductions in frequency for 2024, later rationalised as owing to a combination of speed limit reductions, increased ADAS penetration and cost-of-living-driven behavioural changes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Our view of severity inflation for 2025 breaks down into Accidental Damage inflation of 1%, the lowest for 12 years, with labour rates flat and second-hand car prices falling; Third Party Property Damage inflation of around 8%, consistent with pre-COVID-19 levels and well above price inflation; and Injury inflation of around 7%, potentially slightly higher than the long-term average. Improvements in first-party claimant capture in line with greater network repair capacity partially explains the disconnect observed between Accidental Damage inflation and Third Party Property Damage inflation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How is the motor insurance performance cycle changing?</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>We estimate a 70% gross private car loss ratio for the 2025 accident year together with an overall burning cost inflation of 5%, with frequency relatively flat and severity increasing at 5%.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The insurance performance cycle reflects the interplay between claims inflation and premium rates. 2024 benefitted from the combination of the large and unexpected reduction in frequency, and the earning through of rate put on in 2023. In 2025, premium rates haven&rsquo;t kept up with claims inflation, resulting in an increased loss ratio.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>But it&rsquo;s not as simple as that. Reported claims inflation is a function of true underlying claims inflation and reserving accuracy. And reserving accuracy itself is impacted by human nature: being quick to put on margins for uncertainty and slow to release them (especially in a statutory reporting context), as seen with the excess severity loads applied across 2022&ndash;25. Changing premium rates are not just a function of competition, but are fundamentally related to the ability to forecast trends and to predict, or accurately allow for, external influences.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>We see this reflected in the latest cycle, both in terms of shorter duration and amplified change in loss ratios. This cycle length is around four years, whereas previous cycles were close to six years. The loss ratio peak to trough was under 10% points between 2012 Q1 and 2019 Q1 underwriting quarters. The loss ratio increased by 36% points between 2020 Q1 and 2022 Q3 underwriting quarters and then fell by 27% points to 2024 Q1.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Where next for 2026?</strong></div>

<div>Whether the latest cycle is a one off resulting from a shock to the system or whether it represents a new norm of faster and more extreme cycles is hard to say. What is clear, however, is that the starting point for accident year 2026 is worse than 2025: the rate reductions of more than 10% in 2025 will earn through and we expect this to increase expected loss ratios above 2025 levels, even if claims inflation were to remain benign.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Recent years have seen regulatory and legislative change that have materially impacted motor premium rates and claims. While we don&rsquo;t anticipate in 2026 any developments of the same magnitude as the 2021 Whiplash Reforms, 2022 FCA General Insurance Pricing Practices or the 2025 Personal Injury Discount Rate changes, for example, we can still expect further bar-raising in relation to Consumer Duty. The adoption of AI and the outcome of the FCA&rsquo;s Mills Review considering how AI will reshape retail financial services will likely have impacts beyond 2026.</div>

<div>More immediate than UK regulatory and legislative change is the exposure to global events. We saw this in recent years with COVID-19, supply chain constraints and economic inflation. The conflict in the Middle East has the potential to trigger another set of both frequency and severity impacts, meaning claims inflation is unlikely to remain stable.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Are you equipped to ride the cycle successfully?</strong></div>

<div>When the cycle is faster and more extreme and the world is increasingly uncertain, better cycle management is key to motor insurers maximising long-term profitability.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The latest cycle is both shorter in duration and amplified in loss ratios. Whether it is a one off resulting from a shock to the system or whether it represents a new norm of faster and more extreme cycles is hard to say.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What does this mean in practice?</strong></div>

<div><em>Addressing the obvious fundamentals of reserving more accurately, enhancing trend detection, improving forecasting, and increasing pricing and underwriting agility</em></div>

<div><em>Achieving the long-desired stronger connectivity across the claims, reserving, pricing, underwriting, capital and finance technical functions</em></div>

<div><em>Providing more explicit communication to stakeholders of the drivers of uncertainty, the actions taken for mitigation, and the evolution of how assumptions play out</em></div>

<div><em>Acting with awareness of the cost of getting it wrong versus the cost of not grabbing opportunities</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>And remembering that insurance is not just about point estimates &ndash; it&rsquo;s about embracing uncertainty.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/car-insurance-rollercoaster--is-2025-simply-momentary-relief-26645.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 13 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Investors Remain Cautious As Trump Heads To China</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Global equity markets are trying to edge higher this morning, but the mood is far from euphoric, with the ongoing stalemate in the Middle East continuing to drag on risk appetite. Investors are also watching President Trump&rsquo;s meetings with China closely, with any signs of progress on trade likely to set the tone for the next leg in market sentiment. For now, markets look cautiously constructive, but there is still plenty of geopolitical noise threatening to knock confidence off course.</p>

<p>The oil shock is starting to show up in corporate results, even if it is being drowned out in the US by the strength of the AI narrative. In the UK and Europe, banks have been taking larger provisions, airlines like Tui are holding up but cautious enough to suspend revenue guidance, and housebuilders such as Vistry are pointing to uncertain demand. Higher energy costs rarely stay contained in commodity markets for long. They filter through to consumer confidence, corporate margins, and lending conditions, making the next few reporting seasons a key test of how resilient earnings really are.</p>

<p>UK government bonds had a bruising session yesterday, with no real let-up this morning, as borrowing costs pushed back to levels not seen since the financial crisis. The 10-year yield is just shy of 5.1%, while the 30-year yield is still above 5.7% in early trading, as a cocktail of political uncertainty, rising oil prices, and renewed inflation concerns has landed at once. The worry is that pressure on Prime Minister Keir Starmer could eventually lead to looser fiscal policy, while higher energy costs are feeding expectations that the Bank of England may have to raise interest rates this year. It&rsquo;s a tough mix: higher borrowing costs, weaker confidence and less room for the government to offer support if the economy slows.</p>

<p>Copper&rsquo;s surge to fresh all-time highs is a timely reminder that the AI story is not just about chips and software. Futures climbed this morning, helped by stronger Chinese demand and mounting supply concerns, with resilient industrial activity, power grid investment, renewables and data centre growth all pulling in the same direction. For investors, that gives the rally a broader read-across, especially for mining stocks that have spent the past couple of years leaning into copper as the next major growth commodity. The question now is whether supply can keep up, because if demand from China, electrification and AI infrastructure continue to build, copper could remain one of the clearest ways for miners to prove they have growth beyond the old iron ore cycle.</p>

<p>Oil prices have cooled a touch, with Brent slipping back below $107 per barrel and snapping a three-day rally, but the broader picture is still one of tight supply and elevated geopolitical risk. The Strait of Hormuz remains heavily restricted, keeping a major artery for crude, gas and fuel flows under pressure, while efforts to end the US-Iran conflict have yet to gain real traction. For investors, the pullback looks more like a pause than a clear change in direction.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/investors-remain-cautious-as-trump-heads-to-china-26641.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 13 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Scheme Funding Recovers In April But Stays Volatille</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Broadstone Sirius Index &ndash; a monitor of how various pension scheme strategies are performing on their journeys to low dependency &ndash; posts its latest update.</p>

<p>The Broadstone Sirius Index has published its April tracking for a &lsquo;growth focused&rsquo; and a more conservative &lsquo;matching focused&rsquo; investment strategy against a low dependency basis. Both schemes started 90.0% funded at the start of 2026.</p>

<p>Reporting its update for April 2026, the Broadstone Sirius Index found that both schemes reversed the falls experienced in March to just about reach or better the start of year position.</p>

<p>The funding level of the &lsquo;matching focused&rsquo; scheme increased by 1.1 percentage points from 88.6% at the end of March to 89.7% at the end of April.</p>

<p>The funding level of the &lsquo;growth focused&rsquo; scheme improved more, rising by 2.7 percentage points and benefiting from positive performance in growth assets and higher interest rates, due to not being fully hedged. The funding level increased from 89.0% at the end of March to 91.7% at the end of April, exceeding the position at the start of the year and the funding level of the &lsquo;matching focused&rsquo; scheme.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BroadstoneLow1305261.jpg" style="height:254px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>Andrew Knight-Stephens, Investment Director at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;Pension schemes with lower levels of interest rate hedging generally saw an improvement in funding levels over April, as higher gilt yields reduced the value of scheme liabilities.</p>

<p>&ldquo;However, whilst retaining interest rate exposure was rewarded over April, such a position continues to represent a source of funding level risk. Growth assets, particularly equities, delivered positive returns over April, with most major equity markets advancing despite continued volatility and an uncertain macroeconomic backdrop.&rdquo; </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-scheme-funding-recovers-in-april-but-stays-volatille-26642.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 13 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Hmrc Plot Extension Of The Uncertain Tax Treatment Regime</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Under the plans, if individuals or trusts derive an advantage, they would need to report it to the taxman, who would then investigate how they had interpreted the rules.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The rules were first introduced for large businesses with a turnover of at least &pound;200m and a balance sheet of &pound;2bn to reduce the tax gap, which is the difference between the amount of tax that should in theory be paid to HMRC and the amount that is collected.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>According to government figures, the tax gap amounted to &pound;46.8bn in the 2023-24 tax year, with &pound;5.4bn of this the result of taxpayers interpreting the law differently from HMRC. However, statistics show that individual taxpayers are only responsible for 10pc of the gap, while 60pc is attributable to small businesses. According to the consultation document itself for wealthy individuals, there is a projection of &pound;1bn of revenue lost due to legal interpretation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting, Marc Acheson, Global Wealth Specialist at Utmost said: </strong>&quot;This consultation is the latest in a series of policy initiatives aimed at targeting wealthy individuals to plug fiscal gaps and raise tax revenue. While the aim to reduce the tax gap might be well-intentioned, the extension to individuals and trusts could be problematic and have unintended consequences. From a purely numbers standpoint, the vast majority of the tax gap is driven by corporates - primarily small companies &ndash; rather than individuals, and differing legal interpretations account for an expected gap of just over &pound;1bn for individuals.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;We have already seen adverse behavioural responses to other measures designed to extract more tax revenue from this cohort, with significant numbers of wealthy non-domiciled individuals having already left the UK. With recent reports suggesting that the &ldquo;Mansion Tax&rdquo; may not generate the revenues projected, alongside the application of IHT to businesses and pensions, there is growing unease that the UK is driving wealth away.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The cumulative impact of all these measures is that we are now increasingly seeing UK-based entrepreneurs and business owners considering options abroad, particularly as other jurisdictions such as Italy, Switzerland and the UAE continue to compete fiercely to attract wealthy individuals to broaden their tax bases.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/hmrc-plot-extension-of-the-uncertain-tax-treatment-regime-26644.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 13 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Royal London 2nd Bpa Transaction For Leeds Building Society</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Royal London has secured a &pound;66 million bulk purchase annuity (BPA) transaction with the Leeds Building Society Staff Pension Scheme.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This latest buy-in, which completed in March and covers 590 members, is the mutual&rsquo;s second BPA transaction with the pension scheme of a fellow mutual and the first with a building society. Both businesses have existed for over 150 years with a shared focus on customers&rsquo; long-term interests and societal impact.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Trustees were advised by Isio and Arc Pensions Law.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Royal London&rsquo;s BPA team has now insured the benefits of over 22,000 pension scheme members across 26 buy-in transactions covering over &pound;2.5 billion of premium.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Victoria Smith, BPA Origination Manager at Royal London said: </strong>&ldquo;Our meeting and wider discussions with the Trustee Board quickly brought our natural alignment to life. As two organisations over 150 years old, built on long-term thinking and mutual values, we share a commitment to doing the right thing for our customers for the very long-term. The buy-in process was collaborative and efficient throughout, and we were pleased to partner once again with Isio to deliver a strong outcome for the Trustee and its members.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Kellie Appleby, Principal Consultant at Isio added: </strong>&ldquo;It has been a pleasure to lead this transaction, bringing Leeds Building Society, the Trustee and Royal London together. As mutual organisations, their shared values and commitment to customers create a strong foundation for a long-term partnership, making Royal London an excellent fit to support the Scheme and its members for the future.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Paul Riley, Chair of Trustees of the Leeds Building Society Staff Pension Scheme said: </strong>&ldquo;We are delighted to have successfully completed this buy-in for the Leeds Building Society Staff Pension Scheme with Royal London, a fellow mutual whose values closely align with our own. This transaction represents an important milestone for the Scheme and its members. The process has been supported by a highly professional and collaborative team, and I would like to thank Isio and Arc Pensions Law, as well as Royal London, for their expertise, diligence and commitment in helping us deliver a strong outcome.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/royal-london-2nd-bpa-transaction-for-leeds-building-society-26643.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 13 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Millions Face Pension Access Cliff Edge Ahead Of Age 57 Rule</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>From 6 April 2028, the Normal Minimum Pension Age (NMPA) - the earliest age most people can access their defined contribution pension - will rise from 55 to 57. This may include workplace and personal pension schemes.</p>

<p>Those born before or on 5 April 1971 won&rsquo;t be affected as you&rsquo;ll already be 55 by the time this change comes into place. And individuals born after 5 April 1973 will have the earliest date they can access their pension benefits delayed by two years.</p>

<p>However, there&rsquo;s a slight quirk for people in the 1971 to 1973 bracket. If you turn 55 between 6 April 2026 and 5 April 2028, you&rsquo;ll have a short window to start drawing from your pension. If you don&rsquo;t, you&rsquo;ll have to wait until your 57th birthday to access your pot.</p>

<p>If savers in this age bracket do not access or &lsquo;crystallise&rsquo; their pension before 6 April 2028, they may then have to wait until age 57 to touch their retirement savings - in some cases almost two extra years.</p>

<p><strong>Maike Currie, VP Personal Finance at PensionBee comments:</strong> &ldquo;For some savers this could come as a nasty shock. Many people simply assume they will be able to access their pension at 55, not realising the rules are changing.</p>

<p>&ldquo;There is a very specific cohort - those born between April 1971 and April 1973 - who face a potential cliff edge. Miss the deadline to access your pension before April 2028 and you could find yourself locked out of your savings for up to two more years.</p>

<p>&ldquo;That does not mean people should rush to raid their pension. In many cases, leaving savings invested for longer may lead to a healthier retirement pot thanks to a few additional years of extra contributions and investment growth.</p>

<p>&ldquo;But it does mean people should start planning now. For anyone hoping to retire early, bridge a gap between work and retirement, or phase down working hours in their mid-50s, understanding these dates could be crucial.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Depending on how you access your pension, you could also trigger the money purchase annual allowance (MPAA). This limits how much you can tax-efficiently pay into your pension each tax year moving forwards (2025/26). You could also use the PensionBee Pension Calculator to see how much income your pension might generate in retirement. You can factor in changes such as when you want to retire, and see what sort of income your pot could provide from 55 or 57 to help you make an informed choice.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/millions-face-pension-access-cliff-edge-ahead-of-age-57-rule-26646.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 13 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Why Ai Decision Accountability Is A Requirement In Insurance</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><u><strong>By Alex Johnson, Head of Insurance Solutions at Quantexa</strong></u></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Today, the insurance industry cannot utilize all of its available data, often leaving a majority of data untapped due to perceived complexity. This creates a significant traceability gap. As AI increasingly influences coverage, pricing, and liability, organisations must be able to demonstrate exactly how data sources were used and support decisions with clear evidence. Explainability across the entire data estate builds confidence and trust, enabling AI to evolve from a technical capability into a core decision-making function.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Why Explainability Matters</strong></div>

<div>Insurance and financial services operate in highly regulated environments where accountability has traditionally applied to human judgement. As AI assumes a greater role in augmenting decisions, expectations for accountability are expanding to automated and AI-assisted processes, particularly where outcomes impact pricing, financial exposure, coverage, or access to services.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Regulators expect firms to demonstrate alignment between decisions, policy, and risk appetite. Auditors require traceability from source data to final outcomes, while customers expect fairness and transparency in their dealings. Explainability and accountability help organisations meet these expectations while supporting responsible innovation and closer collaboration between technology, risk, compliance, and business teams.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Regulatory Pressure on AI Decisions</strong></div>

<div>Regulatory scrutiny is increasingly focused on the transparency and fairness of decision processes rather than simply model performance. AI-driven decisions must operate across fragmented core systems and rely on trusted, connected data to remain consistent over time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This requires clear data lineage back to the individuals, organisations, or third parties associated with a decision. Controls over model inputs and outputs must be traceable to the people or businesses affected. Regulators are also placing growing emphasis on review processes both during decision-making and after the fact. Organisations that can clearly explain individual claims, pricing, or risk decisions demonstrate stronger compliance and often improve operational performance.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>From Model Metrics to Decision Transparency</strong></div>

<div>Aggregate metrics such as model accuracy provide a high-level view of performance but offer limited insight into individual outcomes. In regulated industries, decisions occur at the individual level, such as determining the price of a specific risk or deciding whether to approve a claim. Each outcome carries direct implications.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Decision-level transparency focuses on understanding what influenced a specific outcome. This includes which data points mattered, how relationships influenced the assessment, and how context shaped the result. It allows teams to understand reasoning rather than relying solely on model scores, supporting stronger documentation, clearer accountability, and greater trust in AI-enabled processes. As adoption matures, this level of transparency helps organisations move from cautious experimentation to confident production deployment in mission-critical areas.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Decision Intelligence in Practice</strong></div>

<div>Decision Intelligence (DI) brings together data, entities, and context within a unified framework. Instead of analysing isolated records, it reflects the real-world relationships and behaviours that shape risk. This creates a dynamic knowledge base that supports AI models and agentic systems, ensuring risk-based decisions are grounded in a real operational context.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commercial underwriting</strong></div>

<div>DI provides visibility into complex corporate structures, directorships, business relationships, and interconnected exposures. By giving underwriters and AI models access to the same contextual data, organisations can justify risk adjustments more effectively, improve product selection, and accelerate underwriting processes by up to 75%.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Claims assessment</strong></div>

<div>Rather than analysing a claim in isolation, DI evaluates the wider network around it, including claimants, witnesses, and suppliers. This network-level perspective can improve loss ratios and indemnity spend by around 3%, supporting reserve releases and helping reduce pressure on premium increases.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>By creating a trusted feedback loop from raw data to final decision, DI surfaces data quality issues, reduces fragmentation across systems, and makes outcomes easier to explain, justify, and review. Over time, this feedback loop also strengthens future decisions by improving data integrity and reducing the risk of AI hallucination.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Building an AI-Ready Data Foundation</strong></div>

<div>Many organisations face challenges due to fragmented systems and siloed processes. Addressing these structural issues strengthens the link between data and decisions, improving explainability and organisational confidence in AI.</div>

<div>An AI-ready foundation rests on four pillars: trust, control, connectedness, and context.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Trust means data provenance, lineage, and quality are clearly understood and continuously monitored. Control ensures access to data is governed, logged, and policy-driven across internal teams and third parties. Connectedness allows data to be unified across people, organisations, locations, and physical or digital assets so that models can learn from real-world relationships. Context enriches internal and external data sources and reduces duplicate views of customers, claimants, and suppliers by up to 60%, ensuring AI models reflect how insurance and financial risk operate in practice.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Enabling Confident AI Adoption</strong></div>

<div>Stronger data foundations and decision transparency allow insurers and financial institutions to deploy AI with greater confidence while engaging constructively with regulators during audit and review processes. These capabilities support clearer governance, better risk evaluation, and faster organisational learning from outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>As the market matures, Decision Intelligence supports the shift from cautious experimentation to evidence-based production systems in mission-critical areas. By embedding transparency and accountability into decision-making processes, organisations can innovate responsibly while meeting rising expectations from regulators, customers, and the market. Over time, this approach allows organisations to transform data uncertainty into an operational and competitive advantage in months rather than years.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/why-ai-decision-accountability-is-a-requirement-in-insurance-26639.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>A Systemic Risk Intelligence Gap In Property Underwriting</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Intelligent AI has launched its report <strong><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Intelligent AI - The Risk Intelligence Gap2026.pdf">&lsquo;The Risk Intelligence Gap&rsquo; </a></strong>based on analysis of more than 30 insurer annual reports and 20 interviews with senior executives across carriers, brokers and advisory firms, including Zurich, Generali, AXA, WTW, Hiscox and Tokio Marine Kiln.</p>

<p>The research data reveals an industry operating with limited visibility at the point of decision. In the UK, 93% of properties are insured for the wrong amount, while only 7% are adequately characterised in underwriting files. At the same time, 40-50% of submissions arrive incomplete, forcing underwriters to spend more than half their time chasing missing information rather than assessing risk.</p>

<p>The implications are material, as there is a fundamental asymmetry in underwriting economics; selecting the wrong risk has far greater consequences than mispricing it. This dynamic is driving adverse selection across portfolios, where insurers lacking high-quality data are more likely to retain mischaracterised risks.</p>

<p>The report identifies a major asymmetry in underwriting economics: interviewees argued that selecting the wrong risk can be exponentially more damaging than marginal pricing error. One senior underwriter summarised the imbalance bluntly: &ldquo;Pick the wrong risk, and it could cost you a hundred million. Wrong pricing, maybe a hundred thousand.&rdquo;</p>

<p>&ldquo;Those insurers that address the data problem will be far better positioned to select risk, compete for higher-quality business and accelerate agentic AI underwriting, while those that don&rsquo;t will face increasing exposure to volatility and adverse selection.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The good news is that the data already exists, however, it isn&rsquo;t reaching decision-makers in a structured, trusted form. Closing that gap is critical to unlocking the full value of AI and ensuring underwriting decisions are grounded in reality, not assumption.&rdquo; <strong>said Anthony Peake, Founder and CEO, Intelligent AI</strong></p>

<p>The research also points to measurable performance gains from better-quality exposure intelligence. McKinsey estimates that insurers using advanced analytics in underwriting have achieved 3&ndash;5 point improvements in loss ratios alongside 10&ndash;15% increases in new business. The report additionally cites examples of carriers reducing loss frequency by as much as 60% through the use of verified property-level risk data.</p>

<p>The impact is already visible. UK property claims reached record highs of &pound;5.7 billion in 2024 and &pound;6.1 billion in 2025, while global catastrophe losses continue to rise. In the case of Business Interruption, it is significantly under-priced, often by a factor of three to five, due to a lack of visibility into supply chain dependencies.</p>

<p>Across the insurance ecosystem, data exists within brokers, third-party providers and internal systems, but rarely arrives in a consistent, trusted and decision-ready format, despite significant investment in AI and automation. This creates a bottleneck at the submission stage, driving delays, manual intervention and weaker decisions.</p>

<p>In response to these industry challenges, Intelligent AI recently introduced Risk_API, designed to help insurers enrich underwriting workflows with verified, structured property intelligence at the point of submission. The company sees this type of API-first risk infrastructure as foundational to the next generation of AI-driven and agentic underwriting, helping carriers move from fragmented, manually gathered information toward continuously accessible, decision-ready risk intelligence embedded directly within underwriting operations.   Continues&hellip;</p>

<p>For senior leaders, the implications are strategic. Rising regulatory expectations around data governance and auditability, combined with reinsurance pricing pressures, mean data quality, and its use with AI tools, is now directly linked to capital performance. This means that the &lsquo;Risk Intelligence Gap&rsquo; is no longer an operational issue; it is a determinant of competitiveness and resilience for the future.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/a-systemic-risk-intelligence-gap-in-property-underwriting-26637.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Schemes Act To Accelerate Ai Led Transformation</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>While designed to improve scale and member outcomes within the system, the changes are also expected to significantly increase the volume, complexity and breadth of data that providers will need to manage prudently.</p>

<p><br />
It means that the careful application of AI, unified systems and modern technology processes will be required for providers to position themselves for future growth.<br />
<br />
A key example is the new requirement for trustees to provide &lsquo;guided&rsquo; default retirement pathways for members of trust-based DC pension schemes. This will require trustees to define membership groupings that best fit a particular default pathway, and to refine these groupings as more data becomes available.<br />
<br />
This ongoing data challenge is not only a &lsquo;good fit&rsquo; for the use of AI - it can be argued that it almost demands the use of AI to ensure that trustees make the best use of the data they hold when making the critical decision to assign members to default pathways.<br />
<br />
The adoption of AI in scenarios like this will rightly require high levels of trust. This trust will need to be earned through robust governance, operating models and technology, evidenced to be compliant with all existing legislation, and any future guidance that regulators produce. <br />
<br />
AI is already being applied to tackle other challenges across the pensions market, and its careful application, alongside human expertise, will also be vital in handling some of the other operational pressures that will build as a result of the Pension Schemes Act, with its focus on large-scale consolidation and new standardised requirements to assess Value for Money.<br />
<br />
As AI develops further and becomes more integral over the coming months and years, it is set to become a key enabler of a more automated, standardised and resilient pensions infrastructure in the UK, according to <br />
<br />
<strong>Maurice Titley, Commercial Director, Data & Dashboards at Lumera commented:</strong> &ldquo;As we enter a new era for the pensions sector in the UK, AI is set to be a critical driver of transformation in how providers achieve greater efficiencies and improve the member experience.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
&ldquo;Greater automation and use of AI will play a critical role in supporting the evolving requirements and regulations contained within the Pension Schemes Act that the industry must comply with. Innovative operating models, human oversight and robust governance will be at the centre of this drive, giving trustees and providers the confidence to capitalise on AI&rsquo;s full potential. It creates an opportunity to improve administration, standards and outcomes right across the pensions sector, enhancing rather than replacing the expertise that defines the industry.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
&ldquo;Investment in these technologies will be critical to extracting maximum value over the long-term and achieving a market that is prudent, progressive and people-centric.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-schemes-act-to-accelerate-ai-led-transformation-26634.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Stocks Slip With Borrowing Costs And Inflation Back In Focus</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 is expected to open down today against a backdrop of higher oil prices, and a seemingly unbreakable diplomatic deadlock between Tehran and Washington after President Trump warned that the ceasefire may be on &ldquo;life support&rdquo;. Back at home, rising government borrowing costs aren&rsquo;t helping either, with Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer&rsquo;s leadership under increasing pressure. The potential for a fiscally looser successor may be weighing on rate expectations, but the inflationary influence of higher-for-longer oil prices is likely to be the bigger driver. With 10-year gilts now paying just over 5%, any movements in the yield will be closely monitored.</p>

<p>Cost pressures are contributing to downbeat consumer data for April, out today from Barclaycard and the British Retail Consortium. Barclaycard said card spending fell 0.1% year-on-year, the first decline since 2024. Staying at home is coming back in vogue, with digital content and subscription spending rising 9.2% - a sharp contrast to the 5.7% decline in travel, with airline spend down a further 8.3%. It&rsquo;s in times like these that airline business model strengths and weaknesses become apparent. Among the UK-listed names, IAG stands out as a high-margin business, with a diverse route network and a sensible fuel-hedging strategy.</p>

<p>The British Retail Consortium April report showed a 3% decline in retail sales for April. However, the timing of Easter was a considerable drag. March and April combined make for a more meaningful comparison, with sales up 1.5%. The Easter shift was likely the key reason for a 2.5% decrease in food sales, but big-ticket items also fell, and consumer confidence remains fragile.</p>

<p>Imperial Brands first half results landed as expected, with underlying revenue up 1.8% to &pound;3.7bn. Strong pricing in tobacco has offset continuing volume declines, and 7.5% increase in next generation products (vapes, oral and heated tobacco) saw a strong performance in Europe and emerging markets, masked by weakness in the US, where heavy discounting saw sales fall. 2026 guidance remains unchanged, but with first half underlying operating profit up just 0.6%, there&rsquo;s still work to do to hit the 3-5% full-year target. With management holding back on buybacks for now, there&rsquo;s not much for investors to latch onto today.</p>

<p>Brent crude prices remain stubbornly high at close to $105 per barrel. The closure of the Strait of Hormuz has moved the narrative firmly away from oversupply worries towards fears of a deficit. Saudi Aramco CEO Amin Nasser said the market has lost around 100 million barrels of output per week, and that even a few weeks of further disruption could significantly delay a return to market stability.</p>

<p>US stock futures are down this morning after both the S&P 500 and NASDAQ Composite hit fresh highs. Corporate strength has outweighed geopolitical tensions, with the S&P 500 on track to deliver a 27% increase in earnings per share over the first quarter, which, according to FactSet, would be the fastest growth since the end of 2021.</p>

<p>The strong US economy and the inflationary impact of the Middle East crisis have pushed interest-rate cut expectations out to at least the end of this year. Today&rsquo;s key data point is the US Consumer Price Index print for April, which is expected to show core inflation accelerating to 2.7% from 2.6% in March, and a bigger jump in headline prices from 3.3% to 3.7%, which includes energy costs. The risks are skewed to a hotter-than-expected increase in prices, and while headline numbers may not move the dial, a higher-than-forecast core number could at least put a temporary brake on market optimism.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/stocks-slip-with-borrowing-costs-and-inflation-back-in-focus-26633.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ppf Publish Latest Ppf7800 Index Figures For April 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>A scheme&rsquo;s s179 liabilities represent, broadly speaking, the premium that would have to be paid to an insurance company to take on the payment of PPF levels of compensation. This compensation may be lower than full scheme benefits.  </p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_PPF7800APR1205261.jpg" style="height:245px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>Shalin Bhagwan, PPF Chief Actuary, said: </strong>&ldquo;Market conditions remained challenging through the month as persistent inflation pressures and elevated energy prices kept global bond yields high. Expectations of further central bank tightening continued to build, with UK gilt yields rising as investors reassessed the path of monetary policy. Against this backdrop, risk asset performance was mixed and bond markets remained under pressure.</p>

<p>Within this environment, the PPF 7800 index recorded a &pound;5.3bn fall in the aggregate funding surplus, taking it to &pound;258.5bn. The funding ratio dipped to 131.2 per cent, as scheme assets fell by 1.6 per cent and liabilities by 1.4 per cent. Despite the modest softening, funding levels remain robust, supported by the continued influence of higher discount rates.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>A note on changes to the PPF 7800 Index</strong></div>

<div>In our December 2025 update, we highlighted that the government had announced that it would legislate to allow us to pay prospective indexation starting from 2027 for service accrued pre-1997 for members of schemes who provided this as a right. As well as schemes that have already transferred to the PPF, this will also impact the s179 liabilities of schemes in the PPF universe. In April the Pension Schemes Act received Royal Assent. As we&rsquo;ve signposted, we&rsquo;ll reflect the impact from these changes in the PPF 7800 Index in due course.</div>

<p>View the May update and see the supporting data on the 7800 Index for 30 April 2026 here: <a href="https://www.ppf.co.uk/ppf-7800-index">The PPF 7800 index | Pension Protection Fund.</a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ppf-publish-latest-ppf7800-index-figures-for-april-2026-26636.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>43  Uncertain In 6 Month Deadline To Pay Pensions Iht Bill</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Nearly half (43%) of UK adults aren&rsquo;t confident the six-month deadline for paying inheritance tax (IHT) on unused pension funds will be long enough, according to new research from Standard Life.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>From April 2027, personal representatives responsible for administering an estate, typically family members or friends, will also need to account for any unused pension savings when determining if the estate exceeds the available IHT nil rate band. Any IHT is due within six months of the end of the month of death.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The timeline for paying pension-related IHT has attracted significant discussion, including from the House of Lords Economic Affairs Finance Bill Sub-Committee, who highlighted the practical challenges personal representatives may face in meeting this deadline.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In response, the government confirmed that the standard six-month timeline will apply from April 2027, citing the importance of consistency in the treatment of estates for IHT purposes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Neil Jones, tax and wealth planning specialist at Standard Life comments: </strong>&ldquo;With the April 2027 changes fast approaching, attention is turning to the practicalities of how IHT on pensions will be paid. The government confirmed last year that responsibility will lie with the estate&rsquo;s personal representatives, usually family members or friends.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;One of the biggest challenges will be identifying all the deceased&rsquo;s pension pots. Those approaching retirement today typically have two or three pensions, but younger generations are expected to have 11 or 12 pots over their working lives, largely due to job mobility and pensions auto-enrolment. Consolidating pension pots may make things simpler for personal representatives to manage depending on circumstance, but it&rsquo;s important to understand whether bringing these together could mean losing any valuable features or guarantees before making changes.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Confidence low among over 55s</strong></div>

<div>The research also highlights limited confidence among older adults. Only a third (32%) of people aged 55 and over think that the family members or friends appointed as personal representatives would be able to successfully manage the payment of any IHT due on pension assets.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Given estimates suggest around one in ten estates will exceed the IHT threshold by 2030, those potentially affected will need to understand who is responsible for paying IHT on pensions, how the process works, and when payment must be made.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Standard Life sets out the Pensions IHT payment timeline and responsibilities, from April 2027:</strong></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_StandardLifeIHT1205261.jpg" style="height:337px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The impact of bereavement on financial decision-making</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Neil Jones, continues: </strong>&ldquo;The impact of bereavement on decision-making should not be underplayed. Research shows that grief can be associated with reduced functional capacity, affecting decision-making not just emotional wellbeing.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;This can make it more difficult for personal representatives to navigate administrative tasks and meet deadlines. For families coping with loss while managing an estate, planning ahead to reduce the administrative burden is therefore important. Engaging a professional, such as a solicitor, can help ease this responsibility on family members during a challenging time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;While the changes may feel complex, taking simple steps today, such as keeping pension records up to date, can help make things much easier for loved ones in the future.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/43--uncertain-in-6-month-deadline-to-pay-pensions-iht-bill-26635.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fca Fines And Bans Frank Breuer For Serious Misconduct</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Mr Breuer was the joint owner and sole director of Bluesky Wealth Management Limited (Bluesky), which provided advice on investments and pensions. Although authorised to advise on defined benefit (DB) pension transfers, the firm did not have the appropriate professional insurance in place from April 2019. This meant Mr Breuer&rsquo;s customers were at risk of not receiving compensation if something went wrong.</p>

<p>Mr Breuer carried out at least 16 DB pension transfers while knowing he was uninsured. He also repeatedly misled the FCA about the firm&rsquo;s insurance position.</p>

<p>In October 2019, Mr Breuer agreed to restrictions introduced by the FCA to protect customers and the firm&rsquo;s assets. Mr Breuer ignored these restrictions and stripped the firm&rsquo;s assets by paying himself large dividends, taking personal loans and moving money through connected accounts. By September 2020, Mr Breuer knew that the FCA had concerns about the suitability of Bluesky&rsquo;s DB advice and from June 2022 onwards, the Financial Ombudsman Service upheld several complaints against Bluesky on the DB advice Mr Breuer had given. He then placed Bluesky into an insolvency process in April 2023, leaving substantial customer liabilities of at least &pound;214,772.88 to be met by the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS).</p>

<p><strong>Therese Chambers, joint executive director of enforcement and market oversight at the FCA, said: </strong>&ldquo;Mr Breuer sought to evade paying compensation due to customers as a result of his own bad pension advice and feathered his own nest in the process, stripping substantial assets from his firm. He repeatedly misled the FCA and flouted FCA restrictions. He&rsquo;s not fit to work in financial services.&quot;  </p>

<p>Anyone who has been affected by Mr Breuer&rsquo;s advice should visit the FSCS website to check whether they&rsquo;re eligible for compensation. </p>

<p> </p>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publication/final-notices/frank-breuer-2026.pdf">Final Notice for Frank Breuer</a></em></span></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>The <a href="https://www.fscs.org.uk/making-a-claim/failed-firms/bluesky/">FSCS redress scheme is still open to claims</a> and to date, &pound;214,772.88 has been paid to affected customers.  </em></span></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>From June 2022 onwards, the Financial Ombudsman Service upheld complaints against Bluesky on DB transfer advice that Mr Breuer had given. In January 2023, the FCA was notified that Bluesky had failed to pay an Ombudsman award. </em></span></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Mr Breuer&rsquo;s total financial penalty is &pound;755,000 which includes disgorgement of financial benefit and interest. </em></span></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Mr Breuer breached Statement of Principle 1 (APER) and Individual Conduct Rule 1 (ICR 1) by acting without integrity. </em></span></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>A DB pension provides a guaranteed retirement income. FCA rules require strong justification before advising a customer to transfer out of a DB pension scheme. </em></span></div>

<p>Enquiries</p>

<p>Press: 020 7066 3232 / press.office@fca.org.uk</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fca-fines-and-bans-frank-breuer-for-serious-misconduct-26638.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments On Latest Ppf7800 Index Update For April 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Sarah Elwine, Actuarial Director at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;Pension scheme funding dropped back in April as continued market volatility and inflation expectations support elevated bond yields. With the conflict in Iran seeming unlikely to end imminently and domestic political uncertainty lingering in the UK, trustees must once more deal with a challenging macro environment. This could impact pension schemes that do not have a matched strategy in place, and so trustees and scheme managers should continue to monitor their investment strategy to protect their long-term objectives and support their members. However, pension scheme funding remains in a healthy position with the aggregate surplus significantly higher compared to last year. Alongside the passing of the Pension Schemes Act, it highlights the fact that many trustees still have optionality and the insurance market continues to quote for new business for schemes looking to secure their members&rsquo; benefits.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>
<p><strong>Vishal Makkar, Managing Director, UK Wealth Consulting at Gallagher: </strong>&ldquo;The aggregate funding position has fallen to &pound;258.5bn this month, reflecting the continued ups and downs in financial markets and uncertainty around inflation and interest rates. Even so, the overall picture for UK defined benefit schemes is positive, with funding levels still far stronger than they were just a few years ago. Monthly movements are to be expected, but recent volatility is a reminder to keep a close eye on funding and investment risks. Trustees are keeping a close eye on developments closer to home. Debate around the Pension Schemes Bill and the Government&rsquo;s approach to pension investment have kept the industry firmly in the spotlight. While the Government&rsquo;s rollback on investment mandation has eased some concerns, trustees will still need to balance evolving policy expectations with their core focus on protecting member outcomes and maintaining long-term stability. The Pensions Regulator&rsquo;s latest Annual Funding Statement reflects a similar picture, with many schemes now moving beyond deficit repair and focusing instead on longer-term questions around endgame planning.&rdquo;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ppf-publish-latest-ppf7800-index-figures-for-april-2026-26636.htm"><strong>PPF Update on PPF 7800 Index for April 2026</strong></a></p>
</div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-on-latest-ppf7800-index-update-for-april-2026-26640.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pricing Governance  How Much Control Is Too Much </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><u><strong>By Laura Hobern, Partner, LCP</strong></u></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The challenge is finding a framework that keeps pricing decisions visible and intentional without trying to control every individual deal.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Governance should support decisions, not replace them</strong></div>

<div>In many insurers, pricing governance tends to evolve in response to past experience. After a period of poor performance, it is common to see additional approval layers introduced, more committees created and tighter controls put in place.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These changes often start with good intentions. The aim is to ensure underwriting discipline and prevent under-pricing. Over time, however, governance can become overly focused on approving individual transactions rather than understanding the broader patterns emerging across the portfolio.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, a risk is written at 10 percent below technical price and requires approval. The committee reviews the case, discusses the individual risk and broker relationship and approves the deal. A few days later another similar risk is reviewed and approved for similar reasons.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Each decision is reasonable in isolation. But governance processes that focus only on individual deals can struggle to see what those decisions add up to over time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Effective governance therefore needs to operate at two levels. Individual decisions should remain primarily with the underwriter (working within their underwriting guidelines), while governance focuses on the overall framework and understanding the trends that emerge across the portfolio.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>When governance becomes too restrictive</strong></div>

<div>It is also possible for governance to go too far. Underwriters often need to move quickly. If every deviation from technical price requires lengthy approvals, decisions slow down and underwriting teams may look for ways around the process.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In some cases this can lead to unintended consequences. Technical pricing models may be adjusted to produce numbers that are easier to approve, or underwriting judgement may simply shift into areas that are harder to monitor. For example, rather than reducing price directly, terms and conditions might gradually weaken. Deductibles fall, coverage expands or additional extensions are included. Each change may appear small, but the overall economic impact can be significant.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Governance that focuses only on price therefore risks missing a broader shift in risk. This is why governance works best when it focuses less on strict control and more on transparency. The aim should be to understand how pricing behaviour is evolving rather than attempting to approve every decision individually.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Good governance focuses on patterns</strong></div>

<div>The most effective pricing governance tends to focus on patterns rather than single transactions. For example, governance forums might regularly review questions such as:</div>

<div><em>Are certain classes or segments consistently written below technical levels?</em></div>

<div><em>Are particular brokers associated with more frequent commercial adjustments?</em></div>

<div><em>Are &ldquo;better than average&rdquo; risk assessments becoming more common as competition increases?</em></div>

<div><em>Are terms and conditions weakening at the same time as prices are falling?</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>These types of questions shift the conversation away from whether a specific deal was justified and towards what the portfolio is telling you. A simple example illustrates the point. A portfolio may show that 15 percent of risks are written below technical price. On its own that number may not be concerning. But if the proportion increases steadily over several quarters, or is concentrated in specific segments, it may indicate that market pressure is starting to reshape the book. This kind of insight allows management to step in early, while they can still do something about it.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Making governance practical</strong></div>

<div>Good pricing governance does not need to be complicated. In practice, a few simple principles often make the biggest difference. First, governance should be clear about who owns the pricing decision. As discussed in the previous article, in the London Market, that decision typically sits with the underwriter. Governance should provide oversight and challenge, not replace that responsibility.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Secondly, deviations from technical price should be tracked against pre-agreed appetite ranges. Small differences are part of operating in a competitive market, but persistent or widening gaps should trigger discussion.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Thirdly, governance should capture the information behind pricing decisions. For example, separating risk-based adjustments from commercial ones helps reveal whether underwriting behaviour is changing as market conditions soften. Finally, governance discussions should focus on trends rather than individual approvals. Looking at patterns across classes, brokers or portfolios often reveals issues earlier than reviewing deals one at a time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These practices do not prevent underwriters from responding to the market. Instead, they help ensure that those responses remain visible to the wider organisation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Closing thoughts</strong></div>

<div>Pricing governance is often discussed in terms of constraints and control, but in practice it is more about visibility. Soft markets inevitably create pressure to follow the market. Technical pricing provides the benchmark, and underwriting judgement determines how to respond. Governance ensures that those choices remain transparent and aligned with the business strategy.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Too little governance allows pricing discipline to drift. Too much governance risks slowing decisions and weakening underwriting ownership.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The most effective approach sits somewhere in between: a framework that supports commercial decision making while ensuring the insurer understands how its pricing behaviour is evolving, and the key ways to achieve this are to follow the principles set out above.</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pricing-governance--how-much-control-is-too-much--26629.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fans Urged To Show Fraudsters A Red Card Ahead Of World Cup</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Football fans are being urged to guard against scams when buying match tickets for the upcoming FIFA World Cup &ndash; which kicks off next month &ndash; as newly-released data from Lloyds reveals football ticket scams increased over a third (36%) during the current Premier League football season.</p>

<div><strong>Which teams and fixtures do fraudsters target most?</strong></div>

<div>The findings, based on thousands of scam cases between October 2025 and March 2026, show fraudsters focus heavily on popular teams such as Arsenal, Liverpool, Chelsea and Manchester United. Scammers also repeatedly target supporters looking for tickets to some of the most in-demand football matches in the UK, such as the FA Cup Final and Champions League Final.</div>

<p>With the World Cup, hosted in the USA, Canada and Mexico, set to be the most spectated football event, it's anticipated that fraudsters will target the big-name fixtures and attempt to exploit international demand.</p>

<div><strong>How much are victims losing?</strong></div>

<div>On average victims lost &pound;215 during the current Premier League football season, but some fans paid hundreds or even thousands of pounds for &lsquo;season tickets&rsquo; or VIP seats that never existed. Hopeful football fans are expected to pay much more for expensive World Cup tickets, meaning the potential loss for victims could be devastating - especially for those forking out on extra costs to travel across the pond.</div>

<p>The government and Lloyds are teaming up once again to highlight the issue to football supporters, as part of the Stop! Think Fraud campaign. Led by the Home Office and supported by partners across law enforcement, banking, tech, retail and the charity sector, the campaign empowers individuals and small businesses with the tools and knowledge they need to protect themselves from fraud.</p>

<p><strong>Liz Ziegler, Fraud Prevention Director, Lloyds said: </strong>&ldquo;Fraudsters thrive on urgency and target fans looking for hard-to-get tickets for big-name fixtures. Most of the football ticket scams we see start on social media &ndash; especially Facebook and Instagram &ndash; before the criminal moves the buyer onto WhatsApp and insists on a bank transfer to pay. It&rsquo;s incredibly convincing, and we don&rsquo;t want fans to lose their money trying to support their team. We&rsquo;re urging supporters to stay alert and stick to official ticketing channels.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Lord Hanson, Minister for Fraud, UK Home Office said: </strong>&ldquo;As excitement builds for the World Cup, fraudsters are preparing to exploit loyal fans searching for tickets. I urge all football supporters hunting for tickets to Stop! Think Fraud and show fraudsters the red card. Only buy directly from FIFA or the FIFA Resale Marketplace. Missing out on a big match is disappointing, but becoming a victim to a scam makes it even harder to bear.&quot;</p>

<p>&quot;Our new fraud strategy sets out how we will use every tool at our disposal to disrupt and dismantle criminal operations, bring fraudsters to justice and strengthen support for victims.&quot;</p>

<div><strong>How football ticket scams work</strong></div>

<div>Most football ticket scams begin on social media. Criminals advertise a spare ticket, then shift the conversation to WhatsApp, where victims are pushed to make a bank transfer. Once the money is sent, the scammer blocks the buyer and disappears.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>World Cup warning: scammers will use the same tactics</strong></div>

<div>With the 2026 Men&rsquo;s World Cup just one month away, Lloyds and the Home Office are taking action to protect fans by highlighting how criminals will try to exploit the excitement.</div>

<p>Scammers know demand will be huge and will mimic the methods seen in club-level scams: fake listings on social media, pressure to act quickly and requests for bank transfers. Fraudsters move quickly, creating fake waiting lists, counterfeit QR codes or bogus &ldquo;pre-release&rdquo; offers to lure people in.</p>

<p>Practical advice: Liz Ziegler&rsquo;s tips for avoiding football ticket scams</p>

<div><strong>Take your time:</strong> If you're offered tickets for a match that's in high demand, don't let the fear of missing out make you rush your decision. Stop, think, and check if the offer is genuine.</div>

<div><strong>Be careful with social media adverts, especially on marketplace platforms:</strong> If you see a last-minute ticket post on Facebook, Instagram, or TikTok, pause to consider whether it's legitimate. Do some research and consult family or friends before proceeding.</div>

<div><strong>Don&rsquo;t pay by bank transfer: </strong>Genuine ticket retailers never ask for payment by bank transfer, but fraudsters do as it's fast and hard to trace. Treat requests for bank transfers as a major warning sign, especially if the account details do not match the seller's name.</div>

<div><strong>Be wary of &ldquo;too good to be true&rdquo; offers:</strong> Derbies, European fixtures, and World Cup matches are magnets for scammers promising tickets that no one else can supply. If an offer seems unrealistic, it probably is.</div>

<div><strong>Use official club channels or authorised sellers:</strong> For major events like the World Cup, only trust the tournament&rsquo;s official ticketing platforms or club-approved sellers to ensure your purchase is safe. Don't forget that artificial intelligence (AI) can help criminals to create professional content. Just because it has a good layout and graphics, doesn&rsquo;t mean it is legitimate.</div>

<div><strong>Be cautious of pressure tactics:</strong> Be cautious of classic pressure phrases like &ldquo;lots of interest&rdquo;, &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll send the QR code after payment&rdquo;, or &ldquo;I need to sell right now&rdquo;. Scammers often use urgency to push you into making hasty decisions.</div>

<div><strong>Report Fraud:</strong> Anyone who believes they may have been a victim of fraud is encouraged to report it to Report Fraud at www.reportfraud.police.uk or by calling 0300 123 2040.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Case Study</strong></div>

<div>Robert Paterson, 39, Barber shop owner, Edinburgh. &ldquo;Like any passionate Scotland supporter, I&rsquo;m over the moon we&rsquo;ve qualified for the World Cup for the first time in nearly 20 years. I&rsquo;ve been on the hunt for tickets, particularly for the Brazil game. I&rsquo;ve spent time on various platforms like X and Facebook in the hope of securing seats but am always nervous of what&rsquo;s real and what could be a scam.</div>

<p>&ldquo;I own a popular chain of barber shops &lsquo;Rag and Bone&rsquo;, so have been swapping tips and stories with lots of clients in the barber&rsquo;s chair who have also been looking for legitimate tickets.</p>

<p>&ldquo;In the process, I&rsquo;ve definitely come across a number of suspected fake or questionable listings, with many tickets appearing either massively overpriced or outright dodgy, especially on Facebook. It definitely takes a bit of the excitement out of buying tickets when you&rsquo;re having to worry if it&rsquo;s real or not.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Earlier this year the Government launched a new Fraud Strategy to tackle the UK&rsquo;s most commonly experienced crime by strengthening partnerships across sectors, disrupting criminal operations and delivering better support for victims. This includes a &pound;31m investment for a new Online Crime Centre, combining the data, expertise and capabilities of the police, GCHQ, banks, telecommunications and tech firms to shut down the avenues that fraudsters exploit, wherever in the world they might be.  </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fans-urged-to-show-fraudsters-a-red-card-ahead-of-world-cup-26624.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Industry Must Move Faster On Responsible Use Of Ai</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The pilot ran for eight months and focused on how AI could help administrators analyse complex scheme provisions, identify relevant rule requirements and build clearer specification outputs under the supervision of experienced pensions technical specialists.</p>

<p><strong>Daniel Taylor, Director at Trafalgar House, said: </strong>&ldquo;The industry is feeling the weight of rising expectations and shrinking capacity. Member questions are becoming more technical and more frequent, while fee pressure remains steady. The challenge is how teams continue to deliver the standard that schemes and members depend on and AI has a clear role to play in that.</p>

<p>&ldquo;However, there is still hesitation around AI within parts of the industry, and that needs to shift. The barriers to adoption need to start coming down, and we need to see less resistance to technology that has the potential to support schemes in a very practical way.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Some of that resistance comes from a misunderstanding of how AI can be used in a regulated environment. It is sometimes viewed as a &lsquo;wild west&rsquo; tool, or as something that sits outside the governance and security frameworks pensions administration requires. In reality, that is not the case.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Taylor added:</strong> &ldquo;With the right controls, oversight and implementation, AI can absolutely operate within the same standards of data security, auditability and compliance that underpin all good administration.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Member expectations are also changing. They are already using AI in their everyday lives, becoming more financially informed and asking more complex questions, which is raising the bar for administrators.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Taylor concluded: </strong>&ldquo;This is not about replacing people. It is about supporting experienced teams, improving efficiency and helping schemes manage increasing demand without compromising on quality. Ultimately, schemes just want reliability, clarity and confidence when dealing with administration. AI can help protect those outcomes when used responsibly and the industry should be exploring it with real purpose, not hesitation.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-industry-must-move-faster-on-responsible-use-of-ai-26627.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>High Stakes Monday For The Prime Minister</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Anna Macdonald, Investment Strategy Director, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&quot;It has been a bruising weekend for Keir Starmer. Local election results delivered a sharp message from voters on two fronts. Reform made inroads in traditional Labour heartlands across the north of England, where Brexit sentiment remains strong, while the Greens picked up seats in the south among voters frustrated by the pace of change on spending. In Wales, Labour lost its majority in the Senedd, and in Scotland, the SNP are the largest party for a fifth term, with John Swinney returning as First Minister. The Prime Minister heads into Monday morning with his authority shaken and a significant speech to deliver, which is expected to cover the UK&rsquo;s relationship with the European Union.</p>

<p>The FTSE 100 is, as ever, a poor proxy for the UK domestic economy, as most of its constituents earn revenues overseas. It is in the gilt market and in the pound where UK political risk tends to show up most clearly. Any sign that markets are losing confidence in the government&rsquo;s economic management may put upward pressure on borrowing costs and weigh on sterling. We will be watching this throughout the day.</p>

<p>Away from Westminster, two significant reports today added to a growing picture of a UK economy that is losing momentum. The ITEM Club pointed to weakness in manufacturing and construction, sectors squeezed by higher energy costs. This chimes with what housebuilders have been saying, several of whom have flagged margin pressure from higher input costs, as well as planning delays and affordability constraints, which are weighing on volumes. Meanwhile, the Recruitment and Employment Confederation&rsquo;s latest survey showed more businesses opting for temporary rather than permanent hires. That is a telling signal. When companies are uncertain about the outlook, they avoid locking in fixed employment costs. It does not necessarily point to rising unemployment in the near term, but it does suggest that business confidence is weakening.</p>

<p>Zoom out from the domestic picture, however, and the mood is somewhat more constructive. Donald Trump travels to Beijing this week for talks with President Xi, with an extension of last year&rsquo;s trade truce firmly on the agenda. A six-to-twelve month rollover looks achievable as neither side has an obvious incentive to let the ceasefire expire. China has insulated itself reasonably well from the spike in global energy costs that has followed the conflict in the Middle East, managing domestic fuel pricing, holding substantial strategic reserves of oil and coal, and having made significant strides in renewable energy capacity. The US, for its part, holds its strongest cards in advanced semiconductors, where Chinese access remains a live issue. On the other hand, China will continue to leverage its dominance of rare earth production.</p>

<p>On the company front, four names stand out this week. National Grid reports full-year results against the backdrop of its ambitious &pound;70bn five-year infrastructure investment plan, a 70% uplift on the prior period, as it positions itself at the heart of the electrification of industrial demand and the surge in data centre energy needs driven by AI. Analysts are forecasting revenues to hold broadly flat at around &pound;18.3bn, with operating profits growing at a faster pace of nearly 8% to &pound;5.8bn, helped by improvements in its UK transmission business. Vodafone updates investors amid ongoing questions about the pace of its strategic simplification. Burberry, still in the early stages of a significant turnaround, will give the market its latest read on whether demand for luxury goods is stabilising after a difficult period. And Greggs reports as it pushes ahead with a target of 120 net new store openings this year, extending trading hours to capture the evening occasion. Sales rose a healthy 6.3% in the first nine weeks of the year, but the consumer backdrop has tightened since then, and the knock-on effects of the Middle East conflict on household confidence will be worth watching in its latest numbers.&quot;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/high-stakes-monday-for-the-prime-minister-26625.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tpr Consults On New Corporate Strategy</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The pensions system is rapidly evolving. New models and rapid technological change present new opportunities to improve outcomes for pension scheme members but also risks.  </p>

<p>The Pensions Schemes Act 2026 will significantly reshape the market with a focus on scale, value and good outcomes for members. Alongside this, the Pensions Commission is considering the longer-term future of the system.  </p>

<p>That is why in its latest proposed five-year strategy, TPR sets out a set of six outcomes that will drive the regulator&rsquo;s work over the years to come as well as principles for how it will work with the workplace pensions market to deliver its vision.  </p>

<p><strong>Chief Executive Nausicaa Delfas said: </strong>&ldquo;We are today launching a consultation on our five-year Corporate Strategy, at a pivotal time in pensions. Our mission is to protect workplace pensions members&rsquo; money, enhance the pensions system and support innovation in members&rsquo; interests. We encourage stakeholders to engage in our consultation to make sure that together we can create a system which delivers what matters most: a sustainable income in retirement for everyone&rdquo; </p>

<p>The consultation document [<a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/document-library/consultations/corporate-strategy-consultation">Corporate strategy consultation</a>] outlines TPR&rsquo;s intention to progress six outcomes &ndash; member and market &ndash; that guide their regulatory work and will demonstrate success: </p>

<div><strong>Savings are secure:</strong> Workplace pension members&rsquo; benefits are secure and delivered as promised.  </div>

<div><strong>Better value:</strong> Workplace pension members benefit from investments and services that deliver long-term value and support a sustainable income in retirement. </div>

<div><strong>Pensions are fair:</strong> People have fair access and opportunity across the workplace pensions system. <br />
<strong>Well-run schemes:</strong> Effective scheme governance and administration by independent, forward-looking and highly skilled trustees and scheme managers. </div>

<div><strong>A sustainable and resilient market:</strong> A resilient, financially secure pensions system that supports UK growth and operates efficiently. </div>

<div><strong>A seamless and integrated system:</strong>  An end-to-end journey &ndash; from joining a scheme to taking an income in retirement, with innovative products and services connected to how people live their lives.  </div>

<p>The consultation runs until 8 June 2026. Following feedback, TPR plans to publish the final version of its strategy in July, alongside its Corporate Plan.  </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tpr-consults-on-new-corporate-strategy-26628.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Cyber Risk Tops The List As Businesses Seek More Resilience</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Marsh-UK Risk Report 2026 - FINAL.pdf"><strong>Marsh Risk&rsquo;s UK Business Risk Report</strong></a> &ndash; which surveyed more than 2,000 business leaders, from sole traders to businesses of with over 250 employees across the UK &ndash; provides industry-level insight and practical recommendations to help organisations prioritise actions, allocate capital and engage with insurers more effectively. The report underscores the need for businesses to adopt flexible risk management approaches that can adapt as threats evolve and interact across domains.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The top risks include cyber threats (46%); economic and financial (44%); compliance, legal and regulatory (40%); and people (39%).</div>

<div> </div>

<div>According to the report, high-profile attacks, greater digitalisation and supply-chain vulnerabilities have elevated cyber risk to board level, due to widespread operational disruption, potential regulatory exposure and reputational harm. Respondents also highlighted the growing interconnectedness of threats, signaling a move by organisations to prioritise resilience through technology, people and expert guidance. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>In response to this, businesses are taking action. Organisations are shifting from siloed risk programmes to scenario-based planning and integrated frameworks that combine technical controls, people and process. Workforce training, supplier oversight and governance are rising priorities. Increasingly, firms seek specialist advisory support to turn complex data into board-level decisions and insurance strategies.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Alistair Brighton, CEO, Corporate & Commercial UK, Marsh Risk, said:</strong> &ldquo;Geopolitical tensions, regulatory change and market volatility are clearly continuing to affect long-term planning for UK businesses. A cyber incident can cause operational downtime, regulatory exposure and reputational harm, while economic or geopolitical shocks can increase cyber and supply chain vulnerability. This interdependence makes siloed risk programmes ineffective. Boards want clear metrics, practical scenarios and steps they can take now. They need technical defences, continuous testing, targeted training and robust supplier due diligence that is backed by expert advice.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/cyber-risk-tops-the-list-as-businesses-seek-more-resilience-26631.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Small Steps On Pension Contributions Makes A Huge Difference</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Helen Morrissey, head of retirement analysis, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Auto-enrolment is playing a huge role in helping people build bigger retirement pots. People joining the workplace today have the benefit of being auto-enrolled throughout their working lives. HL calculations show a 22-year-old earning &pound;26,000 per year could have a pension pot worth &pound;235,000 if they contribute at AE minimums throughout their working life. For some, this along with the state pension will give them what they need in retirement &ndash; or at least a good start.</p>

<p>If you need more in retirement, then small steps can make a really big difference. Boosting your contributions above auto-enrolment minimums can grow your pension. Increasing it to 6%, for instance, could see you with &pound;265,000 at the age of 68. Deciding to go further and contribute at 8% could see it head above &pound;320,000. It shows that building habits such as boosting contributions every time you get a pay increase can really pay off when it comes to retirement.</p>

<p>Your employer may also have the chance to play a bigger part. Some are willing to increase their pension contribution if you increase yours &ndash; the so-called employer match. So, if you have the extra money to spare, then you could see a real hike in your employer contribution too. For instance, if you were to contribute 6% and your employer were to match it then you could see your pension pot grow to &pound;353,000.</p>

<p>It shows the importance of checking in on your pension from time to time to see how it is performing. Think about what a good retirement might look like for you and what that might cost so you can get a sense of how much you might need on an annual basis. Online pension calculators can not only tell you how big your pension pot might be at retirement, they can also show you how much income that pot might give you so you can see if you are on track for the retirement you want. If you are &ndash; great! If you aren&rsquo;t, then you&rsquo;ve got time to do something about it, and taking small steps when you can, might help you close the gaps quickly and mean there are no nasty surprises at retirement. The most recent findings from HL&rsquo;s Savings and Resilience Barometer showed higher earners were at risk of a retirement shock with a pension savings gap of &pound;64,800. This means many face the very real prospect of not being able to maintain their lifestyle in retirement &ndash; taking action early can make all the difference.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/small-steps-on-pension-contributions-makes-a-huge-difference-26630.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Broadstone Advises Safe Computing Pension On Full Buyin</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Safe Computing Pension Fund (&ldquo;the Scheme&rdquo;) has secured a &pound;4.5m full buy-in with Just Group.</p>

<p>The Scheme is sponsored by The Access Group (&ldquo;the Company&rdquo;), one of the leading providers of business management software, which was keen to support the Trustees in its objective of securing member benefits.</p>

<p>The transaction, completed in March 2026, secures the benefits of 16 deferred and 24 pensioner members of the Scheme and completes the buy-in of all Scheme liabilities.</p>

<p>The transaction was achieved using the assets of the Scheme and, once a legacy illiquid asset was realised, did not require an additional contribution from the Company. The transaction was concluded swiftly in busy market using Broadstone&rsquo;s SM&RT Insure process in tandem with Just&rsquo;s streamlined service, Beacon.</p>

<p>Broadstone provided annuity broking alongside their existing services for actuarial, investment consultancy and scheme administration. Legal advice to the Trustees was provided by Gateley Legal.</p>

<p><strong>Bob Jenkinson, Deal Lead at Broadstone, said: </strong>&ldquo;Small scheme transactions like this require specialist knowledge of the insurance market and the extensive experience Broadstone have in the area proved invaluable. It was imperative the Scheme undertook a robust preparation phase to ensure data was in a suitable state of readiness for the transaction. All of that hard work paid off, and the transaction was completed seamlessly in under 4 weeks during a period of market volatility.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Palwinder Hare at HS Trustees, commented:</strong> &ldquo;Our Advisers guided the Trustees expertly through the entire project, delivering clear, focussed advice on the process and the key risks and issues associated with this type of transaction. The seamless execution proved the worth of the rigorous preparation and the strength of the approach. The efficiency of the transaction really put the valuable preparation into perspective and has proved its value.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Alma Goyanes-Payne, Business Development Manager at Just, said:</strong> &ldquo;Supporting schemes of all sizes is core to our approach at Just. By using our streamlined pricing service, small schemes can monitor pricing and move quickly to execution at the right time. We are pleased to have supported the Scheme in achieving its derisking objectives.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/broadstone-advises-safe-computing-pension-on-full-buyin-26626.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Only 19  Of Dc Members Know Their Retirement Income</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>A CoreData survey of 3,000 UK DC pension members found glaring gaps in knowledge across a range of essential pension areas. Only one in five respondents say they have a good understanding of their potential retirement income (19%) and the contribution levels needed to achieve desired retirement lifestyles (21%). Even fewer report good understanding of consolidating DC pots (16%), options available at retirement (17%) and how their pension is invested (17%) and taxed (18%).</p>

<p>Knowledge gaps are wider for those on low incomes. Just one in 10 members with incomes less than &pound;25,000 have a good grasp of how their pension is invested (10%) and what overall retirement income they are on course to achieve (14%).</p>

<p>The survey, conducted in Q4 2025, also shows how these knowledge gaps are translating into a lack of meaningful action. About two-thirds of members have never changed how their pension is invested (68%) and never consolidated their DC pension pots (66%). In addition, more than half have never set a specific retirement date (62%) or increased monthly pension contributions (55%).</p>

<p>Despite these knowledge and action gaps, the study highlights relatively high levels of digital interaction with DC providers. A majority (55%) of members have used their provider&rsquo;s online portal to check or manage their pension within the last 12 months, while 39% have used their provider&rsquo;s mobile app. And 57% say they view their main provider&rsquo;s website or mobile app as a key source of information and educational content.</p>

<p>While members see their provider&rsquo;s digital channels as a vital information hub, most are not making use of the educational content provided. Less than a third have accessed online information on core areas including contributions needed to achieve their desired retirement lifestyle (32%), how inflation impacts pensions (26%), options available upon retirement (25%) and potential overall retirement income (25%).  </p>

<p>A key focus of the study was to understand how more tailored approaches to member engagement &ndash; utilising digital channels &ndash; may help to drive more positive pension behaviours.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Encouragingly, our findings show that a growing number of members across all age groups are now visiting their pension providers&rsquo; digital channels. But on the flipside, we see that this interaction is not translating into engagement that boosts member understanding and ultimately spurs meaningful action,&rdquo; <strong>says Joe Dalton, Head of Research, Europe, at CoreData.</strong></p>

<p>The research also assessed how the barriers to taking pension actions differ for members within different age cohorts, income levels and of differing financial literacy levels. &ldquo;Our analysis highlights how financial literacy, life stage and wealth levels all affect not just the type of information needed by different members to support better decisions, but also the way in which that information is delivered,&rdquo; adds Dalton.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Some cohorts are avoiding engagement with their pension because they&rsquo;re afraid of what they might find, others are eager to take action but struggle to understand what income they will need and what their current trajectory is &ndash; and then there are more complacent members who think they&rsquo;ll be fine because they are making the minimum auto-enrolment contributions.&rdquo;</p>

<p>&ldquo;Given these different factors, a one-size-fits-all approach to member engagement is unlikely to drive the necessary behavioural change to meaningfully improve retirement outcomes. A more tailored approach to engagement is needed, and that requires building a more complete picture of individual members&rsquo; financial situation and behavioural profile and harnessing technology to deliver tailored communication at scale.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Key Findings</strong></p>

<p><strong><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_CoreDataDC11105261.jpg" style="height:303px; width:600px" /></strong></p>

<p><strong><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_CoreDataDC21105261.jpg" style="height:251px; width:600px" /></strong></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/only-19--of-dc-members-know-their-retirement-income-26632.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Practical Toolkit For Ai Adoption In The Lloyd s Market</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Himanshu Jhoboo, Associate and Senior Consulting Actuary, Barnett Waddingham</strong></p>

<p>While the results show a dramatic shift in AI usage across different insurance functions, they also show a much greater awareness of the risks and opportunities that lie ahead. You can view the survey and the accompanying toolkit here:  </p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/LMA-AI-Adoption-Toolkit-2026.pdf"><strong>Access the toolkit</strong></a></p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/LMA-Survey-on-AI-Risk-Management.pdf"><strong>Read the survey</strong></a></p>

<p>The AI adoption toolkit has been designed as a guide for LMA members who are developing or enriching their existing AI governance frameworks to ensure the responsible, transparent and effective use of AI systems across their operations. It has been developed using insights from our recent survey on &ldquo;AI Risk Management&rdquo;, bringing together industry insights from Chief Risk Officers (CROs) and Chief Operating Officers (COOs) amongst the respondents. We collated insights from 39 participants, representing over 60% of the market&rsquo;s stamp capacity. Deeper perspectives were provided by 11 in-depth interviews. </p>

<p>In the resulting report, we introduce five principles that LMA members can consider when designing their own AI policy or framework: </p>

<div><em>Governance and accountability </em></div>

<div><em>Risk tiering </em></div>

<div><em>Data protection, security and intellectual property </em></div>

<div><em>Training and awareness </em></div>

<div><em>Pragmatic adoption </em></div>

<p>The report also provides practical templates and summarises existing guidance from other organisations such as the ABI, UK government, EIOPA and NIST. </p>

<div><strong>AI risk management &ndash; a Barnett Waddingham perspective </strong></div>

<div>In analysing the outputs of the survey, our experts have been encouraged by how much progress we have seen in this space, while recognising that widespread adoption remains some years away. It is clear very few firms can, or do, claim to be at the forefront of the AI revolution, with most firms still in the early stages of thinking and experimenting. However, a large proportion of survey respondents have an AI framework in place and are actively managing the risks around AI systems and tools. This provides a good foundation for future AI scaling within businesses. </div>

<p>We have also observed that companies with a US presence tend to be more advanced in terms of their adoption relative to other players in the market. In our view, there are two key reasons for this: </p>

<div><em>These groups have more financial capital to invest in AI systems, and deeper pockets play a key part when it comes to investing in new technology. Having these financial resources enables these players to try, fail and learn quickly until they find an appropriate solution to their requirements. It also makes sense from an economies of scale perspective, as solutions can be deployed quickly and consistently across the US and beyond.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>These groups generally operate in more than one developed territory. As these territories, such as the UK and EU, have more established AI regulations, they provide a clearer blueprint for AI rollout across wider organisations. </em></div>

<p>Our research shows an additional factor determining the speed of AI system roll-outs is personal drive from the leaders. A few respondents shared that their relatively quick adoption was due to senior leaders within the business being keen to be ahead of the curve in embracing these new tools. </p>

<p>Despite the optimism visible in the report, it is not without its concerns. Participants questioned whether they were investing enough to truly benefit from AI, and reflected on whether there were tangible benefits to being an early adopter in an area that is quickly evolving. We urge firms to consider both opportunity and adaptability when devising an AI strategy, which must be in line with their business needs. </p>

<p>AI technologies are evolving very quickly and it&rsquo;s clear there is no single right or wrong approach to an AI framework. What&rsquo;s important, however, is that companies continue to balance the risk and opportunity, and devise a practical strategy and robust risk management for AI adoption. </p>

<p>To discuss the findings of this survey, the toolkit, or to gain any further insights into AI Risk Management, please reach out to us or your contacts at the LMA. </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/practical-toolkit-for-ai-adoption-in-the-lloyd-s-market-26621.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 8 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Home Insurers Pay Out  846 Million To Support Households</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Across the board, the average household claim was &pound;6,340. This is the highest on record and is up 20% compared to the same period last year, highlighting just how vital this product is to protect homeowners from unforeseen events.  </p>

<p>Extreme weather continues to take its toll as the average home insurance claim for weather-related damage was &pound;6,040. Claims payouts for extreme weather can vary significantly depending on the time of year, and at &pound;6,040 this is the highest first-quarter average on record &ndash; up 38% compared to the same period last year when it was &pound;4,390.  <br />
<br />
The average household subsidence claim was also up year-on-year &ndash; rising 9% from &pound;16,295 in 2025 to &pound;17,820 in the first quarter of 2026. Home insurers also paid out &pound;4,350 for the average theft claim this quarter, a 14% increase from last year&rsquo;s average of &pound;3,800. Home insurance payouts accounted for over half (57%) of all property payouts in this period, with a total of &pound;1.5 billion in claims paid to support households and businesses. <br />
<br />
<strong>Household property premiums </strong><br />
Premiums fell for a fourth consecutive quarter, with the average combined buildings and contents down another &pound;5 to reach &pound;375. The average combined premium is now 5% (&pound;22) lower than the same period last year when it stood at &pound;396. The average buildings-only premium was &pound;306, a 6% (&pound;19) decrease compared to the same time last year. Contents-only cover averaged &pound;117, 12% (&pound;15) cheaper year-on-year. </p>

<p><strong>Chris Bose, Director of General Insurance Policy at the ABI, said: </strong>With nearly &pound;1.5 billion paid out to customers in just three short months, there&rsquo;s no doubt property insurance remains a vital financial safety net for households and businesses. With record Q1 average payouts for extreme weather events, we continue to see the impact of adverse weather on people&rsquo;s homes. Stronger action from government is still needed to ensure new homes aren&rsquo;t built in high-flood risk areas and that properties are designed to withstand climate risks. Getting this right will protect homes and business owners and support thriving communities.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/home-insurers-pay-out--846-million-to-support-households-26622.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 8 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Property Could Play A Role In Supporting Retirement Income</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The event was attended by almost 200 pension professionals and focused on lifetime savings beyond pensions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Attendees were asked if property has a role to play in supporting individuals&rsquo; retirement income.</em></div>

<div><em>An overwhelmingly majority of nine in ten (90%) answered &lsquo;yes&rsquo; and just one in ten (10%) said &lsquo;no&rsquo;.</em></div>

<div><em>Attendees were also asked to what degree they thought pensions should support an individual&rsquo;s broader financial needs.</em></div>

<div><em>Almost half of respondents (46%) thought that pensions should play a broader role; just over a quarter (28%)  thought that pensions should play &lsquo;a limited role, with careful design&rsquo;; around one in five (22%) said that they were open minded about the role of pension savings; and only 4% answered &ldquo;not at all&rdquo;.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>SPP Council member Calum Cooper, who chaired the event, said: </strong>&ldquo;This SPP polling demonstrates an increasing recognition that individuals may need to draw on a range of assets and savings vehicles to achieve the standard of living they expect in later life, rather than being solely reliant on pensions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These findings also indicate significant support for the pensions ecosystem to evolve in a way that better reflects people&rsquo;s wider financial needs, while still maintaining their core purpose of providing a sustainable retirement income. Of course, any pathway to achieving this will take great skill and care.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/property-could-play-a-role-in-supporting-retirement-income-26623.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 8 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Shaky Start For Ftse  Local And Global Politics In Focus</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 has opened down, extending yesterday&rsquo;s losses. Yesterday&rsquo;s 161-point drop was largely stock-specific. Centrica closed down 5.2% after moving profit guidance to the low end of its target range in its Retail division, and BAE Systems fell 4.7% after an in-line trading statement proved insufficient to reverse recent downwards momentum in the shares. A handful of companies also went ex-dividend.</p>

<p>With company results thin on the ground, it&rsquo;s the macro picture that&rsquo;s likely to dominate today. 10-year gilt yields are up a couple of basis points to within touching distance of 5%. As the local election results roll in, it&rsquo;s not looking good for Labour, and the potential for a leadership change is undermining confidence in the UK&rsquo;s fiscal health. While political winds can change on a sixpence, the gilt yield is a decent proxy for risk-free returns, a key technical driver of share prices which, all other things being equal (they rarely are!), should move in the opposite direction of yields. If government borrowing costs rise further, expect more pressure on the London markets. Events in the Middle East are also weighing on sentiment this morning.</p>

<p>Further exchanges of fire in the Strait of Hormuz overnight have sent Brent Crude oil prices up around 1$ to $101 per barrel, with Tehran seemingly in no hurry to make a deal with President Trump. In time, bypasses such as the Israeli Land Bridge and Sharjah&ndash;Fujairah Energy Corridor could reduce reliance on this critical energy chokepoint, but none of these are going to be a quick or full fix.</p>

<p>US stock futures are making a little headway this morning, with the tech-heavy NASDAQ leading the charge. That&rsquo;s despite ARM Holdings&rsquo; bull run losing steam in the wake of record results. It wasn&rsquo;t the numbers that spooked investors but concerns about sourcing manufacturing capacity for its next-gen AI processors, which can be read as yet another signal of white-hot demand for computing power.</p>

<p>US jobs data are the key economic numbers Wall Street will be watching later. Consensus expectations are for a 62k addition to non-farm payrolls and for unemployment to remain steady at 4.3%. With ADP private payrolls coming in better than expected, the numbers could come in a little stronger. That&rsquo;s a pretty resilient outcome given the geopolitical backdrop. So far, AI is not proving to be the end of the jobs market as we know it, with skilled labour in particularly high demand. With inflationary concerns running high, a strong print could move expectations for rate cuts further out yet.&ldquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/shaky-start-for-ftse--local-and-global-politics-in-focus-26620.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 8 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Multi employer Cdc Schemes What Opportunities Do They Offer</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Hannah English, Partner and Head of DC Corporate Consulting and Mark Stansfield, Senior Actuarial Consultant, Hymans Robertson</strong></p>

<p>This is an exciting time in the pensions market. It also provides employers an opportunity to consider whether this type of arrangement could be right for them and their staff.</p>

<div><strong>What is a CDC scheme and why does it present an opportunity?</strong></div>

<div>A CDC scheme can be seen as a halfway house between a Defined Benefit (DB) scheme and a Defined Contribution (DC) scheme. Broadly, the key principles of its design are set out below:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Investment and longevity risks are pooled across all members of the scheme.</em></div>

<div><em>Pooling investment risk across generations allows for a higher allocation to grow assets for longer than in strategies that derisk investments as members approach retirement.</em></div>

<div><em>Pooling longevity risk means members who live longest are protected from running out of money, funded by those members who die earlier.</em></div>

<div><em>Members build up a level of pension for each year of service. The amount reflects the value of their contributions and the cost of providing the benefit.</em></div>

<div><em>Pension income is designed to increase each year and provide an income for life, more like DB, but it can decrease if the benefits become unaffordable.</em></div>

<div><em>Members trade some control, flexibility and the ability to pass on unspent pension on death, as they would in DC, in return for a more secure income for life.</em></div>

<p>A key aspect of CDC schemes is that, by pooling members and sharing risks, they have the potential to deliver better retirement outcomes than a DC scheme.</p>

<div><strong>What is multi-employer CDC?</strong></div>

<div>CDC can currently be delivered through single-employer schemes, such as the Royal Mail. Looking ahead, it will also be possible to deliver CDC through multi-employer schemes.</div>

<p>Multi-employer CDC schemes are expected to operate for &ldquo;unconnected&rdquo; employers in the same way to how DC master trusts work today. This could provide employers with the opportunity to:</p>

<p>Achieve lower operating cost than running a single-employer CDC scheme.Outsource governance to the scheme provider.Retain freedom to move away from CDC provision and leave the scheme in future.</p>

<div><strong>Why should employers consider a CDC scheme for their employees?</strong></div>

<div>Our research shows strong interest in CDC schemes among UK corporate pension decision-makers. 91% of respondents said they are likely to consider CDC or similar schemes for their business.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Some of the appeal includes:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Higher pensions for members from the same contribution amount.</strong> A CDC scheme may provide between 20-50% better retirement outcomes for members, compared to other DC schemes.</div>

<div><strong>A focus back on pension income rather than a pension pot.</strong> Shifting the emphasis to income may help employees better understand their likely standard of living in retirement.</div>

<div><strong>Reduced decision-making for members at and through retirement.</strong> This can help make the retirement journey simpler for members.</div>

<div><strong>Life assurance benefits within the scheme. </strong>CDC schemes are exploring ways to provide life assurance benefits, such as a spouse pension and death-in-service cover, which most DC schemes do not offer.</div>

<div><strong>Potential for reduced costs for employers.</strong> CDC could allow employers to manage contribution costs while still supporting comparable or improved expected retirement outcomes compared to their current DC offerings.</div>

<p>CDC may not be right for everyone. There are also risks that must be considered. These include how a CDC scheme is communicated to members, and of the reduced flexibility members have in how they can access their pension at retirement compared with a DC scheme. However, CDC can offer an attractive alternative for employers that are looking to support a higher expected pension income at retirement for their employees, without increasing costs.</p>

<p>Employers therefore face an important question: does a DC pension arrangement still deliver the best outcomes for my employees, or could a CDC pension arrangement provide a stronger offering?</p>

<p> </p>

<p><span style="font-size:10px"><em>This article was first published by REBA.</em></span></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/multi-employer-cdc-schemes-what-opportunities-do-they-offer-26615.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 7 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Professional Trustees Role As Governance Reshape Db Pensions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Professional trustee firms are playing an increasingly central role in the UK&rsquo;s DB pensions market, as rising governance expectations and regulatory scrutiny drive schemes to seek greater specialist support, according to Isio&rsquo;s latest Professional Independent Trustee Survey.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Isio&rsquo;s research, which surveyed the UK&rsquo;s largest professional trustee companies, found that the largest 10 firms now oversee more than 2,400 pension schemes with a combined asset value exceeding &pound;1 trillion, representing around 45% of the DB market, up from 31% in 2020.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The findings highlight how demand for professional trusteeship continues to grow as schemes navigate an increasingly complex operating environment, shaped by evolving regulatory requirements, heightened governance standards, and the continued progression of schemes towards endgame solutions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Consolidation reflects rising governance demands</strong></div>

<div>Despite the overall number of DB schemes declining as more reach buyout, the share of the market overseen by the largest professional trustee firms has continued to increase. Isio projects that these firms could be responsible for managing around two-thirds (c.66%) of DB schemes within the next five years, underlining the continued shift towards scale in trusteeship.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This trend reflects a broader shift across the pensions landscape, as trustee boards respond to increasing expectations around governance, oversight and decision-making. Regulatory developments, including the Government&rsquo;s focus on trustee capability and The Pensions Regulator&rsquo;s move towards more proactive supervision, are contributing to a higher bar for governance across schemes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_IsioReshape10705261.jpg" style="height:310px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Growth driven by complexity, not expansion</strong></div>

<div>While the number of appointments has remained broadly stable, underlying demand for professional trustees continues to grow. In 2025, companies reported 174 new appointments, broadly offset by schemes reaching endgame and some mandates moving between providers, resulting in a stable overall number of mandates.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, professional trustee companies reported significantly increased workloads across existing schemes, driven by governance requirements, data remediation, and preparation for risk transfer. This has supported continued growth, with average revenues rising by 12% over the year, despite little change in total appointments. The findings highlight how demand is increasingly being driven by complexity and project activity, rather than expansion in the number of schemes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Sole trusteeship continues to expand</strong></div>

<div>Corporate sole trusteeship remains a key feature of this evolution, with sole trustee roles now accounting for over half (c.55%) of all appointments across the largest firms. Around 48 appointments transitioned to a sole trustee model in 2025, with corporate sole trustees now overseeing approximately &pound;80bn in assets. This trend is expected to continue, with projections suggesting sole trusteeship could account for around 65% of appointments over the next five years.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_IsioReshape20705261.jpg" style="height:334px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Market maturity driving increased competition</strong></div>

<div>As the market evolves, there are also signs of increasing maturity and competition between firms. While the majority of new appointments still involve schemes appointing a professional trustee for the first time (c.60&ndash;90% of new mandates), a growing proportion now reflects replacement activity (10&ndash;40%), as schemes review governance arrangements and retender roles.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This shift signals a more competitive and developed market, where differentiation in governance approach, service delivery, and expertise is becoming increasingly important.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The survey also highlights continued growth among mid-tier firms, which collectively manage around 250 schemes and &pound;74bn in assets. These firms have seen appointments increase by around 14% over the past year, demonstrating that while the largest providers are increasing their share of the market, competition remains strong.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Harvi Rana, Director at Isio, said:</strong> &ldquo;Professional trustees are playing an increasingly important role in supporting pension schemes as governance expectations continue to evolve. As schemes progress towards endgame and navigate a more complex regulatory environment, there is a clear need for robust oversight and specialist expertise. What we are seeing is a shift in how demand is developing. Growth is no longer being driven simply by an increase in the number of schemes, but by the complexity of the work required to manage them effectively. This is reinforcing the role of professional trustees in helping schemes make well-informed decisions at critical stages in their journey. As a result, the largest firms are overseeing a growing share of the market, reflecting the value placed on experience, scale and governance capability in today&rsquo;s pensions landscape.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/professional-trustees-role-as-governance-reshape-db-pensions-26617.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 7 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Lv  Appoint Jonathan Pears As Non executive Director</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Jonathan brings more than 25 years&rsquo; experience across the financial services sector, spanning life insurance, pensions and long-term savings. He has deep expertise in financial, operational, conduct and regulatory risk, having spent over two decades at Standard Life in senior roles including actuarial director and chief actuary, and most recently serving as group chief risk officer at Phoenix Group.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>He also brings substantial board-level experience through executive-nominated and subsidiary board roles within regulated life insurance groups and currently serves as a member of the Audit and Risk Committee of Queen Mary University of London.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Jonathan Pears, non-executive director, said: </strong>&ldquo;I am delighted to be joining the LV= Board. LV&rsquo;s mutual ethos, strong heritage and member-led approach to commercial success, aligns very closely with my own experience and values. I look forward to working with LV= colleagues to support the business in delivering its strategy and driving positive outcomes for members and customers.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Simon Moore, LV= chair, said: </strong>&ldquo;I am very pleased to welcome Jonathan to the Board. His breadth of experience across risk, regulation and life insurance will be a valuable addition as we continue to maintain our financial strength and focus on delivering long-term value for our members.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/lv--appoint-jonathan-pears-as-non-executive-director-26616.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 7 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Rule Of 300 For Retirement Income</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>A rule of thumb called the &ldquo;Rule of 300&rdquo; gives households a straightforward way to gauge how much of their pension pot they will need to cover everyday expenses for life, to and through retirement. This is according to calculations from Standard Life; a retirement specialist focused entirely on retirement savings and income.</p>

<p>Based on current inflation-linked annuity rates for a healthy 65-year-old (4.99%), retirees need around &pound;300 of pension savings to secure &pound;1 of guaranteed monthly income for life.  This means multiplying any regular monthly cost by 300 reveals the pension savings needed to secure it for life. And because an inflation-linked annuity protects income against rising prices, the Rule of 300 helps people understand these costs in real terms, not just today&rsquo;s prices.</p>

<p>By using everyday examples it&rsquo;s possible to see how common monthly expenses convert into the pension savings required to fund them for life. For instance, a typical &pound;12 per month streaming subscription would require around &pound;3,600 of pension savings, while a &pound;30 per month broadband bill equates to roughly &pound;9,000.</p>

<div><strong>Everyday examples using the Rule of 300</strong></div>

<div><em>Typical streaming subscription (&pound;12/month) &rarr; &pound;3,600 needed</em></div>

<div><em>Mobile phone contract (&pound;25/month) &rarr; &pound;7,500 needed</em></div>

<div><em>Broadband (&pound;30/month) &rarr; &pound;9,000 needed</em></div>

<div><em>Average gym membership (&pound;50/month) &rarr; &pound;15,000 needed</em></div>

<div><em>Average golf club membership (&pound;75/month) - &pound;22,500</em></div>

<div><em>Car (&pound;3,500/year) &rarr; &pound;87,500</em></div>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_StandardLifeRule0705261.jpg" style="height:568px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>* The Rule of 300 uses a 20% income tax assumption for illustration. Actual tax treatment will vary based on individual circumstances</em></span></p>

<p><strong>Pete Cowell, Head of Annuities at Standard Life said:</strong> &ldquo;The Rule of 300 turns retirement planning into something real that people can relate to. It shows, in simple pounds and pence, how everyday monthly costs translate into the pension savings needed to cover them for life.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Too often pensions feel abstract. By linking retirement income back to familiar bills and subscriptions, the Rule of 300 helps people picture what their pension really needs to deliver, and plan with much greater confidence.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>Comparison with 4% drawdown rule</strong></div>

<div>Although the Rule of 300 is derived from annuity pricing, it aligns broadly with the 4% drawdown rule, which suggests retirees need around 25 times their annual spending in pension savings. Both rules reinforce the same message: planning and budgeting are critical, regardless of the retirement income route chosen, and clearer tools help more people engage earlier and more confidently with their long-term financial futures.</div>

<p>However, the risks differ as drawdown income depends heavily on investment returns and withdrawal behaviour. Previous Standard Life analysis shows that a &pound;100,000 pension could last a lifetime if withdrawals stayed at &pound;4,000 annually, and investment growth remained over 5%. However, it could run out in just 13 years if withdrawals were higher and returns lower depending on market performance and income levels, underlining the challenge of making savings last throughout retirement.</p>

<p><strong>Pete continued,</strong> &ldquo;Understanding your day-to-day spending is one of the most important parts of retirement planning. The State Pension will cover some core costs, but for most people it won&rsquo;t stretch to everything they want or need in retirement.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Whether someone uses an annuity, drawdown, or a combination of both, being clear about essential spending can make a real difference to long-term financial security. If people need support, getting guidance or speaking to a financial adviser before making major retirement decisions can really help.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-rule-of-300-for-retirement-income-26619.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 7 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Strong Earnings And Middle East Optimism Drive Record Highs</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Global markets are still pricing the glass as half full, with yesterday delivering another strong rally despite little tangible progress towards a lasting resolution in the Middle East. The FTSE 100 jumped more than 2%, helped by miners, banks and real estate names, with the 10-year Gilt yield retreating to below 5% as a lower oil price eased some inflationary fears. Futures point to a more measured open today for UK stock markets, with investors turning their attention to local elections, where expectations of a bruising result for Labour look firmly baked in. A poor showing would pile more pressure on Starmer, leaving investors to weigh whether political pressure starts to translate into a different fiscal direction for the UK.</p>

<p>US futures point to a more muted open today, but the real story is in last night&rsquo;s close, with the S&P 500 and Nasdaq both hitting fresh records as raw earnings power and hopes of Middle East de-escalation proved a powerful cocktail for equity markets. AMD was the standout, and another reminder that the AI infrastructure buildout still looks to be in its early chapters, with demand continuing to run ahead of even bullish expectations. But this earnings season is not just an AI story, with profit growth running above 20% at the S&P 500 level for the 80% of companies having already reported. Strength has been broad, from the obvious AI-linked areas like energy, materials and industrials, through to consumer names, utilities and healthcare, which gives this rally a firmer foundation than one built on a handful of obvious AI names alone.</p>

<p>For investors who feel they&rsquo;ve missed the boat, the natural question is whether it&rsquo;s too late to get involved in the AI theme. Based on what we&rsquo;re seeing, from rapid model improvement and the early ramp in agents, to unwavering demand from the biggest builders and underlying strength driven by exploding earnings growth, that doesn&rsquo;t look to be the case. This has the feel of an industrial revolution unfolding in real time, and even the CEOs closest to the action are having to recalibrate their expectations month by month. The easy gains may have been made in some pockets, but the scale of the buildout suggests the opportunity set is still broadening, not closing.</p>

<p>Oil has steadied after a sharp slide, and remains in the $95-100 a barrel range as investors weigh the chances of a Middle East peace deal and a gradual reopening of the Strait of Hormuz. Reports suggest the US has sent Iran a one-page memorandum through Pakistani intermediaries, but while Iran is reviewing the proposal, President Trump has warned it&rsquo;s still a &quot;big assumption&quot; that a deal gets over the line. That leaves oil markets caught between relief that a diplomatic path is emerging and caution that the supply shock is not over, as record US exports show buyers are already scrambling for alternative barrels.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/strong-earnings-and-middle-east-optimism-drive-record-highs-26613.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 7 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Focus On Fundamentals Is Key As Bulk Annuity Market Evolves</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>&quot;This reflects a broader trend across the bulk annuity market, which continues to evolve with strong demand, competitive pricing and robust insurer appetite, but also with scale, ownership and capital strategy becoming more prominent alongside pricing. These transactions do not change the market overnight, but they do point to a clear direction of travel.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Chesner added:</strong> &ldquo;While individual transactions can attract attention, they sit within this broader trend. For trustees, the key is maintaining a clear focus on the fundamentals that underpin good outcomes, particularly as pricing conditions may be as competitive as they are likely to be in the near term. This means continuing to focus on insurer financial strength and capital backing, understanding the wider group and its long-term ownership model, and ensuring transaction processes are well prepared and properly test the market.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Yona Chesner concluded:</strong> &ldquo;Buy-in and buy-out transactions remain among the most significant financial decisions trustees will make.  In what remains a competitive but increasingly complex market, strong preparation, clear governance and a thorough assessment of insurers continue to be critical for trustees.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/focus-on-fundamentals-is-key-as-bulk-annuity-market-evolves-26614.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 7 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>2026 Survey On Db Investment Governance Launched</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>With funding positions improving for many schemes, and expectations around governance, value and long-term planning intensifying, the survey aims to understand how DB governance is changing in practice.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The PMI&rsquo;s research comes as The Pensions Regulator today published its latest Annual Funding Statement, setting out how it expects trustees and sponsoring employers of DB pension schemes to shift their focus from deficit recovery to long-term endgame planning.   </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Helen Forrest Hall, Chief Strategy Officer of the PMI, said: </strong>&ldquo;Our members &ndash; and the wider industry - have a deep understanding and knowledge about pensions, making the results of this survey extremely valuable to trustees operating in an increasingly demanding environment. In its latest Annual Funding Statement, TPR has once again been crystal clear about its expectations for DB planning. And so, with important decisions to make about investment strategy, governance and long-term objectives, our survey provides an opportunity to shape the PMI&rsquo;s future education syllabus and support that trustees rely on, while also helping to influence government policy making. I would strongly encourage those involved in DB schemes to complete the survey.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Ian Biscoe, Head of UK Pensions and Insurance Clients at Schroders, said: </strong>&ldquo;The survey results will play an important role in helping the industry understand evolving trends. This research offers a valuable opportunity to highlight the challenges DB schemes are facing, as well as the approaches that are proving most effective. We encourage everyone involved in DB schemes to take part and share their views, so we can build a clearer picture of how the sector is adapting &ndash; and where it should focus next.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Responses will help benchmark sector trends across funding, investment strategy and endgame planning, while providing insight into the impact of UK policy and regulatory developments on trustee decision making.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The survey will also examine how governance models, advisory support and fee structures are evolving as schemes respond to increasing complexity and scale. In addition, the research will explore trustee appetite for investment in UK productive assets and identify emerging priorities, including sustainability, stewardship and the growing role of technology in supporting governance and oversight. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Findings will be used to inform future PMI guidance, policy engagement and educational activity, ensuring these continue to reflect real world trustee experience and support high standards of DB governance across the industry. </div>

<div><a href="https://forms.cloud.microsoft/Pages/ResponsePage.aspx?id=CuArs2rDlU-cTMH6jR72nEEEd3PQfElBk3Dz0Z1_tZFUREozMUNYNEEzNDZFTTVGRk85OTRBQU1PNS4u&utm_source=ActiveCampaign&utm_medium=email&utm_content=PMI%20DB%20Investment%20Governance%20Survey%202026&utm_campaign=27042026_PFO_farewell%20%28Copy%29">The survey  is now open</a>, with results to be published later in 2026. </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/2026-survey-on-db-investment-governance-launched-26618.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 7 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Investment Insights Q2 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen="" frameborder="0" height="315" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/tpNNVJo24ws?si=gWMB3I3qBj91s0VK" title="YouTube video player" width="340"></iframe></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/investment-insights-q2-2026-26608.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 6 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tpr Publishes Its Latest Annual Funding Statement</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/document-library/statements/annual-funding-statement-2026"><strong>TPR&rsquo;s latest AFS [Annual Funding Statement 2026] </strong></a>reports that six in ten (60%) schemes are in surplus on a buyout basis, rising to 80% on a low dependency basis and 90% on a technical provisions basis. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>TPR&rsquo;s Executive Director of Market Oversight Ben Gunnee, said: </strong>&ldquo;DB funding has changed dramatically, and it&rsquo;s prompting trustees and employers to rethink their endgame. run-on, superfund consolidation, buyout &mdash; whichever route you&rsquo;re considering, the decisions you make now will shape members&rsquo; futures. The environment is shifting, and staying still won&rsquo;t keep you ahead. We expect trustees to maintain their focus on long-term planning and ensure their scheme has a clear and well-evidenced endgame strategy.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>While the overall picture is positive, trustees should remain alert to wider economic and geopolitical uncertainty. Understanding the risks to investment strategies and employer covenants remains essential, particularly as schemes move closer to their long-term objectives. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>This year&rsquo;s statement is particularly relevant for schemes with valuation dates between 22 September 2025 and 21 September 2026, now referred to as Tranche 25/26 (T25/26) to reflect the calendar year. It also clarifies aspects of the code which will be helpful for all schemes. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Surplus release and new legislation </strong></div>

<div>TPR will shortly publish a statement outlining issues trustees should consider around surplus release. Final regulations are expected to come into force in 2027. Also, looking to the future, the AFS highlights the government&rsquo;s proposed changes to surplus release rules included in the Pensions Scheme Bill which received Royal Assent on 29 April 2026. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Valuations as a strategic tool </strong></div>

<div>As funding positions improve, valuations are increasingly becoming a strategic tool, informing the development or refinement of endgame plans and providing a structured opportunity to assess progress against long-term objectives. Whether using Fast Track or Bespoke, the key is demonstrating that the scheme&rsquo;s long-term funding and investment strategy is well-supported and deliverable. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Experience to date supports TPR&rsquo;s estimate that around 80% of schemes should be able to meet the Fast Track approach under the new DB funding regime. Fast Track may not be the right approach for all schemes. However, schemes that meet Fast Track requirements can expect proportionately less regulatory engagement and simpler reporting requirements.   </div>

<div> </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tpr-publishes-its-latest-annual-funding-statement-26606.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 6 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Role Of Ai In Financial Reporting  Hype Or Reality</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><u><strong>By Mark Brown, Global Proposition Lead, Life Financial Modelling, Insurance Consulting and Technology, WTW</strong></u></div>

<div> </div>

<div> AI is often described as &ldquo;a fast, confident, tireless, occasionally wrong junior analyst&rdquo; - and while that may raise a smile, it also reflects a reality: AI is powerful, imperfect, and increasingly expected to transform all workflows.</div>

<div>So, what is AI actually doing in actuarial and financial reporting today? And what might its emergence mean for the people and processes behind the numbers?</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How AI is helping to drive efficiency</strong></div>

<div>Over the past decade, AI technologies have evolved from simple statistical models to advanced foundation models, reasoning engines and now AI &ldquo;agents&rdquo;. This progression is no longer theoretical; insurers are already applying standard tools to accelerate routine work and reduce operational burden, boosting team efficiency by about 30%. The AI agents are increasingly contributing to human efficiency, leveraging advanced software capabilities or functioning as actuarial accelerators to execute specific tasks as needed.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>One area where this is particularly visible is model documentation and code translation. At WTW, for example, we have developed tooling that converts actuarial code into clear, natural-language documentation, saving around 75% of the effort on much hated essential activities. And as part of a wider project, AI tools that translate open-source code and Excel spreadsheets, as well as building from specifications, can reduce the overall implementation costs by a similar proportion.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>We see insurers similarly deploying AI to support data validation and cleansing; bulk document parsing; trend and variance analysis; narrative drafting and financial report preparation workflows; in addition to the more prevalent customer service triage.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Individually, these use cases offer incremental gains. But when stitched together - and especially when used within agentic architectures - the impact compounds quickly. Many insurers now see 20&ndash;30% efficiency improvements in reporting cycles where AI has been embedded purposefully.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>AI vs humans: Augment or replace?</strong></div>

<div>Fears that AI will replace actuarial or financial reporting talent are understandable but, for now, overstated. Judgment, accountability, regulatory interpretation and interpersonal communication remain fundamentally human responsibilities. However, the nature of early-career and mid-career work is changing. Traditionally, analysts built expertise through repeated exposure to data preparation and production tasks. As AI increasingly replaces this work, entry-level roles will shift rapidly toward interpretation, scenario analysis and communication of results.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This transition brings three major consequences:</div>

<div><strong>Organisational design will change:</strong> Continuing the trend seen with automation in recent years, teams built around large production functions will shrink. Fewer people will be needed to generate numbers; more will be needed to challenge, interpret, narrate and govern them.</div>

<div><strong>Skills portfolios must expand:</strong> AI literacy will become as fundamental as spreadsheet literacy once was. Those who thrive will be those who can use AI as a collaborator rather than a novelty tool.</div>

<div><strong>Recruitment patterns will shift: </strong>Graduate hiring pipelines may narrow in the short term as automation removes the need for large analyst cohorts. Yet regulators retain their requirements for responsibility, with a strong onus on senior management for validation of AI-assisted outputs. This will drive a new generation of graduates who learn their trade through challenging rather than doing.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Crucially, the greatest barrier for most teams today is not technology, it is thinking too small. Asking AI simply to fix known errors in a dataset misses the opportunity to validate the data for unexpected issues or even to redesign the end-to-end process. Creativity and vision will differentiate the winners from the followers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Human oversight still matters in AI</strong></div>

<div>Even though actuarial work rarely involves personal data with its associated bias and confidentiality risks, financial reporting sits within one of the most tightly regulated environments in the corporate world. Model governance frameworks, audit trails and sign-off processes leave little room for opaque or unexplained AI behaviour. Therefore, AI outputs must be reviewed by accountable humans; controls must evolve to include prompt governance, explanation frameworks, and AI-specific testing; and corporate governance teams should be partners, not gatekeepers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Modern AI systems can already perform coding tasks, run high-level checks, generate draft commentary and review processes for operational weaknesses. But they must operate under human supervision, much like training and checking the work of a new colleague.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The rise of agentic AI</strong></div>

<div>The next leap in capability comes from agentic AI - systems that can plan tasks, execute multi-step workflows, interact with IT systems and use tools semi-autonomously.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For financial reporting teams, this is achieved through a combination of flexible AI questions combined with robust models and reporting processes. Together it could mean real-time answers to &ldquo;what if?&rdquo; questions; dashboards that update themselves when the market moves; automated change testing and reconciliation workflows; and reduced delays from specialist technical teams</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, these gains bring governance challenges. Today&rsquo;s AI often looks &ldquo;magical,&rdquo; which can undermine trust. One promising mitigation is neurosymbolic AI, combining machine-learning-based pattern recognition with explicit rules - making outputs more explainable and auditable.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>AI is moving from passive assistant to active co-worker. It has the potential to add huge value in complementing humans. The question for insurers is no longer if this technology will transform reporting, but how quickly they can adapt.</div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/role-of-ai-in-financial-reporting--hype-or-reality-26607.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 6 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Renters  039  Rights Act  Landlords Must Change Their Insurance</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Rent Guarantee Insurance is more important than ever for landlords as it offers rent cover for up to 12 months if a tenant stops paying their rent. Under the new Act, many evictions are expected to take longer than under previous legislation as they must now be approved by the courts.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Rent Guarantee Insurance can tide the landlord over until they can replace the tenant that has defaulted on their rent with a paying tenant.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Under the Renters&rsquo; Rights Act an eviction for rent arrears will have to go through the court system. Even though there is an online court service that landlords can use for rent arrears repossessions this could be subject to backlogs and delays. A tenant will now be able build up three months of rent arrears before the landlord can start the process of evicting them (up from two).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Ravi Sejpal, Director of Insurance at Karis Insurance, says:</strong> &ldquo;If landlords can&rsquo;t recoup lost rental income, then that can quickly erode any returns they are making from that property. Reviewing insurance now is not just sensible - it could prove essential once the new rules take effect. It&rsquo;s not clear how long a repossession will take under the new system so landlords can take out a Rent Guarantee Insurance providing them with the security of a 12-month indemnity period.  It&rsquo;s accepted that many other parts of the civil court system in the UK suffer from delays and backlogs.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rent Guarantee Insurance also covers landlord&rsquo;s legal costs</strong></div>

<div>Legal expenses under the policy can cover legal advisor&rsquo;s costs so landlords can pursue or defend a claim for Tenant Eviction, Mediation and Pursuit of Rent Arrears amongst other areas</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Ravi Sejpal says: </strong>&ldquo;Legal disputes can quickly cost thousands, especially if cases drag on under the new Act. Without the right cover, landlords risk being substantially out pocket just to regain control of their own property.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/renters--039--rights-act--landlords-must-change-their-insurance-26610.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 6 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Industry Comments On Tprs Annual Funding Statement For 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>ACA Chair, Stewart Hastie:</strong> &ldquo;The Regulator&rsquo;s annual funding statement continues to show the growth in healthy pension scheme funding levels with some 80% of the 5,000 UK defined benefit schemes now estimated to be fully funded on a low risk, low dependency basis. Only 10% are estimated to have a shortfall on a cash funding (or technical provisions) basis. It is a very different landscape to the one in which the Pensions Regulator started over 20 years ago. We support the Regulator&rsquo;s call for most DB schemes to be considering their endgame options and developing their &ldquo;surplus policy&rdquo; &ndash; particularly, in light of the new surplus release flexibility coming into effect with the Pensions Schemes Bill recently receiving Royal Assent. The next step on DB surplus is really important and we are seeing an increasing number of schemes looking at running on for several years rather than insuring at the earliest opportunity.  Getting the secondary legislation and Regulator guidance just right is critical to supporting trustees and sponsors in taking an approach that reflects the varied characteristics and history specific to their own scheme and associated employer or sponsor.  In what can be an emotive subject, it will be important to use appropriate terminology and language to support the right behaviours, recognising the requirement for solvent employers to fund DB schemes prudently meant that DB schemes were always expected to end up in surplus at some point. Interestingly, in this year&rsquo;s statement, the Regulator starts to differentiate between those schemes that are above 110% low dependency funded (some 60% of 5,000 schemes) and those between 100% and 110% funded (some 20% of schemes) perhaps giving some indication of how it might approach the DB surplus guidance expected towards the end of this year.  More imminently, the Regulator has also confirmed that it intends to issue a further statement alongside the DWP&rsquo;s draft Regs, to provide early views on the issues trustees should consider around surplus release.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Laura McLaren, Head of DB Scheme Actuary, Hymans Robertson, said: </strong>&ldquo;This year&rsquo;s Annual Funding Statement reinforces themes that are now fairly well established &ndash; applying the new funding code in practice, navigating endgame decisions and managing surplus &ndash; while also signalling further regulatory guidance and wider industry developments. Despite geopolitical and market uncertainty, scheme funding remains resilient, with TPR estimating that as many as 60% of schemes are now in buy out surplus. The shift from deficit repair to long term planning is clearly here to stay. With many schemes still completing their first valuations under the new regime, it&rsquo;s no surprise that the statement continues to clarify requirements and address common queries. Insight on actual submissions remains limited, but TPR plans to analyse 2025 valuation statements once received, which should bring some helpful transparency around how strategies are being assessed. Although TPR hasn&rsquo;t shared a precise Fast Track/Bespoke split, early indications that around 80% of schemes could meet Fast Track at little or no employer cost look about right. Keeping Fast Track parameters unchanged provides welcome stability. Notably, TPR emphasises an &ldquo;objectives first&rdquo; approach before choosing Fast Track or Bespoke, echoing our view that strategy should lead and compliance should follow. Trustees are also encouraged to consider endgame options and develop surplus policies. This is particularly timely given the new Pension Schemes Act, which lays the groundwork for surplus use. The focus now shifts to implementation, and it&rsquo;s positive that TPR will publish further guidance in the coming months, including some early views on surplus use ahead of more detailed regulations. Getting this important guidance right will be essential to ensure schemes, trustees and employers can engage confidently while protecting member outcomes. Overall, we welcome the sense that valuations are increasingly becoming strategic tools, an opportunity to refine long term plans and assess progress. Indeed, after a transformative period for DB schemes, trustees and sponsors should seize this moment to review and strengthen strategy, whether or not a valuation is currently underway.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Adrian Bourne, Co-Chair of the SPP&rsquo;s Covenant Committee, said: &quot;</strong>The strong funding referenced in TPR&rsquo;s Annual Funding Statement is more than just a number. With most schemes now in surplus, the shift from recovery to future planning reflects real progress and growing resilience, where employer covenant can continue to play a part in shaping credible, well-supported endgames.&rdquo;<strong> Jon Forsyth, Chair of the SPP&rsquo;s DB Committee said: </strong>&ldquo;Against this backdrop of improved funding, clarity on emerging areas such as surplus release and endgame options will be essential. Trustees will need to balance new opportunities with appropriate safeguards, ensuring that any decisions taken are aligned with member interests while reflecting the evolving legislative and regulatory landscape.&rdquo;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tpr-publishes-its-latest-annual-funding-statement-26606.htm"><strong>TPR Annual Funding Statement 2026</strong></a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/industry-comments-on-tprs-annual-funding-statement-for-2026-26609.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 6 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Relief Floods In As Us Eases Hostilities In Iran Conflict</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;A dam of tension has eased with relief flooding into financial markets, amid hopes that hostilities will cease in the Middle East, with the Trump administration making conciliatory moves. The Footsie 100 has rallied higher, with optimism replacing pessimism, given the ceasefire looks more likely to hold. The DAX in Frankfurt and the CAC 40 in Paris have also jumped in early trade. Trump&rsquo;s announcement that Operation Epic Fury has been concluded, has triggered a wave of buying given there&rsquo;s less of a chance of the situation escalating once more. Relief is starting to seep into the bond markets, with UK gilt yields easing off amid hopes that inflation might not head quite as high if a longer-term resolution can be negotiated.</p>

<p>Brent crude has been on the descent, but it&rsquo;s still trading above $108 dollars a barrel indicating that there&rsquo;s still scepticism around, and concern about how to get so many vital energy shipments moving again with the Strait of Hormuz still effectively blocked. There&rsquo;s still a big diplomatic impasse to break through, and so for now, the energy crunch is still a harsh reality to navigate.</p>

<p>Next has demonstrated it was in a highly resilient position before the Iran war began, with its wardrobe of brands attracting high demand. Its curated marketplace offering, helped power up transactions for an exceptional period of trading with sales up 6.2%. It means it's lifted full-year guidance for pre-tax profits to &pound;1.218 billion from &pound;1.21 billion.</p>

<p>However, the onset of hostilities put creases in its performance. Logistics issues are slowing international sales, however an uptick at the end of the quarter indicates these were beginning to be ironed out.</p>

<p>Nevertheless, it&rsquo;s had to size up painfully higher freight and energy costs - which totalled a &pound;47 million hit. But Next is tailoring its operations to try and absorb the shock, with some price rises planned internationally, and cost cuts elsewhere to try and keep profits intact. Understandably, the company remains cautious given the unpredictability of the conflict and the current consumer caution swirling, and shares dipped slightly in early trade.</p>

<p>There&rsquo;s a bit more fizz returning to Diageo with flat first-half sales replaced with a bit more sparkle. Net sales were up 2.3% for the quarter compared to a year ago, providing cheer to shares in early trade.</p>

<p>Although there&rsquo;s no change to the guidance, better performances in Europe, Latin America and Africa have added a bit of zing to the picture and a cause for celebration. There was a seasonal lift due to the early arrival of Easter and there are also some tentative signs that a frenzy of World Cup fever will keep spirit demand higher</p>

<p>However, the hangover from the tariff effects is lingering with North America sales still proving a headache at a time when demand was already weaker. Americans aren&rsquo;t hitting premium brands in the same way, potentially due to trading down but also competition in the market from domestic names. It means that the full year still points to a contraction but with the tone a little more positive about the outlook, with cost savings on track, a glass half full attitude is starting to return.</p>

<p>There will be worries that cheap pints might be the latest casualty of higher costs facing pubs, given JD Wetherspoon&rsquo;s latest update. It demonstrates the extent to which the sector is grappling with mounting financial pressures despite steady demand.</p>

<p>Although the bar is still busy, with Wetherspoon&rsquo;s value offering continuing to pull in punters, margins risk being diluted as the rising cost burden froths up. Management has warned that profits could come in slightly below expectations, suggesting higher wage bills, energy prices and input costs are starting to eat into takings.</p>

<p>The danger is that something has to give, and the worry will be that low pricing which is a cornerstone of Wetherspoon&rsquo;s appeal may come under pressure. While the World Cup and extended opening hours may provide a short-term boost to sales, they&rsquo;re unlikely to fully offset the squeeze, leaving the group with the increasingly tricky balance of keeping prices low while protecting profitability.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/relief-floods-in-as-us-eases-hostilities-in-iran-conflict-26605.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 6 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>1 In 4 Couples Don  039 t Know About Their Pension In A Divorce</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Divorce and separation can mark a major turning point in people&rsquo;s financial lives, disrupting long-term plans and forcing difficult decisions at a time of emotional and practical upheaval. Yet pensions - one of the most valuable assets people hold outside of their home - are frequently overlooked, according to Standard Life, a retirement specialist focused entirely on retirement savings and income.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>New research explores how life&rsquo;s pivotal moments can shape, and sometimes disrupt, people&rsquo;s long-term financial journeys, highlighting a significant knowledge gap when it comes to pensions and divorce.  More than a quarter (27%) of married people or those in civil partnerships who have a private pension say they don&rsquo;t know what would happen to their pension if they divorced or separated, rising to 30% among women. Despite the potential financial implications, almost three quarters (73%) of couples admit they have never discussed how pensions would be treated if their relationship ended.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A lack of awareness with lasting consequences</strong></div>

<div>The impact of this lack of understanding can be significant. Among those who have already been through a divorce and have a private pension, one in five (19%) say they wish they had handled the pension side differently.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>There is also a clear gender divide, with more than a quarter of divorced women (28%) saying they regret how pensions were dealt with during separation, compared to just 9% of men.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This reflects a broader imbalance in retirement savings. Previous research by the Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement has shown that life events such as motherhood, childcare, menopause and caring responsibilities can disproportionately affect women&rsquo;s earnings and pension contributions over time. By middle age, men are contributing significantly more into their pensions each month than women, meaning many women enter divorce with smaller pension pots to begin with.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Pensions still overlooked in divorce conversations</strong></div>

<div>Despite their long-term importance, pensions are still not consistently recognised as a key asset during separation. Just three in ten UK adults (30%) believe pensions should be considered as part of a divorce settlement, while nearly half (47%) do not think they should be taken into account at all. This lack of awareness, combined with limited discussion between partners, may leave many at risk of poorer financial outcomes in later life. Standard Life calculations suggest a single retiree may need around &pound;225,000 more in private pension savings than a couple to achieve a moderate standard of living in retirement, assuming receipt of the full new state pension3.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life, part of Phoenix Group, commented: </strong>&ldquo;Life rarely follows a straight line. Most people don&rsquo;t set out expecting their long-term plans to change, but relationships, careers and circumstances can take unexpected turns &ndash; and divorce is one of those moments that can reshape financial futures in ways that people may not have planned for.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;When going through separation, it&rsquo;s completely understandable that pensions aren&rsquo;t always front of mind, particularly when there are more immediate pressures like housing, childcare or legal arrangements. However, pensions are often one of the most valuable assets built up over a lifetime &ndash; and decisions made at this point can quietly shape financial security for decades to come.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s striking is not just the level of uncertainty, but how few couples are having these conversations at all. Taking the time to understand what pensions you have between you, how they&rsquo;re structured, and how they might be treated in the event of separation can help people make more informed decisions. It can also play an important role in helping ensure both parties are able to build financial security in later life.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery shares key things to keep in mind when going through a separation:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Make sure pensions are part of the conversation: </strong>&ldquo;Pensions are often one of the largest assets after the family home, but they can be overlooked because they&rsquo;re less visible. Making sure they&rsquo;re included alongside other assets can help give a more complete picture of your finances.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Understand what you have: </strong>&ldquo;Taking time to review your pension savings, including any older pots from previous jobs, can help you understand their value and how they fit into your overall financial position.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Don&rsquo;t leave decisions until later: </strong>&ldquo;It&lsquo;s natural to focus on more immediate concerns, but delaying decisions about pensions may make things more complicated. Addressing them early can help avoid issues further down the line.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Be aware of the long-term impact: </strong>&ldquo;Decisions made at the point of separation can have a lasting effect on your income in retirement. Taking a long-term view can help ensure you&rsquo;re making choices that support your future financial security.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Be clear on how pensions are valued and divided: </strong>&ldquo;Pensions aren&rsquo;t automatically split equally on divorce, and different schemes can be treated in different ways. Approaches like &lsquo;pension sharing&rsquo; or &lsquo;pension offsetting&rsquo; can lead to very different outcomes, so it&rsquo;s important pensions are properly valued and not traded away without understanding the long-term impact.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Consider seeking guidance or advice: </strong>&ldquo;Separation can be a complex time, so getting guidance or financial advice can help you understand your options and feel more confident that decisions are right for your individual circumstances.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/1-in-4-couples-don--039-t-know-about-their-pension-in-a-divorce-26612.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 6 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Hidden Cost Of Solo Living Is Revealed</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>New research from Aviva reveals that people who live alone are typically spending almost &pound;1,250 a month on fixed costs alone, before they think about any discretionary or &lsquo;fun&rsquo; spend. The study of 2,100 UK adults reveals that people who are single or living alone are more exposed to rising costs because they shoulder household bills alone. According to the research, people who live alone spend on average a little over &pound;630 a month on essential costs, such as food/ groceries, transport, council tax and utility bills. These fixed costs account for most of the spending before any housing costs are considered.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>When rent or mortgage payments are added, monthly spending for single adults rises sharply to an average of &pound;1,100 per person. And once other fixed (but often overlooked) costs, such as broadband and mobile phone bills, insurance and subscriptions are included, the total monthly spend rises to almost &pound;1250 a month on average - that&rsquo;s before any spend on socialising, holidays or hobbies.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The data helps explain why many people living alone feel financially exposed.  More than half (58%) of single adults say they are not confident they could cope with an unexpected but necessary bill of &pound;850, such as a car repair or boiler breakdown, compared to about a quarter (23%) of the UK adult population as a whole .</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Their savings behaviour helps explain that vulnerability. More than a third (37%) of adults who live alone say they do not save anything at all on a regular basis.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Of those adults who are saving and live alone, just over four in ten (42%) contribute to a Cash ISA and just over one in five (21%) use a Stocks and Shares ISA. Over a half (53%) of people who live alone say they have never used their full annual ISA allowance.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>When asked what they would do with an extra &pound;100 a month, the highest proportion (20%) say they would put it into a regular savings account, while 15% would boost their emergency fund and a further 14% would use it to pay down debt, suggesting caution rather than confidence.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Alistair McQueen, Head of Savings and Retirement at Aviva, said: </strong>&ldquo;When you live alone, you shoulder the responsibility for every bill that hits the doormat. Our research shows that more than &pound;1,250 a month is already committed for many single people, and nearly six in ten don&rsquo;t feel confident they could cope with an &pound;850 emergency bill. That helps explain why saving can feel so hard. However, even small, regular amounts set aside can still make a meaningful difference to people&rsquo;s confidence and financial resilience over time. Our data shows that people living alone don&rsquo;t necessarily spend much more on essentials than others do &ndash; but they also don&rsquo;t benefit from sharing costs either. That gap is what makes saving more difficult and it&rsquo;s harder to bear the cost of any financial shocks.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Some practical steps people who live alone could take to strengthen their finances, even when budgets are tight:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Build an emergency buffer: </strong>Aim for a realistic and accessible safety net to help cover unexpected costs, before focusing on longer term savings goals.</div>

<div><strong>Automate savings: </strong>Treat saving like a bill. By setting up regular, automated transfers straight from your monthly salary, you can save before money is spent elsewhere.</div>

<div><strong>Cut costs, not quality of life: </strong>Review broadband, mobile phone subscription and streaming services regularly to help save money without affecting day to day enjoyment.</div>

<div><strong>Use tax-efficient savings where possible: </strong>ISAs can help savings grow without extra tax, even if contributions are small and irregular at first.</div>

<div><strong>Lean on advice and support: </strong>Free, impartial guidance and budgeting tools like MoneyHelper, Budget Planner and Citizens Advice can help people living alone stay on track and feel more in control of their money.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-hidden-cost-of-solo-living-is-revealed-26611.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 6 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>May 2026 Edition Of The Actuarial Post Magazine</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-may-2026/6608/#page/1"><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_APMagazineMAY2026FrontCover.jpg" style="float:right; height:278px; width:199px" /></a></p>

<p>Keeping with the law angle we also have Henry Wood, Senior Partner from Hunters Law looking at why pensions still go missing in divorce settlements. Todd Eyler, Life Insurance Lead at EIS stating that without a design shift Life Insurance risks irrelevance. Alex Johnson, Head of Insurance Solutions at Quantexa, article on why AI decision accountability is a requirement in Insurance and last but certainly not least we have Torolf Hamm, WTW, on how to plan for extreme climate uncertainty.</p>

<p>In a packed edition all of our usual contributors are also on hand to lend their viewpoints to current events.</p>

<p>We look forward to welcoming you back next month.</p>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-may-2026/6608/#page/6">News</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-may-2026/6608/#page/8">Movers & Shakers</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-may-2026/6608/#page/8">City Dealings</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-may-2026/6608/#page/10">The Virgin Media Fix: A Legal and Actuarial Double Act, by Anna Rogers, Founder ARC Pensions Law</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-may-2026/6608/#page/13">Without a Design Shift, Life Insurance Risks Irrelevance by Todd Eyler, Life Insurance Lead, EIS</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-may-2026/6608/#page/15">Tipping Points: How to Plan for Extreme Climate Uncertainty by Torolf Hamm, Senior Director, WTW</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-may-2026/6608/#page/14">Pension Pillar by Dale Critchley from Aviva</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-may-2026/6608/#page/16">Retirement Puzzle by Alex White from Gallagher</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-may-2026/6608/#page/18">Pricing in a Softening Market: Judgement, Governance and the Technical Versus Market Price Gap Part 3 by Luara Hobern, Partner, LCP</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-may-2026/6608/#page/20">Why AI Decision Accountability is a Requirement in Insurance by Alex Johnson, Head of Insurance, Quantexa</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-may-2026/6608/#page/22">The Forgotten Asset: Why pensions Still Go missing in Divorce settlements by Henry Hood, Senior Partner, Hunters Law</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-may-2026/6608/#page/24">Lights, Camera, Actuary! by Rupa Pithiya from Bolton Associates</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-may-2026/6608/#page/26">Information Exchange by Richard Toomey, Verticle Market Manager, LexisNexis Risk Solutions</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-may-2026/6608/#page/28">Recruitment</a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/may-2026-edition-of-the-actuarial-post-magazine-26604.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 5 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Global Insurance Market Insights Report</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The latest edition of Aon&rsquo;s quarterly report highlights strong insurer profitability and supportive reinsurance renewals as key drivers behind current market competitiveness, enabling many organizations to secure increased limits, broader coverage and improve program structures. At the same time, outcomes are becoming more differentiated than ever, with pricing, capacity and terms increasingly shaped by risk quality, geography, industry exposure and resilience planning.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Rising geopolitical volatility is exposing how quickly assumptions around coverage, capacity and balance-sheet protection can break down,&rdquo; <strong>said Joe Peiser, CEO of Risk Capital for Aon</strong>. &ldquo;Conflicts, supply-chain disruption and sanctions exposure are testing policy language, capacity and claims assumptions simultaneously. Organizations that stress-test their programs now will have far more options than those forced to react later.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Middle East conflict reshaping underwriting and claims in real time</strong></div>

<div>Escalating geopolitical tensions in the Middle East are weighing on underwriting appetite, capacity deployment, and pricing, and driving claims activity across multiple lines, including marine, aviation, property, cyber, political violence and trade credit. Disruption to key trade routes such as the Strait of Hormuz, has intensified supply-chain risk, driven energy pricing volatility and triggered both active claims and precautionary notifications.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Marine risks have been particularly sensitive to these developments, with insurers reassessing how war exposures are underwritten and priced.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Heightened geopolitical tensions involving the U.S. and Iran have increased risk across key shipping routes and prompted adjustments by marine war insurers,&rdquo; <strong>said Phil Smaje, Global Industry Specialty Leader, Transportation & Logistics</strong>. &ldquo;In some cases, this has raised questions for clients around continuity of cover and pricing. Despite this, broader marine market conditions remain soft, with ample capacity and continued support from the London Market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>More broadly, insurers are reassessing pricing, tightening policy language and recalibrating capacity at speed, often ahead of observable operational and financial impacts. Aon notes that this has reinforced the importance of proactive risk mapping, coverage stress-testing, contract review and early engagement with insurers before conditions shift further.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Legal, regulatory and claims pressures remain elevated</strong></div>

<div>Beyond geopolitical volatility, the report underscores sustained pressure from litigation and claims inflation, particularly in the United States. While there are early indications of tort reform in some jurisdictions, nuclear verdicts, rising defense costs and social inflation continue to strain casualty and liability programs globally. Claims performance is also increasingly becoming a clear differentiator for buyers. Organizations are increasingly focused on insurer capability, responsiveness and expertise alongside price and coverage.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Taken together, Aon&rsquo;s study finds that early 2026 represents a finite window, with opportunities for organizations willing to move beyond transactional renewals and use the current market window to strengthen resilience, optimize risk transfer structures and prepare for mounting geopolitical uncertainty.</div>

<p><a href="https://www.aon.com/en/insights/reports/global-insurance-market-insights/q1-2026-overview"><strong>Aon 2026 Global Insurance Market Insights report</strong></a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/global-insurance-market-insights-report-26601.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 5 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Markets Mixed Amidst Strong Earnings And High Oil Prices</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 looks set for a sluggish return from the long weekend. This follows a tepid start to the week for European and US markets amidst a tense standoff in the Persian Gulf, and the resurgence of worries on tariffs levied by the US on its trading partners.</p>

<p>Sky-high oil prices continue to be a drag on sentiment as exchanges of fire between the US and Iran cast doubt on the durability of the month-long ceasefire. Brent Crude oil is steady at around $114 per barrel, after a rise of around 6% on Monday took prices to within touching distance of a four-year high.</p>

<p>The ongoing volatility gives further arbitrage opportunities to oil majors with well-developed trading arms. That includes Shell, which reports first-quarter numbers on Thursday. A strong trading result should take the edge off damage sustained to its Pearl GTL LNG facility, which has been offline since suffering an Iranian missile strike in March. That&rsquo;s been offset to some degree by the ramp-up of LNG Canada, an area Shell&rsquo;s decided to double down on, with the recently proposed $16.4bn acquisition of ARC resources. Given the even more complex-than-usual web of moving parts, markets will be paying particularly close attention to guidance for the second quarter and beyond.</p>

<p>Novo Nordisk is another big name to keep an eye out for this week. After previously holding the crown of Europe&rsquo;s most valuable company, a string of disappointments has seen the valuation take a significant fall from grace. The launch of the Wegovy weight loss pill has been a bright spot, and so far, Eli Lilly&rsquo;s competitor Foundayo doesn&rsquo;t seem to be eroding Novo&rsquo;s first-mover advantage. But the key question on investors&rsquo; lips is whether price reductions across its wider obesity and diabetes franchise have stimulated volume growth. That certainly was the case in Lilly&rsquo;s results last week. Whether Novo&rsquo;s followed suit sufficiently to return to the upgrades club remains to be seen.</p>

<p>US stock futures have edged up this morning. A robust first-quarter earnings season so far has seen the major Wall Street indices deliver double-digit returns over the last month, with, according to FactSet, the S&P 500 on course for its strongest quarterly earnings growth in over four years. Sector-wise, communications technology leads the way with blended earnings rising 53.2%.  </p>

<p>Consumer stocks could prove to be the figurative fly in the ointment, but the key retailers aren&rsquo;t on show until later in the month. Disney is one name to look out for this week. The Iran conflict shouldn&rsquo;t have any meaningful effect on the viewing figures for Disney+ but commentary around the group&rsquo;s theme parks and cruise liners should provide a steer on appetite for international travel and leisure experiences. The results also give new CEO Josh D&rsquo;Amaro a chance to give some flavour of his plans to deliver value from company&rsquo;s diverse business activities.</p>

<p>Shares in ARM holdings have been on a tear over the last month, receiving another small boost last week from Apple&rsquo;s results, which showed good momentum for the iPhone. However, it&rsquo;s the planned pivot towards selling chips rather than licensing designs that&rsquo;s drawn much of the focus. The yet-to-be-launched AI-focussed AGI CPU targets a white-hot market, but it&rsquo;s hard to see what ARM&rsquo;s USP is here as NVIDIA enters the CPU race and hyperscalers look to increase the usage of bespoke solutions in their technology stacks.</p>

<p>Top-down drivers for the US outside of developments in the Middle East this week include consumer credit data, which is widely expected to show a pickup in Americans living on the never-never. Combine that with higher-for-longer rates, and the prospect of a credit bubble is likely to surface again. So far however, this is yet to have a major impact on the big lenders, with first-quarter credit quality at the US banks remaining broadly stable. Resilience in the job market is a key driver of credit health. With that in mind unemployment figures on Friday will also be closely watched, with consensus expecting a similar outcome to last month&rsquo;s print of 4.3%.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/markets-mixed-amidst-strong-earnings-and-high-oil-prices-26600.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 5 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ai Is Not A Bubble About To Burst</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Michael Field, chief equity strategist at Morningstar, noted:</strong> &ldquo;Popularity for AI funds has hit record highs. However, with recent valuations flatlining or even declining, opportunities have opened for investors in the space. Currently, AI is trading at its largest discount since 2019, making now a fantastic entry point. So, what does this tell us? AI isn&rsquo;t a bubble that&rsquo;s going to burst anytime soon &ndash; the underlying fundamentals are robust. Demand for semiconductors is beating expectations and key drivers like data centres and infrastructure remain intact. The AI story has further to go, and investors should make the most of it while these opportunities still exist.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Key findings include:</strong></div>

<div><em>The volatility experienced in early 2026 led to a decline from record-high valuations among AI stocks, resulting in more attractive pricing for those most impacted, presenting a current buy opportunity.</em></div>

<div><em>The strongest opportunities sit in infrastructure &ldquo;picks-and-shovels&rdquo; players.</em></div>

<div><em>Many widely held names in AI portfolios - including Apple - have limited direct AI exposure, while lesser-known companies, such as Entegris and CGI (held by fewer than 2% of AI-focused fund managers) are largely ignored despite strong links to the AI value chain.</em></div>

<div><em>Private AI companies have significantly outperformed public markets peers since late 2024.AI funds remain concentrated in US mega-cap tech. Beyond names such as ASML and SAP, European names do not feature strongly.</em></div>

<div><em>Beyond the US, China is a significant hub for AI development. Due to access and regulatory challenges, most European managers avoid Chinese equities or focus only on major companies like Baidu and Alibaba, leaving smaller, more innovative players largely inaccessible. Chinese AI stocks (as measured by the CSI Artificial Intelligence Index) have underperformed their developed-market counterparts since 2022, suggesting that investors have not sacrificed returns by avoiding the region.</em></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_MorningstarAI0505261.jpg" style="height:384px; width:598px" /></div>

<div><strong>Kenneth Lamont, Principal at Morningstar, explained:</strong> &ldquo;We&rsquo;re seeing record inflows into AI funds in Europe, with assets near all-time highs &ndash; but implementation has been everything. During February&rsquo;s &lsquo;SaaSpocalypse&rsquo;, two prominent AI funds&rsquo; performance diverged by 14 percentage points. To help investors navigate this complex backdrop, we&rsquo;ve developed a scoring framework that distinguishes funds with strong revenue exposure to core AI from those tilted toward more peripheral &lsquo;AI adopters&rsquo;. On that basis, the First Trust Artificial Intelligence ETF ranks highest for core AI exposure and stands out as a compelling way to access the theme while valuations remain attractive. But AI is also becoming a victim of its own success. As AI leaders have come to dominate the tech sector, overlap with broad technology indices has more than doubled since 2019 - raising the bar for active differentiation and putting pressure on providers to justify their premium.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Morningstar_AI_Paper_Europe_2026.pdf"><strong>The full report can be found here. </strong></a></div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ai-is-not-a-bubble-about-to-burst-26602.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 5 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Moment Of Ai Truth For Property   Casualty Insurance</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Property & casualty (P&C) insurers face a widening competitive divide, with only 10% of the industry successfully scaling AI, while others struggle to capture meaningful benefits. Now in its 19th edition, the <a href="https://www.capgemini.com/insights/research-library/world-property-and-casualty-insurance-report/?utm_source=PR&utm_medium=PR&utm_campaign=%20WPCIR&utm_cre=&utm_id=2026Apr08">Capgemini Research Institute&rsquo;s World Property & Casualty Insurance Report 2026</a> suggests the AI maturity gap can be partly explained by the fact that 42% of insurers track no AI metrics. Without a way to measure and validate what works, 60% of insurers remain in the exploration or proof-of-concept stage.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The report shows only a small cohort of insurers are currently treating AI as a core operating capability, rather than a set of tools, by ensuring alignment across strategy and talent, technology foundation, and organizational adoption simultaneously. These insurers are defined as &ldquo;intelligence trailblazers,&rdquo; achieving up to 21% higher revenue growth and approximately 51% greater increase in share price over three years.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>According to the report, trailblazers distinguish themselves from mainstream insurers in several ways. These organizations are nearly four times more likely to invest in change management beyond basic training; nearly three times more likely to have explainable AI infrastructure that drives enterprise-wide confidence; and nearly twice as likely to ensure AI responsibilities are embedded directly into job descriptions creating accountability.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Trailblazers stand in sharp contrast to an industry contending with an &lsquo;architecture mismatch&rsquo; &ndash; a pattern where technology advances outpace organizations&rsquo; ability to effectively integrate it. On average, P&C insurers commit 72% of their AI investments to technology and infrastructure, with only 28% to change management including basic employee and leadership training. As a result, many AI initiatives struggle to deliver their full potential, limiting enterprise-wide impact.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Return on AI investment still largely untracked</strong></div>

<div>Over half (55%) of P&C insurers noted the absence of clear ROI on AI initiatives, with the same number also saying that it is unclear who owns AI initiatives at their firm. As a result, responsibility often ends up in the hands of individuals or small teams, making it impossible to deliver firmwide impact. Even at the team level, impact has been limited: two-thirds (67%) of P&C insurers cite a shortage of AI skills and nearly half (47%) of employees with access to AI tools report that their workday is unchanged, even after 18 months of use.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The insurance industry is facing its moment of AI truth. Trailblazers are proof that when carriers embed AI into their business strategy from the outset it elevates from an efficiency play into a true competitive advantage that directly impacts the bottom line,&rdquo; <strong>said Kartik Ramakrishnan, CEO of Capgemini&rsquo;s Financial Services Strategic Business Unit and Group Executive Board Member</strong>. &ldquo;While many insurers are navigating familiar technical and cultural hurdles, the opportunity ahead is clear. By strengthening data foundations, clarifying ownership, and investing in skills and governance, insurers can move beyond pilots and unlock enterprise-wide value. The focus now must be on building the organizational discipline that sustains AI&rsquo;s impact across the business.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Human-AI collaboration &ndash; key for the insurer of the future</strong></div>

<div>While trailblazers have established an immediate advantage through their use of AI, challenges remain for the rest of the industry.  Nearly half (49%) of employee time is spent on cross-team collaboration, yet most AI tools still operate at the individual task level. Data readiness also lags, with only 12% of insurers reporting very high maturity, despite heavy reliance on unstructured data. Finally, a growing trust gap persists. Forty-three percent of employees cite job security as a top concern, and only 14% of employees are &lsquo;very clear&rsquo; on how AI fits into their work.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>According to the report, there is an opportunity to reimagine the insurer of the future &ndash; where executive leadership sets strategic direction and defines the boundaries of human-AI collaboration, skilled employees handle complex operational decisions using real-time insights and AI agents automate routine, repetitive tasks. Within this model, orchestration managers can actively work to align business strategy and AI principles in a way that allows intelligence to scale across large enterprises. To realize this vision, insurers must embed AI into everyday collaboration and decision making, strengthen their data foundations, and redesign workflows for the agentic AI era.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Report Methodology</strong></div>

<div>The Capgemini World Property and Casualty Insurance Report 2026 draws data from three primary sources: the 2026 Global Insurance Executive Interviews, the 2026 Global Insurance Employee Surveys and the 2026 Global Voice of the Customer Survey. These research sources polled 344 senior executives from leading property and casualty insurers, 809 insurance employees across underwriting, claims, agents, and customer service functions, and 1,113 policyholders. The respondents were asked about AI implementation, organizational barriers to scaling, and customer preferences for proactive insurance services. These participants represent major markets across three global regions: the Americas, Europe, and Asia-Pacific.</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-moment-of-ai-truth-for-property---casualty-insurance-26603.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 5 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Moderate Natural Catastrophe Losses Mask Escalating Risks</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Cameron Rye, Natural Catastrophe Analytics Director at Willis Re.</strong></u></p>

<p>Because catastrophe risk is heavily skewed by tail events, the average will always be driven by a handful of very active years, leaving the majority of years falling below the mean.</p>

<p>What makes 2025 stand out is that losses were modest despite the backdrop of elevated hazard potential. Sea-surface temperatures in the North Atlantic have been among the warmest on record, while global mean temperatures continued to test the upper bounds of the satellite era. Exposure concentrations in hazard hotspots are higher than ever and rebuild costs continue to rise. The ingredients for large losses were present in 2025, yet the atmosphere chose not to combine them.</p>

<p>This situation is best described as transient meteorological luck: the temporary alignment of atmospheric and oceanic conditions that suppresses loss activity without altering the underlying risk. A quiet year does not signal that the underlying hazard or vulnerability has reduced. Rather, it represents a fortunate gap in natural catastrophes. When viewed through this lens, 2025 stands out as a moderate loss year in a high-risk situation.</p>

<p>While 2025 was the first year in a decade where no hurricanes made landfall in the United States, other places were not so fortunate. Hurricane Erin followed an eastward track well away from the Caribbean but still delivered heavy rain to Guadeloupe and Puerto Rico and high winds to the Bahamas. Hurricane Imelda passed directly over the northern coast of the Dominican Republic and Haiti and brought heavy rains and severe flooding to both countries. The storm also caused heavy rain and landslides in Cuba and strong winds (with gusts up to 100 miles per hour) over Bermuda.</p>

<p>The most consequential event of the past season was Hurricane Melissa, which made landfall over Jamaica on October 28 as a Category 5 storm. It was previously uncommon for major hurricanes to form in October, but as the North Atlantic has warmed, the environmental conditions that are favourable to hurricane formation are lasting later in the year. And that same warming also allows storms to become much stronger very quickly. Compared to the late 20th century, the number of storms undergoing &ldquo;explosive&rdquo; intensification (winds strengthening by almost 60 miles per hour in less than a day) has almost doubled.</p>

<p>Long-term the climate is warming, which continues to load the dice toward greater volatility and more complex extremes, from wildfire behaviour outside historical norms to record rainfall and the rapid intensification of tropical cyclones. Even if the financial tallies appear muted, the physical risk remains on an upward trajectory.</p>

<p>For example, future wildfire losses in California are likely to exceed what recent fire footprints suggest. Fires can now occur across more of the year, more people and assets are located in flammable areas and rebuilding is materially more expensive. With much of the state&rsquo;s high-value wildland-urban interface yet to experience fire under these conditions, historical loss experience alone is no longer a reliable guide for pricing or portfolio steering.</p>

<p>Meanwhile, flood events in 2025 illustrate the accelerating trend of hydrological intensification driven by ongoing global warming. A preliminary global review shows extreme and often record-breaking rainfall on every continent, with many events producing exceptional sub-daily intensities. Crucially, severe flooding is increasingly occurring in locations not historically classified as high risk, prompting renewed scrutiny of exposure and preparedness.</p>

<p>Recent flooding illustrates how once-in-a-lifetime events are now occurring in rapid succession. The United States&rsquo; Texas Hill Country floods, with more than 500 millimetres of rainfall in two days, exemplified this shift, resulting in substantial loss of life and revealing gaps in emergency response and insurance coverage. Further evidence of this intensification has been seen in Pakistan, Spain and elsewhere. The persistence and clustering of such extremes align with trends clearly established in 2023 and 2024. Climate change is increasing rainfall intensity and expanding flood hazard footprints, while societal exposure continues to outpace preparedness.</p>

<p>Quiet years often breed a false sense of security. The 2006&ndash;2016 drought of major hurricane landfalls in the U.S. created an illusion of reduced risk. But the inevitable return of high-impact events in 2017 (including hurricanes Harvey, Irma and Maria) taught us that lucky streaks always end. As the reinsurance market softens, the temptation to chase premium can erode discipline, leading to the silent accumulation of risk. In this environment, strong scientific judgment, rigorous model evaluation and robust exposure management frameworks will be essential safeguards.</p>

<p>Now is the time to dig into the data. Leveraging research to develop bespoke views of risk, such as climate-conditioned event sets or vulnerability functions based on recent claims experience, allows cedents to distinguish portfolio resilience from temporary good fortune. Today, (re)insurers increasingly expect not only robust numbers from models, but also a transparent account of the science and limitations behind them.</p>

<p>Meteorological luck can delay the inevitable but does not offer lasting protection. The question is whether the industry uses this pause to relax or to prepare for when the pendulum inevitably swings back.</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p><br />
 </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/moderate-natural-catastrophe-losses-mask-escalating-risks-26599.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 1 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Practical Steps To Support Younger Workers Pension Saving</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>SME employers are focusing on practical ways to support pension saving, particularly among younger and lower-paid workers, as financial pressures continue to influence saving behaviour, according to new research1 from People&rsquo;s Pension.</p>

<p>With nearly three quarters (74%) of employers worried that employees are not saving enough for retirement, there is a clear focus on helping more people stay engaged with long-term saving.</p>

<p>Employers are particularly focused on supporting younger workers and low earners, with more than three quarters (77%) concerned these groups are more exposed to financial pressures and may be more likely to step back from saving as costs rise.</p>

<p>This is reflected in expected behaviours, with one third (32%) saying younger employees are most likely to opt out of workplace pensions. Employers point to affordability as the main reason for opting out (38%), although understanding (24%) and perceived value (18%) also play a role, reinforcing the importance of clear, accessible communication.</p>

<p>Employers call for more support to improve workers&rsquo; financial wellbeing</p>

<p>More than four in five SME decision-makers (82%) say they feel a responsibility for employees&rsquo; financial wellbeing, even as three quarters (75%) say rising business costs limit how much they can increase pay.</p>

<p>The findings come as many employers identify gaps in pension understanding and engagement. Nearly six in ten (59%) say employees do not fully understand the value of their pension, while more than half (52%) are concerned employees are not engaged or getting the most out of the scheme available to them.</p>

<p>Nearly half of employers (45%) say clearer communication and education about pensions would improve engagement, while 40% highlight the importance of additional support for financial wellbeing and retirement planning.</p>

<p><strong>Stuart Reid, Distribution Director at People&rsquo;s Partnership, said: </strong>&ldquo;Employers are clearly focused on how they can support their workforce, particularly younger and lower-paid workers who are more exposed to financial pressure. As many households face renewed pressure on day-to-day finances, helping people stay engaged with long-term saving has become even more important.</p>

<p>&ldquo;What this research highlights is the importance of communication and support in helping employees engage with their pension. Where understanding is lower, simple and accessible guidance can play an important role in helping people make informed decisions about their long-term finances.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Even in a challenging environment, workplace pensions remain a key part of long-term financial planning. Supporting employees to stay engaged with saving, even at modest levels, can make a meaningful difference over time.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/practical-steps-to-support-younger-workers-pension-saving-26598.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 1 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Earnings Boom Overshadows Middle East Gloom</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Global markets are in one of those strange phases where the news looks messy, but the tape looks almost bulletproof. The FTSE 100 is set for a flat open after a strong session yesterday, while US futures are pointing to more of the same after the S&P 500 and Nasdaq hit record highs last night, with Wall Street also coming off its strongest monthly gains since 2020. The message from investors is clear: this earnings cycle matters more right now than the Middle East stalemate, higher oil prices, or the inflation risk that comes with them. An AI super investment cycle is, of course, playing a major part, but this isn&rsquo;t just another tech-led earnings rally, with beats coming through across healthcare, industrials, consumer staples and beyond. If oil stays in the $100 a barrel range for an extended period, the broader economic costs will eventually be harder to ignore, but for now, earnings are the bigger fish, and markets are happy to keep swimming with the current.</p>

<p>Apple&rsquo;s long-awaited iPhone upgrade cycle is in full swing, and AI isn&rsquo;t even part of the story yet. The headline numbers were strong, but the real message was in the guidance, which pointed to 14-17% revenue growth at the group level, against pre-results expectations closer to 9%, and even that comes with supply constraints clipping the wings a little. This is the power of Apple&rsquo;s ecosystem in full view: even with an AI experience that has been more disappointment than differentiator, the brand still has enough pull to drag loyal consumers back into the upgrade cycle after years of stretching out their old devices. That brand power has bought Apple time, but loyalty won't last forever, and the next leg of the story now rests on whether John Ternus can turn AI from a weak spot into a reason to go out and grab the latest devices. Get it right, and the next few years should look decisively better than the last. Fail to deliver that spark, and this super cycle could start to look less like a new era and more like the final flourish of the old one.</p>

<p>NatWest has delivered the kind of update bank investors can work with in a nervous market - not flawless, but profitable, well-capitalised and backed by better guidance. The profit beat wasn&rsquo;t really about a surge in income, but about cost discipline, lower litigation costs and strong capital generation doing the heavy lifting. That puts NatWest in a similar camp to some of the other banks this week, where the economic outlook is looking a little more fragile as Middle East tensions feed into oil, inflation, and rate uncertainty, but higher-for-longer rates are also providing a useful buffer. For investors, the message is reassuring. The loan book remains resilient, capital is a strength, and while impairments and weaker wealth balances are worth watching, there is enough here to support the shareholder returns story.</p>

<p>Gold is caught between two powerful forces. A weaker dollar is giving it support, but the prospect of higher-for-longer interest rates is stopping the rally from really catching fire. Bullion is holding above $4,600 an ounce after reports of Japanese currency intervention knocked the dollar, but the bigger backdrop is still the Middle East, where fading hopes of a US-Iran peace deal and a closed Strait of Hormuz are keeping energy supply fears firmly in play. If tensions stay high, gold&rsquo;s safe-haven appeal may stay intact, but the rate story means this is not quite the one-way trade it might usually be in a geopolitical shock.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/earnings-boom-overshadows-middle-east-gloom-26597.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 1 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>How Technology Is Helping Professional Trustees</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Shani McKenzie, Head of Sole Trustee Services, Hymans Robertson</strong></p>

<p>Investing in technology for efficiency is necessary to address pressure on pensions spend; in turn technology is enabling capacity within professional trustee firms to be amplified and support conservative recruitment outlooks. The firms agree that even as technology improves efficiency, it doesn&rsquo;t replace certain roles, especially those that come with skills like judgement.</p>

<p>AI adoption varies. Many firms have embedded AI in the management of schemes, but some use it only for back-office work. Others are proceeding cautiously and still testing pilot projects. Professional trustees are more likely to use AI for sole trustee appointments, where all the decision-makers have access to the same in-house tools.</p>

<div><strong>How sole trustees are using technology</strong></div>

<div>Some firms shared their views on how technology and data analytics should shape innovation to enhance the member experience. For example, tools like chatbots can help members access information about their pensions. Technology can help give members guidance, and access to data, which instils confidence. One firm flagged that members might be using AI to summarise communications they receive from their schemes, and that it&rsquo;s important for trustees to be in control of the messages reaching members.</div>

<p>Trustees are using AI to find information in document repositories. There was strong support that a complete document repository is one of the most important things to a sole trustee, giving a single source of information. AI can help to retrieve past decisions, determine benefits from the latest Deed of Amendment or check for potential blind spots in previous trustees&rsquo; decisions.</p>

<p>Some professional trustees are testing AI to summarise meeting packs. While a summary is not a substitute for reading advice papers, it can help to prioritise matters between schemes. Other firms use AI for taking minutes to free up time for support teams.</p>

<p>Many trustees say they use AI to &lsquo;support&rsquo; trustee discretions. But they caution against over-reliance on AI, and note the need for judgement, particularly with the increasing complexity of member discretion cases.</p>

<div><strong>The future for technology and professional trusteeship</strong></div>

<div>Professional trustees are looking at how technology makes work more efficient while maintaining judgement and collaboration where needed. They&rsquo;re exploring AI in particular, with lots of small things expected to add up to a greater sum &ndash; for example, by helping firms take on more appointments and complex work, particularly where they act as a sole trustee.</div>

<p>Trustees acknowledge that AI has the potential to make an even bigger difference. If it&rsquo;s adopted more widely and efficiently, it could enable professional trusteeship to keep growing strongly.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/how-technology-is-helping-professional-trustees-26595.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 30 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Two Thirds Use Salary Sacrifice But Most Unaware Of 2029 Cap</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>New research from Barnett Waddingham (BW), part of Howden, highlights that many workers in the UK are still unclear on salary sacrifice &ndash; despite it being one of the most widely used workplace benefits.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While nearly two-thirds (62%) of workers say they are using salary sacrifice, a similar number (63%) don&rsquo;t know it will be capped in 2029, limiting how much can be paid through salary sacrifice without National Insurance being applied.<br />
<br />
With changes to salary sacrifice actively being debated in Parliament, this highlights a clear disconnect between how widely it is used and how well workers understand potential changes coming down the line.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The findings also show how many workers are unclear on what salary sacrifice can be used for, and how it could affect their finances. One in five (20%) believe it can only be used for pension contributions, despite it also being used for a range of other benefits, including childcare support and company car schemes. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Understanding also varies across multiple aspects of how salary sacrifice works, from how it impacts take-home pay to misconceptions about whether it can bring your income below the National Minimum Wage.</div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWCap3004261.jpg" style="height:238px; width:600px" /></div>

<div><strong>Mark Futcher, Head of DC Pensions at Barnett Waddingham, part of Howden, comments: </strong>&ldquo;For a benefit so widely used, most people are still using salary sacrifice on autopilot without knowing what&rsquo;s going on under the bonnet. For something that can make a big difference to people&rsquo;s long-term savings, that gap really matters. Adding a cap, regardless of the amount, adds another layer of fine print to a system that already feels a bit opaque for most people. And when the rules become harder to understand, people are more likely to step back than engage &ndash; a risk we can&rsquo;t really afford to take at a time when retirement adequacy is already under pressure. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;There&rsquo;s a balance to strike here. Salary sacrifice works best when it&rsquo;s simple for workers to understand, and easy for employers to run. If that balance tips too far towards complexity, there&rsquo;s a risk a well-used and effective benefit becomes less accessible than it should be.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/two-thirds-use-salary-sacrifice-but-most-unaware-of-2029-cap-26593.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 30 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Volatile Oil Prices Ahead Of Key Central Bank Meetings</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&quot;A fresh fire has been lit under oil prices, amid reports that attacks on Iran could resume. The US military is understood to be preparing for a resumption of military action, dashing hopes of a lasting ceasefire and sending worries of a severe energy crunch surging. Brent crude hit a wartime high of $126 a barrel, before declining as uncertainty swirled. Brent is now trading around $112 a barrel on the futures market, but even at that lower price, it&rsquo;s still around 60% higher than just before the conflict began. Oil&rsquo;s retreat from scorching highs has helped the Footsie bob its head above water in early trade, but investors are set to stay cautious amid the unpredictable Middle East crisis.</p>

<p>Trump has reportedly rejected Tehran&rsquo;s plan to reopen the Strait of Hormuz and is doubling down on the US naval blockade of Iran&rsquo;s ports. With oil storage limited, Iranian facilities may have to reduce production within days. There had been high hopes that a ceasefire would start to see prices at the pumps retreat, but amid this standoff, it seems that the only way is up for the cost of filling up. It&rsquo;s also set to keep freight costs highly elevated, looks set to push packaging costs higher, given plastics are made from petrochemicals and could have a highly damaging effect on global food production. Urea shipments, used for fertiliser, are blocked and costs have rocketed for farmers around the world, who didn&rsquo;t buy stocks in advance. The worry is that all these costs will be passed on through supply chains, pushing up the price of everyday goods, later in the year and into next year.</p>

<p>These are all concerns that central bankers meeting today will have front of mind. For now, a wait-and-see stance is expected to be adopted, with the Bank of England looking set to keep rates on hold, and the European Central Bank poised to take the same action. But inflation is already ramping higher, as higher forecourt prices show up in the data. But they will want to see signs that inflation is becoming embedded in the economy, through higher consumer prices, and sticky wage growth before they make a move on rates. Nevertheless, there are likely to be some calls around the table to get ahead of the curve and lift rates now. But with the economy looking set to lose early sparks of momentum as shoppers turn cautious and companies pause investment, demand is likely to be squeezed out anyway which could help keep a lid on inflation going forward. Nevertheless, financial markets are predicting that given the stalemate, and fears of a deteriorating situation will mean prices are passed on and are pricing in three interest rate hikes from the Bank of England. It&rsquo;s a similar picture at the European Central Bank, which is expected to flag that a rate hike, as soon as June, could be on the cards, and two more are expected by the end of the year.</p>

<p>For now household goods giant Unilever, the maker of Cif and Colgate, has been spared significant fallout from the war in Iran. It posted better-than-expected growth for the first quarter, with sales volumes up 2.9%. But these numbers only captured a month of disruption due to the war, and some of the most onerous effects and increased costs haven&rsquo;t yet filtered through. The production of plastic is becoming more expensive, a material the company relies on for its cupboard of cleaning and beauty brands. Energy and freight costs are also on the rise. With household budgets under the cosh, shoppers will already be looking to cut corners and could trade down to cheaper brands. Shares were flat in early trade, reflecting a more cautious outlook underlying sales growth at the lower end of its 4% to 6% range.</p>

<p>Problems were piling up for Volkswagen, even before the current energy crisis hit. Trump&rsquo;s tariffs have had a damaging effect on sales, while cheap Chinese rivals have bitten hard into its EV business. Its first quarter results came with a big ouch, showing a 14% drop in profits. Now management has to steer the company through higher production costs, with energy prices soaring. It&rsquo;s revved up a cost-cutting plan to become a leaner machine and is counting on its brand power in an aggressive product push in key markets, including China. With drivers&rsquo; budgets squeezed by the current crisis, upgrades are going to be a hard sell, but as fossil fuel prices stay elevated, it could prompt motorists to switch to EVs to save on the costs of filling up.&quot;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/volatile-oil-prices-ahead-of-key-central-bank-meetings-26592.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 30 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Year Of The Dc Default</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>DC default schemes offered strong performance in 2025, providing good returns for members across the board. This is according to Howden Employee Benefits&rsquo; annual DC default investment strategy research, which covers 28 default arrangements with a total &pound;500bn under investment and over 30 million members. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>In the growth phase - used for members with some time before retirement - 100% of providers outperformed Howden&rsquo;s target - specifically beating inflation plus 4%. 71% of providers outperformed Howden&rsquo;s passive portfolio test &ndash; that is, a comparison of the performance of each provider&rsquo;s portfolio to the returns of a passively managed portfolio with the same mix of return-seeking and defensive assets. Outperformance is massively up from 2024, which saw only 19% outperform. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The strongest growth performer was LifeSight at 20.6% returns, leaving a 13.1% gap between the highest and lowest performer. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Volatility was higher in the growth phase in 2025 than in 2024 - with one strategy seeing 14.2% volatility, compared to highs of 8.7% in 2024. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>In the &lsquo;at retirement&rsquo; phase &ndash; when members are about to access their savings - 100% of providers outperformed Howden&rsquo;s performance target - in this phase, beating inflation plus 2%, as well as outperformance of cash and annuity pricing. Again, 71% of providers outperformed the passive portfolio test &ndash; up from 29% last year. The strongest performer was LifeSight&rsquo;s Higher Risk Drawdown Lifecycle strategy at 12.7% - leaving a 5.4% gap between the best and worst performers throughout the year. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Volatility changes were more muted year-on-year in the retirement phase, suggesting a return to favour for diversification. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Asset allocation in focus </strong></div>

<div>After several years of large increases in allocations to funds with emission-reduction targets, that progress has slowed. In the growth phase, the average allocation to these funds increased from 73% to 77% over the year. This 4% increase compares to a 38% increase since we first reported in 2021. In the &lsquo;at retirement&rsquo; phase, there has been no change in the average allocation to these funds over 2025, but a 25% increase since 2021.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Sustainable investment within DC default funds has entered a new phase, with attention having now shifted away from managing risks and towards accessing opportunities, including in private markets,</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Despite the noise, private markets allocations remain limited in existing strategies, and their impact on relative returns remains muted. The average net exposure to private markets across all growth portfolios remains at circa 4% -which includes private equity, private debt, property, and infrastructure. In the &lsquo;at retirement&rsquo; portfolios, allocation is even lower, at circa 3%. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>But longer-term, many are already targeting allocations above the policymakers&rsquo; ambitions - the average target allocation is 10% in private markets. The most ambitious schemes are targeting over 25% in the growth phase. Overall, there are four schemes targeting 20%+, and sixteen targeting 10%+. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Some providers offer multiple strategies, giving their clients choice around the level of private markets, meaning strategies with minimal/no private markets will water down the averages. The allocation to private markets will be lighter in &lsquo;at retirement&rsquo; portfolios, and Howden reports a different underlying mix of assets too - e.g. a higher weighting to private credit. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Many schemes are also considering how sustainability and private markets can work in tandem - for example, renewable infrastructure is growing in popularity within private markets portfolio, and the green bond market is growing. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Alex Toney, Head of DC Default Research at Howden, comments: </strong>&quot;The DC market celebrated a good year in 2025 - all members using these flagship default strategies, be they early in their careers or coming up to retirement, saw strong returns. Most schemes passed our passive portfolio test, aided by North American equities delivering weaker returns. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;But the real test starts now. With less than five years until the Mansion House deadline, we expect to see a rapid shift in strategic positioning. Private market advocates promise enhanced returns, diversification, and access to long-term growth themes, yet the evidence is clear; manager selection and skill drive the majority of outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;In fact, this is true outside of private markets too - the best performers need the right tech, the best people, and the ability to scale-up portfolios at speed. 2026 is the year for DC providers to invest in themselves to ensure they have the experience and governance structures needed to consistently make the right calls, in complex asset classes like private markets, impactful strategies like currency hedging, and tumultuous markets like the AI tech market. Ultimately, the race is on to deliver the best member outcomes as DC market competitiveness reaches new heights.&rdquo; </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-year-of-the-dc-default-26594.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 30 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments As Bank Of England Hold Rates To 3 75 </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>David Walker, Chief Investment Officer, Hymans Robertson, said: </strong>&ldquo;Despite the continued uncertainty stemming from the conflict in the Middle East, and the inevitable inflationary pressures this has brought, the decision from the Bank of England (BoE) to hold interest rates steady at 3.75% was in line with mainstream expectations. The IMF recently warned central banks not to rush rates hikes and the BoE looks to have heeded this advice, at least until there is clearer data on the real impact of events on inflation and the UK economy. UK gilt markets have continued to react to the evolving situation, having shifted from pricing rates cuts to pricing in rate hikes, as the conflict in the Middle East and its impacts have developed. They have also seen some of the biggest rises in yields relative to global peers in recent weeks, seemingly driven by short term market implied inflation. However, the MPC is clearly mindful of the current economic outlook with signs of slowing growth and weakening labour market likely to have been key considerations when making their decision. For UK pension schemes, continued volatility in gilt yields and inflation expectations is likely to feed through into funding level movements for DB schemes, while persistent inflation pressures risk eroding real returns for DC savers if uncertainty remains elevated. In the near term, it may be the impact on growth and risks asset returns that have a more meaningful impact on financial outcomes.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc said:</strong> &ldquo;Today&rsquo;s decision to hold interest rates at 3.75% was widely expected and reflects the careful balancing act the Bank of England now faces. Policymakers are trying to keep inflation under control at a time when the outlook for prices is highly uncertain, without putting unnecessary pressure on an economy that is showing only tentative signs of growth. Against the backdrop of heightened uncertainty linked to the conflict in the Middle East, this feels like a moment to hold steady and see how conditions develop before making any further moves. At the start of the year, many expected a fairly straightforward path to lower rates through 2026, but it&rsquo;s safe to say things now look much less certain. Last week&rsquo;s data showing inflation rising to 3.3% highlights the challenge ahead, with the initial impact of higher energy prices now starting to come through. Further pressure on household bills is expected in the months ahead, meaning the Bank will want stronger evidence that price rises aren&rsquo;t becoming more entrenched before cutting rates. For savers, rates staying higher for longer can provide support, especially for those holding cash. However, the wider picture matters and inflation can continue to weaken the value of savings in real terms, even when headline rates look attractive. Those saving for the long term should consider tax-efficient options such as pensions and Stocks and Shares ISAs to help their money work harder alongside rising prices. For borrowers, the decision means relief is still likely to take time. Those on variable-rate mortgages or nearing the end of fixed-rate deals may continue to face increased costs for longer than hoped. Planning early, reviewing options regularly and understanding how repayments could change remains vital, particularly for households already managing stretched budgets.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>David Rees, Head of Global Economics, Schroders said: </strong>&quot;Today sees no change to interest rates or the Bank's hawkish tone. With headline inflation rising to 3.3%, wage growth easing only gradually and services inflation still looking sticky, the risk is that this shock becomes more persistent. There is also a second-round risk later this year if the energy squeeze morphs into pressure on food prices. Higher fuel and shipping costs, plus renewed pressure on inputs such as fertiliser, could lift grocery inflation with a lag. The risk of persistently higher inflation, along with speculation about political change after the local elections, has lifted gilt yields to near 20-year highs. Even so, the bar for hikes remains high. With some slack emerging in the labour market and growth likely to weaken if disruption drags on, we doubt the Bank will tighten unless economic activity stays strong enough to absorb it.&quot;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-as-bank-of-england-hold-rates-to-3-75--26596.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 30 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Schemes Bill Passes Now Industry Awaits Consultation</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The Pension Schemes Bill has passed the parliamentary process and is set to receive Royal Assent, paving the way for a wide-ranging programme of consultations that will shape how key reforms are implemented across both the defined contribution (DC) and defined benefit (DB) markets.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A series of consultations is now set to lay out the detailed rules behind the headline policy direction already established in recent years, with industry stakeholders expected to engage closely as the regulatory framework is finalised.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>On the DC side, a consultation on Value for Money (VfM) will focus on detailed metrics, benchmarking and comparator data, alongside potential intervention thresholds that could enable regulator-led consolidation or scheme closure. It will also cover enhanced disclosure requirements and alignment between The Pensions Regulator (TPR) and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA).</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A separate consultation on DC decumulation and default pension benefit solutions will define what constitutes a default at retirement. This includes income objectives, longevity risk considerations, trustee duties for non-engaged members, and how default pathways interact with drawdown and annuity products.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Further consultations on DC consolidation and &ldquo;mega fund&rdquo; requirements is expected to set out the framework for schemes targeting &pound;25bn scale, with key discussion on the  transition pathways for sub-scale scheme and further consideration exemptions, governance standards and safeguards for without-consent transfers. Alongside this, small pots consolidation will need to examine automated consolidation mechanics, default receiving schemes, opt-outs, and integration with pensions dashboards and data frameworks.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Surplus extraction rules will consider funding thresholds (moving towards a low dependency basis), actuarial certification requirements, trustee decision-making duties, member protection safeguards, and interaction with the 25% tax charge.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In parallel, a DB superfund framework consultation is likely to be required to define the operational regime for superfunds, including authorisation criteria, capital buffers, ongoing supervision requirements, and trustee transfer tests.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Further supporting consultations are expected in H2 2026, including updates to TPR statutory guidance, FCA rule alignment for contract-based schemes, and follow-on work on pensions tax and CDC guidance.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>David Brooks, Head of Policy at Broadstone, said: </strong>&ldquo;With the Pension Schemes Bill nearing Royal Assent, attention now turns to a significant programme of detailed consultations that will determine how these reforms operate in practice across DC and DB.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The measures coming forward are highly inter-related, covering value for money, consolidation, decumulation and endgame options, and the challenge will be to ensure they are developed in a coherent way rather than in isolation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The next phase of consultations will need to keep a clear focus on how these reforms improve member outcomes in practice. Consideration of UK productive finance should form part of that assessment, but always through the lens of member value, security and retirement outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;With a rolling pipeline of consultations expected over the next 12 to 24 months, trustees and employers will need to remain closely engaged as the detail is shaped.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-schemes-bill-passes-now-industry-awaits-consultation-26587.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Cyber Risk Tops The Global People Risk Agenda</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Drawing on insights from more than 4,500 HR and Risk professionals across 26 markets, the report highlights that technology disruption is driving the top people risks, the workforce-related factors that can amplify or mitigate enterprise risk and impact organizational resilience and performance.</p>

<p>Companies that actively manage these risks are better positioned to gain a competitive edge. When asked about the positive outcomes organizations realized by successfully managing and mitigating people risks, 40% of respondents said they increased workforce productivity and efficiency, and 36% said they achieved faster progress on strategic initiatives such as AI adoption.</p>

<p>&ldquo;People risks cannot be secondary concerns, as they impact the health and well-being of the workforce and the business,&rdquo; <strong>said Herv&eacute; Balzano, Mercer&rsquo;s President of Health and Benefits and Mercer Marsh Benefits&rsquo; Global Leader</strong>. &ldquo;In 2026, resilience depends on how well organizations invest in their people: building the right skills, supporting health and financial security, and redesigning work so humans and technology can perform at their best together.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>Technological change and disruption are top of mind</strong></div>

<div>Inadequate cyber threat literacy ranks as the number one people risk globally, underscoring that cyber resilience depends as much on human behavior as it does on technology. Technology skills shortages, such as those in cyber and AI, follow closely at number three, reflecting a growing gap between digital ambition and workforce readiness. While organizations continue to invest heavily in AI, the most significant threat may be translating that spending into real productivity, innovation and performance gains. Mindset barriers to AI adoption now rank among the top global people risks. Forty percent of HR and Risk professionals are concerned that their organizations are investing in and adopting AI without adequate training and upskilling.</div>

<p>&ldquo;AI will only deliver value when organizations rethink how work is done and how people are supported,&rdquo; commented Ravin Jesuthasan, Mercer&rsquo;s Global Leader for Transformation Services. &ldquo;Treating AI as a simple add-on to existing work processes creates real risk and inefficiency. The organizations pulling ahead are those redesigning work, upskilling their workforce, addressing AI anxiety and pairing human judgment with machine capability.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>Leadership gaps and labor shortages amplify risk</strong></div>

<div>Labor shortages, particularly in digitally-savvy talent, remain one of the most persistent global threats, ranking second overall and topping the list in industries such as manufacturing, energy, retail and construction. The pressure is particularly acute in aging and super-aging societies, where shrinking working-age populations are colliding with a rising demand for specific skills.</div>

<p>At the same time, the report identifies inadequate leadership skills as the single biggest risk multiplier, triggering or worsening issues like mental health deterioration and unsafe working conditions, which put productivity, performance, and reputation at risk.</p>

<p>Traditional leadership models are proving ill-suited for today&rsquo;s volatile environment. Mercer&rsquo;s recent 2026 Global Talent Trends report confirms that executives&rsquo; and employees&rsquo; views on effective leadership are evolving; employees place increasing value on empathy, communication, and honesty while executives emphasize risk awareness, strategic execution, and accountability in leaders. This misalignment on what constitutes good leadership threatens to erode cultures, employees&rsquo; sense of satisfaction, and organizational performance.</p>

<div><strong>Financial stress and health risks undermine performance</strong></div>

<div>Financial insecurity is now a material organizational risk, ranking fourth globally. According to respondents, employees&rsquo; rising living costs and debt burdens are directly linked to lower employer retention and engagement, as well as potential misconduct in organizations.</div>

<p>Financial strain also extends to employee health and well-being. Employees continue to delay care due to affordability and access issues, quietly eroding workforce resilience. HR and Risk professionals expect the situation to worsen, with more than half (58%) saying health and benefits costs are almost certain or likely to increase.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Despite concerns about rising benefit costs and growing mental health challenges, HR and Risk professionals are deprioritizing health-related risks as they are overshadowed by more immediate concerns,&rdquo; shared <strong>Amy Laverock, Mercer Marsh Benefits&rsquo; Global Advisory Specialties Leader</strong>. &ldquo;This highlights a concerning disconnect. Organizations are attempting to separate health outcomes from risk management, when they are inherently intertwined.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>Risk maturity delivers a measurable advantage</strong></div>

<div>Organizations that report more advanced approaches to managing risk also consistently report having more effective people risk mitigations in place. Additionally the report shows, companies with strong collaboration between the Risk and HR functions have significantly more effective risk mitigations in place today &mdash; translating into stronger decision-making and greater stability.</div>

<p>&ldquo;Forward-looking organizations recognize that their workforce is not just a source of risk, but their greatest strategic asset,&rdquo; <strong>Ms. Laverock added</strong>. &ldquo;Those that act now &mdash; investing in leadership and technology skills, as well as employee health and financial security &mdash; will be best equipped to turn uncertainty into advantage.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong><a href="https://www.marsh.com/en/risks/people-risk/insights/the-five-pillars-of-people-risk.html">Marsh 2026 People Risks report</a></strong></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/cyber-risk-tops-the-global-people-risk-agenda-26591.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Warning Over Increased Pension Scam Risk As Iht Changes Loom</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Donna Walsh, Head of Master Trust at Standard Life, said:</strong> &ldquo;With less than a year to go until unused pensions are brought into the inheritance tax regime, many savers will understandably be reassessing how their retirement savings are structured and passed on. Our research shows this is already driving concern with one in five (22%) saying they have less confidence in pensions as a result of these changes, of which over half (54%) are worried that their beneficiaries could face higher inheritance tax when they die as a result1. However, periods of heightened uncertainty can also make individuals more vulnerable to scams, particularly where decisions are rushed or poorly informed.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Even though these changes won&rsquo;t affect everyone in the same way and for many people, their pension savings simply won&rsquo;t be large enough to fall into inheritance tax at all, fraudsters may still try to convince them they need to act urgently. Scammers may use the opportunity to position themselves as offering &lsquo;solutions&rsquo; to minimise inheritance tax, including promises to move pension savings into structures claiming to offer IHT-free outcomes. These propositions may sound credible, but they can expose savers to significant financial harm, with the average pension scam estimated to cost victims &pound;47,0002, and in many cases losses are irreversible.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Those with larger pots may be thinking about how best to pass on wealth, particularly where pensions could face inheritance tax and then income tax for beneficiaries. For some, that might involve longer-term planning or decisions about gifting, but there&rsquo;s rarely a one-size-fits-all answer. What&rsquo;s important is not being rushed into action &ndash; especially if someone is pushing a &lsquo;quick fix&rsquo; or playing on fear.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Early intervention is vital</strong></div>

<div><strong>Donna Walsh continued:</strong> &ldquo;The tactics employed by scammers to part people from their pension savings are becoming increasingly sophisticated, and as member enquiries increase ahead of April 2027, providers and trustees need to ensure that protections against such activities keep pace. Pension scams are becoming increasingly sophisticated and can affect people whether they are building up their pension or starting to access it. There&rsquo;s also a risk of fraudsters making greater use of artificial intelligence and deepfake tactics to make approaches look and sound more convincing. By the time a suspicious transfer reaches a provider, the customer is often already convinced they are making the right choice and can be difficult to dissuade. That&rsquo;s why early, consistent intervention is so important. Across the industry, we need to ensure that our systems and due diligence keep pace with scam tactics and that savers are educated about the risks and warning signs throughout their entire savings journey, rather than relying solely on checks at the point of transfer.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;As we approach significant changes to how pensions are treated for inheritance tax purposes, clear communication, ongoing education and strong cross-industry collaboration remains critical to reducing scam risk and maintaining confidence in the pensions system.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Key pension scam indicators:</strong></div>

<div><strong>Unexpected contact</strong> &ndash; Scams often begin with unsolicited emails, calls, or messages. Cold calling about pensions is banned, but fraudsters continue to ignore this.</div>

<div><strong>&lsquo;Too good to be true&rsquo; offers</strong> &ndash; Social media adverts offering free pension reviews or promises of guaranteed or unusually high returns, particularly from unfamiliar or overseas investments, should raise concern.</div>

<div><strong>Early access claims</strong> &ndash; Offers to access pension savings before the minimum age of 55 (rising to 57 from 2028) are a common scam tactic and may trigger significant tax penalties.</div>

<div><strong>Pressure tactics</strong> &ndash; Scammers frequently create false urgency, claiming offers are time-limited or exclusive to rush decisions.</div>

<div><strong>False legitimacy</strong> &ndash; Fraudsters may provide convincing documentation or direct members to fake websites. Scammers may use artificial intelligence or &lsquo;deepfake&rsquo; technology to mimic real people, organisations, or even familiar voices. Even if a call, video, or message looks or sounds convincing, it&rsquo;s important to independently verify who you&rsquo;re dealing with by using trusted contact details or official websites such as the Financial Conduct Authority&rsquo;s firm checker before taking any action.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/warning-over-increased-pension-scam-risk-as-iht-changes-loom-26588.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Scorching Energy Prices Set To Push Up Borrowing Costs</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: &quot;</strong>With the standoff over the Strait of Hormuz continuing and safe passage seemingly only guaranteed for luxury mega-yachts, rather than shipments relied on by many millions, it&rsquo;s keeping worries about an energy crunch front and centre. There are plenty of repercussions rippling through the global economy, not least higher borrowing costs. This looks set to put the brakes on advances for the internationally focused FTSE 100 as concerns collide about the impact on global fortunes and the UK economy.</p>

<p>The benchmark, Brent crude, is still hovering around the painful level of $111 a barrel, a three-week high, and the big worry is that as companies have to shoulder elevated bills for longer, they&rsquo;ll have little choice but to pass on the costs through higher prices, while employees will clamour for higher wages as inflation rises.</p>

<p>Although this week, with crucial central bank meetings taking place, policymakers are set to stay wary and are likely to press pause, the expectation is that the only way is up for interest rates as the year wears on and vital supplies of commodities remain constrained.</p>

<p>Financial markets are now pricing in as many as three rate hikes from the Bank of England. It&rsquo;s a marked difference from last week&rsquo;s expectations of just one hike. As a result, fresh repricing of mortgage deals higher is looking more likely. There had been some respite, with offers lower than the peak they reached in mid-April, but they could well move higher again given the volatile changes in market expectations.</p>

<p>Worry about the expected ramp-up in rates is showing up in the bond markets. Gilt yields have risen above 5%, levels not seen since the financial crisis, which means it&rsquo;s becoming more expensive to finance UK government debt. At a time when calls are rising for extra help to support cash-strapped households and businesses, rising borrowing costs mean the Treasury is seeing any wiggle room for additional support rapidly evaporate, with more revenue set to be absorbed by debt interest payments. This means the government may be forced to make increasingly difficult choices &ndash; bring in higher taxes or tighten public spending elsewhere.</p>

<p>With the Middle East conflict still fraught with uncertainty, it's keeping travellers super cautious. This has come through loud and clear in the trading update from Jet 2 this morning. Although there's no dramatic drop off in demand so far, it seems holidaymakers are more wary, holding off on booking until closer to departure. This shift is squeezing forward visibility just as the all-important summer season approaches, making it harder for Jet2 to read the runway ahead with confidence. However, Jet 2 is buffered against the turbulence given that it has a robust fuel hedging strategy in place and its hefty cash pile provides a reassuring safety net. Nevertheless, the longer the Strait of Hormuz remains closed, the greater the risk that pressure builds, particularly as Jet2 looks to recoup the &pound;11 million in startup costs tied to its new base at London Gatwick Airport.</p>

<p>Wall Street looks set for a higher open as investors await a raft of big tech earnings, which are expected to show strong demand for AI technology. However, with capacity constrained, there&rsquo;s an ongoing ramp-up in capital expenditure to meet the huge appetite for infrastructure to support advances in artificial intelligence. How big the mismatch is between growth in spending and growth in revenue looks set to determine investor sentiment, given the mega valuations of the tech giants and their weight on indices.</p>

<p>The longer the Strait of Hormuz continues to be blocked, the greater the uncertainty about the summer travel season.</p>

<p>Jet2 plc expects its financial year 2026 operating profit to be between &pound;435 million and &pound;440 million, aligning with market expectations, despite &pound;11 million in startup costs for its new London Gatwick base. The company maintains a strong balance sheet with &pound;3.3 billion in total cash and &pound;2.0 billion in net cash as of March 31, 2026, having returned &pound;363.0 million to shareholders. For the upcoming financial year 2027, Jet2 has increased its Summer 2026 capacity by 7.7% to 19.9 million seats, with passenger bookings up 6.2%, though geopolitical uncertainty is impacting visibility for the peak summer season. The airline has a strong fuel hedge position, with 87% of its summer requirement hedged at an average price of $707 per metric tonne.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/scorching-energy-prices-set-to-push-up-borrowing-costs-26586.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>New Tpr Code For Cdc Schemes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>CDC schemes are a new type of collective pension. TPR is already in discussion with several possible market entrants ahead of the code coming into force.</p>

<p>Following its recent consultation on an updated CDC code of practice, the code has today been laid in Parliament and is expected to come into force in mid-October. Multi-employer schemes could be operating in early 2027.</p>

<p>The new regulations and revised code will allow providers to offer their scheme to multiple unconnected employers. They will need to apply to TPR for authorisation before taking on business.</p>

<p>The revised code sets out TPR&rsquo;s expectations of CDC schemes, the criteria for their authorisation, and how TPR will use its powers in this market.</p>

<p><strong>TPR&rsquo;s Executive Director of Strategy, Policy and Analysis, Richard Knox, said:</strong> &ldquo;Our goal is to help transform a savings system into a pension model that offers people reliable, sustainable income throughout retirement.</p>

<p>&ldquo;CDC schemes can help to deliver that future. We are already in discussions with several potential entrants to this market. I encourage others considering offering a CDC service to <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/en/get-support-with-pensions-innovation/discuss-a-pensions-innovation-with-us">speak with our innovation service</a>.&rdquo;</p>

<p>TPR is also <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/en/document-library/consultations/extending-the-cdc-code-of-practice-consultation/consultation-response-extending-cdc-code-of-practice">publishing its response</a> to the 29 responses it received to its consultation on the code.</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/new-tpr-code-for-cdc-schemes-26589.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Landmark Pensions Bill Gives Vital Reforms To Benefit Savers</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Significantly, and following sustained pressure from Pensions UK, others in the industry and Parliament, the power enabling the Government to determine how pension schemes invest is far narrower in scope than first drafted and tightly time limited. This is a victory for fiduciary duty and, ultimately, for savers whose investments will remain governed solely by trustees.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The legislation delivers a series of positive reforms that we expect to increase the value schemes can deliver and, in doing so, improve retirements for millions.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>This includes a requirement on schemes to deliver incomes from pension savings at retirement, rather than leaving savers to make complex decisions by themselves. The Bill enables the automatic consolidation of small pension pots, saving money and making the system simpler to navigate for savers. And it underpins the new Value for Money framework, which should enable employers to choose schemes based on overall value, not just price.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Pension Schemes Bill includes new rules to allow the release of surplus by Defined Benefit schemes, and establishes a clear legislative framework for commercial superfunds, providing greater certainty and oversight for schemes seeking to consolidate defined benefit liabilities, while maintaining protection for members.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Finally, the Bill supports further consolidation in the industry, with the aim of creating the right conditions for schemes to drive efficiencies and to bring investment expertise in-house, supporting more sophisticated investment approaches that are expected to deliver stronger long-term returns.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Strong industry voice throughout the Bill&rsquo;s passage</strong></div>

<div>The Bill reflects sustained engagement between Government, Parliament and the pensions industry. Pensions UK has played a central role throughout the Bill&rsquo;s passage, working constructively with ministers, parliamentarians and officials to help ensure the final legislation is practical, proportionate and maintains confidence in the system.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Pensions UK&rsquo;s work has supported the following changes during the passage of the Bill:</strong></div>

<div><strong>A significant scale back of the mandation power allowing Government to direct how schemes invest</strong>, with changes built around the specific demands Pensions UK has made from the start of the Parliamentary process.</div>

<div><strong>Limiting powers relating to the Local Government Pension Scheme</strong>, preserving trustee fiduciary duty and scheme flexibility.</div>

<div><strong>On surplus release</strong>, providing greater clarity and flexibility around how well-funded defined benefit schemes can make responsible use of surplus while protecting members&rsquo; interests.</div>

<div><strong>The abolition of the PPF administration levy</strong>, removing an unnecessary cost on schemes while maintaining the strength and security of the Pension Protection Fund.</div>

<div><strong>A legislative solution to the Virgin Media issue</strong>, resolving long-standing uncertainty and protecting schemes and members from the risk of disproportionate and unintended consequences.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Julian Mund, Chief Executive of Pensions UK, said:</strong> &ldquo;The passage of the Pension Schemes Act is a victory for pension savers. The legislation enacts a series of critical reforms that will improve the value savers get from pensions and make the system easier to navigate for employers and savers. The power that enables Government to direct how schemes invest has been drastically scaled back, with amendments built around demands Pensions UK has made from day one. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Pensions UK and its members have played a leading role in shaping this legislation in the round, from policy formation through to today, and now our attention will turn to two things. First, the regulations that will put these reforms into action. And second, working with the Pensions Commission so that the systemic change delivered by the Bill is accompanied by more savings overall &ndash; giving us the best chance of delivering the retirements people rightly expect.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/landmark-pensions-bill-gives-vital-reforms-to-benefit-savers-26590.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Db Superfunds  From Niche Solution To  180bn Market</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Jack Sharman, Principal and Senior Consulting Actuary, Barnett Waddingham</strong></div>

<div>With the likelihood of more transactions from Clara, along with recent confirmation from The Pensions Regulator (TPR) that multiple organisations are actively discussing an entry to the superfund market, it is already shaping up to be a busy year in this space. This comes against the backdrop of the Government&rsquo;s new permanent regulatory regime for superfunds, which should provide support for further market growth.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>As the superfund market enters its next phase, with multiple providers expected to compete for transactions, two key questions naturally arise:</div>

<div><em>How big is the potential market opportunity?</em></div>

<div><em>How will a &lsquo;mature&rsquo; superfund market operate alongside established bulk annuity providers?</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Reviewing the potential market opportunity</strong></div>

<div>Estimates of the potential size of the superfund market have varied widely across the industry. Different commentators have cited figures ranging from those implying a small market serving only schemes in a &lsquo;niche&rsquo; set of circumstances, to those consistent with a material share of the overall UK DB universe. We set out below a transparent, data-led assessment of the potential market opportunity, based on our detailed understanding of current TPR guidance and the eligibility criteria that schemes will have to meet before transacting with a superfund. We have used data from a range of sources including the PPF &lsquo;Purple Book&rsquo;, TPR&rsquo;s Scheme Funding Analysis and our own client base.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Our analysis suggests that while the current addressable market may be relatively modest, expected changes to market structure could expand it materially &ndash; potentially to around &pound;180bn of DB assets.</div>

<div>The key criteria we have used to assess eligibility are:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>1. Buyout funding level</strong></div>

<div>As at 31 March 2025, the DB pensions market consisted of around 4,800 schemes and &pound;1.1trn of assets. The long-established &lsquo;gateway&rsquo; principles set out in TPR&rsquo;s guidance mean that superfund solutions are only likely to be relevant for schemes with a funding level strong enough for a superfund transaction to be affordable, but not so strong that benefits can be secured with an insurer in the short term.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Although there will inevitably be special circumstances that apply for some schemes, a good starting point might be to consider schemes with buyout funding levels in the range 70% to 95%. Schemes below 70% would likely be dependent on a prohibitively large sponsor contribution to be realistic, while those above 95% are likely to be assessed as too close to buyout to meet TPR&rsquo;s gateway principles.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Using PPF data, we estimate that approximately 35% of schemes fall within this target funding range, as shown in the chart below.</div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWSuperfund12804261.jpg" style="height:177px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>2. Covenant strength</strong></div>

<div>A standard superfund transaction will result in the existing employer covenant being replaced by a finite pool of investor capital. This means that superfunds are naturally expected to be a more attractive solution for trustees of schemes with weaker covenants.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Using TPR data, we estimate that around 40% of schemes might have covenants which are sufficiently weak to make superfunds a natural fit.</div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWSuperfund22804261.jpg" style="height:186px; width:600px" /></div>

<div><strong>3. Scheme size</strong></div>

<div>Based on current provider appetite, we expect the typical target scheme for superfunds to have assets of between &pound;50m and &pound;2bn. Using PPF data, we estimate that around 40% of schemes, with aggregate assets of &pound;380bn, fall into this group.</div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWSuperfund32804261.jpg" style="height:190px; width:600px" /></div>

<div>Taken together, and looking at the overlap between the three criteria above, an approximate starting estimate for the total DB market which might be served by superfunds is around 5% of schemes, equating to c.&pound;50bn of assets.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The impact of recent developments</strong></div>

<div>Recent changes to the dynamics of the superfund market should help to support further growth. In particular:</div>

<div><em>Streamlining of transaction processes, and the development of specific solutions for smaller schemes, could mean that superfunds start to open up to schemes with less than &pound;50m of assets. Reducing the assumed minimum transaction size further to &pound;25m would add a further 2% of schemes, or c.&pound;5bn of assets, to the superfunds&rsquo; target market.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>The simplification of TPR&rsquo;s existing gateway framework, as proposed in the forthcoming Pension Schemes Act, means that some schemes which are closer to buyout may no longer be excluded from superfund transactions. Making superfunds available to schemes all the way up to full buyout funding would add around 2% of schemes, or &pound;20bn of assets, to the market.  </em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>The increased familiarity with superfund models, and the development of novel solutions such as Clara&rsquo;s &lsquo;connected covenant&rsquo;, may mean that these transactions are no longer limited to the weakest employers. If covenant strength were no longer a driving factor in determining the suitability of superfund solutions, this would add around 9% of schemes, or &pound;80bn of assets, to the market.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Taken together, these developments point to a potential step-change in market scale. Under a more permissive and mature framework, superfunds could ultimately serve around 22% of schemes, covering approximately &pound;180bn of DB assets, as shown in the table below.</div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWSuperfund42804261.jpg" style="height:407px; width:600px" /></div>

<div>This shows there is potential for significant growth in the superfund sector, and explains why multiple prospective providers and their capital backers have been keen to explore opportunities. The market opportunity could be even larger if, for example, schemes with above 100% buyout funding levels or more than &pound;2bn of assets were included.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How might a mature superfund market operate?</strong></div>

<div>For the past few years, Clara has been operating in a market of one. It is possible (if, for example, TPT is successful in completing its regulatory assessment process) that we will soon have multiple operational superfunds, each seeking to issue quotations and pursue the same transaction opportunities. In this environment, trustees and sponsors will need to make nuanced choices about which superfund solution best meets their objectives.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>There are several factors that may be key to decision-making, including:</div>

<div>the providers&rsquo; regulatory status and track record of executing transactions;the providers&rsquo; investment strategies and pricing dynamics;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>the ability to accommodate complex features that might traditionally present an obstacle to transactions, for example non-standard benefits or illiquid assets;</em></div>

<div><em>the likelihood of members and/or ceding sponsors sharing in any upside investment performance;</em></div>

<div><em>the intention (or not) of the superfund provider to ultimately secure liabilities in the insurance market; and</em></div>

<div><em>quality of administration and member experience.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>In practice, different stakeholders are likely to place varying weights on each of the above considerations. We also expect to see more examples of schemes seeking quotations from both superfunds and one or more insurers. Our experience of running these multi-provider processes has shown they work particularly well when:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>the process is run with a high level of transparency for all participating providers; and</em></div>

<div><em>all parties agree in advance to a framework for assessing quotations. This includes agreeing the relative weightings to be put on price and other factors such as member protections and outcomes in upside and downside scenarios.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Rebecca Whitehead, Actuarial Consultant, contributed to this article.</em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/db-superfunds--from-niche-solution-to--180bn-market-26585.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Cyber Risk Is Now A Business Wide Threat</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Among the key findings:</strong></div>

<div><em>31% rank cyber risk &ndash; including data privacy failures and external criminal threats &ndash; as their top cyber concern, up from 29% in 2025.</em></div>

<div><em>Cyber risk is now a common concern across all major markets, (see chart below).</em></div>

<div><em>78% say they are confident their business could fully recover from the financial impact of a cyberattack. However, 33% of global executives also say they plan to invest in stronger cyber security.</em></div>

<div><em>82% believe they are prepared for cyber risk, suggesting potential underestimation of a rapidly evolving threat environment.</em></div>

<div><em>80% expect AI to boost their bottom line, and 72% expect it to replace jobs in their business over the next 18 months, up from 66% in 2025.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The findings suggest a gap between confidence and reality as cyber risk becomes more systemic. Incidents can spread quickly through shared platforms, suppliers and digital dependencies, meaning resilience is defined less by whether disruption occurs than by how far it spreads, how long it lasts and how quickly a business recovers. And as adoption of AI accelerates, both opportunity and failure move faster, increasing the need to scale controls alongside capability.</div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BeazleyCyber2804261.jpg" style="height:250px; width:532px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Alessandro Lezzi, Group Head of Cyber Risks at Beazley, said: </strong>&ldquo;What stands out in this year&rsquo;s Risk & Resilience survey findings is a growing misalignment between cyber and tech risk concerns and perceived perception of resilience to these risks. While cyber risk is widely recognised as the number one threat facing businesses globally, 78% believe they could fully recover financially from a cyber attack, demonstrating many organisations are overestimating their preparedness to withstand the full impact an attack across all corners of their operations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;That gap matters because cyber risk is becoming more systemic &ndash; the high profile incidences in 2025 only prove this. As businesses become more interconnected and adopt technologies such as AI, disruption can spread faster across organisations and supply chains making incidents harder to contain.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s encouraging to see however that a third of businesses plan to invest in stronger cyber security, including access to specialist expertise to help them better understand their exposure, strengthen incident response and plan for realistic disruption scenarios across the organisation.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Beazley_Cyber__Technology_Report_2026.pdf"><strong>Beazley&rsquo;s Risk & Resilience: Cyber Threat and Tech Advances 2026 </strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/cyber-risk-is-now-a-business-wide-threat-26584.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Lump Sum Pension Withdrawals Surge Ahead Of Rumoured Changes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Analysis of the latest ONS data on the private sector defined contribution (DC) market from leading independent consultancy Broadstone uncovers a surge in lump sum access around both the 2024 and 2025 Autumn Budget.</p>

<p>Typically, savers can withdraw up to 25% of their pension pot tax-free, however there were rumours that the Government was considering restricting that allowance in both the Autumn Budget 2024 and 2025 as it looked to increase its tax revenues.</p>

<p>In the period Q4 2024-Q3 2025, savers took &pound;3.9 billion of one-off cash payments from their pension pots. This marked an increase of 29%, or &pound;868 million, compared to the previous 12 months in 2023/24 and an increase of 81%, or &pound;1.7 billion, compared to the same period in 2022/23.</p>

<p>There are also clear spikes evident in both quarters near the Autumn Budget 2024 with lump sum access reaching record levels of &pound;1.0bn in both Q3 2024 and Q4 2024 around the Chancellor&rsquo;s statement on 30 October 2024.</p>

<p>Lump sum access then dropped back in the next two quarters before seeing another spike of &pound;990 million in Q3 2025 before the Autumn Budget held on 26 November of that year.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BroadstoneLump2804261.jpg" style="height:267px; width:490px" /></p>

<p>The trend of increasing lump sum access is expected as more adults with DC pensions reach Normal Minimum Pension Age. However, the timing of recent spikes suggests that saver behaviour is being influenced by policy uncertainty and speculation around potential changes to the tax treatment of pension lump sums.</p>

<p><strong>Kelly Parsons, Head of DC Proposition at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &ldquo;This data highlights just how sensitive pension savers can be to speculation around tax and policy changes. It demonstrates the damaging and long-lasting negative impacts that rumour-mongering around pension policy and fiscal events can cause.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Taking money from a pension is a complex and irreversible decision so it is critical that people aren&rsquo;t making these important choices based on rumour or without full awareness of the consequences. That&rsquo;s where better financial education and clearer guidance really do matter.</p>

<p>&ldquo;As the DC market grows, employers will have a bigger role to play in supporting people as they navigate these decisions. That means clearer communication and making sure staff can access the right guidance and support, so they&rsquo;re not just reacting to headlines but making choices that genuinely support their long-term retirement outcomes.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/lump-sum-pension-withdrawals-surge-ahead-of-rumoured-changes-26579.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Asta Appoints Nylesh Shah To Its Managing Agency Board</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Shah joins with four decades of experience across the general insurance industry across consultancy, c-suite and senior regulatory roles. During his time spent at PwC, he developed significant expertise in Lloyd's syndicate reviews, advising some of the London Market's most complex organisations. Shah went on to hold senior executive roles at Wellington Underwriting, where he served as group chief actuary and at Catlin Group, where as deputy chief investment officer he oversaw the strategic management of an US$8bn investment portfolio.</p>

<p>Shah has worked at the PRA for the past decade and has held a number of leadership roles in the PRA&rsquo;s supervision directorate including chief actuary for general insurance between 2021 and 2023 and most recently as Head of London Market supervision. During this time, he contributed to a number of significant developments in the PRA&rsquo;s supervision and policy approach to the insurance sector.</p>

<p><strong>Lorraine Harfitt, chief executive officer at Asta, said:</strong> &ldquo;We are delighted to be able to welcome Nylesh to the AMA board and this is a significant appointment for us. Nylesh brings a wealth of insight and experience from his time spent within the industry and the PRA and his appointment will further strengthen our board and support the continued growth and evolution of Asta&rsquo;s Lloyd&rsquo;s platform. The deep understanding he has of the Lloyd&rsquo;s market and the regulatory environment in which we operate will be hugely beneficial to Asta and our clients as we continue to expand our capabilities and offerings. We look forward to the perspective and expertise Nylesh will contribute as we pursue the next phase of our development.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/asta-appoints-nylesh-shah-to-its-managing-agency-board-26581.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Oil Prices Jump Again And Bps Profits Double</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;As the Iran crisis continues seemingly without end, with negotiations stuck at a stalemate, oil prices have ratcheted higher. Brent crude has been trading above $110 a barrel as warnings of an unprecedented energy shock hit home. With the ceasefire largely holding, there seems to be an absence of urgency in reaching an agreement. The sticking points appear to be whether Iran&rsquo;s concessions over ceasing its nuclear programme go far enough for the US, while from Tehran&rsquo;s side it wants the US naval blockade lifted and a new plan for transit through the Strait of Hormuz. Every day this crucial waterway remains closed, the higher the costs that filter through supply chains causing fresh financial pain for companies and consumers.</p>

<p>As crude prices ramp up in the void of hope about a deal being reached anytime soon, it&rsquo;s sent fresh worries cascading through equity markets. Indices in Asia closed in the red, as nations highly dependent on energy imports count the cost. London&rsquo;s FTSE 100 has opened flat in early trade, with a fresh climb in the share prices of energy giants helping to offset the wary mood.</p>

<p>While big winners from the energy crunch have clearly been the oil and gas giants. BP has cleaned up with its results exceeding forecasts, but there&rsquo;s complexity to navigate ahead. Profits for the first quarter of the year have boomed, more than doubling, as crude prices soared in March. Its trading division saw &lsquo;exceptional&rsquo; profits which boosted overall earnings to $3.2 billion for the quarter, up from $1.38 the same time last year. The division has clearly thrived in an environment of wild swings, leading to high velocity trading. With profits coming in higher than expected alongside the fresh ramp-up in crude prices today, it&rsquo;s put fresh wind in the sails of the share price, which is up around 22% since the conflict began.</p>

<p>But BP is not immune to the damage and destruction wreaked on facilities across the Gulf, even with the oil prices back at scorching levels. The second quarter is set to be weaker due to the disruption. The Rumaila oil field in Southern Iraq which it operates as part of a partnership was first closed as a precaution and then struck by drones. Then there&rsquo;s the overall disruption expected as cargoes mount up and the Strait of Hormuz remains closed. So, while volatile energy prices are set to continue to benefit the trading division, there&rsquo;s going to be a tale of repair and maintenance costs to bear going forward. There&rsquo;s also still the huge uncertainty surrounding future transit through the Strait of Hormuz, with potential tolls still on the table, that&rsquo;s once the tankers are able to navigate mines planted in the waterway.</p>

<p>Central bankers are keeping a close eye on volatile prices and the impact on economies. The Bank of Japan is in tune with the mood music expected from other central banks this week and has kept interest rates on hold. As policymakers assess the heat seeping into the economy through higher energy costs, and the counteracting force of potential depressed demand as consumers and companies batten down the hatches, it&rsquo;s still a wait-and-see game right now.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Ends </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/oil-prices-jump-again-and-bps-profits-double-26580.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Markets Edge Out Of The Fog Of War</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>A month on, we seem to be stumbling towards a resolution in which transit through the Strait of Hormuz will be possible again. This is very much a two-steps-forward, one-step-backward process, and of course (at the time of writing) risks of a complete breakdown in negotiations remain. But we believe it is now time to start anticipating a post-resolution investment landscape.</p>

<p>Our scenario probabilities reflect these changes. The war and energy shock raised the tail risks on both sides &ndash; though by more on the &quot;too hot&quot; front &ndash; and so the path towards resolution sees us reduce these, with &ldquo;warming up&rdquo; remaining our modal expectation.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_SchrodersScenarios2804261.jpg" style="height:277px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: Schroders Global Unconstrained Fixed Income team 20 April 2026, for illustrative purposes only. The &ldquo;&lsquo;too cold&rdquo;&rsquo; scenario would see the Federal Reserve (Fed) cutting 4+ times in 2026, 2-3 cuts for &ldquo;&lsquo;just right&rdquo;&rsquo;, while in &ldquo;&lsquo;warming up&rdquo;&rsquo; the Fed is only cutting once or is on hold. Finally, in a &ldquo;&lsquo;too hot&rdquo;&rsquo; scenario the Fed is moving back towards hikes in 2026, because inflation is becoming problematic again.</em></span></p>

<div><strong>Push meets pull</strong></div>

<div>At this stage &ndash; with only limited data about the full impact of the war on growth &ndash; our base case for the US economy is that it will be a manageable headwind. This is because of the underlying strength from consumers and the manufacturing cycle going into this. We&rsquo;re also seeing continued signs that the labour market has based and is improving.</div>

<p>For sure, consumer real incomes (incomes adjusted for inflation) will be dented by rising oil prices. We expect a peak impact on inflation of about 1% above the previous baseline, but other factors are offsetting this. The consumer elements of One Big Beautiful Bill (OBBB) are kicking in, with income tax refunds largely offsetting the drag of higher gasoline prices at the pump. These opposing forces means in aggregate US consumers will end up in largely the same place.</p>

<p>A reduction in customs duties over recent months, in part due to the Supreme Court ruling against IEEPA tariffs (those tariffs implemented by use of the Internation Emergency Economic Powers Act) should also lead &ndash; at a minimum &ndash; to a slower rise in goods prices. Again, supporting real incomes.</p>

<div><strong>Eurozone growth should also muddle though</strong></div>

<div>The eurozone is doubly impacted by the closure of the Strait of Hormuz due to the impact on natural gas prices, crucial for electricity and heating. Though the initial reaction to the war was sharp, gas prices have retraced a significant portion of this move, leaving them elevated relative to their pre-war baseline but still significantly lower than after the Russia/Ukraine conflict in 2022.</div>

<p>We expect that the impact on the eurozone economy will be noticeable, but not recessionary. Like the US, this is partly a function of a solid starting point with the region&rsquo;s cyclical dynamics providing a resilience to the economy.</p>

<p>The European Central Bank (ECB) has so far taken a non-committal approach, but will be attentive to rising headline inflation. We expect them to be among the more hawkish of central banks, and while this doesn't guarantee rate increases or rule out eurozone bond rallies if energy prices drop sharply, overall, we find better risk-reward elsewhere, such as in Canada, Australia, and the UK.</p>

<div><strong>Early signs of fuel shortages impacting Asian economies</strong></div>

<div>Asia faces the greatest economic risk from energy shortages if the Strait of Hormuz is not reopened. In fact, we can already see a clear distinction between those Asian economies most and least exposed to energy shortages in the latest set of Purchasing Manager Index releases (PMIs). At this stage, the economic disruption is limited and largely reversible if we see a quick resumption of supplies supported by a trade cycle &ndash; especially linked to tech and semiconductors &ndash; which was improving before the war.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Upgrades aplenty</strong></div>

<div>So as we begin to position for a post-resolution world, albeit with a bumpy path likely, where do we want exposure? We upgrade our overall score on global duration (interest rate risk) to positive from neutral, given our expectation that the peak impact from energy prices is behind us. We continue to see the best opportunities in Canada, Australia and shorter-maturity UK gilts, while turning neutral on US treasuries (previously negative). We remain neutral on German bunds.</div>

<p>In asset allocation, we move back to a negative stance on both high yield and investment grade credit given unattractive valuations. Having moved wider during March, spreads (the premium over government bonds) have been quick to retrace back to levels similar to the onset of the Iranian conflict. For similar reasons, we downgrade US agency mortgage-backed securities back to a neutral score. Scores in emerging market debt are positive.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/markets-edge-out-of-the-fog-of-war-26583.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Over 85 Population Expected To Double In 25 Years To 3 6m</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The number of pensionable age people is also expected to grow from 12.4 million people in mid-2024 to 15.3 million people by mid-2049. The ONS projects there to be many more people at older ages by mid-2049, in part because of larger cohorts from the 1960s are now aged over 80 years, as well as general increases in life expectancy. Over the longer-term, lower assumed fertility affects the percentage balance between older and younger cohorts.</div>

<div>  </div>

<div><strong>David Brooks, Head of Policy at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;Today&rsquo;s population statistics further illustrate the UK&rsquo;s ageing society, which will put pressure on economic growth, public finances and systems like the NHS, as fewer workers support more retirees &ndash; inevitably raising questions about the long-term sustainability of the State Pension.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The ONS projects that the number of pensionable age adults will rise by nearly 3 million people while the number of over 85s is expected to double in both number and as a proportion of the total population. However, data released yesterday demonstrated that healthy life expectancy is falling in the UK raising important questions around how well prepared the UK is to cope with the social and economic impacts of an ageing population.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Debates on single-issue matters like the State Pension risk missing more important issues around an ageing population. In practice, current policy trends are steadily shifting more risk onto individuals, and particularly onto workers and younger generations, who are being asked to save more, work longer, and manage more uncertainty over much longer lives.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;From a pension&rsquo;s perspective, the core issue is not how much is spent, but how risk is allocated across generations, and at what point in the life cycle. Decisions about defaults, retirement pathways and flexibility increasingly determine who bears longevity, investment and later life risk - yet those intergenerational consequences are rarely made explicit.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Looking ahead, the same tensions are likely to emerge even more sharply around long-term health and care costs, which risk becoming the next major intergenerational battleground if policy does not address how those risks are shared. As longevity rises, the quality of these choices will matter more than headline figures.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.ons.gov.uk/peoplepopulationandcommunity/populationandmigration/populationprojections/bulletins/nationalpopulationprojections/2024based#changing-age-structure">ONS Figures on Population</a></div>

<div> </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/over-85-population-expected-to-double-in-25-years-to-3-6m-26582.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Geopolitics  Understanding The Shifts Behind The Headlines</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Aman Hanspal, Associate Director, WTW</strong></p>

<p>Except in case of imminent shocks with clear and material transmission channels to the global macroeconomic and political environment. Most geopolitical headlines do not fall in this category of imminent shocks. For investors, it is therefore the longer-term structural and durable shifts, rather than individual events, that matter most in shaping sustained market outcomes. We explore how geopolitical dynamics are evolving, what they may mean for markets and how wealth portfolios can be positioned through periods of heightened uncertainty.</p>

<div><strong>Why is geopolitics becoming more important for investors?</strong></div>

<div>The year has opened with a series of geopolitical events, including renewed US/EU tensions over Greenland, US capture of Venezuela's President Maduro, rising unrest in Iran and subsequent US-Israel military conflict with Iran. Against individual markets, financial markets have generally remained resilient, amidst limited signs of lasting disruption. Even in the case of the ongoing US-Iran conflict, a sustained negative shock to global equities would likely require a significant impairment to key economic channels, which is a plausible outcome but not certain.</div>

<p>Taken together, however, measures such as the World Uncertainty Index (figure 1), which has risen to its highest level since the global financial crisis, highlight how the cumulative effect of these tensions is creating a more unsettled backdrop for policymakers, businesses and investors alike.</p>

<p><strong>Figure 1: World Uncertainty Index</strong></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_WTWUncertainty2704261.jpg" style="height:423px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>Behind the scenes, there are signs of a more assertive, resource-focused approach from major powers, particularly the US. Recent actions point to a growing emphasis on securing critical minerals, reshaping trade flows and reinforcing political alliances that support national strategic priorities. This shift, sometimes described as a modern form of mercantilism, represents an important long-term trend. It suggests a world in which uncertainty is structurally higher than it was for much of the post-financial-crisis period, even if individual events matter less.</p>

<div><strong>A more assertive US foreign policy is taking shape</strong></div>

<div>Recent developments appear to form part of a wider strategic pattern rather than a series of isolated incidents. The US is signalling a willingness to deploy a broader set of tools, including economic pressure, trade policy, diplomatic leverage and, where necessary, military force, to protect its interests. These actions point to a strategic environment in which geopolitical influence, economic leverage and resource security are increasingly intertwined. While not every episode will have immediate market consequences, together they contribute to a backdrop of higher strategic tension and greater probabilities of extreme outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What the US&ndash;Iran situation tells us about market risk</strong></div>

<div>The recent escalation involving Iran provides a useful illustration of how markets tend to process geopolitical risk. For markets to be materially affected, disruption usually needs to be sustained and economically meaningful, for example through prolonged shock to global energy commodity supplies or trade routes such as the Strait of Hormuz, through which pass significant portions of global seaborne trade for oil, natural gas, sulphur, fertilisers (used in food production), amongst other commodities used across a wide range of industries. Continued disruption in this area would have the potential to affect global growth and inflation, but even this outcome is not a given.</div>

<p>Importantly, isolated geopolitical events do not need to trigger an immediate market shock to have lasting relevance. Over time, repeated episodes can contribute to slower-moving shifts in policy, behaviour and capital allocation. These behind-the-scenes changes are often where geopolitics has its most lasting influence on markets.</p>

<div><strong>How these longer-term shifts could affect markets</strong></div>

<div>A more inflation-prone environment: Moves towards greater self-sufficiency, re-routing supply chains and higher strategic and defence spending all add to cost pressures. Geopolitical fragmentation tends to reduce the efficiency of global trade, potentially keeping inflation structurally higher than in the decade prior to the pandemicShifts in trade and capital flows: Some US allies in Europe and Asia, which hold large US financial assets, are gradually diversifying their holdings, their relationships and strengthening domestic resilience. Even modest shifts in capital allocation of investors in these economies can influence US and local currencies, government bond yields and relative returns across regions. This has been evident in US dollar weakness and renewed interest in gold amid heightened uncertainty over the past yearDivergence in asset performance: While developed-market equities have remained broadly resilient, outcomes have varied at the sector-level. European defence stocks, industrial metals and parts of the energy sector have benefited from increased security and supply-chain priorities.</div>

<p>These examples underline that geopolitics tends to affect markets less through abrupt shocks and more through gradual changes in policy, incentives and investor behaviour. This environment also creates slowly accruing risks and opportunities, which can be incorporated and managed within well-diversified portfolios through disciplined investment frameworks.</p>

<div><strong>Why perspective matters more than the headlines</strong></div>

<div>With events unfolding rapidly, it is tempting to treat each new headline as a turning point. But geopolitics tends to work on longer timelines. Territorial disputes, shifts in alliances or changes in national strategy usually unfold over months or years, not days. That's why we anchor our thinking in clear trends, focusing on what can be assessed with confidence, where the uncertainty lies and how different scenarios could shape long-term outcomes. By staying disciplined, focusing on fundamentals and keeping sight of the bigger picture, investors can look through short-term volatility and keep portfolios positioned for long-term opportunities while managing the risks of a changing global order.</div>

<p><span style="font-size:10px"><em>Disclaimer</em></span></p>

<p> </p>

<p><span style="font-size:10px"><em>Towers Watson Limited (trading as Willis Towers Watson) (Head Office: Watson House, London Road, Reigate, Surrey, RH2 9PQ) is authorised and regulated in the United Kingdom by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA Register Firm Reference Number 432886, refer to the FCA register for further details) and incorporated in England and Wales with Company Number 05379716.</em></span><em>This material is based on information available to WTW at the date of this material or other date indicated and takes no account of developments after that date. In preparing this material we have relied upon data supplied to us or our affiliates by third parties. Whilst reasonable care has been taken to gauge the reliability of this data, we provide no guarantee as to the accuracy or completeness of this data and WTW and its affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees accept no responsibility and will not be liable for any errors, omissions or misrepresentations by any third party in respect of such data. </em><em>This material may not be reproduced or distributed to any other party, whether in whole or in part, without WTW's prior written permission, except as may be required by law. In the absence of our express written agreement to the contrary, WTW and its affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees accept no responsibility and will not be liable. T</em><em>his material is intended for investors with long-term investment time horizons. The value of all investments and the income from them can go down as well as up. This means you could get back less than you invested. Past performance does not predict future returns.</em></p>

<p><span style="font-size:10px"><em>Risk warnings</em></span></p>

<p><span style="font-size:10px"><em>This document is based on information available to Willis Towers Watson at the date of issue, and takes no account of subsequent developmentsTowers Watson Limited has approved this document for issue to recipients categorised as Professional Clients onlyThis material is intended for investors with long-term investment time horizonsThe value of all investments and the income from them can go down as well as up. This means you could get back less than you investedPast performance does not predict future returnsExpected performance does not predict future returnsTax treatment depends on the individual circumstances of each investor and may be subject to change in the futureThe securities and derivatives investment activities which the Fund engages in may be speculative and involve a substantial risk of lossThe fund may be exposed to credit and/or default risk of issuers of debt securities that may be held within the fundThe issuers of any bonds within the fund may default or not be able to pay the bond income as expectedIf the fund is denominated in a currency other than your home currency, movements in exchange rates may, if not hedged, have a significant impact on the value of (and income from) your investmentShares/units in the fund may become illiquid and investors may redeem their investments only as stated in the fund's prospectus</em></span></p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/geopolitics--understanding-the-shifts-behind-the-headlines-26576.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 27 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fca Spearheads Global Action To Stop Illegal Finfluencers</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>In the UK, the FCA:</strong></p>

<p>Secured a guilty plea from Geordie Shore&rsquo;s Aaron Chalmers for illegal promotions on social media. Criminal proceedings have been commenced against a further 2 individuals for similar offences.  </p>

<p>Sent 4 targeted warning letters to individuals suspected of engaging in unauthorised financial promotions.</p>

<p>Issued 34 warning alerts against unauthorised firms or individuals, and updated an additional 14 warnings.</p>

<p>Made 120 account takedown requests to social media platforms hosting illegal finfluencer content. Within these accounts, the FCA identified 1,267 illegal financial adverts, which reached a minimum of 2,338,372 UK accounts. 66% of these adverts were from firms or individuals already on the <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/consumers/warning-list-unauthorised-firms">FCA's Warning List.</a></p>

<p>The financial regulator is calling for social media platforms to step up and play a more proactive role in stopping illegal financial promotions at source. Social media platforms are not doing enough to uphold their own policies to block illegal content.</p>

<p><strong>Steve Smart, executive director of enforcement and market oversight at the FCA, said: </strong>'This collective push with international partners is vital in helping to protect millions of consumers from harm. We will only make real progress in the fight against financial crime if every part of the system plays its role - including social media firms.'</p>

<p>The FCA's latest activity follows a previous international week of action with 8 other regulators in June 2025.</p>

<p>Consumers are encouraged to use the <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/consumers/fca-firm-checker">FCA Firm Checker</a> to confirm if a firm is authorised for the services being offered and reduce their chances of falling victim to a scam. The tool also shows unauthorised firms and individuals on the FCA&rsquo;s Warning List to avoid.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fca-spearheads-global-action-to-stop-illegal-finfluencers-26575.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 27 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Caution Reigns As Peace Talks Hopes Dashed Again</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The rug has been pulled by the Trump administration, sending plans for talks over Iran skidding once again. The President said negotiators would be wasting their time heading to Pakistan and the lack of progress has hit sentiment at the start of the week. There&rsquo;s a distinct lack of Monday motivation for stocks, with the Footsie flat in early trade. Oil prices have cruised higher again, but some hopes of a resolution are being kept alive, with reports that Iran has put another proposal on the table which aimed at de-escalating the conflict and potentially seeing the key Strait of Hormuz reopen. But details are scant about the offer and patience on both sides is clearly frayed.</p>

<div><strong>Key central bank meetings in focus</strong></div>

<div>Central bankers meet this week just as warnings about a severe energy crunch mount. While no change is expected at the Bank of England, the Fed or the European Central Bank, outlook statements will be closely watched for guidance about what could lie ahead for interest rates. Officials at the Bank of England are set to stay super wary. While price pressures are clearly mounting, the economy is set to struggle and that could limit the chances of inflation becoming embedded. So, while they are likely to indicate that a fresh hike could be ahead, there are unlikely to be any knee-jerk moves, until there&rsquo;s more clarity about the length of the Iran conflict.  </div>

<p>The Federal Reserve is also overwhelmingly expected to keep rates unchanged at the meeting this week which could also be Jerome Powell&rsquo;s last as Fed chair. This is because a criminal investigation into Powell has been dropped, which is set to ease the path of the confirmation of Kevin Warsh, to replace him. While there had been worries he might go soft on inflation, a Fed led by Kevin Warsh is more likely to herald a shift in tone rather than a sudden policy jolt. He has recently signalled support for lower interest rates, but such a move would be likely to be delayed by worries about stubborn inflation and hot energy prices. His belief that AI could boost productivity and ease price pressures may open the door to looser policy over time. However, with decisions shaped by the broader committee and political pressure lingering, change is expected to be gradual, with credibility and independence firmly in focus.</p>

<div><strong>King's visit to the US</strong></div>

<div>The King&rsquo;s visit to the US comes at a fractious time in relations between the US and the UK. There&rsquo;s hope that King Charles can help repair the historic relationship, which, while no longer referred to as special, is still hugely significant. There will be hopes that Trump&rsquo;s enthusiasm for the monarchy will help lead to more favourable economic decision-making and potentially help UK investment, but given the capriciousness of the Trump administration, any promises may be short-lived.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Tech in the spotlight</strong></div>

<div>Tech is stepping firmly into the ring this week, with the industry heavyweights lining up for a closely watched round of results. With expectations high, these updates could go a long way in determining whether the current momentum can be maintained, given the outsized impact the tech giants have on indices.</div>

<p>Amazon has powerlifted its way to a record valuation, as AWS has flexed its muscle once again. Investors have cheered deals struck with Meta and Anthropic to bulk up their computing capacity. With the demand locked in over multiple years, it&rsquo;s providing reassurance that the huge capital expenditure outlay will keep bearing fruit. There will be a close eye trained on margins in these results to assess if returns will be on track. The circular nature of some of the deals being struck in the AI world has raised eyebrows. AWS is investing &pound;5 billion into Anthropic, with another $20 billion expected over time, while Anthropic pledges to spend $100 billion on AWS products and services. While the AI juggernaut is powering ahead and underlying demand looks so strong, given its constrained by capacity and not demand, such an ecosystem appears robust. But if growth disappoints in the future or if market share shifts, such circular relationships could start to see cracks appear and become more fragile. Amazon&rsquo;s huge e-commerce arm is expected to continue to show improved profitability and any update on further automation progress is likely to be well received. While Amazon&rsquo;s growing army of robots does not bode well for some human warehouse workers, its set to stay the direction of travel, and boost the company&rsquo;s aim for further geographical expansion.</p>

<p>Apple enters the ring this week with a strong recent run, supported by a healthier iPhone upgrade cycle demonstrating its superstar brand power. However, the announcement that Tim Cook will step aside, handing over to John Ternus, marks a significant changing of the guard, and investors look set to stay cautious as the change at the top takes place. John Ternus had been clearly in the frame for some time, as part of a long-term succession strategy, and given he has experience in every corner of the business, there is hope he won't stumble on the competitive road ahead for tech.</p>

<p>Apple has taken a softly-softly approach to the AI revolution which seems to be more in tune with many consumer and company attitudes so far. But as rapid advancements evolve elsewhere, Apple does not want to be left behind, and there will be keen interest in any developments with partners to help it deliver AI services, like Google and OpenAI and its latest acquisition - Q.AI</p>

<p>Meta results are likely to show that AI is continuing to support its advertising business by improving targeting and engagement. That&rsquo;s been helping drive stronger revenues, but investors also want to see discipline as well as the company gunning for growth. The backdrop of plans to cut around 10% of its workforce, alongside further layoffs announced this week, highlights the extent of the restructuring underway as Meta tries to stay in the top pack leading the AI race while keeping a tighter rein on costs.</p>

<p>Microsoft is also stepping between the ropes and is in the limelight this week facing pressure to justify its heavy AI investment. There is still rampant demand for Azure cloud computing services, which clocked growth of 38% at the last count but that still wasn&rsquo;t enough to stop a big wobble. The 66% uplift on capital expenditure unnerved investors in January and although the stock has rebounded 16% on the month, it&rsquo;s not yet clawed back the year&rsquo;s losses. Appetite for cloud infrastructure is voracious, but Microsoft can&rsquo;t keep up with demand, so although spending is ramped up, growth isn&rsquo;t yet keeping pace with expectations. But as more infrastructure comes online, there are hopes that it will accelerate revenues.</p>

<p>Investors will also be watching Alphabet's results closely to work out how much stamina it has as the AI fight intensifies. Cloud growth is beating expectations at the last count, but there appears to be concerns mounting that rivals like Anthropic are landing more punches by offering more attractive tools, especially for coding, to businesses than Gemini currently offers. To stay fleet of foot, investment in AI infrastructure is being ramped up significantly, and while it&rsquo;s necessary to keep pace, it risks taking a toll on cash flow and margins. So, investors will be keen to find out if that spending will turn into top-line growth, or whether returns look likely to take longer to come through. Google Search is still Alphabet&rsquo;s champion, and the integration of AI tools, including enhanced results and overviews, has so far helped maintain engagement and advertising strength. This round of results will show whether that strategy is holding firm as new AI-driven challengers look to chip away at its dominance here as well.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/caution-reigns-as-peace-talks-hopes-dashed-again-26574.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 27 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Rising Floods And Droughts Highlight New Era Of Climate Risk</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The firm&rsquo;s <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Aon Climate and Catastrope Report 2026.pdf"><strong>2026 Climate and Catastrophe Insight (CCI) report</strong></a>, which draws on Aon&rsquo;s detailed catastrophe data and forward-looking climate modelling, underscores how physical climate risk is evolving and the implications for communities, policymakers and the insurance market. Its analyses show that global economic losses from flooding exceeded $42 billion in 2025 and $2 trillion since 2000.</p>

<p>Drought is also emerging as a major driver of secondary perils, contributing $13 billion in economic losses in 2025 alone. The peril is also responsible for far-reaching secondary impacts across the economy, particularly as energy demand continues to rise.</p>

<p>These dynamics are evident globally and are particularly pronounced in the U.S. Aon&rsquo;s Climate Risk Monitor projects that U.S. pluvial (rainfall-driven) flood risk could increase by about 12 percent under a medium-emissions scenario and roughly 19 percent under a high-emissions scenario by mid-century. In 2025, the U.S. recorded 14 separate 24-hour periods with rainfall amounts equivalent to a 1-in-1,000-year flood &ndash; the highest count since 2002 &ndash; alongside catastrophic flash flooding in Central Texas and extensive inundation along the Mississippi Valley.</p>

<p><strong>Michal Lorinc, head of catastrophe insight for Aon, said:</strong> &ldquo;Flood has become an increasingly impactful natural hazard over the past three decades, and in response Aon has have developed a wide range of innovative products and coverages to help our clients recover faster and more fully from flood events. Catastrophe modelling is also an area in which we continue to make significant investment, helping to bring clarity to our clients&rsquo; flood exposures and thereby aiming to affect better business decisions.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Recent experience also illustrates the breadth of flood risk globally. Flooding drove China&rsquo;s highest loss event in 2025, causing an estimated $14 billion in damage, while forward-looking Climate Risk Monitor projections suggest that other regions, including much of Africa, could face increasing exposure to extreme precipitation and flash flooding.</p>

<p>For policymakers, the CCI report findings highlight the scale of protection gaps and the importance of re-examining resilience strategies. In the U.S., National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) data show that in counties receiving NFIP payouts for 2025 flood events, only 2.6 percent of residential structures were covered by NFIP flood policies. At the same time, the number of private home flood policies and the premium paid for these policies more than doubled between 2020 and 2024.</p>

<p>This evolving public-private mix presents both a challenge and an opportunity. Regulatory frameworks, land-use planning, building codes and investment in nature-based infrastructure will all be critical to managing the societal impacts of more frequent flooding, deeper drought and more destructive cyclones.</p>

<p><strong>Andy Neal, managing director of public sector partnership for Aon, said:</strong> &ldquo;Political uncertainty compounds the volatility of natural disasters. For policymakers, coordination between the public and private sectors will be increasingly important to expand coverage, invest in resilient infrastructure and use risk insights to inform planning decisions. Those that act early are better positioned to protect communities and economies over the long term.&rdquo;</p>

<p>To support both risk transfer and risk reduction, the CCI report highlights the role of innovative mitigation approaches. Nature-based solutions &ndash; such as wetlands and coastal ecosystems combined with traditional defenses &ndash; and novel concepts like amphibious housing, which are able to rise on flood waters, are gaining attention as cost-effective ways to reduce losses before they occur.</p>

<p>Based on the identified natural catastrophe trends, Aon believes stakeholders that proactively integrate forward-looking climate analytics into planning, underwriting, policy design and investment decisions will be better positioned to navigate a future defined by increased flooding, more severe drought and fewer but more damaging cyclones. The firm is advising (re)insurer clients to review exposure concentrations and expand the use of climate-conditioned scenarios in underwriting, product innovation and capital strategy.</p>

<p><strong>Liz Henderson, head of climate risk advisory for Aon, said:</strong> &ldquo;Climate variability is increasingly influencing insurers&rsquo; business models, and these natural catastrophe trends point to a more structurally complex risk landscape where traditional views of risk, based only on historical experience, are no longer sufficient.&rdquo;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Aon Climate and Catastrope Report 2026.pdf">Aon&rsquo;s 2026 Climate and Catastrophe Insight report is available here</a></p>

<p><a href="https://www.aon.com/en/capabilities/risk-analytics/climate-risk-advisory">For insights on the work of Aon&rsquo;s Climate Risk Advisory team, click here</a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/rising-floods-and-droughts-highlight-new-era-of-climate-risk-26578.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 27 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Acting In Haste May Mean Thousands Worse Off In Retirement</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Helen Morrissey, head of retirement analysis, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Annuities can give you real peace of mind, securing a guaranteed level of income that ensures you meet your day-to-day needs in retirement. However, you need to choose carefully. Once bought an annuity can&rsquo;t be unwound, so if you don&rsquo;t shop around, you risk missing out on thousands of pounds over the course of your retirement. It&rsquo;s very much a case of acting in haste and repenting at leisure.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Different providers offer different quotes. A recent search on HL&rsquo;s annuity search engine showed the difference between the top and bottom quote for a 65-year-old with a &pound;100,000 pension, looking for a single life, level annuity with a five-year guarantee, was &pound;647 per year. Stretch this out over a twenty-year retirement and you are missing out on almost &pound;13,000 in income, so it&rsquo;s well worth taking the time to check.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Using an online annuity search engine enables you to quickly check the market to see what is available to you and make sure you are making the right long-term decision. As well as looking across the different providers to see what they can offer, it&rsquo;s also important to take the following issues into account when considering an annuity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Joint life or single?</strong></div>

<div>The incomes from a single life annuity are higher than those from a joint life product, so it&rsquo;s tempting to tick that box. However, if you are married or in a civil partnership this approach risks leaving your partner struggling if you die before them, as the income could stop. Joint life annuities will continue to pay out an income to your partner, so it&rsquo;s worth considering whether this is the right option.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Level or escalating?</strong></div>

<div>Again, level annuities have a higher starting income than escalating ones. The most recent data from HL&rsquo;s annuity search engine shows a 65-year-old buying a single life level annuity with a five-year guarantee, with a &pound;100,000 pension, can get up to &pound;7,832 per year. However, an annuity that grows 3% per year has a starting income of &pound;5,945. It may seem like a straightforward decision but you could be retired for a long time and inflation will nibble away at your purchasing power. The income from a level annuity may look suitable at the beginning of your retirement but over time you may start to struggle. An escalating annuity will grow every year. However, you need to weigh this up with how long it could take for the income from the escalating product to catch up with what you get from a level annuity. After that, how long will it take before you&rsquo;ve got more overall income from the escalating annuity than you would have got from the level one? It could be well over a decade so needs careful thought.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Any health conditions?</strong></div>

<div>It may feel counterintuitive to put all your health conditions down on your application form as you may feel like you will be penalised. However, giving a full account of your health could qualify you for an enhanced annuity that could give you a real income uplift.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/acting-in-haste-may-mean-thousands-worse-off-in-retirement-26577.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 27 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Trustee Skills Vital As Pensions Complexity Grows </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Speaking at the PMI&rsquo;s Defined Contribution and Master Trust Symposium in London, <strong>PMI President Girish Menezes</strong> said the rapid growth and consolidation of defined contribution schemes has fundamentally changed what good trusteeship looks like.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>He said governance, administration, technology and member outcomes now sits firmly at the centre of decision-making. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mr Menezes told delegates: </strong>&ldquo;The scale and complexity of modern pension schemes means the nature of trusteeship needs to continue to evolve, and rapidly.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;We now have trustees overseeing schemes with millions of members and billions of pounds in assets.  Capability, and professional competence remain essential, and in addition we must push for greater diversity on trustee boards.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;We do not allow people to practise as accountants, lawyers or doctors without recognised qualifications. Trustees are responsible for decisions that shape people&rsquo;s retirements for decades without a mandatory requirement to follow an equivalent professional framework.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;That position is becoming increasingly difficult to justify, which is why we and others continue to discuss all options with government and regulators.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Defined contribution provision now dominates the system, with nearly 33 million members and the vast majority of assets concentrated in large master trusts. That consolidation, Menezes said, brings benefits of scale but also raises the stakes if governance falls short. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mr Menezes said:</strong> &ldquo;Even well-funded schemes can fail members if governance and administration are weak. That is why rising regulatory expectations around trustee competence are essential and inevitable. .&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>PMI driving higher standards across pensions </strong></div>

<div>The PMI has placed professional standards, qualifications and ongoing development at the core of its work, supporting trustees, governance professionals and administrators as regulatory scrutiny intensifies. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Good trustees today must be able to lead and challenge boards, understand operational and technology risk, oversee data quality and value for money, and communicate clearly with members,&rdquo; Mr Menezes told the conference. &ldquo;Training, qualifications and continuous professional development are no longer optional. They are fundamental.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Trustee Accelerator Programme opens to public applicants </strong></div>

<div>As part of its drive to raise standards across the industry, the PMI also confirmed that public applications are now open for its flagship Trustee Accelerator Programme (TAP), a sector-wide initiative designed to build a new pipeline of diverse and highly capable trustees.   </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Backed by some of the UK&rsquo;s largest master trusts, TAP is designed to identify individuals with strong judgement, leadership and challenge who may not follow a traditional pensions career route and equip them with the skills needed to operate effectively as trustees in today&rsquo;s schemes. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The Trustee Accelerator Programme is about building trustee capability from the ground up,&rdquo; <strong>Mr Menezes said</strong>. &ldquo;It is deliberately aimed at people who may never have considered a career in pensions before, but who have the potential to make excellent trustees once they are given the right skills and support.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>He added that the programme also supports better and more diverse decision-making at board level. &ldquo;If we want stronger governance tomorrow, we have to invest in capability today,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;TAP is about creating a sustainable pipeline of future trustees at exactly the moment the system needs it.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The PMI said the opening of TAP to public applications marks a major milestone, transforming it from a limited pilot into a truly industry-wide programme. </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/trustee-skills-vital-as-pensions-complexity-grows--26568.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Are War related Risk Premiums Creating A Growth Opportunity</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Iran war and its consequences for maritime traffic through the Strait of Hormuz have laid bare structural weaknesses in global insurance markets that were present long before the first strikes. Within days of the outbreak of conflict in late February 2026, war risk premium across the Gulf surged 500%, making transit economically unviable for most commercial operators.</p>

<p>The world&rsquo;s 12 major protection and indemnity clubs, which collectively underwrite the majority of ocean-going vessels, moved rapidly to cancel war cover across the Gulf, while Lloyd&rsquo;s Joint War Committee redesignated the entire region as a conflict zone. Private capacity withdrew at a pace that neither shipowners nor cargo interests had anticipated, exposing the degree to which the market had treated the disruption as a remote tail risk rather than a credible scenario requiring dedicated underwriting infrastructure.</p>

<p>The sector had entered 2026 in robust financial health, with reinsurance capital at historically elevated levels following several consecutive years of strong underwriting returns. Risk capacity for geopolitically-exposed lines had become heavily centralised in a small number of markets and institutions. When those institutions moved simultaneously, the gap they left was immediate and substantial for energy and logistics, as well as the global economy.</p>

<div><strong>Governments as insurers</strong></div>

<div>In response, the US government directed its International Development Finance Corporation to partner with domestic insurers to establish a reinsurance facility covering tens of billions of dollars in hull, cargo and liability exposure in an effort to stabilise commercial shipping through the affected corridor. The precedent set by sovereign institutions stepping in to backstop private insurance markets during geopolitical disruption has structural implications for how risk capacity is organised and where it needs to be developed.</div>

<p>Global specialty insurance &ndash; including marine, political risk and trade credit &ndash; is expected to triple by the mid-2030s as geopolitical events grow more frequent and complex.</p>

<div><strong>Turkey and strategic positioning</strong></div>

<div>Turkey&rsquo;s insurance sector enters this environment with a combination of attributes that few emerging markets can match. With gross written premium exceeding $25bn, it constitutes the largest insurance market in the arc between the Middle East and Europe, giving it the scale to attract the reinsurance partnerships and foreign capital that deepening its specialised lines capability would require.</div>

<p>The sector&rsquo;s historical experience of foreign ownership demonstrates its capacity to integrate with international capital structures. Macroeconomic stabilisation, including a sovereign rating upgrade from Moody&rsquo;s, has improved the conditions for renewed foreign engagement.</p>

<p>Geographically, Turkey sits at the intersection of the trade corridors most directly affected by the Hormuz disruption. Marine, cargo, political risk and trade credit are precisely those for which Turkey&rsquo;s location and regional relationships provide a natural underwriting vantage point.</p>

<div><strong>Kenya and reinsurance</strong></div>

<div>Kenya&rsquo;s path towards regional insurance is rooted in a different set of structural advantages. Kenya Re has built a diversified reinsurance portfolio spanning multiple African markets, as well as Asia and the Middle East, supported by a mandatory cession arrangement that provides a stable base of domestic premium income. That institutional foundation, combined with Nairobi&rsquo;s established position as East Africa&rsquo;s financial services centre, gives Kenya Re the platform to expand its intermediary role as African insurance penetration, which is currently well below global averages, continues to develop.</div>

<p>The broader African insurance market is approaching the current period of volatility from a position of relative resilience, with well-capitalised local institutions expected to respond to the changed pricing environment through more disciplined underwriting rather than withdrawal. The cross-border regulatory frameworks taking shape across East Africa, <a href="https://oxfordbusinessgroup.com/articles-interviews/africa-asia-digital-trade-corridors-are-emerging-as-a-strategic-hedge-against-physical-supply-chain-disruption/">including financial technology passporting arrangements between Kenya and Rwanda</a>, are creating the financial integration infrastructure on which a deeper regional insurance market can be constructed.</p>

<p>By exposing the fragility of concentrated risk capacity, geopolitical volatility has created both the demand and the incentive for a geographically more evenly distributed global insurance architecture and that markets like Turkey and Kenya are well positioned to take advantage of as a result.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/are-war-related-risk-premiums-creating-a-growth-opportunity-26569.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Operational Challenge As Default Retirement Reforms Approach</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The paper, <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/PASA-Default-Retirement-Paper-2026.pdf">Default Retirement: The Operational Challenge Facing Administrators</a>, sets out how upcoming guided retirement duties will fundamentally reshape DC administration. It warns that without early planning and close collaboration across the industry, operational constraints could limit the success of reforms designed to improve retirement outcomes.</p>

<p>The Guidance focuses on the practical realities of delivery, highlighting the scale of change required across systems, processes and governance frameworks. It emphasises administration will play a critical role in determining whether policy ambitions translate into better outcomes for savers.</p>

<p>With master trusts expected to implement default retirement solutions from 2027, administrators have a limited window to design, build and deliver new capabilities. These include member segmentation, data collection, default decision-making, pension payroll, tax processing and ongoing governance.</p>

<p>PASA also identifies a number of key risks, including system strain, data challenges, increased complexity and the need to support vulnerable or disengaged members more effectively.</p>

<p><strong>Jessica Rigby, Chair of the PASA DC Working Group, said:</strong> &ldquo;Default retirement represents a fundamental shift in how pension schemes support savers at retirement. The direction of travel is clear, with a renewed focus on delivering sustainable income rather than simply providing access to pension savings.</p>

<p>While the policy intent is strongly supported, delivery will be complex. Many existing administrative processes were not designed for ongoing retirement journeys or income provision, and significant change will be required across systems, data and operations.</p>

<p>This Guidance focuses on the practical steps needed to prepare. Early engagement between trustees, administrators and providers will be critical to ensure solutions are deliverable, scalable and aligned with member needs. Without this, there is a real risk operational challenges could constrain what can be achieved in practice.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>David Fairs, PASA Chair, added:</strong> &ldquo;These reforms reinforce the growing recognition of administration as a critical enabler of good member outcomes. Administration is no longer a back-office function, it sits at the centre of delivering policy intent and supporting savers through increasingly complex retirement journeys.</p>

<p>The industry has an opportunity to demonstrate its strategic value, but this requires realistic planning, investment and collaboration. Administrators must be involved early in decision making to ensure proposed solutions can be delivered effectively and sustainably.</p>

<p>This paper provides a timely reminder that success will not be judged by design alone, but by how well these changes work in practice for savers.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The Guidance outlines a series of actions administrators should take now, including assessing system readiness, engaging with trustees, exploring delivery models and strengthening communication strategies.</p>

<p>PASA will continue to work with industry stakeholders to support the development of practical, deliverable solutions as further regulatory detail emerges.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/operational-challenge-as-default-retirement-reforms-approach-26570.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Oil Prices Shoot Up And Retail Sales Show Panic At The Pumps</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>''It&rsquo;s shaping up to be a frustrating Friday, with oil prices on the march higher yet again and companies and consumers left counting the cost of the conflict. In just a week, we&rsquo;ve had a sharp reversal of hope, with the key Strait of Hormuz firmly shut and President Trump issuing shoot-to-kill orders to the US Navy for any boats laying mines.</p>

<p>Brent crude is up around 20% on the week and is trading around the hot level of $105 a barrel, as any hopes of an immediate easing of the crisis are shattered. President Trump has stressed he&rsquo;s in no rush to end the war, and with the ceasefire extended for another three weeks, there&rsquo;s set to be fresh financial pain ahead as key shipments from the region remain blocked. That is set to keep costs elevated for a vast array of commodities, from oil and gas to fertiliser and helium, which are vital for electronics manufacturing.</p>

<p>The FTSE 100 is set for a fresh downbeat start to trading as investors assess the repercussions for the multinationals listed on the index, and companies whose fortunes are tied to the health of the UK economy.</p>

<p>There was panic at the pumps in March, as escalating prices saw motorists race to fill up their tanks to try to save cash and build reserves in case of shortages. A surge in purchases on forecourts was the biggest driver behind the uplift in monthly retail sales. Automotive fuel sales shot up by 6.1%, helping push overall retail sales for the month up by 0.7%, following a fall of 0.6% in February. But strip out fuel sales and total retail sales only grew by 0.2% on the month. Clothing sales did improve thanks to the sunnier weather, but the uplift looks set to be short-lived. It&rsquo;s set to be tough going ahead for retailers as fuel prices stay elevated and consumers brace for other bill increases, meaning they are likely to tighten their purse strings in the months to come.</p>

<p>Tech has again been the focus on Wall Street, where indices have hit fresh records this week. Investors appear to be clinging to hopes that worst-case scenarios won&rsquo;t emerge in the Middle East. Strong earnings have lifted sentiment, but there&rsquo;s also an underlying wave of enthusiasm for AI-focused stocks. Intel provided a lot of cheer after posting a massive revenue beat, showing it is well on the road to recovery. It reported revenue of $13.6 billion  -  a 7% increase from the same quarter a year earlier.</p>

<p>There&rsquo;s a shift in AI trends, with demand for digital agents specialised in taking on tasks independently proving lucrative for Intel&rsquo;s chips, in particular its high-performance central processing units. Intel is demonstrating that it is well positioned to benefit from fresh waves of infrastructure spending, as companies ringfence budgets to ensure they are not left behind by AI developments.''</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/oil-prices-shoot-up-and-retail-sales-show-panic-at-the-pumps-26567.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tpr Highlights Crucial Role Of Actuaries Across Pensions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Actuaries urged to put outcomes first and help raise governance standards as pensions system becomes more complex. The UK pensions system is entering a new phase, with a growing focus on the outcomes members achieve in retirement rather than simply participation or accumulation. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Speaking at the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries&rsquo; 75th anniversary Chair&rsquo;s Dinner, The Pensions Regulator (TPR) CEO Nausicaa Delfas set out how the role of actuaries is becoming increasingly central as the system evolves to meet this challenge. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>While automatic enrolment has successfully brought millions more people into pension saving, Ms Delfas made clear that saving, on its own, is not the same as security, with too many members still on track for inadequate retirement outcomes. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>She described the current system as &ldquo;unfinished business,&rdquo; highlighting the need to ensure that pension saving translates into sustainable retirement income. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A more complex system requires stronger actuarial judgement </strong></div>

<div>Speaking at the event, Ms Delfas said: &ldquo;Since the ACA began in 1951, a lot has changed...But one thing has remained constant: the value of actuarial judgement. You are strategic advisers, system designers, and trusted guides. Thanks to you, schemes, employers and members make decisions that will shape outcomes decades into the future.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Delfas emphasised that pensions have shifted from a technical, back-office function to a core part of financial wellbeing and economic growth, increasing the importance of actuarial expertise. As the system becomes more complex, particularly in DC pensions, the need for clear, objective, and long-term actuarial insight will continue to grow. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>She highlighted the shift in DC from accumulation to outcomes, with greater focus on retirement products, decumulation pathways, and value for money assessments that consider investment performance, costs and service quality. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Actuaries will play a key role in helping trustees: </strong></div>

<div><em>design investment strategies that support growth, including productive finance </em></div>

<div><em>develop decumulation pathways that convert savings into reliable income </em></div>

<div><em>strengthen governance frameworks to ensure schemes are resilient and member-focused </em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Opportunities in DC and CDC reform </strong></div>

<div>Delfas pointed to significant opportunities for actuaries as the DC market matures and policy reforms take effect, including the introduction of a guided retirement duty and a broader value for money framework. She highlighted the potential of collective defined contribution (CDC) schemes as a major innovation in UK pensions, offering a collective, risk-sharing model capable of delivering more stable outcomes for members. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, she stressed that CDC will only succeed if it is &ldquo;designed, governed, and communicated well,&rdquo; requiring sophisticated modelling, clear risk-sharing mechanisms and strong governance. She said &ldquo;CDC invites the profession to engage in system design, not just scheme design. It is an opportunity for you to help shape a new chapter in UK pensions.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A call to focus on outcomes and raise standards </strong></div>

<div>In an evolving pensions environment, Ms Delfas called on actuaries to keep long term outcomes front of mind in decision making, support trustees in navigating greater complexity, and help raise governance standards across the sector. She also emphasised the importance of actuarial independence and rigour, noting that actuaries play a critical role not only in technical analysis but in shaping the direction of the pensions system as a whole.</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tpr-highlights-crucial-role-of-actuaries-across-pensions-26571.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Three In 10 Business Owners Have No Pension</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Three in 10 business owners do not have a pension independent of their business, according to Rathbones Group, one of the UK&rsquo;s leading wealth and asset management firms, warning that millions may be taking unnecessary risks with their future finances.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Rathbones polled 3,092 UK adults, including almost 10% business owners, and also found that 44% do not even hold an ISA of any kind. The vast majority (95%) have money in savings accounts and/or Premium Bonds, suggesting many are prioritising short term cash over long-term planning.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Faye Church, Senior Financial Planning Director at Rathbones, based in Guildford, says:</strong> &ldquo;We often meet owners of successful businesses who see their company as their retirement plan and prioritise reinvesting back into the business over pension saving. That&rsquo;s often driven by a desire to grow the business, and the belief that a future sale will ultimately take care of retirement. But relying on a business alone to fund later life is a risky strategy.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The future is unpredictable. Small businesses can be hit by economic shocks, supply chain disruption, losing customers or a crisis no one sees coming. That makes it hard to know what your business will be worth when you eventually step back &ndash; or even whether you&rsquo;ll be able to sell it at all. Without a pension, you could end up with far less to live on than planned, and even a successful sale may still fall short of funding the lifestyle you want in retirement.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Looking specifically at entrepreneurs, almost a quarter (24%) of respondents said they do not have a pension. More than a third (36%) said they do not have an ISA, although 95% do hold savings and/or Premium Bonds.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Gordon Lawrie, Senior Investment Director and Head of Edinburgh Office at Rathbones says:</strong> &ldquo;From our dealings with early-stage businesses, there are often many competing financial pressures, from irregular cash flow and reinvesting in the company to paying down borrowing or covering personal expenses. But for limited company owners, contributing to a pension can be one of the most tax efficient ways to extract money from the business and invest for the future.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Why pensions are still powerful for business owners</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Faye Church says: </strong>It&rsquo;s common for business owners to prioritise tax efficient income today, typically taking a small salary within the personal allowance and the rest as dividends. That approach can create the false impression that pensions aren&rsquo;t worthwhile, particularly if your salary sits below the income tax threshold. In reality, pensions can be one of the most tax efficient ways for business owners to invest for the future.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Tax relief on personal pension contributions</strong></div>

<div>When you make a personal contribution to a pension, the government automatically adds basic rate tax relief. For every &pound;100 you contribute, HMRC tops it up by &pound;25. Higher and additional rate taxpayers can also claim further tax relief through self-assessment.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Employer contributions from your limited company</strong></div>

<div>Limited company owners can make employer pension contributions directly from the business rather than paying themselves and contributing personally. These payments are made from pre tax profits and do not attract National Insurance. With employer NI set at 15% from 2026/27, this can represent a significant saving compared with taking the same amount as salary.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Reducing your corporation tax bill</strong></div>

<div>Employer pension contributions are treated as an allowable business expense and can be offset against a company&rsquo;s Corporation Tax bill. Depending on the rate paid, this could reduce Corporation Tax by up to 25%, making pensions one of the most tax efficient ways to extract profits from a business.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Higher limits and more flexibility</strong></div>

<div>Business owners can currently contribute up to &pound;60,000 a year into a pension. The removal of the Lifetime Allowance also means it&rsquo;s now possible to build a larger pension pot without the risk of additional tax charges. Where a spouse is involved in the business, making pension contributions for them can further improve household tax efficiency.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Why professional advice matters</strong></div>

<div>Pensions can be highly tax efficient for business owners, but the rules are complex and what works best depends on income, profits and long-term goals. Allowances and tax treatments can change, and mistakes can be costly. Regulated financial advice can help ensure pension contributions are structured efficiently and support wider retirement and income plans.</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/three-in-10-business-owners-have-no-pension-26572.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Master Trusts Decumulation Options Increase</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>LCP&rsquo;s analysis focuses on the key areas shaping the master trust market beyond investments. The report covers pension providers managing more than &pound;700 billion of workplace pension assets across all arrangements, representing an estimated 85&ndash;90% of the total market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Government policy continues to encourage consolidation, reducing the number of providers and schemes to give greater scale, including the requirement for a minimum of &pound;25billion in default strategies by 2030. Based on LCP&rsquo;s data in the report, 7 providers currently have a default of over &pound;25 billion.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Last year, post-retirement was an area most in need of development in the master trust market, given that master trusts will need to have a default solution in place during 2027. The report shows encouraging progress has been made, with providers introducing a range of approaches. Examples include developing a solution offering a sustainable income via drawdown in early retirement, followed by guaranteed income via an annuity later. Beyond the underlying product and investment solution, LCP believes the more important factor is the overall support available to members. According to the survey, no provider offers a complete package, potentially due to the complexity of the issue and ongoing regulatory changes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Service performance has also improved since last year. On average, provider performance is strong across the metrics used - helpline answer times and completion time for tasks such as transfers and cash payments. While there is less variation between the best and worst providers compared to last year&rsquo;s report, helpline answer times are more polarised, and some providers continue to struggle with volatility over the year as members react to market movements.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Providers increasingly recognise that competition is tough and are introducing more ways for members to interact and understand their pension savings. While the overall picture is more positive, it remains to be seen how resilient these models will be during periods of heightened activity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Other findings in the report include:</strong></div>

<div><em>Over 2025, only half of the providers LCP receives data from have seen an increase in call volumes, despite growing memberships across the board. As provider solutions develop, members have access to more information about their pension through online accounts and Apps, and LCP expect to see a shift in how members are engaging with their provider.</em></div>

<div><em>As more people turn to social media for financial information, it is essential that master trusts use a broader mix of communication channels to engage members effectively. While most providers have some presence across social platforms, there is still clear room for improvement.</em></div>

<div><em>The provider landscape is continuing to change, with continuous developments and enhancements to propositions for the benefit of employers and members. </em></div>

<div><em>The Government is pushing ahead with reforms in the Pension Schemes Bill, which is likely to result in further consolidation of the master trust market, despite transition plans for those that won&rsquo;t &lsquo;make the cut&rsquo; by 2030. This is an increasingly important consideration when selecting a master trust. </em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rachel Crowther, Partner in LCP&rsquo;s DC team, commented: </strong>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s good to see that there has been an improvement in service standards for members across the market. The most notable area of development in the market over the last year has been the evolution of decumulation options, and we encourage providers to further develop broader support solutions for members. We expect continued progress in 2026, particularly in post-retirement, as the 2027 deadline for a default approaches and master trusts providers work to develop credible solutions.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/master-trusts-decumulation-options-increase-26573.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Dashboards Are Schemes Ready For The Next Step</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Lucy Stone, Pensions Dashboard - Business Lead, TPR</strong></p>

<p>But connection is just the beginning. Once a scheme is connected it must be able to find dashboard users in its records and return recent and accurate information to them about the value of their pensions.</p>

<p>In August 2025, we started reaching out to the largest occupational pension schemes to assess their data preparations. Together, they cover over 80% of all occupational pension records in scope. These schemes demonstrated a strong focus on data, and we identified many examples of good practice, though there remains some inconsistency in approach and progress.</p>

<p>Today we publish a <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/document-library/research-and-analysis/market-oversight-pensions-dashboards"><strong>report</strong></a> into the findings of this engagement. This highlights that:</p>

<p>Most large schemes are already connected and have increased their focus on data.</p>

<p><em>Personal data work is ongoing &ndash; many schemes are still improving the quality of the data used to identify dashboard users, putting in place processes to resolve &lsquo;possible&rsquo; matches (where a dashboard user may be a member but this needs confirming), and processes to review and refine their matching criteria.</em></p>

<p><em>Value data preparations lag behind personal data, with significant work still required to ensure information sent to members is accurate, up-to-date and dashboard-ready.</em></p>

<p><em>Data quality controls exist but must mature, with schemes needing to embed data improvement, monitoring and assurance into business-as-usual activity rather than treating it as a one-off exercise. High-quality data underpins good member outcomes, not just dashboard compliance &ndash; it is fundamental to running a scheme well.</em></p>

<p>We have also updated our <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/trustees/contributions-data-and-transfers/dashboards-guidance"><strong>dashboards guidance</strong></a>. The changes highlight good practice, the progress made by MaPS on the digital architecture and provide clarity on areas we often asked about. We now provide <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/trustees/contributions-data-and-transfers/dashboards-guidance/preparing-to-connect-checklist"><strong>two checklists</strong></a> to help schemes prepare for dashboards: one for schemes which are still working to connect, and one for schemes which are already connected.</p>

<div><strong>Focus on value not just matching</strong></div>

<div>There has been good progress on preparation for matching dashboard users with their pensions. However, we urge all schemes in scope to think value, not just matching. They need to be able to provide accurate information within set timeframes to members on the value of their pensions. This means testing the accuracy of the data items needed to calculate values and ensure calculations are working properly.</div>

<p>For many large schemes, preparation was less advanced on value data than personal data. Only a few schemes had received a specific value readiness report from their providers.</p>

<p>Many schemes do not hold recent data for members who don&rsquo;t receive annual statements and are working to revalue these so they can then focus on a small number of complex cases that will need to be calculated &lsquo;on demand&rsquo; (when that member uses a dashboard). Schemes will need to make sure they agree with their administrators the processes for calculating values on demand within the statutory timescales.</p>

<p>Defined benefit (DB) and hybrid schemes are most likely to have out of date value data, so next month we will reach out to a sample of these schemes to understand how they are preparing value data.</p>

<div><strong>Learn from user testing</strong></div>

<div>Another focus for schemes should be to learn from user testing. MaPS began testing the MoneyHelper dashboard with participants from industry and a small number of consumers. Testing is now ramping up, with thousands of consumers a month soon to be testing the dashboard.</div>

<p>Early feedback has been positive, but testing is also throwing up issues which MaPS, working with industry, can resolve. These range from technical problems which means sometimes data isn&rsquo;t flowing through from schemes to the dashboard as it should, to dashboards users being unsure of how to interpret the information they are shown.</p>

<p>This testing phase is important to make sure dashboards can fulfil their potential in helping people to plan and save for retirement. But for schemes, this phase is also an opportunity to test data and operations in a live environment with real users, but at lower volumes. Schemes can use testing to understand:</p>

<div><em>are there technical issues to be resolved</em></div>

<div><em>are the reports schemes are getting from administrators and connection providers helpful</em></div>

<div><em>are their matching criteria fit for purpose</em></div>

<div><em>are they able to address queries which come in</em></div>

<p>MaPS will continue to share insights from user testing through their website and newsletters, and we encourage schemes to keep up to date with these.</p>

<div><strong>Staying on track</strong></div>

<div>Schemes should be getting regular reports from their administrator(s), AVC providers and dashboard connection providers on progress made in implementing dashboards connection and meeting data duties. We expect trustees and scheme managers to work with their providers to resolve any issues identified.</div>

<p>If schemes aren&rsquo;t connected by 31 October 2026, they can expect to hear from us. Where we see wilful or reckless non-compliance, we will take a robust enforcement approach.</p>

<p>We call on schemes to keep up the good work. The public are counting on you to help them plan and save for a secure retirement.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-dashboards-are-schemes-ready-for-the-next-step-26565.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ipt Smashes Last Year  039 s Total By  157 Million</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>A decade prior in the 2015/16 financial year saw annual receipts at a significantly lower &pound;3.29 billion &ndash; marking a 174% rise to current levels. Moreover, receipts have risen by 2.73 billion or 43% since five years ago (2020/2021 financial year) from &pound;6.31 billion &ndash; highlighting just how lucrative IPT has become for the Treasury.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Office for Budget Responsibility&rsquo;s Spring Statement forecasts indicate that IPT is now expected to raise &pound;57.8 billion between 2025/26 and 2030/31, marking a &pound;500 million upgrade from estimates made after the Autumn Budget in November (&pound;57.3 billion), as continued demand for health-related insurance products drive growth.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cara Spinks, Head of Life & Health at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &ldquo;Another record year for IPT receipts reflects how significant this tax has become for the public finances.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Rising demand for health insurance, particularly private medical insurance, continues to be a key driver. Individuals and employers are increasingly looking for faster access to care against the backdrop of sustained pressure on the NHS. For employers, PMI plays an important role in supporting workforce health and participation &ndash; helping people access diagnosis and treatment more quickly and, in turn, return to work sooner.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;However, higher premiums combined with IPT are adding to cost pressures and risk limiting access at precisely the point demand is increasing. With IPT revenues expected to rise further, there is a strong case for Government to revisit how the tax applies to health insurance. A more nuanced approach, aligned with the objectives of the Keep Britain Working Review, could improve access to these products, support employers, and help relieve pressure on public services.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/69e1e5f161d2e8e9b9e42ead/NS_Table.ods">HMRC tax receipts and National Insurance contributions for the UK</a></div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ipt-smashes-last-year--039-s-total-by--157-million-26561.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Db Pension Schemes Surplus Continues To Grow</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>As of 31 March 2026, PwC estimates that UK DB schemes held assets totalling &pound;1,130 billion against liabilities of &pound;920 billion on a low dependency measure. This equates to an overall surplus of &pound;210 billion and a funding level of 123%.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Meanwhile, PwC&rsquo;s Buyout Index, which measures the estimated cost for UK defined benefit pension schemes to fully insure their liabilities via buyout with an insurer, indicated a robust funding position, with an estimated surplus of &pound;140 billion (114% funded).  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>This continued improvement is creating a divergence in strategy across the market. Smaller schemes (typically under &pound;100m) are expected to increasingly move towards insurance solutions over the next decade, while larger schemes have a broader range of options, including running on, surplus release and consolidation solutions.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Recent developments, including the Pensions Bill which is expected to receive Royal Assent in May, are likely to accelerate consideration of surplus release options. An example of a surplus release solution is the Aberdeen-Stagecoach transaction, where trustees, advised by PwC, secured an additional uplift for pension scheme members. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Saye Mkangama, Pensions Partner at PwC, said: </strong>&ldquo;We&rsquo;re seeing a clear fork in the road emerging across the DB pensions landscape. Strong and resilient funding positions mean that many pension schemes are now able to make the strategic decision about their endgame with confidence. For smaller schemes, insurance buyout remains an attractive and increasingly accessible option, and we expect over the next five years or so most smaller schemes to choose that route when affordable to do so. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For larger schemes, the picture is more nuanced. With improving funding levels and regulatory change imminent, trustees and sponsors are choosing between a wider set of options including running on, surplus release and alternative consolidation routes such as superfunds. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s particularly notable is that superfund pricing is now broadly in line with low dependency funding, which could make it a more compelling option for some schemes. Overall, the direction of travel is clear: larger schemes are moving from repairing deficits to actively deciding how best to use and manage surpluses over the long term.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The PwC Low Dependency Index and PwC Buyout Index figures are as follows: </strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_PwCSuper12304261.jpg" style="height:163px; width:600px" /></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_PwCSuper22304261.jpg" style="height:137px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/db-pension-schemes-surplus-continues-to-grow-26563.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Employer Ni Hike Creates Headwinds For Group Risk Market</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div> </div>

<div>Overall, the number of in-force group risk policies increased by 1.4% to 96,006, down from the 3.2% growth seen the previous year. Despite these pressures, the total number of people insured across the market still grew by 3.5%, reaching 16,204,721. Total in-force premiums increased by 2.0%.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The like-for-like growth breaks down as follows:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Death benefits:</strong> The number of people insured under group death benefit policies increased by 6.5% on a comparable basis. A major structural change continues within this space: membership of Excepted Group Life Policies (EGLPs) surged by 27.3%, while Registered Group Life policy membership fell by 1.8%. This reflects a growing preference for simpler, non-pension arrangements, though the report warns that the surge in EGLPs will increase the market cost of trustees having to assess periodically any potential inheritance tax liabilities.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Critical illness cover (CI): </strong>CI remains the fastest-growing product line, with the number of people insured increasing by 6.5% on a comparable basis. This growth is largely driven by voluntary and flexible arrangements, alongside rising employee awareness of health risks and NHS pressures.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Long-term disability income (LTDI):</strong> The number of people insured by LTDI policies increased by 2.6% on a comparable basis. As employers look to manage affordability, the market is seeing a move towards shorter maximum benefit payment periods.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Keith Williams, Head of Group Risk UKI at Swiss Re, said:</strong> &quot;While the market demonstrated resilience by continuing to grow in 2025, the headwinds created by the April National Insurance increases were undeniable. We saw a discernible change as employers were forced to pivot away from using benefits for talent attraction, focusing instead on cost control and productivity. It is a challenging environment for businesses, but the fact that the total number of people insured across the market still grew by 3.5% demonstrates the underlying value that both employers and employees continue to place on group risk protection.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These financial constraints are also practically reshaping how specific benefits are designed and delivered across the market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Ron Wheatcroft, Technical Manager, L&H UKI at Swiss Re, said: </strong>&quot;The 2026 data show clear structural changes as employers navigate affordability constraints, most notably the increasing trend toward shorter benefit payment periods in long-term disability income cover and the growth in CI cover which is largely member-paid. We also saw a 27.3% surge in the number of people covered by Excepted Group Life Policies. This sharp increase means the market cost for trustees assessing potential periodic tax liabilities on the trusts holding these policies is also rising, reinforcing our call for the Government to exempt trusts holding pure protection policies from tax.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Looking ahead, industry respondents anticipate that while growth will be modest short-term, the market is moving from a phase of expansion to one of optimisation. The report highlights the Government&rsquo;s &quot;Keep Britain Working&quot; review as a major opportunity for the sector.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Wheatcroft concluded: </strong>&quot;The &lsquo;Keep Britain Working' review represents a significant chance for the sector. It allows us to continue to reframe group risk primarily as workforce health infrastructure rather than just as insurance, highlighting the vital early intervention and vocational rehabilitation support we can provide to employers and workers as the work of the Review is taken forward to its next phases.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/employer-ni-hike-creates-headwinds-for-group-risk-market-26564.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Impasse Over Iran Sends Oil Price Sharply Higher</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>''With the Strait of Hormuz still at a standstill and the blockade impeding fresh talks between Iran and the US, the prospect of a serious energy crunch is causing fresh jitters.</p>

<p>The benchmark, Brent Crude has jumped to trade around $103 a barrel, reflecting concern about the lack of prospects for shipments from the region to resume any time soon. Renewed attacks on tankers have heightened concerns about just how complex this situation will be to resolve. The FTSE 100 has opened lower in early trade as investors turn skittish again about the effects on supply chains, input costs and demand in key markets. European indices are sharply lower, following falls in Asia and Wall Street looks set for a stumble in early trade.</p>

<p>The war has thrown up clouds of uncertainty for J Sainsbury, as cost pressures threaten to mount and shoppers become more cautious. It&rsquo;s the latest retailer to warn about an unpredictable outlook, and so it&rsquo;s adjusted its guidance on profits for the year. It previously estimated underlying operating profits would come in around &pound;1 billion or more and now that&rsquo;s changed to between &pound;975 million and &pound;1.075 billion. The update unnerved investors with J Sainsbury one of the biggest fallers in early trade.</p>

<p>Its decision to allocate more space to food seems a shrewd move in the current climate, given that spending on non-essential items is already showing signs of weakening. Clothing sales were already dented in the second half by unhelpful weather patterns, and with customers tightening their belts, there&rsquo;s likely to be fewer wardrobe updates for this summer. Marketing drives to demonstrate value for money are likely to increase in the supermarket sector, with competition set to mount. Although for now sharp food price rises have been avoided, with fertiliser shipments blocked from the Middle East there are concerns that shopping baskets will become pricier and a hunt for bargains is set to intensify.</p>

<p>The latest snapshot of the UK public finances is encouraging but scratch below the surface and the picture still remains fragile. Borrowing for March came in &pound;1.4 billion lower than a year earlier and the lowest for the month since 2022. Given that it indicates some more stabilisation in the government finances, helped by a stronger-than-expected inflow of revenues, it will come as welcome relief for Chancellor Rachel Reeves.</p>

<p>However, much of this money flowing in is due to the bigger tax take, a burden shouldered particularly by businesses. The &pound;3.5 billion surge in compulsory social contributions, driven by higher employer National Insurance contributions, is doing much of the heavy lifting. While this boosts Treasury coffers in the near term, it piles additional pressure onto employers already facing elevated costs, especially at a time when energy costs are escalating.</p>

<p>Broader tax receipts are also rising, with gains in income tax, corporation tax and VAT pushing revenues up by &pound;1.7 billion. But government spending continues to climb, with amount the departmental is shelling out up &pound;2.9 billion as pay rises and inflation feed through into everyday costs. Welfare spending has also increased, driven by inflation-linked benefits and higher state pension payments.</p>

<p>Debt interest payments dipped by &pound;1.3 billion, but given the more volatile bond markets due to the Iran war, this could be short-lived.  There&rsquo;s still a precarious balancing act underway and the concern will be that without tighter rein on the public finances, this improvement could reverse, especially if the Middle East conflict acts as a big drag on growth.</p>

<p>Given the headlines of unruly markets and a highly uncertain global outlook, the UK government&rsquo;s campaign to try and boost participation in stock markets may not on the face of it, look timely. However, with an estimated &pound;430 billion sitting in cash that could potentially be invested, even a modest shift in behaviour could have significant repercussions. The idea is to break the dam holding back this vast pool of under-utilised wealth and see it flow into investments, helping to build individual financial resilience and work harder for the wider economy.</p>

<p>Many people worry about the risks of investing, but leaving money stagnating in accounts earning paltry amounts of interest is also a risk given that inflation quietly eats away at cash balances. While savings have struggled to keep pace with rising prices, long-term investing has historically offered a way to grow wealth and preserve purchasing power. Yet despite this, a significant proportion of savers remain hesitant to take the plunge into the stock market.</p>

<p>A bold investment culture has been slow to emerge partly because a significant confidence gap has built up. The barriers to investing are often less about access and more about understanding and perception. There is a lack of familiarity with product names such as the Stocks and Shares ISA, and recent tinkering with limits for tax-free ISA wrappers has added to the confusion.</p>

<p>Many potential investors often say they don&rsquo;t know where to start, how to compare products, or what is right for them. This is where a government-backed campaign could make a big difference. By improving awareness, simplifying choices, and offering more accessible tools and guidance, it has the potential to unlock engagement from millions who are currently sitting on the sidelines.''</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/impasse-over-iran-sends-oil-price-sharply-higher-26562.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Inheritance Tax Registers A Fifth Consecutive Annual Record</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Commenting, Marc Acheson, Global Wealth Specialist at Utmost, a leading provider of insurance-based wealth solutions, said: </strong>&ldquo;Inheritance Tax receipts have registered a fifth consecutive annual record as more families continue to be drawn into the IHT net due to the decision at the Autumn Budget 2025 to maintain the freeze on thresholds until 2031.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;This decision, alongside the impact of various other reforms by the current government, means that the number of estates due to be caught by IHT is expected to double by 2030. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;These reforms include the abolition of the non-dom regime and the inclusion of previously excluded property trusts within the scope of IHT, announced at the Autumn 2024 Budget. Additionally, unused pension pots will be brought within the scope of inheritance tax from April 2027, alongside reforms to business property relief.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;While IHT receipts are ever increasing, IHT itself is a deeply unpopular tax domestically and an outlier internationally, reducing the attractiveness of long-term UK residence. People can also plan around it whilst UK resident or avoid it if they move away from the UK early enough.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/inheritance-tax-registers-a-fifth-consecutive-annual-record-26566.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Reflections On 20 Years Of Pension Risk Transfer</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Clive Wellsteed, Partner and Head of Pension Risk Transfer, LCP</strong></p>

<p>Today, we have a thriving market with 10+ insurers and around &pound;40bn of liabilities insured by trustees last year alone. This compares to the position prior to 2006 when there were just two insurers writing about &pound;1bn per year.</p>

<p>The genesis of the new insurers joining the market in 2006 had occurred three years earlier. In June 2003, following scandals where solvent companies walked away from underfunded DB schemes, the UK government ruled that sponsors could only exit their schemes once fully funded on a buy-out basis.</p>

<p>The ramifications were long-term and set in stone by the Pensions Act 2004. With few exceptions, most DB schemes at the time faced massive buy-out deficits. The new rules of the game were clear: wind-up was only an option once buy-out funded.</p>

<p>But back in 2006, we wondered: could there be a win-win for trustees and sponsors utilising these new insurers, even for schemes far from buy-out? We envisioned the extra competition creating an economically priced insurance product that could protect schemes against rising life expectancies&mdash;even for just a portion of each scheme&rsquo;s liabilities&mdash;that could serve as a stepping stone to further insurance in the future, with no obligation on when (or even if) future transactions were completed.</p>

<p>The modern buy-in was born.</p>

<div><strong>Birth of the modern buy-in</strong></div>

<div>There is a strong claim that the first modern partial buy-in was transacted at the end of 2006 by the Hunting Pension Scheme, covering the pensioner liabilities of the Scheme. It included specific provisions catering to the Pensions Act 2004, setting the contract apart from previous bulk annuities and allowing it to be treated as an investment for the benefit of all members ahead of any future buy-out.</div>

<p>Incidentally, when we helped the Hunting Trustee secure this transaction in 2006, the the term buy-in hadn't been coined at that point! But the trustees wanted it to be clear that it wasn&rsquo;t a &ldquo;buy-out&rdquo; and so when an enlightened trustee who understood the significance of the policy being a trustee investment made the link to carry across the &ldquo;in&rdquo; from the word investment into the new term buy-in, the phrase we are all now familiar with was born.</p>

<p>Alongside Hunting&rsquo;s auditors, we helped to pioneer the framework for recognising buy-ins under the newly introduced FRS17 accounting standard (now IAS19) to avoid a direct P&L impact. This was key in paving the way for the wave of buy-ins that followed.</p>

<div><strong>An almighty test: the Global Financial Crisis</strong></div>

<div>For the early purchasers of buy-ins, the Global Financial Crisis (GFC) in 2008/09 provided a significant early test, as it did for all financial institutions globally. While some banks faltered, UK insurance companies stood firm. The multiple layers of protection within the insurance regime worked as intended, and helped the UK bulk annuity insurers to weather the storm.</div>

<p>I&rsquo;d draw out the fortunes of two insurers in the UK bulk annuity market in particular and how the regime provided security for policyholders:</p>

<p><strong>ALICO (AIG&rsquo;s historic international arm):</strong> When the US parent conglomerate required a massive US government bailout in September 2008, the parent company sought cash from within the wider AIG group. However, the regulatory shield around the UK bulk annuity entity kept those monies safely ringfenced. (Today, those original UK policyholders sit securely with Rothesay.)</p>

<p><strong>Paternoster: </strong>In 2009, the FSA (predecessor to the PRA) increased reserving requirements in the wake of the GFC. Paternoster had to use excess capital allocated for new business to strengthen its reserves and agreed with the FSA to close its doors to new transactions. As a result, the business maintained its solvency and members received their benefits in full; the key losers were shareholders when the business was sold to Rothesay in 2011 for &pound;260m (against the &pound;500m original investment commitment).</p>

<p>Crucially, the crisis validated the regulatory and balance sheet model underpinning bulk annuities, and add to this that today&rsquo;s insurance capital regime is significantly stronger than that in place during the GFC. In my view, it is the resilience and active risk management against financial tail risks that remains a key draw for many of the schemes choosing insurance today.</p>

<div><strong>Innovation and expanding market access</strong></div>

<div>The post-GFC period from 2010 onwards was characterised by structuring innovation for larger schemes and the pursuit of efficiency for smaller ones. I recall how we collaborated closely with schemes large and small who were breaking new ground in the market, and the following stand out in my mind:</div>

<p><strong>ICI Pension Fund (from 2013):</strong> We helped the Trustee to design and realise an &quot;umbrella contract,&quot; providing master terms for all future buy-ins the Fund chose to write. This allowed the Trustee to be nimble and seize short-lived pricing opportunities (like post-Brexit and Covid-19), and lock in exceptional pricing for the long-term benefit of Fund members. This model has been followed by nearly all other large schemes seeking to enter into a series of buy-ins.</p>

<p><strong>Philips Pension Fund (2013-2015):</strong> Working alongside the Philips Trustee, we navigated their &pound;3.5bn full insurance journey across three insurers, resulting in them becoming the first multi-billion scheme to reach buy-out and wind-up in the new era.</p>

<p><strong>Streamlined Buy-in Service (from 2011):</strong> For smaller schemes, we developed the market&rsquo;s first streamlined buy-in contract in 2011. This gave smaller schemes cost-effective access to pre-negotiated terms usually reserved for larger schemes. By the end of 2025, this streamlined approach had helped over 100 small schemes to purchase over &pound;5bn of buy-ins across these transactions.</p>

<div><strong>All change: The pendulum swings to full buy-outs</strong></div>

<div>At the start of the 2020s, the buy-in market shifted dramatically. In 2016, 25% of transactions were full buy-ins with 75% partial buy-ins. Today, over 95% of transactions are full buy-ins.</div>

<p>The trigger? The almost universal improvement in DB scheme funding levels from late 2021 through 2023. While the now infamous September 2022 mini-budget was a high-profile catalyst of this, real interest rates had already been rising for 12 months&mdash;this helped DB funding levels to surge by 10-15% for the average scheme, making insurance affordable for a huge tranche of schemes well ahead of expectations.</p>

<p>This ushered in the &pound;40bn-&pound;50bn per annum buy-in market we have today. Looking back at the mega-deals of this era, standout market milestones include RSA insuring &pound;6.5bn with PIC (pioneering illiquid asset transfers at scale), the &pound;7.5bn British Steel scheme reaching full insurance across four buy-ins with L&G, and Rolls-Royce securing a &pound;4.3bn market-leading &quot;member-first&rdquo; buy-in with PIC. Having had the privilege as a firm to advise on these landmark transactions, it is clear that trustees, sponsors and insurers have continually raised the bar for what schemes can achieve through insurance.</p>

<div><strong>Looking to the future</strong></div>

<div>Today is an exciting time for pension schemes to be considering their endgame options. Around half of schemes are fully funded against a full buy-out, giving them the optionality to choose between insuring now, insuring after a period of run-on, running-on indefinitely, or considering alternative options like the Stagecoach/Aberdeen sponsor transfer.</div>

<p>For schemes focusing on buy-ins, new investors for Just (Brookfield) and PIC (Athora) are bringing fresh capital and asset-sourcing capabilities to the market, helping to keep pricing for pension schemes at the strongest levels we've seen in years.</p>

<p>However, the biggest immediate challenge is transitioning buy-ins through to buy-out efficiently. With over 300,000 members due to transfer to buy-out in 2026, administration capacity bottlenecks remain a challenge to address. Yet, the prize for schemes reaching buy-out over the coming years is to reap the benefits of the huge investments in member service and technology platforms that we have seen across the board from insurers.</p>

<div><strong>Final words</strong></div>

<div>We have certainly come a long way in the past 20 years, from the concept of the modern buy-in into a thriving market where insurers offer a combination of attractive pricing, long-term financial security, and investment in member services. DB trustees and sponsors therefore have a safe harbour available for their members at whatever point in the lifetime of their scheme they choose to access it.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/reflections-on-20-years-of-pension-risk-transfer-26559.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Global Commercial Insurance Rates Fall 5  In Q1 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Q1 2026 marks the seventh consecutive quarter of rate decreases. The downward rate movement in Q1 continued to be fueled by abundant capacity and intense insurer competition across most major product lines.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>All global regions experienced year-over-year composite rate decreases in Q1 2026. The Pacific, and India, Middle East, and Africa (IMEA) regions experienced the largest composite rate decreases &ndash; at 12% and 10% &ndash; while rates declined in Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC) and the UK by 8%. Rates declined in Canada by 6%, and in Europe and Asia by 5%. The overall composite rate in the US &ndash; which was flat in Q4 2025 &ndash; declined by 1% in Q1 2026.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Other findings included:</strong></div>

<div><em>Property rates declined by 9% globally, repeating the Q4 2025 trend. Double-digit decreases were recorded in five regions: PAC (14%); LAC (12%); and 10% in the US, UK, and IMEA. Rate decreases were also recorded in Europe (8%), Canada (6%), and Asia (5%).</em></div>

<div><em>Casualty rates increased 3% globally, down from a 4% increase in Q4. This quarter&rsquo;s increase was driven by a second consecutive increase of 9% in the US, where rate increases continue to be fueled by persistent claims severity. Casualty rates declined in every other region in Q1, particularly for companies without US exposures.</em></div>

<div><em>Financial and professional lines rates decreased by 5% globally in the first quarter, down from a 4% decrease in Q4. Rate reductions were recorded across all regions &ndash; ranging from 8% in the UK, and 7% in Pacific and Asia, to a 2% decline in the US.</em></div>

<div><em>Cyber insurance rates declined by 5% globally &ndash; following a 7% decrease in Q4. The largest decline was in IMEA, at 14%, followed by reductions ranging from 11% in LAC to 2% in the US.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the report, John Donnelly, President, Global Placement, Marsh Risk, said:</strong> &ldquo;While the Middle East conflict is being carefully observed for its potential impact on insurance markets, the current competitive environment is expected to persist as insurer profitability remains strong. This is especially true in lines such as property, which is supported by favorable reinsurance terms and significant capacity. Given broad economic uncertainty and inflationary pressures, clients have the opportunity to optimize their program structures, increase limits, or adjust retentions to improve the resilience of their programs in the year ahead.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.marsh.com/en/services/international-placement-services/insights/global-insurance-market-index.html"><strong>Marsh Global Insurance Market Index</strong></a></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/global-commercial-insurance-rates-fall-5--in-q1-2026-26557.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments On Inflation Rising To 3 3 </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc, said:</strong> &ldquo;Today&rsquo;s inflation figure of 3.3% suggests that price pressures are starting to pick up against the backdrop of war in the Middle East, with the initial impact of volatile wholesale energy markets starting to feed through. However, this is unlikely to show the full picture. Energy prices have continued to rise into April, and their impact on the UK energy price cap - due to be updated in July - as well as on everyday costs like transport, food and other essentials, is still working its way through. The Bank of England is likely to remain cautious ahead of its interest rate decision next week. It will be balancing concerns about inflation drifting back towards 2022 levels with the need to support economic growth and jobs. While recent figures showed the labour market was holding up better than expected before the conflict in the Middle East, with unemployment falling in the three months to February, the jobs market remains tight and further interest rate rises could increase the risk of tipping the economy towards recession. At the same time, policymakers will be watching developments in the Middle East closely, including whether there are signs of a lasting ceasefire, given the implications this could have for energy prices and inflation more broadly. Against that backdrop, the Bank is likely to want clearer evidence on whether this renewed inflationary pressure proves temporary or more built in before making any significant moves. For households and those planning for retirement, this uncertainty underlines the value of flexibility and long-term thinking. Inflation can quietly erode spending power, particularly for those holding large amounts in cash. While cash savings remain important for day-to-day security and emergencies, having a longer-term plan that aims to keep pace with - or outstrip - inflation, through investments and pensions, can help people stay on track for the future, even when the economic picture is unsettled.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>
<p><strong>Adam Gillespie, Partner at XPS Group: </strong>&ldquo;Whilst many have already felt the impact of rising inflation at the petrol pump, the bigger worry for the UK economy - and for individuals - is what comes next. Energy bills are set to rise further from July, and food prices could follow. For Defined Benefit pension members in particular, the concern is a further sustained period of above-cap inflation. As many schemes limit some pension increases to either 2.5% or 3.0%, any prolonged CPI overshoot translates into real-terms losses. These are members who have only just emerged from the inflation shock of the Ukraine energy crisis, so another period of elevated inflation will feel especially painful. For Defined Contribution savers, the picture is more mixed. Higher than expected inflation can weigh on gilts and other assets in the short term, but over longer periods the outlook is less certain underlining the importance of diversification. And higher inflation shines a light on a bigger issue in the UK: whether DC strategies are really sufficient to protect living standards. The risks members face in retirement are not just about pot size - features such as inflation protection are a necessity. Today's figure also makes a Bank of England rate cut in April look almost unthinkable. The MPC had already signalled that CPI would stay above 3% for most of this year, but that was before the indirect effects of higher energy costs fed through to food and services. Rate cuts are now expected to be a 2027 story, not a 2026 story. And while aggregate DB funding remains resilient &ndash; with our research showing the surplus of UK DB schemes still above &pound;200bn, supported by strong liability hedging positions &ndash; trustees and sponsors should not be complacent. Higher volatility of inflation and interest rates can blow protection off course precisely when it is needed most.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Sarah Pennells, consumer finance specialist at Royal London said: </strong>&quot;As expected, the inflation rate in the UK rose during March, placing added pressure on people&rsquo;s finances. This will leave many feeling the squeeze as prices for goods and services continue to climb and now at a faster pace than they were previously.  However, these latest figures don&rsquo;t include the raft of changes to household bills that came into effect on April 1st and don&rsquo;t fully reflect the food and fuel increases resulting from the conflict in the Middle East. Concern among consumers about their ability to manage everyday expenses will likely be increasing alongside inflation, and wider economic pressures, linked to interest rates and food costs. Some will doubtless make cutbacks to regular spending, but others may have little or no room to manoeuvre. However, if you&rsquo;ve not reviewed your spending and budget recently and have been loyal to the same supermarket, broadband and mobile provider, you may be able to make savings. There are three ways to improve your finances when costs are rising: to spend less, to increase your income, and to get better value from the money you do spend. So, start by tracking what you spend, which banking apps make much easier to do, and see if there are areas where savings can be made. Keep an eye out for any better deals on offer for energy, broadband and your mobile phone; you should consider switching providers if it makes financial sense. Also, see if there&rsquo;s any money you&rsquo;re entitled to that you&rsquo;ve missed out on &ndash; as billions of pounds in state benefits go unclaimed every year and there&rsquo;s vast amounts in lost savings accounts, old pensions and unclaimed Premium Bond prizes as well.  Checking for supermarket discounts or loyalty schemes will also help, as will setting a weekly budget, cooking meals from scratch, and planning purchases ahead. Finally, reaching out to organisations offering free, impartial help and advice can provide valuable support if you&rsquo;re struggling to manage rising costs. If you do find yourself unable to pay your bills, speak to your provider at the earliest opportunity as there are often more help options available before things reach crisis point.&quot; </p>
</div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-on-inflation-rising-to-3-3--26555.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fca And Pra Changes To Senior Managers Accountability</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The changes, which come as the first phase of a multi-stage package of reform from Government and regulators, will maintain the core principle of senior leader accountability, and will benefit firms by:  </p>

<div><em>Giving more time to submit senior manager applications when there has been an unexpected or temporary change. </em></div>

<div><em>Removing the need to certify people to hold multiple overlapping functions, which will reduce the total number of certification roles required by around 15%. </em></div>

<div><em>Helping to streamline annual checks to certify individuals as &lsquo;fit and proper&rsquo;. </em></div>

<div><em>Making only larger, more complex firms meet enhanced standards, by raising many of the enhanced firm thresholds by 30%. </em></div>

<div><em>Helping to better understand the definition of certain senior management roles. </em></div>

<div><em>Allowing more time to report updates to senior manager responsibilities. </em></div>

<div><em>Increasing how long criminal record checks for senior manager applications are valid for, prior to application submission. </em></div>

<div><em>Giving more time to update the directory, which lists certified staff.  </em></div>

<p>The Government&rsquo;s further changes to the regime, published in its consultation response today, follow its consultation last year. Proposals include removing the Certification Regime, which applies to less senior roles, from legislation. The Government also proposes giving more flexibility to the regulators to further reduce the number of senior management functions (SMFs) which require pre-approval.  </p>

<p>The regulators plan to consult on wider changes, taking advantage of any increased legislative freedom later in the year, as part of the Leeds reforms to halve the SM&CR&rsquo;s regulatory burden on firms.</p>

<p><strong>Lucy Rigby, Economic Secretary to the Treasury, said: </strong>&ldquo;The UK has some of the highest standards for financial sector governance in the world. They protect consumers, strengthen market integrity and are emulated internationally, helping make our financial services sector one of the great jewels in our economic crown. </p>

<p>&ldquo;We are committed to preserving those high standards &mdash; while making regulation simpler and easier to navigate. By working with regulators to streamline the Senior Managers and Certification Regime, we are cutting unnecessary complexity, halving the administrative burden, and building a simpler, faster and more competitive system.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>Sarah Pritchard, deputy chief executive at the FCA, said: </strong>&ldquo;These joint reforms will keep consumers and markets protected while making the regime more proportionate. We&rsquo;ve also used our current powers to streamline the regime now, so firms can benefit before future legislation unlocks even more efficiencies&rdquo;. </p>

<p><strong>David Bailey, executive director for prudential policy at the PRA, said: </strong>&rdquo;The SM&CR plays an important role in ensuring accountability in the provision of financial services, but it is right that we work to ensure it is well-targeted and efficient. Today&rsquo;s reforms are an important first step in allowing firms to focus on what matters most, and we will continue to deliver further improvements to the regime as part of the wider reforms being made by the Government.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>Today&rsquo;s announcement builds on work already done to speed up SM&CR approvals:  </strong></p>

<p>The FCA&rsquo;s most <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/data/fca-authorisations-operating-service-metrics-2025-26-q3">recent published quarterly metrics </a> show 99.7% of applications were determined within the current 3-month statutory deadline, with 94.7% determined within the Government's proposed new 2-month statutory deadline. </p>

<p>The PRA&rsquo;s most <a href="https://www.bankofengland.co.uk/-/media/boe/files/prudential-regulation/publication/2025/authorisations-performance-report.pdf">recent quarterly metrics</a> show 100% of applications were determined within the current 3-month statutory deadline, with 98% determined within the Government's proposed new 2-month statutory deadline. </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fca-and-pra-changes-to-senior-managers-accountability-26558.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Markets Mixed On Ceasefire Extension And Inflation Rises</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Emma Wall, Chief Investment Strategist, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;UK inflation increased to 3.3% as the impact of the Middle East conflict flowed through to fuel prices. This increased from 3% the previous month and was in line with analyst expectations.  </p>

<p>While the increase in prices will be felt keenly at the petrol pump, it is highly unlikely a single inflation print will be enough to sway policy makers into moving the Bank of England base rate next week &ndash; though market watchers will be eagle eyed to see the vote split, as members of the MPC will likely be divided.</p>

<p>Inflation is likely to remain elevated in April too, and markets are now pricing in one rate rise later this year. But our house view is that rates are held through the conflict &ndash; returning to the expected rate cutting cycle later than forecast just a couple of months ago, but on path to neutral next year.</p>

<p>The pound didn&rsquo;t move on the news, such was the increase expected, and it is unlikely to move UK markets when London opens this morning. But that doesn&rsquo;t mean increased inflation will be ignored forever. Warnings in the recent days have come from the International Monetary Fund and the EY Item Club &ndash; specifically calling out the UK&rsquo;s specific vulnerability to the impact of the war due to our reliance on Middle Eastern energy, global supply chains &ndash; and starting point of already anaemic growth compared to other G7 nations.</p>

<p>These were worst case scenarios &ndash; modelling a long and protracted war, which yesterday&rsquo;s ceasefire extension suggests the US has little appetite for. We think that while the conflict is likely to impact UK &ndash; and indeed global &ndash; growth for the next couple of months, it is unlikely to cause recession on either side of the Pond.</p>

<p>For a man elected on ending forever wars, this is a deeply unpopular conflict with his base, and as he approaches Mid Term elections with American&rsquo;s being pinched by higher petrol prices and higher bond yields, Trump will be keen to find resolution.</p>

<p>Overnight, the US President announced that he would be extending the ceasefire with Iran, which was due to conclude yesterday. The news sent US futures higher across both the S&P 500 and the NASDAQ tech index, and the oil price fell slightly too. But the ceasefire extension last night has not done enough to entirely quell markets this morning, with mixed reaction on the board. Markets will be balancing the positive news of a continued ceasefire with the other news flow &ndash; peace talks are not progressing, and the Strait of Hormuz remains closed. Bloomberg calculates that 100 fewer ships a day are getting through the Strait, compared to pre-war volumes.</p>

<p>Futures this morning suggests the FTSE 100 will open modestly down, with European markets and the US in the green.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/markets-mixed-on-ceasefire-extension-and-inflation-rises-26556.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Dc Providers Default Strategies Lead To Gaps In Outcomes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The choice of provider is crucial for members far from retirement as they could risk missing out on the potential benefits of greater exposure to higher growth markets. The variation in asset allocation, portfolio construction and the range of assets used can result in significantly different results. In a market under regulatory and economic pressure, how providers approach their default strategies is crucial, claims the report.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The report, from the leading pensions and financial services consultancy, assesses the impact of default investment strategies used by master trusts and group personal pensions on member outcomes. It looks at three representative members, 30 years, 10 years and five years from retirement. The report also examines how providers are approaching investment strategies after retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For members around 30 years from retirement, outcomes have been driven by the level and type of equity exposure in default strategies, with higher equity allocations generally delivering stronger returns despite periods of market volatility. By around 10 years from retirement, most strategies have begun to reduce risk through greater diversification. Within five years of retirement, de-risking is now the norm as providers seek to deliver greater certainty, although significant differences between default strategies remain even at this later stage. The impact of provider decisions continues after retirement, as post-retirement strategies also vary and can shape the sustainability of income withdrawals in drawdown.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the findings, Shabna Islam, Head of DC Provider Relations at Hymans Robertson, says: </strong>&ldquo;Our latest Provider Insights underlines the reality that whilst default investment strategies appear similar on the surface, they can deliver very different outcomes for members. The report shows wide variation in retirement outcomes depending on the provider. It shows us that design decisions matter and they can translate into meaningful gaps in members&rsquo; retirement outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For members who are still some distance away from retirement, the choice of provider is particularly important. Those saving through provider defaults that have higher exposure to equity markets have generally seen better outcomes projected for them over the long run, despite market volatility. Members in lower risk strategies at this stage could be missing out on the growth potential that is needed to support future retirement adequacy.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;As members move closer to retirement, most providers aim to reduce risk and introduce greater diversification. Differences emerge in asset allocation, portfolio construction and the asset class opportunity set. This is expected to lead to variations in projected member outcomes across providers &ndash; it means the choice of provider will have a big impact on member&rsquo;s outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The impact of provider choice does not stop when members retire. Post-retirement strategies also vary, and our modelling shows how these differences can shape sustainable income withdrawals in retirement and lead to pot exhaustion.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Looking ahead, the focus for providers must shift from simply managing risk to delivering strategies that work through different market conditions and member behaviours. With over &pound;370bn invested across the providers&rsquo; default strategies covered in this report, this scale along with stronger governance and more effective use of a wider range of assets all have a part to play to improve member retirement outcomes. The direction of travel is clear. The challenge now is making sure these changes are implemented well, so members benefit from more resilient strategies and a better chance of achieving a sustainable income throughout retirement.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Hyman-DC-provider-insights-2026.pdf"><strong>A copy of the DC Provider Insights can be viewed here</strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/dc-providers-default-strategies-lead-to-gaps-in-outcomes-26560.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Governance And Why It Matters More Than Ever</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Katy Hayes, Principal and Senior Client Relationship Manager, Barnett Waddingham</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The story so far&hellip; </strong></div>

<div>Since 2019, independent schools have been considering their options around pension provision for teaching staff. This has been driven by rising TPS costs, with the last increase in April 2024 taking it up by 75% in less than 5 years, and other sector-wide cost pressures (VAT, National Insurance (NI) contributions etc).  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Whilst schools have taken different approaches, from exit to sharing costs with teachers, the vast majority have now introduced a new DC arrangement, whether it be as a replacement, used for new hires or just as a voluntary alternative to TPS. To date, schools have understandably been focused on designing and implementing these arrangements and the challenging task of communicating any changes, but the next step should not be underestimated &ndash; ongoing governance of their new arrangement.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What is the current position in schools? </strong></div>

<div>In England and Wales, there were 1,170 independent schools participating in TPS (broadly half of the sector) at the start of 2019. Figure 1 shows that by October 2025, 411 schools (35%) had exited TPS or indicated an intention to do so. At the same point an additional 289 (25%) independent schools had applied for Phased Withdrawal. </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWSchools12104261.jpg" style="height:336px; width:600px" /></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Figure 1: Declining TPS membership since March 2019 (Source: Freedom of Information requests (various) 2020-2025). </em></span></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The hidden stories though, are the independent schools who remain in TPS; in our experience, a significant number of those have made changes that aren&rsquo;t captured here, such as introducing a parallel option or implementing a cost-sharing arrangement. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Adding value through pension governance </strong></div>

<div>Firstly, what do we mean by pension governance? Governance refers to the framework and processes an employer has in place to ensure that its pension arrangements are managed effectively, in line with legislative and regulatory requirements, and in the best interests of the members. Pensions legislation and provider propositions are not static, so it is critical schemes are monitored on an ongoing basis to ensure they are supporting you as an employer, whilst helping your people achieve retirement security. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>A good example of this is the November budget announcement of a &pound;2,000 cap on contributions made via salary sacrifice from April 2029. This doesn&rsquo;t mean salary sacrifice will no longer bring benefits, indeed schools offering a cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions are already employing a mechanism other employers may now look to use to preserve NI savings, but schools should consider whether their contribution structure remains optimal.  Currently, there is no formal requirement for employers to have a governance structure in place, but we have always believed that effective governance, which we frame in our &ldquo;6 pillars of DC governance&rdquo; (see Figure 2) is key to this. </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWSchools22104261.jpg" style="height:327px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Unlike TPS which is centrally governed, uniform in structure and relatively hands off for employers (and teachers), the choice offered by DC arrangements results in arrangements unique to each school. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>It is true that pension providers provide a layer of governance &ndash; whether this is the trustees of a master trust arrangement, or independent governance committee for a contract-based arrangement (known as Group Personal Pensions) &ndash; but this is at a macro level. As the employer, you can add value by optimising the effectiveness of provider-level governance in areas such as:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Whether your scheme(s) is delivering on your objectives, whilst also providing good value for members</strong></div>

<div>After salary, pension is likely your biggest &lsquo;spend&rsquo;, and so making sure this is aligned to your objectives is essential. </div>

<div>Some schools operate multiple DC arrangements, sometimes for legacy reasons, but we consider this to present an opportunity. Maybe to harmonise into a single arrangement with an enhanced proposition that offers better value for members (and simplifies administration for HR/payroll teams), or maybe to offer salary sacrifice as a method of paying employee contributions, providing NI savings for both the member and the school (see below). </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How are your members supported to make informed decisions? </strong></div>

<div>Unlike TPS where members have certainty over their retirement outcomes, with DC, flexibility around things like contribution decisions and access to pension savings will influence when and how people can retire. On the basis that you will want to support your staff into retirement it is important to help them make informed decisions, whether directly through provision of education, or by signposting to where they can find out more. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What are the likely outcomes for your members and their retirement? </strong></div>

<div>Contribution decisions are the biggest influence on pension savings, so insights into how much members are saving, whether they are making active decisions about the amount they save, and how this translates into a retirement outcome are key to understanding whether your staff will be able to afford to retire.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>For some employers, offering access to a pension is a tick-box exercise, but for others it is about investing in their people to support them achieving retirement security. &ldquo;When thinking about retirement, the workplace pension is the most important financial element &ndash; 55% of people think it&rsquo;s critical&rdquo; (Source: The At Retirement Reckoning, Barnett Waddingham, September 2024). With this emphasis on the workplace pension, it is more important than ever that employers get it right. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>And governance isn&rsquo;t limited to DC arrangements. For those independent schools who continue to offer TPS in any form, the ongoing review of this decision &ndash; in the context of the school&rsquo;s wider objectives &ndash; will also be important, as well has how you continue to engage with teachers in relation to their TPS membership. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The risks of getting it wrong </strong></div>

<div>Put simply, at a member level, the risk of poor governance is a poor member retirement outcome. Beyond this for the employer, any failures in relation to the running of a pension arrangement can require significant work to address, and the longer issues go undetected the more remedial work is required. Some of the key areas of risk we have identified (or seen in our experience) include: </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Pension contributions </strong></div>

<div>Incorrect deductions &ndash; including the percentage, contribution method (i.e. unlike TPS some (but not all!) DC arrangements have deductions paid to the scheme after tax), pensionable salary definition or incorrection application of salary sacrifice. </div>

<div><strong>Opting out of TPS / into DC alternative </strong></div>

<div>Incorrect documentation of the process, including individuals not completing a TPS opt out form before enrolling into the DC alternative. </div>

<div><strong>Auto-enrolment/re-enrolment </strong></div>

<div>Absence of auto-enrolment certification (in our experience, very few schools have these in place prior to our involvement). Re-enrolment and the interaction with Phased Withdrawal (anyone who opts out of TPS before Phased Withdrawal should be re-enrolled into TPS). </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Easy wins? </strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Design </strong></div>

<div>DC arrangements can be as simple or advanced as needed, but reflecting on the school&rsquo;s objectives and current pension design may generate some easy wins and more fundamentally, opportunities to design the best possible arrangement for all staff. If you haven&rsquo;t already, looking at the teaching and non-teaching staff populations together may create opportunities to improve the offering for non-teaching staff; perhaps lower management charges and improved options. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>With schools squeezed by cost pressures, salary sacrifice (sometimes referred to as &lsquo;salary exchange&rsquo;) offers a way to make a relatively easy cost-saving. Commonly used in DC arrangements, this can be a more tax-efficient way of making employee contributions. Under this method, employees agree to a contractual reduction in salary equivalent to their pension contributions and, in exchange, this is made as an additional school contribution.  As salary is reduced, both the member and the school pay less NI.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>On first look, the November Budget announcement of a &pound;2,000 cap on contributions made via salary sacrifice from April 2029 may put schools off, but in our view, this still leaves over two years for members and employers to take advantage of the NI savings available, but more importantly, it gives an opportunity to reconsider overall contribution design. Schools who already offer flexibility around teacher contribution levels, may be able to extend this to non-teaching staff, for example. Note: comments about rethinking scheme design do not relate to reviewing existing contribution spend (unless that is something you wish to consider), but instead, how that spend is shaped. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Benchmark </strong></div>

<div>Governance can be tailored to your objectives&ndash; from light touch support, through to a comprehensive governance strategy. If you are new to governance, a good starting point would be to think about what you want to achieve from governance, and who should be involved. Your consultants can help by providing guidance on who should sit on the Pensions Governance Committee and their respective roles and responsibilities.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The next step would be to take stock of your existing arrangements &ndash; building a clear picture of what is in place, and reflect on why, based on the 6 pillars of DC governance outlined above. Incorporating data analytics will help provide a meaningful analysis and provide insight into potential member outcomes, savings behaviours and engagement levels. Not only does governance hold up a mirror to your scheme(s), more importantly it informs how you can take positive action to deliver better outcomes. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The bottom line&hellip; </strong></div>

<div>Every school&rsquo;s objectives are different, so governance should be tailored. But, done well, it protects your school, supports your staff, and ensures pensions deliver real value. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><span style="font-size:10px"><em>This article was first published in the Spring edition of The Bursar&rsquo;s Review.</em></span></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-governance-and-why-it-matters-more-than-ever-26554.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Soaring Global Cargo Theft By Sophisticated Criminal Tactics</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p> Leading global transport and logistics insurer, TT Club, and strategic supply chain risk adviser, BSI Consulting, have today published their <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/TT_Club_BSI_2026_Cargo_Theft_Report_FINAL.pdf">2025 Cargo Theft Report</a>, issuing a stark warning to businesses, logistics operators, and authorities worldwide. The report reveals a deepening and increasingly complex global cargo theft crisis, driven by organised criminal networks deploying ever more sophisticated tactics across road, rail, sea, and digital channels.</p>

<div><strong>A global crisis with shifting frontlines</strong></div>

<div>According to the report, Brazil, Mexico, India, the United States, Indonesia, Chile, China, Germany, and South Africa ranked as the world's top countries for recorded cargo theft incidents. Ecuador experienced one of the sharpest increases of any nation, with theft cases nearly doubling as gang-related violence intensified in coastal provinces. Food and beverage products led all stolen commodity categories, followed by agriculture, electronics, automotive parts, construction materials, and metals.</div>

<p>Trucks remain the dominant target, accounting for roughly 70% of all incidents globally, and more than a fifth (22%) of global cargo theft incidents involved the cooperation of insiders.</p>

<div><strong>North America</strong></div>

<div>Rail cargo theft in the US rose from 4% of incidents in 2024 to 10% in 2025. Organised criminal groups - including networks linked to cartels operating out of Sinaloa, Mexico - carried out coordinated attacks on freight trains across rural areas of Arizona and California, employing deliberate system sabotage, detailed advance planning, and armed encounters with law enforcement.</div>

<p>Technology-enabled theft also grew more sophisticated, with criminals exploiting cybersecurity weaknesses, fraudulent documents, and impersonation tactics to carry out fictitious pickups, double and triple brokering, and product hostage schemes. California (31%), Texas (15%), and Illinois (7%) recorded the highest incident volumes in the United States.</p>

<div><strong>Europe: Facility thefts rise as criminal methods evolve</strong></div>

<div>Germany (27%), Italy (13%), the United Kingdom (9%), France (6%), and Spain (6%) reported the greatest number of thefts. Facility thefts rose notably - particularly in Italy, Germany, Romania, and Bulgaria - with warehouses accounting for 33% of all theft locations. In the UK, cargo theft losses reached USD 149 million in 2024, in 2025 a USD 9 million smartphone heist at Heathrow airport ranked among the highest-value incidents.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Asia: Piracy booms and new commodity targets emerge</strong></div>

<div>India, Indonesia, China, Bangladesh, and Vietnam were the region's most affected countries. Half of all incidents occurred at warehouses and production sites. A notable emerging trend was the theft of rare earth minerals in China. However, the report noted that maritime risks also escalated sharply, with sea piracy incidents rising 85% in the first half of 2025 - reaching their highest levels in nearly a decade. Likewise the Strait of Malacca and Singapore experienced a 281% year-on-year surge in sea piracy.</div>

<p><strong>Mike Yarwood, Managing Director of Loss Prevention at TT Club, commented:</strong> &quot;Our 2025 findings make clear that cargo theft is no longer a static or predictable threat. Criminal networks are adapting faster than ever, exploiting new commodities, new technologies, and new vulnerabilities across the entire supply chain. Proactive, intelligence-led mitigation is no longer optional - it is essential.&quot;</p>

<p><strong>Jim Yarbrough, Global Supply Chain Solutions Director for BSI Consulting, added:</strong> &quot;The 2025 data reinforces that cargo theft is a dynamic, intelligence-driven challenge that demands an equally dynamic response. Criminal groups are targeting every link in the chain - from unsecured parking spaces and rest stops to exploitable digital freight platforms. Organisations must match that sophistication with robust, flexible risk strategies.&quot;</p>

<p>The report concludes with critical mitigation recommendations, including dynamic commodity-specific risk assessment, enhanced GPS tracking and tamper-evident sealing, tighter governance around load board usage, increased investment in scanning technology and cross-agency intelligence sharing, as well as heightened scrutiny of subcontracted transport providers.</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/TT_Club_BSI_2026_Cargo_Theft_Report_FINAL.pdf"><strong>For more information and to access the full report</strong></a>, visit BSI Consulting and TT Club 2025 Cargo Theft Report</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/soaring-global-cargo-theft-by-sophisticated-criminal-tactics-26552.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Show Me The Money </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The lump sum remains a powerful psychological anchor, with more than two in five (44%) who are planning to take the cash in one go saying it will mark the start of their retirement journey, while 31% say it will give them greater control. Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement calls for clearer, timely guidance so people can weigh up immediate goals against longer-term financial security</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Tax-free pension cash is acting as a powerful psychological anchor for many over-55s as they approach retirement, according to new research from the Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement, with two-fifths (42%) saying they either plan to take the full lump sum in one go or have already done so.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research amongst 55-70-year-olds with defined contribution (DC) pensions finds that, among those planning to take the 25% tax-free lump sum in one go, over two-fifths (44%) say it will mark the start of their retirement journey. A third (32%) say it will give them a sense of financial security and a fifth (21%) say they view it as a separate pot of money entirely.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research accompanies a new Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement report3, which explores the behaviours of people accessing their retirement funds. The findings show the tax-free lump sum is often seen as a tangible reward after a lifetime of saving and reveals many people mentally separate the lump sum from the rest of their pension, treating it as a bonus earmarked for big financial decisions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Many people prioritise simplifying their finances before retirement, often using the lump sum to reduce debt or pay off a mortgage in order to create a &ldquo;clean slate&rdquo;. According to the polling, the majority (90%) of 55-70-year-olds say they want their finances to be as simple as possible before retirement.  The research also found that more than two-thirds (68%) feel confident about deciding how and when to take their tax-free cash.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The intended use of tax-free cash varies, but the findings suggest many approach it with a clear purpose in mind. More than a quarter of those who plan to take a lump sum (28%) expect to use it for an expensive treat such as a car or holiday, while the same proportion plan to use it as initial income for day-to-day expenses before they access the rest of their pension. More than one in five (22%) plan to reinvest it elsewhere, and 17% want to reduce their working hours and top up their income with it. Less than one in 10 (9%) say they have no particular use in mind.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Catherine Foot, Director of the Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement, said:</strong> &ldquo;The tax-free lump sum is frequently viewed as a reward after many years of saving. The psychology at play is interesting and people typically think of this money as a distinct pot, not necessarily treating it as retirement income. While retirement income decision-making is regularly associated with feelings of uncertainty, when it comes to tax-free cash many people have a clear plan in mind for the money.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The decision to take a lump sum in full may be right for many, with many using it to secure a regular income, but it also carries the risk of depleting a pension pot too early if not carefully managed. Its influence also exposes the importance of timely, accessible guidance that supports people&rsquo;s long term financial security, alongside their short-term needs.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The findings highlight the need for clearer, well-timed and more accessible support to help people understand how and when to use tax-free cash, the trade-offs involved in taking it in full or in stages, and how to balance short-term peace of mind with long-term regular income security.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/show-me-the-money--26553.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>More Resilient Labour Picture Ahead Of Iran Crisis</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The latest snapshot of the UK labour market paints a picture of an economy that had been showing signs of more resilience just before the Iran crisis cast a long shadow over the outlook. Employers were taking on more full-time workers, pushing the unemployment rate down to 4.9%, a sign that demand for labour had been holding up better than expected.</p>

<p>There were tentative signs that confidence had been stabilising, as the cloud of uncertainty around the Budget and potential tax rises began to lift. Pay growth came in slightly stronger than anticipated, with average weekly earnings, including bonuses, rising 3.8% year-on-year. Although that marks a slowdown from the previous 4.1%, it still indicates that wage pressures haven&rsquo;t faded away entirely. Taken together with better-than-expected growth of 0.5% in the three months to February, the data suggests the UK economy had been regaining some momentum.</p>

<p>However, that progress now looks increasingly fragile. Just as companies appeared to be rediscovering their mojo, the escalation in the Middle East and the renewed threat to energy supplies risk sapping confidence once again. So, more hiring plans may be shelved and investment suspended as bosses turn ultra-cautious about the unfolding events.</p>

<p>For policymakers, the easing in wage growth had been keeping hopes of interest rate cuts alive, with pay pressures no longer ringing alarm bells at the Bank of England. But the surge in energy prices and heightened geopolitical uncertainty are raising the prospect that borrowing costs may need to be increased to calm an incoming inflation storm. One interest rate hike is still being priced in by financial markets, and Bank officials are staying wary about how fresh price pressures will emerge. The concern now is that just as the UK economy was beginning to steady itself, a fresh external shock could knock it off course.</p>

<p>However, hopes are being kept alive for a potential deal to emerge which could limit the economic damage, as Pakistan prepares to host fresh negotiations  Even though Donald Trump is still threatening to resume strikes, the key Strait of Hormuz remains blocked, and Iran has not confirmed its sending a delegation to the talks, there are expectations that some kind of deal will be reached. However, for now, a &lsquo;wait-and-see&rsquo; mood is swirling, with the FTSE 100 flat in early trade while Brent crude is in a holding pattern, trading around $95 a barrel.''</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/more-resilient-labour-picture-ahead-of-iran-crisis-26550.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Clara pensions Latest Superfund Transaction With Videndum</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Clara-Pensions has reached agreement with the trustees of the Videndum DB Pension Scheme, marking the latest superfund transaction to take place in the UK market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Under the agreement, the 500 members of the Videndum DB scheme and &pound;43m of assets will transfer to the Clara Pension Trust. As with all previous transactions, Clara will also inject additional ringfenced capital into the scheme, immediately enhancing the security of benefits for members as they begin their journey to an insured buyout. Members will transfer to Clara shortly, where they will continue to receive their full pension entitlements.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The transfer of the Videndum members demonstrates Clara&rsquo;s continued flexibility and suitability for a wide range of schemes and situations. Clara&rsquo;s previous transactions include sponsor-led and trustee-led processes, a PPF+ case, and Clara&rsquo;s connected covenant structure which allowed the scheme to maintain the link to its sponsor.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Matt Wilmington, Chief Transactions Officer at Clara-Pensions, said:</strong> &ldquo;I want to give a warm welcome to the members of the Videndum DB scheme, and to say thank you to everyone involved for their hard work in improving the security of the members benefits. Superfunds continue to demonstrably increase member security and provide a more certain journey to an insured future. Clara continues to innovate, and we are working closely with a wide range of schemes to deliver an improved outcome for their members. We have a strong pipeline and anticipate announcing further transactions soon.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Jon Bolton, Group Company Secretary at Videndum plc said: </strong>&ldquo;The Company has been working over a long period of time to secure Videndum Pension Scheme members benefits.  With the Scheme now in a strong financial position, we have taken the decision to transfer the Scheme to Clara which will further strengthen and secure members&rsquo; benefits for the long term.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Tom Stockley of Aretas Trustees said: </strong>&ldquo;Having carefully assessed all options, we are really pleased to have guided the Scheme through this process. As trustees, our overriding priority throughout has been the long-term security of members&rsquo; benefits. This transaction means that our members&rsquo; pensions are secured into the future.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cath Williams, also of Aretas Trustees, commented: </strong>&ldquo;Clara&rsquo;s bridge-to-buyout model, alongside its clear member-first ethos, gave us confidence that members&rsquo; interests would remain protected over the long term. This outcome was delivered through a constructive and straightforward transaction process, and huge thanks goes to the advisory teams, Videndum and Clara for working so diligently to provide our members with this solution&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Jonathan Repp, Director at Mercer said: </strong>&ldquo;Leading this transaction on behalf of the Trustee of the Videndum Scheme we have been able to find the right solution for its members and the trustees.   This agreement shows how superfunds like Clara can make pensions safer for members, trustees and employers now and in the future. From our work on other superfund deals, we know a practical, cooperative approach helps make these transactions successful. We congratulate the Trustee, Videndum and the scheme members on a great outcome and look forward to helping with similar transactions in the months ahead.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In addition to this transaction, Clara&rsquo;s broader pipeline also continues to grow. Active discussions are under way with over 30 schemes of different sizes and shapes, while the Pension Schemes Bill, which is nearing completion, will put Superfunds on a permanent legislative footing.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/clara-pensions-latest-superfund-transaction-with-videndum-26551.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Health Insurers Utilising Analytics For Profitable Growth</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Lisa Balboa, Senior Director, Insurance Consulting and Technology, WTW</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How can health insurers embed analytics into product design?</strong></div>

<div>Analytics can significantly enhance your new product and proposition design process. Take lower-cost entry-level plans that offer access to primary care services, such as virtual GPs or physiotherapy benefits. These can provide a gateway for new private health insurance customers in markets where public health systems&rsquo; primary care services are stretched. While entry-level products typically have tighter margins in absolute dollar terms, by analyzing the business mix and utilization compared to expectations when pricing, you can protect profits while capturing new customers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Modeling can drive evidence-based decisions on enriching benefits with access to cutting-edge diagnostics and treatments.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>From a product perspective, modeling can drive evidence-based decisions on enriching benefits with access to cutting-edge diagnostics and treatments. Analytical insight lets you evaluate whether access to the latest technologies will drive customer benefit at point of claim or simply drive up prices through a higher-cost way to achieve a similar outcome when compared to more traditional diagnosis and treatment approaches.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Modeling can also show whether new technologies are likely to have significant health benefits that outweigh the additional costs. Let&rsquo;s say analysis shows a new technology is likely to be high cost relative to the incremental benefits. Positioning products as supplementary high-value riders that provide access to the latest cutting-edge medical care in areas such as precision cancer treatments can enable you to protect the core book from rising medical inflation while still enabling access to new treatments.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How can health insurers use analytics to enhance pricing?</strong></div>

<div>When it comes to pricing, there are several analytical levers you can use to enhance performance, such as better granularity of analysis, advanced modeling methods and more sophisticated retail pricing approaches.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>You can deploy machine learning techniques such as gradient boosting machines (GBMs), which identify granular non-linear drivers of risk, for detailed risk-cost modeling and informing new pricing factors to deliver competitive advantage. Even for community-rated schemes and in jurisdictions where there are restrictions on the individual pricing factors permitted, having a deeply granular risk-cost model can give your critical portfolio-level insights. With a clearer view of what&rsquo;s driving claims experience, you can set the community rating at a level that&rsquo;s appropriate and sustainable.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Pricing optimization, where permitted, is also a valuable additional layer on top of risk-cost pricing to maximize profitability and competitiveness. Price testing can help you assess the real-world impact on sales of different price points or downgrade strategies. By testing or flexing different price points, you can analyze customers&rsquo; price elasticity to forecast the impact on sales.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Techniques like scenario testing and sensitivity analysis can explore the pricing impact of cost containment measures, such as changes in outpatient limits or excess levels from both technical and customer behavioral perspectives. You can visualize the impact of product and benefit changes on key metrics, such as new business, retention and profits.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>And when regulatory or taxation changes trigger significant upward pressure on rates, modeling the effects on pricing and the corresponding impact on retention helps establish proactive product downgrades or other mitigating strategies to retain customers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How can insurers embed analytics to drive new business growth?</strong></div>

<div>Analytics can inform more sophisticated market segmentation approaches. For example, machine learning techniques can identify previously undetected non-linear market segments with high sales value. You could also uncover certain brokers or sales agents within key distributors with high penetration within different regions for key age groups. Guided by machine learning analytics, you can uncover the true value of these granular segments and continue to target them as key contributors to new business.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>By checking the profitability of these segments against expectations, you can also avoid rapid new business expansion in loss-making segments.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While the lag between policy sales and claims can make monitoring the claims performance of these segments challenging, you can get early-warning indicators of poor performance using analytics. By overlaying predictive monitoring onto portfolio factors such as underwriting and demographic mix, as well as other data sources such as pre-authorizations data, areas of concern can be flagged early.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Analytics can also proactively suggest products directly to customers and brokers using data-driven insights on what will appeal to certain customer demographics more than others, from anti-obesity drugs and maternity care to precision cancer care benefits.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Identifying or recommending products more likely to match customers&rsquo; deep health needs in this way can strengthen sales strategies and boost revenue.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Unlocking the full potential of analytics across the value chain</strong></div>

<div>With the wealth of opportunities available for analytics to create ROI across the insurance value chain, prioritization based on which initiatives will have the highest impact for your organization is critical.</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/health-insurers-utilising-analytics-for-profitable-growth-26545.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 20 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Reforms To Increase Pet Insurance Complexity But Not Pricing</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The intervention follows concerns over rising veterinary costs, which have increased significantly in recent years amid growing market consolidation and limited pricing transparency. The CMA&rsquo;s measures are designed to improve consumer choice and visibility of costs, and pet owners are also expected to benefit from potential savings.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, Defaqto warns that the overall impact on insurance pricing will be more nuanced. Any reduction in claims severity is likely to be modest and offset by wider structural trends within the veterinary market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Stephen Kennedy, Director of Defaqto&rsquo;s Market Pricing Business, said: </strong>&ldquo;Greater transparency and the introduction of capped prescription fees should help reduce certain day-to-day treatment costs. However, it is important to recognise that these reforms are unlikely to materially reduce the overall cost of veterinary care.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;In many cases, the changes will simply redistribute costs rather than remove them. As pricing becomes more visible pet owners will gain a clearer understanding of the true cost of advanced treatments which have increased. This is likely to drive continued demand for comprehensive insurance cover, which in turn could place upward pressure on premiums.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Defaqto also notes that while the CMA&rsquo;s focus on transparency may increase competitive dynamics over time, structural factors within the market, including the high level of corporate ownership and limited choice in some regions, may restrict the extent to which pricing competition develops in the short term. As a result, insurers are expected to continue pricing against a backdrop of elevated treatment costs.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>From an insurer perspective, the increased availability of standardised pricing data represents a significant opportunity. Improved access to consistent and comparable cost information across providers could support more granular underwriting and enable insurers to refine their pricing models based on geographic and provider-specific variations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Kennedy added: </strong>&ldquo;The long-term impact of the CMA&rsquo;s reforms is unlikely to be lower premiums, but rather a shift towards more sophisticated, data-driven pricing strategies. Insurers will be operating in a more transparent market, where understanding competitor pricing and cost dynamics will be critical to maintaining a competitive position.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;While the CMA&rsquo;s intervention marks an important step towards greater transparency and improved outcomes for pet owners, our analysis suggests it will lead to a more complex and data-rich pricing environment for insurers, rather than a meaningful reduction in the cost of cover.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/reforms-to-increase-pet-insurance-complexity-but-not-pricing-26547.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 20 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Stock Markets Mixed As Strait Reopening Proves Short Lived</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The path to de-escalation in the Middle East took one step forward and two steps back over the weekend. Over 20 freight vessels carrying mainly energy cargoes passed through the Strait of Hormuz on Saturday after Iran signalled the reopening of the critical thoroughfare. But by Sunday, reports surfaced of shots being fired at a commercial vessel by Iranian forces, and the seizure by the US Navy of an Iranian freighter.</p>

<p>The rhetoric has once again intensified as attention moves towards a second round of negotiations between Tehran and Washington in Pakistan, but it's not at all clear whether these discussions will take place. Whether this impasse proves to be merely a detour on the path to a resolution remains to be seen, but more volatility would seem the most likely outcome. Asian Pacific indices were mainly up overnight, but European indices and the FTSE 100 have given back some of Friday&rsquo;s gains, and US stock futures are down.</p>

<p>Brent Crude prices have climbed 5% to over $95 per barrel just days after they fell by about $12 to $85 on Friday on hopes of the resumption of energy cargoes through the Strait of Hormuz. Further downstream, the crisis is starting to have tangible effects, with several airlines cutting back on less profitable routes and the International Energy Agency warning that European jet fuel supplies could run out by early June. Over time, the energy supply chain is likely to pivot and become less dependent on the Strait, but so far, only around 20% of oil traffic has been diverted, and there is no instant fix.</p>

<p>There are some big names in Aviation reporting this week, and some cautious guidance is to be expected. US carriers United and American Airlines report on Wednesday and Thursday, respectively. The effect of short-term oil price fluctuations is likely to be less pronounced higher up the chain, but a prolonged hit to airline profitability could, in time, feed through to demand for aircraft and engines from the likes of Boeing and GE Aerospace, who are also set to report this week.</p>

<p>Interest rate expectations continue to bounce around, hanging on every twist and turn in the Gulf. But Kevin Warsh's testimony to the US Senate tomorrow could provide a longer-term steer on the direction of American monetary policy as the Fed chair frontrunner sets out his credentials for the role. Central bank independence and the potential for structurally lower rates as AI productivity gains start to bite are likely to be key points of focus.</p>

<p>There are several big economic data points to keep an eye on, too, as markets weigh up the impact of the conflict on inflation and demand. US retail sales in March are expected to show further resilience tomorrow with a forecasted 1.3% increase. On Wednesday, expectations for UK CPI data have been moving up since the conflict broke out, and March price increases are now expected to be nudging 3.5%. Anything higher is likely to be negative for sentiment towards UK equities, but we still think domestic rates will remain on hold while the conflict continues. Attention then shifts to PMI Thursday, with headline numbers for the US, the Eurozone, and the UK providing a more forward-looking snapshot of the global economy.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/stock-markets-mixed-as-strait-reopening-proves-short-lived-26544.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 20 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Lack Of Consensus Among Schemes On Surplus Distribution</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Nearly 500 conference delegates in five locations across the UK were asked to select their preferred options for using surplus for member distribution, on the basis that the share between sponsor and members had already been agreed. Delegates had the opportunity to select multiple answers from 13 options &ndash; including one of objecting to the principle of any surplus being used directly for members.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Key findings were:</strong></div>

<div><em>36 percent favoured a top-up to defined contribution (DC) pots;</em></div>

<div><em>34 percent expressed interest in the options of providing cash lump sums (using the incoming additional flexibility indicated by the Government);</em></div>

<div><em>33 percent selected the provision of a discretionary pension increases to all members, with</em></div>

<div><em>21 percent selected targeting the increases to those with pre-1997 pension.</em></div>

<div><em>24 percent would look at the benefit structure and target the surplus initially at those who received the worst benefits.</em></div>

<div><em>24 percent selected providing additional member support or improving options and terms at retirement.</em><br />
<br />
<strong>Paul Heaney, partner at Aon, said: </strong>&ldquo;Aon&rsquo;s annual series of pension conferences always offers a chance to gain insights from across the UK&rsquo;s pensions industry. This year, the split of responses to our question on surplus distribution from a member perspective was very telling. The range of views reflects both the differing situations of schemes and their coming to terms with what for many is the relatively new opportunity of sharing surplus assets with members.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The options of using surplus to enhance DC pots and cash lump sums were the most popular options. This shows that the new rules on allowing cash lump sums primarily to pensioners, has a broad appeal and a DC contribution could complement this to achieve something comparable for non-pensioners.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Paul Heaney continued: </strong>&ldquo;Many schemes do not provide inflationary increases on pensions built up prior to April 1997 - and using surplus to provide some protection to members with these benefits is highly topical. However, the polling suggests that more delegates would look at the full benefit structure first in order to consider which groups were worst off, before landing on a pre-1997 pension increase.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Of course, there&rsquo;s more to sharing surplus with members than direct benefit improvement. That&rsquo;s reflected in delegates showing considerable interest in the member experience and terms available, especially around retirement.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Nick Coates, head of member distributions for Aon, said: </strong>&ldquo;It's also important to bear in mind that the three most popular approaches from our poll aren't necessarily mutually exclusive. We are working with schemes and trustees that are looking to use multiple options in their approach as a way of targeting value at different demographic groups within their schemes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Ultimately there's no single right answer &ndash; which means the way trustees consider the issue will be important. They need to analyse the impact of the options across distinct groups of members and then take a decision from a position of clear information. Documenting the way they reached that outcome and the rationale behind it, will ensure that they have a robust framework to refer to in case of any future challenge.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/lack-of-consensus-among-schemes-on-surplus-distribution-26546.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 20 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Launch Of Lost Pensions 2026 Survey With Db Scheme Expansion</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Supported by the Money and Pensions Service, the research builds on the Lost Pensions 2024 findings, revealing that over 3.3 million pension pots, worth &pound;31.1 billion, are currently lost, highlighting a growing consumer detriment and systemic challenge for providers and policymakers alike. The government&rsquo;s Pension Schemes Bill, currently being debated in Parliament, includes measures to introduce multiple default consolidators of dormant Defined Contribution (DC) pension pots worth up to &pound;1,000. The survey opens today closing on Monday 26 June 2026. Respondents can download the survey via the PPI&rsquo;s website.</p>

<p>In addition to its new extension to DB schemes, the 2026 survey will not only track how the &lsquo;lost pots&rsquo; landscape has evolved &ndash; examining the total number of pension pots lost, their value, and overall age-distribution &ndash; but also explore the underlying drivers and their implications for policy and savers&rsquo; outcomes.</p>

<p>The Lost Pensions Survey is the UK&rsquo;s definitive evidence base on the scale and value of lost pension pots. Since its inception, the survey has shaped public debate, informed policy development, and supported small pot consolidation through increased public awareness via the research&rsquo;s media impact. The PPI&rsquo;s Lost Pensions 2026 report will be published in October 2026.</p>

<p><strong>Danielle Elliott, Head of External Relations and Project Lead, commented: </strong>&ldquo;We are delighted to launch the 2026 Lost Pensions Survey, which for the first time will extend to cover Defined Benefit schemes. Lost pensions remain a significant and growing issue, with millions of pots worth billions of pounds going unclaimed. The PPI&rsquo;s research plays a vital role in highlighting the scale of the problem, supporting policy development, and encouraging people to reconnect with their savings.</p>

<p>&ldquo;By broadening the research in 2026, we aim to build a more complete picture of the pensions landscape and strengthen the evidence base across the industry. We encourage schemes to get behind this work by taking part in the surveys and helping to ensure the findings are as robust and representative as possible.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Anna Sharkey, Head of Money and Pensions Policy at the Money and Pensions Service said: </strong> &quot;We are pleased to support this important new research, which by including Defined Benefit pensions for the first time, will help us to better understand the &lsquo;lost pensions&rsquo; landscape. </p>

<p>&ldquo;The existing scale of lost pensions across the UK demonstrates the importance of the upcoming Pensions Dashboard as a tool that will help reconnect people with lost pensions and strengthen people's engagement with their pensions. </p>

<p>&ldquo;We look forward to the findings, which will better inform our guidance on claiming lost pensions, and help more people understand and take control of their financial futures.&rdquo; </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/launch-of-lost-pensions-2026-survey-with-db-scheme-expansion-26548.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 20 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Your Top Five Pension Questions Answered</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Helen Morrissey, head of retirement analysis, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The new tax year is a time for people to make resolutions on how to get the most from their retirement planning. People often have lots of questions and we&rsquo;ve answered some of the more popular ones that we&rsquo;ve received from clients so you can get a head start with your pension.</p>

<div><strong>1. How do I trace lost pensions?</strong></div>

<div>If you think you&rsquo;ve lost an old pension, then give the government&rsquo;s Pension Tracing Helpline a call or head to their website. All you need is either the name of your old employer or the pension provider. The helpline can&rsquo;t tell you if you do have a pension, but they can give you contact details so you can find out. You could find a pension worth thousands of pounds. Once you&rsquo;ve tracked down your old pensions you may decide to consolidate them, so you have an overarching view. However, before you do that make sure you don&rsquo;t incur any exit fees or potentially miss out on valuable benefits such as guaranteed annuity rates.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>2. How much do I need in retirement?</strong></div>

<div>This is a popular question that is difficult to answer &ndash; the reality is it depends on what you want. Some people will want a retirement filled with travel to far flung destinations, while others will want something a bit more modest. Other people will have to factor housing costs into their plans, whereas some will have paid off the mortgage. All these things, as well as what age you retire and your general health, will have a big impact on how much you will need. It&rsquo;s important to take the time to think about this in advance so you have some sense of how much you will need on an annual basis. You can then use online pension calculators to give you an idea of what you are on track for. This gives you the time to fill in any gaps if needed.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>3. How does tax relief work?</strong></div>

<div>Tax relief is a great incentive to contribute to your pension. You receive tax relief at your marginal rate so this means a &pound;100 pension contribution would cost a basic rate taxpayer as little as &pound;80. For a higher rate taxpayer, it would only cost as little as &pound;60 and for an additional rate taxpayer it could be just &pound;55. This could be lower if you contribute via salary sacrifice. If you are a basic rate taxpayer then you should receive the right amount of tax relief on your contributions automatically, but if you pay tax at a higher rate, you may need to claim some of it. It all depends on how your contributions are made.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>If you are in a salary sacrifice arrangement or what is known as a net pay arrangement, then you should get the right amount of tax relief. This is because with these methods your pension contribution is deducted from your salary before income tax is calculated. This means you only pay tax on what is left so will get full tax relief immediately. However, if your contributions are made via &lsquo;relief at source,&rsquo; then things work differently, with contributions deducted from your salary after tax. The employer takes 80% of the contribution from your salary, after tax and pays this to your pension provider. The pension provider then reclaims the basic rate tax relief of 20% from HMRC. So, if you are entitled to tax relief at a higher rate, you need to claim the extra yourself. Many private pensions, such as SIPPs, as well as some workplace pensions, are set up as relief at source so it&rsquo;s worth checking with your provider. You can backdate claims for up to four years and if you don&rsquo;t fill out self-assessment forms you can claim the relief online through the gov.uk website or via post.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>4. Do I pay tax on pension income?</strong></div>

<div>Up to 25% of your personal and occupational pensions can be taken as tax free cash &ndash; up to a maximum of &pound;268,275 for most people. Aside from that if your pension income is worth more than &pound;12,570 per year then you will pay tax on it. This also includes the state pension. Currently the new full new state pension stands at just a whisker below this level. This means that even drawing a small pension income from elsewhere will tip you into tax paying territory. From April 2027 it is expected that the full new state pension on its own will breach &pound;12,570 and this risks more pensioners being pulled into taxpaying territory. The government announced at the last Budget that from April 2027 any pensioner living solely on the state pension would not have to pay tax on it. This won&rsquo;t cover income from the additional state pension though - otherwise known as the state second pension. We are awaiting further detail on this.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>5. Can pensions be inherited?</strong></div>

<div>Yes, your pension can be inherited depending on what type of pension you have. If you have a defined benefit pension scheme, then you need to check the scheme rules. Some will allow for a child to inherit under certain circumstances, but others will only allow a spouse or civil partner to receive the death benefits.</div>

<p>If you have a defined contribution pension you have more flexibility as to who gets the benefits, but you must fill out your expression of wish forms with your pension provider, so the administrators know who you would like your pension to be paid out to in the event of your death. Not keeping these up to date can cause delay and frustration at an already difficult time and can mean the wrong person gets the benefits.</p>

<p>If you die before the age of 75 then your child won&rsquo;t have to pay income tax on what they inherit. If you are over age 75 then they will, but it will be at their marginal rate, not yours.</p>

<p>As it currently stands pensions are not usually part of your estate for inheritance tax purposes but from April 2027 they will be, so you need to be aware of any potential tax bill your beneficiaries might receive. If you are taking an income from an annuity, then unless you have value protection then there&rsquo;s nothing to pass on to anyone.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/your-top-five-pension-questions-answered-26549.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 20 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Dashboard Is Coming What Should Corporates Expect</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By James Smith, Senior DC Consultant, Hymans Robertson</strong></p>

<div><strong>A reminder - what is the pensions dashboard?</strong></div>

<div>The pensions dashboard will allow individuals to see information about all of their pensions, including their State Pension, in one place online. This covers current workplace pensions, deferred pots from previous employers and personal pensions.</div>

<p>The initial pensions dashboard will be provided through MoneyHelper, backed by the Money and Pensions Service (MaPS). Over time, commercial dashboards from providers and other firms are also expected to follow, potentially offering additional tools around consolidation and retirement planning.</p>

<div><strong>Where have things got to?</strong></div>

<div>The policy framework for dashboards is now firmly in place. Pension schemes and providers in scope must be connected to the Dashboard ecosystem and ready to return data by 31 October 2026.</div>

<p>Testing is already under way. Small-scale user testing has begun, with broader testing planned ahead of any public launch. The government has indicated that a decision on public availability is expected later this year, making a limited launch within the next six months a realistic prospect.</p>

<p>While the precise timing and scope of initial public access remains uncertain, momentum is clearly building.</p>

<p>What the pensions dashboard will change for employers</p>

<p>When the dashboard becomes available, many employees will be seeing their full pensions picture for the first time. Two themes are likely to follow.</p>

<div><strong>Employee behaviour and expectations</strong></div>

<div><em>Your workplace DC scheme will be viewed alongside other pots, past and present.</em></div>

<div><em>Employees may ask more questions about charges, investment performance and outcomes.</em></div>

<div><em>Inconsistencies in data, records or member communications will become more visible.</em></div>

<p>For some employees, seeing multiple small pots or lower than expected values could trigger confusion or concern without clear signposting to support.</p>

<p>The dashboard may also change expectations: employees may look to employers and providers for help acting on what they see, even though the Dashboard is designed to be &ldquo;view only&rdquo;.</p>

<div><strong>Operational reality and governance</strong></div>

<div>The Dashboard is unlikely to create new problems, but they will make existing issues easier to spot, such as:</div>

<div><em>Poor member understanding of what different pots are for and how they fit together.  </em></div>

<div><em>Low contribution levels becoming more obvious when viewed in the round. </em></div>

<div><em>Increased pressure to support consolidation, retirement decisions or guidance.</em></div>

<p>There is also a reputational dimension. For many employees, the workplace pension remains their main reference point. How that scheme appears on the Dashboard, and how queries are handled afterwards, will shape perceptions of the wider benefits package.</p>

<div><strong>What employers should do now</strong></div>

<div>For most employers, the dashboard will shift the focus from compliance to scrutiny: employees will be able to see their pensions in the round and compare providers and pots more easily. That creates a natural engagement moment, but it also raises the bar on how clearly the scheme is explained and supported.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Now is a good time for employers to:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><em><strong>Sense check the member experience through governance.</strong> Review charges, the default strategy and retirement pathway so the scheme stands up well when viewed alongside other pots.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Make member communications dashboard ready. </strong>Explain what the dashboard will (and won&rsquo;t) show and provide clear signposting to guidance and the right support routes.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Revisit contributions and adequacy messaging.</strong> Seeing pots together may prompt employees to question whether they are saving enough, particularly where minimum/default contributions apply.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Define query handling and escalation.</strong> Be clear where employer support ends, where the provider steps in, and how requests about consolidation or retirement options will be triaged.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Use the launch as part of wider financial wellbeing activity.</strong> Align the dashboard launch with support on savings, debt and retirement planning to convert interest into better outcomes.</em></div>

<p>The dashboard does not change scheme structures but will make comparisons easier and increase follow up questions. Employers who use existing governance and member support frameworks effectively will be best placed to respond with confidence.</p>

<div><strong>Our view</strong></div>

<div>Whilst the pensions dashboard will not, on its own, fix the challenges facing UK retirement saving it will change the conversation. For employers, the question is not whether the dashboard matters, but how ready your organisation is for the behaviours it may prompt.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-dashboard-is-coming-what-should-corporates-expect-26542.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Us Storms And European Floods Drive Natural Disaster Losses</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The report highlights Q1 economic losses of at least $37 billion (Q1 2025: $113 billion) &ndash; the lowest since 2015 and 43 percent below the 21st century Q1 average &ndash; and insured losses of more than $20 billion, six percent higher than the 21st century average.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The figures suggest a global insurance protection gap of 46 percent (2025: 51 percent), lower than the long-term average and predominantly due to high insurance penetration in the U.S., where 79 percent of global insured losses occurred.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Flooding and severe convective storms (SCS) caused the highest economic losses during Q1, with SCS highlighted as the most damaging peril for insurers &ndash; especially in the U.S., where the single costliest SCS event (March 10-12) resulted in a $5 billion economic loss and $4 billion in insured loss.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Meanwhile, Winter Storm Fern impacted the central and eastern U.S. in January, bringing freezing rain, heavy snowfall, severe thunderstorms and record-setting, prolonged cold temperatures. More than 130 people were killed, while economic and insured losses reached $4.6 billion and $3.5 billion respectively, making Fern potentially the fourth-costliest U.S. winter storm on record.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The report reveals that 12 events each caused more than one billion dollars of economic loss (average: nine) during the period under review, while five events each caused more than one billion dollars of insured loss (average: four). Natural disasters killed more than 1,640 people in Q1 2026, mainly due to flood events, compared to 6,300 in the prior year period.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Of note, Portugal recorded its costliest insurance event on record, Windstorm Kristin, which was estimated to have caused a &euro;0.9 billion ($1 billion) insured loss. When combined with flood losses, 2026 will be the first year Portugal&rsquo;s annual insured losses exceed &euro;1 billion ($1.2 billion). Elsewhere, Daytona Beach, Florida, recorded its lowest ever temperature of 19&deg;F (-7.2&deg;C) on February 1, and in a March 10 SCS event in Illinois, hail up to 6.6 in (16.5 cm) was recorded.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Michal L&ouml;rinc, head of catastrophe insight for Aon, said:</strong> &ldquo;Flooding in Western and Southern Europe, and severe storm events in the U.S., accounted for the majority of the first quarter global natural hazard losses. In response, we continue to update our capabilities to further address these and other perils &ndash; for instance, with the launch of our Automated Event Response service for U.S. severe convective storms &ndash; helping our clients respond to potential volatility and make better, more informed business decisions.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Aon-2026-cat-recap.pdf"><strong>Aon&rsquo;s Global Catastrophe Recap &ndash; First Quarter of 2026 report </strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/us-storms-and-european-floods-drive-natural-disaster-losses-26543.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Concerns Over Capacity To Handle Pensions Dashboards Queries</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Attendees were asked what their biggest concern with dashboards is at present. The capacity to handle query volume was chosen by over a third (39%) of respondents. This was followed by almost one in five (19%) who cited data as their biggest concern and over one in ten (12%) who were most concerned about value data not accurately representing a member&rsquo;s benefit.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Attendees were also asked if they were confident that their data is now sufficiently clean for members to access dashboards.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Over three quarters of respondents (84%) indicated that their data is either clean enough to give members access to it via pensions dashboards (55%) or that they had a plan for making it so in 2026 (29%). One in ten (10%) have a plan for data cleansing that will take over a year. Just 6% said that their data was not ready and that they did not have a plan in place for data cleansing.                                  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>SPP member Lynda Whitney, Senior Partner at Aon, who chaired the event, said: </strong>&ldquo;It's great to see the significant progress schemes have made in connecting to pensions dashboards, and the level of engagement across the industry. However, the findings from this SPP polling underline that important challenges remain.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In particular, concerns around managing potential query volumes and ensuring the accuracy and completeness of member data show that schemes are rightly focused on delivering a reliable experience. Building confidence in the data that underpins dashboards will be vital for their success, and it&rsquo;s encouraging that many schemes either feel ready or have clear plans in place to reach that position over the coming year.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/concerns-over-capacity-to-handle-pensions-dashboards-queries-26540.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Middle East De escalation Gathers Pace</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 is up around 30 points this morning after creating further space yesterday from the lows seen in the wake of the Iran conflict. It's not all been one-way traffic, with defence stocks pulling back as investors weigh up the chances of a lasting truce in the Middle East. However, better-than-expected UK economic growth, a bid for safety inspection firm Intertek, the continued revival of sentiment towards technology stocks, and positive earnings news in industrials (Halma) and retail (Tesco) tipped the balance in favour of the bulls.</p>

<p>Events in the Middle East remain the key market driver, and President Trump's overnight comments on the potential for further peace talks between the US and Iran could boost equity markets today. A ceasefire between Israel and Iranian proxy Hezbollah after Israeli/Lebanese talks in Washington provides further hope for de-escalation.</p>

<p>For the oil market, the continued closure of the Strait of Hormuz remains the focus, and Brent Crude prices this morning have fallen only slightly to $98, reflecting the scale of the task required to find a lasting resolution. All eyes now turn to Paris, where Keir Starmer and Emmanuel Macron are hosting a summit of global leaders to facilitate the &lsquo;immediate reopening of the strait.&rsquo;</p>

<p>US stock futures are up again after both the NASDAQ and S&P 500 reached fresh highs. As hopes build for an end to war and the resumption of energy flows, investors are once again putting their faith in technology and its exposure to structural rather than cyclical growth drivers.</p>

<p>The US domestic economy is also showing signs of resilience, with this week&rsquo;s initial jobless claims falling to 207,000 and undershooting forecasts of 215,000. The economic resilience and inflationary impact of higher energy prices mean that imminent interest rate cuts by the Federal Reserve are no longer on the table. Looking to the end of the year, no change is still the most likely outcome being priced in by markets. Nonetheless the last week has seen the probability of a quarter point cut by Christmas shift from 21% to 26%. Any further gain in confidence towards the resumption of the easing cycle would provide a further tailwind for equities. However, with geopolitical uncertainty running high investors would be wise to remain diversified across sectors and asset classes.</p>

<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Netflix delivered a solid first quarter on both sales and margins, but with shares down almost 10% in pre-market trading, the reaction shows investor expectations had quietly crept higher. Many were likely hoping for a lift to full-year guidance after the surprise March price increases, especially with the stock already priced for mid-teens annual sales growth. The 11-13% organic growth outlook for 2026 looked reasonable when the next US price rise was expected later in the year, but with hikes already in play, and no shift to guidance, a clear growth reacceleration is harder to map.</p>

<p>Reed Hastings stepping down as chairman in June adds a leadership headline. But we wouldn&rsquo;t expect any meaningful change to strategy or day-to-day operations, given the growing influence of the co-CEOs, something we saw with the recent Warner Bros. bid, which marked a shift away from Netflix&rsquo;s historically cautious approach to big deals. Overall, the business still has several structural growth drivers in place, although the timing of the next phase of faster growth now looks less predictable than markets had hoped going into these results.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/middle-east-de-escalation-gathers-pace-26539.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fca Year 2 Consumer Duty Board Reports</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Jonathan Pearson, Head of consumer policy, FCA</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Under the <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/firms/consumer-duty">Consumer Duty</a>, firms must report annually on what their monitoring found about customer outcomes, and what actions they&rsquo;ll take as a result.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Good Consumer Duty Board reports provide clear evidence about outcomes &ndash; helping to turn governance into real change. Boards can ask better questions, hold people to account, and act quickly to make sure they aren&rsquo;t causing harm or offering poor value. We&rsquo;ve seen this lead firms to design better products, communicate more clearly and support their customers better. This means they fix issues sooner, and customers are more likely to get fair value and the help they need.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>With the third cycle of Consumer Duty Board reports on the horizon, now is a good moment to pause and reflect on what we&rsquo;ve learned from year 2.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The good news: the Duty is making a difference. Firms are continuing to mature in how they use data and insights to understand their customers' experiences. Boards are more actively shaping and scrutinising this work.</div>

<div>Still, some areas need more attention to ensure reporting is genuinely outcome-focused. Here&rsquo;s where firms have made progress compared to our review of first year board reports, and where concentrating effort now will help them prepare for the next round of reporting.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Comparing year 1 and 2 reports - what&rsquo;s improved</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Stronger governance and clearer Board oversight</strong></div>

<div>We've seen a meaningful shift in how governing bodies approach the Duty. Boards now formally review and approve reports, including explicit confirmation that they have considered and signed off actions and their firms are meeting their obligations. Many firms have also chosen to retain their Consumer Duty Board Champion, after we gave them flexibility to decide for themselves. This reflects a recognition that senior accountability is central to cultural change and embedding the Duty across businesses. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Better action plans and ownership</strong></div>

<div>Firms are increasingly setting out comprehensive action plans, with clear responsibilities, timelines and progress updates. Most reports now identify accountable owners for improvements and track delivery status, so Boards can monitor progress more systematically. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Broader and more insightful data</strong></div>

<div>Compared with year 1, firms are drawing on a wider range of quantitative and qualitative data to demonstrate customer outcomes. This includes trend analysis, root cause assessments and comparisons across customer groups. The best reports explain why metrics matter, how they link to customer experiences, and what actions firms have taken when outcomes fall short. There is also more evidence of firms improving how they identify and monitor outcomes for vulnerable customers, including through better segmentation. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Where firms need to do more</strong></div>

<div>While the year 2 reports show progress, we still found that the quality and depth of analysis was variable. Firms should focus on the following areas in the year ahead.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Clearly link data to customer outcomes</strong></div>

<div>Some firms presented extensive data without sufficiently explaining how it demonstrated good or poor outcomes. Boards must push for analysis that goes beyond management information (MI) dashboards and provides insights. And firms should draw conclusions, identify emerging risks and be prepared to challenge their own practices where the data suggests that customers may not be getting good outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Monitor outcomes delivered by third parties</strong></div>

<div>Monitoring of outcomes in distribution chains was often weak, especially where firms rely on intermediaries or outsourcing partners. Firms should act proportionately to take responsibility for the outcomes their products deliver, regardless of who interacts with the customer. This must be reflected in their MI, oversight arrangements and Board scrutiny. We know some firms have struggled to identify a proportionate approach, so we plan to consult on changes to rules and guidance relating to distribution chains this year, as well as publish best practice examples of how firms are monitoring outcomes under the Duty. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Evidence meaningful Board challenge</strong></div>

<div>While most Boards reviewed and approved the reports, many did not adequately document the challenge they had provided. This makes it difficult to see how senior leaders tested the evidence they were given. Boards should ensure their minutes and papers clearly set out the discussions they had, the questions they asked and any follow up actions they requested. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Deepen assessment of consumer understanding and support</strong></div>

<div>Some reports still focused more heavily on products, services and value than on customer understanding and support. But these are core outcomes under the Duty. Firms should be able to evidence how they:</div>

<div>test communicationsassess consumer comprehension  respond where consumer behaviours indicate misunderstanding or friction</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Our best practice guidance can help firms develop their approaches to improving consumer understanding.</div>

<div>Both first and second year reports highlighted strong examples of effective practice across the market, including from smaller firms. This shows that it&rsquo;s possible for all firms to monitor customer outcomes meaningfully and align their strategies with the Duty. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Looking ahead</strong></div>

<div>The improvements we&rsquo;ve seen show that firms continue to move in the right direction. We want them to draw on these insights as they approach their 3rd year submissions. Firms should continue strengthening their outcome monitoring, governance and distribution oversight so that the Duty continues to deliver good outcomes for consumers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>We will continue to support the industry by sharing examples of <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/good-and-poor-practice/consumer-duty-board-reports-good-practice-areas-improvement">good and poor practice</a>, including providing extra insights to help smaller firms apply the Duty. </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fca-year-2-consumer-duty-board-reports-26541.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Raising Standards Of Trusteeship And Governance</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen="" frameborder="0" height="315" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/vMhK02XEu14?si=XJGd3eP35vldeD8J" title="YouTube video player" width="340"></iframe></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/raising-standards-of-trusteeship-and-governance-26535.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>How The Countrys Health Is Recovering From Covid</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Just Group said that the latest Office for National Statistics data presents a mixed picture of how the country&rsquo;s health is recovering from the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic.</p>

<p>Between 2022-24, life expectancy at birth rose across all wealth levels (deprivation deciles) compared to 2019-2021 for both men and women, although it was still lower in the most deprived decile compared to the period immediately before the pandemic (2017-19).</p>

<p>But the ONS estimate that healthy life expectancy (HLE) decreased across all wealth levels compared to 2019-21 with the greatest decreases found in the more deprived areas. HLE decreased by 3.2 years for females and 2.2 years for males in the most deprived decile, but also by 1.8 years for females and 1.2 years for males in the least deprived (wealthiest) decile.</p>

<p>There is a significant equality gap between deprivation deciles. Life expectancy at birth for males was 10.4 years lower in the most deprived areas compared to the least deprived and 8.1 years for women. Similarly, the divide in healthy life expectancy between the most and least deprived areas was 19.4 years and 20.3 years for men and women, respectively.</p>

<p><strong>David Cooper, director at retirement specialist Just Group, said the figures show a widening inequality, not just in how long people live, but how long they live in good health: </strong>&ldquo;A woman in the least deprived area of England can expect, on average, to live around eight years longer than her counterpart in the most deprived areas; for men that gap is 10 years,&rdquo; he commented.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Even more striking is the discrepancy in healthy life expectancy &ndash; both men and women in the least deprived areas of England can expect to enjoy, on average, around twenty years more in healthy life expectancy than their counterparts in the most deprived areas.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_JustGroupExpect1604261.jpg" style="height:128px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>&ldquo;Inequality represents a huge challenge because those from poorer areas are more likely to be forced out of the workforce earlier due to ill health, while also having fewer financial resources to fall back on before reaching State Pension age.</p>

<p>&ldquo;It sharpens the focus on the adequacy and flexibility of retirement income solutions. People may need access to their pension savings earlier, or in a more tailored way, to bridge gaps in income and support changing health needs over time. At the same time, the growing period spent in later life with complex health conditions reinforces the importance of planning for care, which remains one of the most significant &ndash; and often underestimated &ndash; financial risks in retirement.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The ONS figures are useful for policymakers trying to understand current health trends across the whole population because they are based on historic mortality and assume no impact from future medical breakthroughs or lifestyle improvements. A 65-year-old living in the same areas would be expected to have a significantly higher age of death because their life expectancy depends only on death rates beyond their age, whereas survival from birth is based on death rates at every age.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/how-the-countrys-health-is-recovering-from-covid-26533.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Buyin To Buyout Navigating The Post Transaction Bottleneck</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Beth Allison, Principal and Head of Post-Transaction and Wind-up, Barnett Waddingham</strong></p>

<div><strong>Buyouts at record levels</strong></div>

<div>2025 marks another milestone year, with almost 160 schemes completing buyout &ndash; a 30% increase on 2024. Insurers anticipate this upward trajectory will accelerate, with the number of buyouts projected to almost double in 2026, when around 300 schemes are expected to reach buyout.</div>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWBuyout11604261.jpg" style="height:319px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: Barnett Waddingham 2026 Insurer survey</em></span></p>

<p>This is perhaps not surprising given the sharp increase in the number of schemes transacting with insurers over recent years.  However, it brings sharper focus to a key question: how quickly are schemes progressing from buy-in to buyout, and how does that compare with the number of new buy-ins being written?</p>

<div><strong>The post-transaction bottleneck &ndash; are things improving?</strong></div>

<div>Despite the growing volume of buy-ins, the journey to buyout remains lengthy for many schemes:</div>

<div><em>Just over half of buy-in transactions from 2021 have now reached buyout, highlighting that almost half of schemes in this cohort have spent  at least four years on the path to buyout without yet reaching this milestone.</em></div>

<div><em>Half of 2022 transactions have progressed to buyout, reaching this milestone within three years.</em></div>

<div><em>Only 28% of 2023 transactions have so far completed buyout, falling sharply to 9% for 2024 and just 2% for 2025.</em></div>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWBuyout21604261.jpg" style="height:336px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>This highlights the ongoing challenge: while buy-ins are becoming increasingly common, the final steps to buyout and wind-up still require substantial time and preparation. Three years to buyout is becoming accepted as the current industry norm, as reflected by The Pensions Regulator in its recent modelling on the evolution of DB schemes.</p>

<p>There are, however, some encouraging signs. Almost a fifth of transactions written in 2023 and 2024 have already moved through to buyout, demonstrating that schemes can progress quickly, within one to two years, when they are well prepared and advanced with their data and benefits work.  This aligns with the patterns we are seeing across our own cases, where a quarter of our schemes in this 2023-2024 cohort have reached buyout.  Looking at older transactions, our focus on preparedness means all of the schemes BW advised that transacted in 2021 have already bought out, compared with only 54% across the wider market.</p>

<p>The buyout pipeline is set to keep growing in 2026.  While insurers project an increase in buyout capacity, Barnett Waddingham&rsquo;s estimates suggest buy-in activity will surpass 400 transactions this year.  This means that 2026 is likely to be another year with more buy-ins than buy-outs, adding further volume to the pipeline of schemes progressing toward full buy-out and eventual wind-up.  As a result, the buy-out queue is projected to grow to more than 800 schemes.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWBuyout31604261.jpg" style="height:387px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>It is worth noting that some schemes reflected in this buyout queue will have will have chosen to remain in a long-term buy-in and so will not place demands on insurers&rsquo; onboarding and administration capacity. However, most schemes are still expected to move directly to buyout in time. This makes it more important than ever for schemes to be well-progressed with data and benefit work in order to move smoothly through the post-transaction process and secure insurer capacity.</p>

<div><strong>What&rsquo;s behind the delays? </strong></div>

<div>Insurer respondents continue to report a consistent set of challenges that slow progress to buyout:</div>

<div><em>GMP equalisation stands out as the most frequently cited cause of delay.</em></div>

<div><em>Final data agreement and broader data-cleansing requirements also feature prominently.</em></div>

<div><em>Less common, but still significant, issues include unexpected consultation periods and last-minute changes after final data has been agreed.</em></div>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWBuyout41604261.jpg" style="height:396px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>Encouragingly, many of these blockers are expected to reduce over time. As more schemes address data quality, benefit rectification and GMP equalisation before entering the market, the post-transaction journey should become smoother and more predictable. This supports our view that the most significant delays usually arise from scheme-side tasks rather than insurer capacity. </p>

<div><strong>Market composition: newer entrants gain ground</strong></div>

<div>The buyout market remains dominated by the largest insurers, but the shape of the market is beginning to shift. Over the past five years, the top three insurers &ndash; Aviva, Just and L&G &ndash; have delivered 80% of all buyouts. Looking ahead to 2026, the top three&rsquo;s share is projected to fall to around 60%.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>This shift is driven by:</strong></div>

<div><em>Increased competition and appetite in recent years, widening the spread of buy-in transactions across insurers.</em></div>

<div><em>Growing capacity from established insurers as they expand post-transaction teams and streamline processes to clear backlogs. </em></div>

<div><em>Significant growth potential for newer entrants, many of whom expect buyout figures to scale faster than those of the established insurers.</em></div>

<p>As a result, schemes can expect a broader range of solutions and more capacity across the market in the years ahead.</p>

<div><strong>Looking to 2026: a market investing for speed and scale</strong></div>

<div>To support rising transaction volumes, insurers are continuing to invest heavily in post-transaction resources. The average team size now stands at around 50, with further increases planned to help schemes move efficiently to buyout. </div>

<p>Insurers are also introducing innovative ways to streamline the post-transaction journey, including insurer-led data-cleansing support, more standardised and simplified processes, and solutions such as direct insurer GMP equalisation implementation to shorten timescales. Together, these developments point to a market focused not only on increasing buyout capacity, but also on improving the overall experience and reducing friction for schemes preparing for buyout and wind-up.</p>

<div><strong>Top tips for a successful buyout and wind-up</strong></div>

<div>For schemes preparing for buyout, the most successful outcomes continue to be driven by strong preparation and project discipline. Key actions include:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Prioritising early data and benefit readiness </strong>&ndash; accelerating data-related work through advance planning and dedicated resource can prevent many of the delays insurers most frequently highlight. </div>

<div><strong>Understanding each insurer&rsquo;s requirements at the outset</strong> &ndash; each insurer has different processes, and having clarity on these requirements allows them to be reflected in project planning and helps avoid unexpected rework.</div>

<div><strong>Completing all scheme-side actions promptly</strong> &ndash; to keep momentum and protect your position in the insurer&rsquo;s pipeline.</div>

<div><strong>Appointing a dedicated project manager </strong>&ndash; to maintain clear coordination across advisers and stakeholders, keep the process on track and ensure issues are managed proactively. </div>

<p><strong>Beth AllisonHead of Post-Transition and Wind-up, BW:</strong> &quot;Our survey highlights that while well-prepared schemes can reach buyout in under two years, it is becoming increasingly common for schemes to take three to four years from buy-in to buyout. This experience is likely to persist for the foreseeable future, as reflected in the projected growth of the buyout queue over 2026. Although insurer capacity continues to expand and more schemes are addressing major data challenges such as GMP equalisation before transacting, these changes will take time to work through the pipeline. They may also be offset by an increasing number of smaller schemes that are expected to buy-in over the coming years, each requiring a similar level of fixed resource. One thing remains clear: schemes that progress fastest are those that are well-prepared, with a robust data and benefit cleansing plan and disciplined project management. In a market where competition for capacity is intensifying, expert support is critical to maintaining momentum and achieving a smooth and timely path to buyout and wind-up.&quot;</p>

<p><em>Post-Transaction Consultant Henna Ruparelia contributed to this article.</em></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/buyin-to-buyout-navigating-the-post-transaction-bottleneck-26534.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Stocks Stage A Rapid Comeback But Oil Remains Elevated</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Global markets have staged one of the fastest recoveries in recent memory, with both the FTSE 100 and S&P 500 now back in positive territory for the year after a bruising start to 2026. The S&P 500 closed at a fresh all-time high yesterday, a powerful reminder of just how quickly sentiment can turn once the outlook begins to stabilise. It reinforces a simple yet often-overlooked truth: trying to perfectly time the bottom is exceptionally difficult, even for seasoned investors. In periods of heightened volatility, as we have seen recently, the best course of action is often to stay invested and avoid trying to time the peaks and troughs.</p>

<p>Oil prices remain elevated above $90 a barrel after a volatile start to the week, as investors look towards a possible extension of the ceasefire between the US and Iran while weighing the chances of a broader agreement that could ultimately reopen the Strait of Hormuz. Reports suggest the US and Iran are considering extending their two-week truce to allow more time to negotiate a lasting peace deal. For now, markets appear willing to look past higher oil prices, but reopening the Strait is key to sustaining this broader risk-on appetite. In the meantime, the flow of oil and gas is still effectively cut off, paving the way for more volatility ahead.</p>

<p>UK GDP delivered a stronger-than-expected bounce in February, rising by 0.5% on the month and suggesting the UK economy entered the year with more momentum than many had assumed. But forward-looking activity surveys for March point to the conflict with Iran already taking the wind out of that growth as higher energy costs begin to feed through. Growth will likely slow from here as conditions become more challenging, which is one of the reasons we expect the Bank of England to hold rates steady amid volatile energy prices rather than implement hikes.</p>

<p>TSMC reported a 58% jump in first-quarter profit to record levels, as demand for its most advanced chips continued to surge. The world&rsquo;s largest chip manufacturer saw growth driven by rising demand for the technology used in data centres and AI systems. AI-related demand is an ever-growing driver of sales, while smartphone orders softened as higher memory costs began to weigh on more traditional devices. That shift underlines the strength of the ongoing AI buildout, with AI customers quickly taking up any spare capacity left by weaker demand elsewhere. The valuation doesn&rsquo;t make for a perfect entry point, but TSMC remains an exceptional business at the centre of an AI buildout that is still in its early stages, with scope for revenue and profits to keep beating expectations - an attractive name for long-term investors.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/stocks-stage-a-rapid-comeback-but-oil-remains-elevated-26532.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ai Adoption Doubles Across The Lloyds Market In 12 Months</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Based on 39 responses from firms representing over 60% of Lloyd&rsquo;s market stamp capacity, the findings reveal a significant shift in the market over the past 12 months, with AI adoption moving from limited experimentation to more widespread early-stage deployment.</p>

<p>In 2025, around 50% of firms reported limited or no AI implementation. Twelve months on, AI is now used across much of the market, with 93% of firms who responded having, or developing, formal AI frameworks to support adoption.</p>

<p>This reflects a clear transition from cautious exploration towards more structured and governed adoption, with firms prioritising oversight, accountability and risk management ahead of large-scale deployment.</p>

<p><strong>Key findings from the survey include:</strong></p>

<div><em>93% of respondents have, or are developing, an AI framework, with 72% already in place and 21% in development.</em></div>

<div><em>All interviewees emphasised the importance of human ownership of outputs, with over 60% explicitly mandating human oversight of AI-generated outputs.</em></div>

<div><em>44% assign AI governance to the Chief Technology Officer, while 33% have established dedicated AI governance committees.</em></div>

<div><em>Data privacy, cybersecurity and third-party risk are now the leading concerns across the respondents.</em></div>

<div><em>Talent and skills gaps were identified as a key challenge, with firms highlighting the need to build internal expertise to support effective AI adoption.</em></div>

<p><strong>AI adoption accelerates sharply year-on-year</strong></p>

<p>The survey highlights a clear step change in adoption across the Lloyd&rsquo;s market.</p>

<p>In 2025, AI and machine learning adoption was described as in its infancy, with around 25% of survey respondents reporting the use of AI.  A year on, there has been steady progress across a number of functions such as underwriting, operations and compliance.</p>

<p>This growth is primarily driven by generative AI applications, such as ChatGPT or Microsoft Copilot, and internal productivity use cases, including summarisation, reporting and data processing. Despite this acceleration, these applications remain largely focused on efficiency gains, with limited deployment in core underwriting, pricing and claims decision making.</p>

<p><strong>Governance frameworks become a clear priority</strong></p>

<p>A defining shift over the past year is the rapid development of governance frameworks across the market.</p>

<p>Last year&rsquo;s findings highlighted concerns around regulatory uncertainty and the absence of robust AI frameworks. In contrast, the 2026 survey highlights that governance is now firmly established as a priority, with the vast majority of responding firms implementing or developing structured frameworks.</p>

<p>Firms are embedding policies, oversight structures and controls ahead of scaled deployment, reflecting a more deliberate and risk-aware approach to AI adoption.</p>

<p>Human oversight also remains central to decision making, with over 60% of firms explicitly requiring mandatory review of AI-generated outputs, ensuring that AI is used to enhance, rather than replace, expert judgement.</p>

<p>While progress has been made, accountability and regulatory integration remain areas of ongoing development in the market.</p>

<p><strong>Data risk moves to the top of the agenda</strong></p>

<p>Despite progress in AI adoption and governance, the findings also show a clear shift in how firms perceive AI-related risks.</p>

<p>In 2025, data security and privacy were not consistently ranked among the top priorities. Comparatively, in 2026, data privacy, cybersecurity and third-party risk have now emerged as some of the most prominent concerns across the market.</p>

<p>This reflects growing awareness of the risks associated with scaling AI, particularly around data handling, third-party dependencies and system security. Around one in four firms still rely on general third-party risk management frameworks, rather than AI-specific provisions.</p>

<p>Concerns around data quality, bias and the reliability of AI outputs remain ongoing, highlighting the need for continued investment in validation, testing and assurance as use cases evolve.</p>

<p><strong>Sanjiv Sharma, Head of Actuarial and Exposure Management at the Lloyd&rsquo;s Market Association, said:</strong> &ldquo;AI adoption across the Lloyd&rsquo;s market has accelerated quickly over the past 12 months, but what&rsquo;s encouraging is that governance is being built alongside it, rather than after the fact, with over 93% of those surveyed having a framework in place or being developed. What the survey clearly highlights is that the market is still early in its journey, but the foundations for responsible adoption are clearly being put in place.</p>

<p>There is no clear consensus across the market on where responsibility for AI governance should sit, with firms adopting a range of approaches across technology, risk and compliance functions.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Wan Heah, Partner and Head of General Insurance at Barnett Waddingham, added:</strong> &ldquo;The market is moving past experimentation and towards a more disciplined use of AI, with governance, data protection and validation now firmly in focus. The real test is ensuring these frameworks keep pace as AI applications become more complex.</p>

<p>There is no single blueprint for AI governance. Firms need to strike a careful balance between risk and opportunity and put in place practical, robust risk management strategies to support responsible adoption.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ai-adoption-doubles-across-the-lloyds-market-in-12-months-26536.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Moving Beyond The Buffer To Start Investing</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The report,<a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Nest Insight-Beyond-the-buffer-2026.pdf"><strong> Beyond the Buffer</strong></a>, shows one in five (20%) people in low- and moderate-income households could be in a position to grow their savings through investing, if there was a targeted effort to build confidence, simplify decisions, improve advice pathways and make investing feel relevant and achievable.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research, supported by The BlackRock Foundation, comes as the UK Government looks at a range of measures to encourage savers to invest and boost growth at household and national level.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>New guidelines and evolving investor demographics</strong></div>

<div>The analysis finds that one in five (20%) working age adults in low- and moderate-income households had more than &pound;2,000 in cash savings and had no high-cost credit or arrears in May 2024, but they were not investing.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This suggests significant untapped potential for investment, which could deliver higher long-term returns and help people reach their financial goals sooner.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While traditional industry guidelines recommend having at least &pound;10,000 in cash savings before investing, research shows that holding &pound;2,000 in cash or &lsquo;emergency&rsquo; savings is associated with a significantly lower risk of falling into debt &ndash; making it a useful indicator of short-term financial resilience, especially when combined with having no high-cost credit or arrears. With this essential foundation in place, individuals may be able to begin investing sustainable amounts without undermining their financial security &ndash; particularly if they continue to save into cash products at the same time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This approach could enable more people to start investing earlier, achieve higher returns on their savings, protect purchasing power against inflation and build wealth over time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The report highlights an opportunity to build on current momentum, as participation in financial markets among those living in low- and moderate-income households has risen in recent years. In May 2024, just over one in five (21%) non-retired adults aged 25 to 64 in low- and moderate-income households held financial investments outside pensions, rising from 14% in January 2017.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Participation does remain varied across gender and age groups, though. For instance, investment rates among men have increased from 16% in 2017 to 26% in 2024, while rates among women have remained largely unchanged, widening the gender participation gap.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Younger adults have become significantly more engaged, with participation among 25-34-year-olds more than tripling between 2017 and 2024, from 6% to 20%. This growth may reflect the rise of online investment content and &lsquo;finfluencers&rsquo;, particularly on platforms such as YouTube, used by 29% of young adults seeking investment information.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Growing an emergency savings buffer remains the focus for many</strong></div>

<div>Despite this growth, for most people in low- and moderate-income households, the priority remains building an adequate emergency savings buffer. Around 62% of non-investors &ndash; equivalent to 5.5 million people &ndash; had less than &pound;2,000 in cash savings, leaving them without a sufficient buffer to absorb unexpected costs. For those who do have the financial foundation to invest but aren&rsquo;t yet doing so, the barriers are rarely financial.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Behavioural and informational challenges play an important role, including:</strong></div>

<div><em>risk aversion (32% of non-investors with at least &pound;2,000 in savings were unwilling to take any risk with their money, compared with 11% of investors)</em></div>

<div><em>low confidence (71% of non-investors said they needed additional support before investing, compared with 41% of investors)</em></div>

<div><em>misunderstanding inflation risk (62% of investors recognised that cash loses value in real terms, compared with 47% of non-investors; 19% said they &ldquo;don&rsquo;t know&rdquo;)</em></div>

<div><em>lower engagement with or access to financial advice (16% of investors in low- and moderate-income households received advice in the past year, compared with 4% of non-investors).</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research also highlights a minority of people living in low- and moderate- income households who are already investing but could be exposed because they lack a substantial cash buffer. Over a third (35%) of investors living in low- and moderate-income households had less than &pound;2,000 in cash savings &ndash; equivalent to around 800,000 people. These individuals are less likely to be able to absorb losses without impacts to their lifestyle and wellbeing.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Molly Broome, Research and Policy Lead at Nest Insight, commented: </strong>&ldquo;While building a buffer should remain the priority for most people in low- and moderate-income households, many could be supported to start investing and make their money work harder for them.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Adjusting traditional industry guidelines of having at least &pound;10,000 in cash savings before investing could help more people start investing sooner and build wealth over time. But increasing participation will require more than improving financial capacity alone &ndash; it will take a concerted effort to build confidence, reduce complexity, provide advice pathways and make investing feel relevant and achievable.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Sarah Melvin, Head of UK & Europe Client Business and Board Member of The BlackRock Foundation, added:</strong> &ldquo;The findings of this report are very encouraging for people looking to build long term financial stability. Whilst building a safety net of emergency savings should come first, participation in capital markets is crucial to building financial well-being and prosperity. These findings show that with the right support, investing can become a realistic option for millions of people across the UK as they plan for their future.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/moving-beyond-the-buffer-to-start-investing-26538.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Industry Must Use Every Touchpoint Against Scams</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>&ldquo;You know the warning signs &ndash; unexpected offers, promises of early access to pensions, or guaranteed high returns. However, your members may not recognise these signs as quickly as you do,&rdquo; Lord Hanson told the webinar, which was hosted by The Pensions Regulator (TPR).  </p>

<p>&ldquo;Every touchpoint you have with pension holders is an opportunity to reinforce our message. Whether it's in your correspondence, websites, or customer service teams, you can help people understand the importance of stopping and thinking before sharing personal information on their life savings.&rdquo; </p>

<p>The webinar &ndash; which is now available to watch online &ndash; brought together more than 550 pension trustees, advisers and administrators to hear from experts on the latest intelligence, advice and tools to keep their members safe. </p>

<div><strong>Attendees were urged to: </strong></div>

<div><em>commit to TPR&rsquo;s industry Pledge to Combat Pension Scams campaign </em></div>

<div><em>get up to date on the latest scam warnings   </em></div>

<div><em>educate their members on the risks and how they can keep themselves safe </em></div>

<div><em>tell Report Fraud about any suspicions  </em></div>

<p>Lord Hanson also outlined the Government&rsquo;s new fraud strategy and the Stop! Think Fraud campaign, which provides advice on how to protect yourself from pension fraud. </p>

<p><strong>Mike Broomfield, Head of Intelligence at TPR and Chair of the Pension Scams Action Group (PSAG)</strong>, updated attendees on PSAG&rsquo;s latest work to identify and disrupt fraudsters&rsquo; operations at source and prevent harm to pension savers.   <br />
 <br />
He outlined how PSAG &ndash; a multi-agency taskforce led by TPR to tackle pension fraud &ndash; is working with the UK&rsquo;s national domain name registry, Nominet, to proactively flag newly registered domains and disrupt potential scam sites before harmful content is even published. </p>

<p>Mike revealed how a series of suspicious websites, identified using <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/en/media-hub/press-releases/2025-press-releases/pension-scam-fighters-stand-united-as-artificial-intelligence-takes-the-fight-to-the-fraudsters">TPR&rsquo;s AI website detection tool</a>, were found to have involved the same bad actor operating as part of a wider criminal network.  <br />
 <br />
These websites sought to deceive and exploit savers with promises of tax-free access to pension pots before the age of 55. </p>

<p>Through collaboration with the National Economic Crime Centre and Nominet, many of these websites were promptly taken down.   </p>

<p><strong>Mike said:</strong> &ldquo;Each of these malicious websites would have had the potential to reach thousands of savers. Removing these emerging threats disrupts criminals&rsquo; operations, uses our resource efficiently and, most importantly, helps protect the public from harm.&rdquo;   </p>

<p>To date TPR has reviewed more than 1,000 suspicious websites in this way. </p>

<p>&ldquo;We are now exploring further ways of dealing with repeat bad actors and working with our partners to develop further disruption techniques,&rdquo; <strong>Mike added. </strong></p>

<p>&ldquo;Fraud wrecks lives. Through strong, coordinated action, we can stop scammers in their tracks and protect savers&rsquo; futures.&rdquo; </p>

<p>Mike underlined how vital reports from industry are in informing this work.  </p>

<p><strong>Chris Bell, Report Fraud, Service Delivery Director at City of London Police</strong>, gave an overview of Report Fraud, the new cyber-crime and fraud reporting service, outlining how every report related to pension fraud is analysed by a TPR analyst embedded in City of London Police (CoLP) and fed directly into active intelligence work. </p>

<p>&ldquo;The intelligence we&rsquo;re receiving is helping us build a clearer, more comprehensive picture of the threats out there &ndash; and high-quality reporting from pension professionals is a key part of that.  You don&rsquo;t need to be sure that fraud has taken place before you report something. Every report counts. Sometimes it&rsquo;s the small concerns that help complete a bigger picture.&rdquo; </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-industry-must-use-every-touchpoint-against-scams-26537.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Times They Are A Changing</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Alex White FIA C.Act, Managing Director, Co-Head of ALM at Gallagher</strong></u></p>

<p>Population growth and faster communications mean there are just more nodes interacting, generating more output. And climate change, especially given it&rsquo;s so non-linear, throws another spanner in the works. The world is changing, and changing fast.</p>

<p>That&rsquo;s not necessarily a bad thing. Plenty of change is positive, such as medical advances. If you accept that there&rsquo;ll be more change though, what&rsquo;s not in much doubt is that there will be both some winners and some losers- more change means more dispersion.</p>

<p>For an equity investor, this is fine. In an extreme example, if half the index doubles and half the index falls to zero, overall performance is neutral. You can live with holding some of the losers as long as your portfolio is diversified, and you also hold some of the winners.<br />
<br />
For investors in credit though, the same picture is much less rosy. If half of companies win and half fail, investment grade credit investors would gain less than 1% on half the portfolio and lose about 60% on the other half, ending up down around 30% overall.</p>

<p>Obviously this is an extreme example, and default rates are unlikely to be an order of magnitude higher than they were during the Great Depression. But with spreads well below 1%, it doesn&rsquo;t take many defaults to wipe out any gains. And, crucially, it highlights that there are two ways we could end up having more defaults- we could have a bear market where everything fares worse; or we could have more dispersion, more big winners and more big losers, with returns more differentiated. Markets can all do badly, or some companies can win big while others lose dramatically.</p>

<p>I find that using this lens makes clear the sort of bet you make when you invest in credit. For me, fundamentally, it&rsquo;s this:</p>

<p>Investment grade credit is a bet that things won&rsquo;t change that much</p>

<p>With the corollary:</p>

<p>Ten-year Investment grade credit is a bet that things won&rsquo;t change that much in the next ten years</p>

<p>In some ways credit is protected. If markets struggle, corporate bonds are likely to continue to pay out, so credit offers security against even fairly large bear markets. But in a world with more dispersion, the best way to protect yourself is to have a portfolio that has some upside potential too.</p>

<p>If the world is changing faster than ever, we should have more winners and more losers- in short, more change.  Investment grade (IG) credit is a bet that things won&rsquo;t change that much; and long-dated IG is a bet that the world won&rsquo;t change that much even over a long time. My questions for IG investors right now are therefore:</p>

<p>How big a bet do you want to take on the world not changing too much?How much do you need to be paid for that bet to be good value?Does your portfolio reflect your answers to the first 2 questions?</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-times-they-are-a-changing-26531.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Positive Outlook For Lloyds Legacy Business</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The report highlights the growing scale and capability of the specialist Reinsurance-to-Close (RITC) market at Lloyd&rsquo;s, in which five dedicated RITC syndicates &ndash; RiverStone, Enstar, Premia, Compre and Marco &ndash; have collectively assumed almost $15 billion of reserves since 2010, bringing additional capacity, enhanced claims expertise and increasingly data-driven reserving and portfolio management capabilities.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For cedants, this deepening market capability can translate into reduced volatility, more efficient operations and the ability to unlock value for well-reserved portfolios through competitive deal dynamics and specialist run-off execution.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While legacy deal activity eased in 2024 and 2025 following strong broader market performance and relatively benign catastrophe activity, Aon expects activity to accelerate as market conditions shift and capital allocation becomes more disciplined. In such environments, carriers typically take a more granular view of underperforming segments, while longtail uncertainty remains a key consideration across classes such as U.S. casualty and aviation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The report also identifies strong indicators of sustained demand; more than three quarters of Lloyd&rsquo;s syndicates have not yet completed a legacy transaction, signaling significant untapped potential, while repeat sellers account for around two thirds of reserves transacted since 2015, demonstrating that many insurers are using legacy as a recurring strategic lever. In many cases, cedants rebuild material reserve bases within two to three years, supporting repeatable capital recycling and providing a disciplined way to manage back-year risk through the cycle.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rob Margetts, legacy reinsurance broker at Aon, said:</strong> &ldquo;The Lloyd&rsquo;s legacy market has evolved from a specialist rectification solution into a mainstream tool for managing balance sheets, capital and earnings. As insurers operate in a more competitive environment and prepare for a potential softening of rates across multiple classes, Aon expects legacy transactions to play an increasingly important role in helping managing agents and capital providers protect performance, recycle capital and maintain underwriting appetite. We provide a range of legacy solutions to our clients as part of a broader toolkit for strategic capital management.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Aon report highlights how legacy solutions can help insurers release capital tied up in prior-year reserve risk, protect current-year performance and support underwriting capacity &ndash; especially when raising fresh capital may become more challenging as the cycle softens. Further benefits include:</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Improve earnings stability by reducing exposure to back-year reserve volatility.Release trapped capital and redeploy it toward growth, underwriting strategy and resilience.Enhance operational efficiency by transitioning legacy blocks away from legacy systems and resource constraints.Support M&A and restructuring by ring-fencing historic risks that are not central to the strategic thesis.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Cedant confidence in the legacy market has been reinforced by Lloyd&rsquo;s ongoing focus on oversight and discipline. From 1 January 2025, Lloyd&rsquo;s introduced a Legacy Oversight Framework, including early engagement via a Legacy Review Panel and formal approval through the Capital and Planning Group. The framework focuses on risk transfer, capital adequacy, operational capability and concentration risk, alongside enhanced scrutiny for larger transactions and tighter controls around profit release until integration is complete, helping to reduce execution risk and support market stability.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Looking ahead, Aon expects structural growth drivers &ndash; including sustained carrier M&A activity, an increasing number of new entrants and alternative capital and continued product innovation such as forward exit options &ndash; to support a more mature and competitive legacy landscape.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Cane, head of capital advisory UK for Aon, added:</strong> &ldquo;With specialist capacity, governance and execution capabilities continuing to strengthen, insurers that use legacy proactively are well positioned to optimise capital, reduce volatility and maintain strategic flexibility as the cycle evolves.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Aon-Lloyd-s-Legacy-Report-2026.pdf"><strong>To access the full Lloyd&rsquo;s Legacy Report &ndash; April 2026, click here</strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/positive-outlook-for-lloyds-legacy-business-26530.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Big Pension Blind Spot</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>New research from M&G, a leading savings and investment firm, reveals a surprising reluctance among jobseekers to discuss pensions during the recruitment process, despite workplace schemes ranking among the most valued employee benefits.</p>

<p>According to the study, over a third (36%) of people who changed jobs within the last five years did not ask about the organisation&rsquo;s pension scheme at any stage of the hiring process, with just 6% raising the topic early on and only 12% doing so at final interview. Over a fifth (21%) waited until receiving a job offer and 16% asked after accepting the role.</p>

<p>Yet pensions remain one of the strongest drivers of career decisions, nearly a quarter (22%) of people said the workplace pension was the benefit that most influenced whether they accepted a role, placing it third after salary (48%) and flexible working (25%). This suggests there is a gap between what people value and what they feel able to ask about when applying for a new role.</p>

<p>The data also reveals some gender differences in the benefits people prioritise when changing jobs. While salary remains the top driver for both men and women, the research suggests women are more likely to value flexible working (27%) and generous holiday allowances (24%), while men place greater emphasis on long-term financial incentives, ranking pension packages (26%) and bonus schemes (16%) more highly (see table one). These findings highlight how important it is for employers to communicate pension value clearly and proactively throughout the recruitment process to all candidates, showing how they support long term financial resilience.</p>

<p>Recent research by M&G and the Social Market Foundation shows that many workers remain disengaged from their pension even after starting a role: 40% of full-time workers don&rsquo;t know their employer&rsquo;s contribution, 43% have never changed their own contributions, and 25% have lost track of past pension pots.</p>

<p>Through its Reframing Retirement campaign, M&G is calling for a national pension health check3 that would encourage savers to regularly review their pension circumstances as part of Pension Dashboards whenever they change jobs. </p>

<p><strong>Kerrigan Procter, Managing Director, Corporate Pension Solutions at M&G, said: </strong>&ldquo;When applying for a job, checking the pension scheme on offer is essential. Too many people are missing out because they don&rsquo;t ask, or the information isn&rsquo;t readily available. That&rsquo;s why we make our pension details clear and upfront in every job advert, and why we&rsquo;d like to see all employers do the same. When combined with a simple pension health check at each job move, that transparency could make a huge difference to people&rsquo;s financial security. Pensions need to be impossible to overlook.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Table one: List of benefits which influenced people&rsquo;s decisions to accept a role</strong></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_MandGBlindSpot1504261.jpg" style="height:235px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: M&G 2026</em></span></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-big-pension-blind-spot-26528.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Volatile Markets Add Uncertainty To Db Transfer Redress Cost</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Sarah Abraham, Head of Pensions Redress team at First Actuarial, says:</strong> &ldquo;During March we saw a great deal of variance in redress from one day to the next. The FCA has prescribed the use of a specific methodology for Defined Benefit transfer redress calculations. That methodology is highly sensitive to prevailing market conditions at the effective date of the calculation. In the current volatile market conditions, the redress due will depend considerably on the specific date used.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The FCA rules require redress to be based on market conditions and asset valuations applying on the first day of the quarter, so the amount of payments that will be made in Q2 2026 is now known. First Actuarial&rsquo;s calculations show that the overall exposure to redress on a typical portfolio of Defined Benefit transfer advice is only slightly higher in Q2 2026 than it was in Q1. </p>

<p>The muted impact of market changes on the redress applying to a book of pensions transfer advice reflects the &lsquo;no redress required&rsquo; results that most Defined Benefit loss calculations are still returning. However, redress volatility remains a concern for those firms that wrote pensions transfer advice some time ago.</p>

<p>Sarah explains: &ldquo;In general, where transfer advice was given in the 1990s and 2000s, and is subsequently found to be unsuitable, the FCA&rsquo;s methodology will result in a requirement for the firm to pay compensation. And it&rsquo;s these cases where redress really jumped around during March. Market conditions on the crucial quarter-end date have become something of a &lsquo;lucky dip&rsquo;.&rdquo;</p>

<p>With no end in sight to market volatility, uncertainties around redress payments will likely persist in the current period.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_FirstActuarialRedress1504261.jpg" style="height:308px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>The First Actuarial Redress Tracker, now updated to 1 April 2026, models the aggregate redress for a portfolio of notional cases. The notional portfolio reflects redress in relation to transfers from a variety of schemes, with a range of transfer dates and consumer ages. Allowance is made for transfer proceeds to have been invested in a mixed portfolio of assets.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/volatile-markets-add-uncertainty-to-db-transfer-redress-cost-26529.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Standard Life Acquires Aegon Uk</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The combination of these two highly complementary businesses accelerates Standard Life&rsquo;s vision to be the UK&rsquo;s leading retirement savings and income business whilst strengthening our cash, capital and earnings position to create increased value</p>

<p>The Transaction will be funded through a combination of cash, debt and shares in Standard Life, with Aegon becoming a strategic shareholder and asset management partner</p>

<p>The acquisition is expected to increase Group operating cash generation and IFRS adjusted operating profit by approximately &pound;160 million per annum, and to deliver &pound;0.4 billion of additional excess cash over the five years following completion</p>

<p>Establishes Standard Life as the UK&rsquo;s second largest workplace pensions platform by assets and customersStandard Life will move from a smaller retail provider to the UK&rsquo;s second largest retail pensions and savings platform</p>

<p><strong>Commenting on the Transaction, Andy Briggs, Group CEO of Standard Life, said: </strong>&ldquo;Our agreement to acquire Aegon UK significantly accelerates our vision to be the UK&rsquo;s leading retirement savings and income business. We will be in an even stronger position to meet the evolving needs of our 16 million customers with enhanced digital, advice and distribution capabilities across Workplace and Retail, strengthening our standing in one of the world&rsquo;s most attractive markets. Furthermore, the transaction accelerates our shift to capital-light whilst strengthening our cash, capital and earnings position to create increased value for shareholders.</p>

<p>With financial wellbeing at the heart of everything it does, Aegon UK&rsquo;s values and culture are aligned with our own. Together, we will not only be stronger, we will be better - helping our customers achieve better outcomes and greater financial security in later life. I look forward to welcoming everyone at Aegon UK to Standard Life in due course and working together to capture the huge potential in front of us.&rdquo; </p>

<div><em style="font-size:11px">RNS:</em></div>

<div><a href="https://www.standardlifeplc.com/dam/Global-blueprint/Geo-UK/plc-temp/standard-life-plc---proposed-acquisition-of-aegon-uk-rns.pdf"><span style="font-size:11px"><em>https://www.standardlifeplc.com/dam/Global-blueprint/Geo-UK/plc-temp/standard-life-plc---proposed-acquisition-of-aegon-uk-rns.pdf</em></span></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/standard-life-acquires-aegon-uk-26526.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ceasefire Talks Quell Oil And Support Stocks </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Emma Wall, Chief Investment Strategist, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Luxury good companies LVMH and Hermes have announced results this week, revealing the stark impact of the Iran war on sales. Share prices for the sector have fallen on the news. At a starting price of &pound;12,000 a pop, Hermes Birkin handbags may not be considered essential expenditure for the vast majority of the global population, but luxury goods sales are often a leading indicator of economic growth and so market watchers are paying attention.</p>

<p>Sales in the Middle East have, unsurprisingly, been most effected, but so too have sales in China &ndash; one of the luxury sector&rsquo;s most important regions. Hermes also revealed sales in Paris are down, as fewer shoppers undertake international travel.</p>

<p>The macro data flow is similarly negative this week &ndash; with the International Monetary Fund (IMF) estimating that the war will hamper global growth by 0.2 percentage points this year, forecasting expansion of 3.1%. The UK is set to feel the brunt of the disruption with growth predicted at 0.8% for this year, downgraded from 1.3% in the January forecast. The IMF kept in place its forecast for 2027 however, suggesting resilience to the current headwinds.</p>

<p>The IMF shares our base case that the war does not escalate from here, nor become increasing protracted, disrupting energy markets and supply chains into next year. We consider Trump has little appetite for the impact on US stock markets, bond markets and opinion polls &ndash; and this week&rsquo;s ceasefire has brought welcome respite, however fragile. In the event that the extreme scenario does play out however, with oil at $125 a barrel into 2027, the IMF warned that inflation would be stoked and growth would weaken.</p>

<p>Our house view has remained throughout the war that the Bank of England will hold rates while Iran war is ongoing but is unlikely to hike. Comparisons with the Russia-Ukraine war &ndash; the impact on inflation in 2022 and associated rate hikes &ndash; are not comparing apples with apples. Interest rates were near zero when Russia invaded Ukraine, and sit above neutral rate today, providing buffer to the impact of elevated prices. Gilts, fixed-term cash, and actively managed bond funds look attractive in this environment.</p>

<p>Markets currently are looking through the war &ndash; with the S&P 500 back to pre-conflict levels after a strong session yesterday. Europe also had a strong day yesterday, which has meant some softness on the open today, a mix of some company specific news and market dynamics. The FTSE 100 has opened flat.</p>

<p>Where do markets go from here? Expect continued volatility, and the recent rally may be a good opportunity to take gains and rebalance where needed ahead of earnings season.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ceasefire-talks-quell-oil-and-support-stocks--26527.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Record Numbers Moving To Buyout Fail To Stop Backlog Growing</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The survey reveals that nearly 160 schemes converted their buy-ins to a buyout in 2025, a 30% increase on the previous year. Insurers are projecting this figure to almost double in 2026, with around 300 schemes expected to reach buyout. However, with buy-in activity forecast to exceed 400 transactions in 2026 alone, the pipeline of schemes yet to complete is set to grow to more than 800.</p>

<p>BW&rsquo;s data shows that the journey from buy-in to buyout continues to take considerable time for most schemes. Of transactions completed in 2021, just over half have now reached buyout, meaning almost half have been in the process for four or more years without yet crossing the finish line.</p>

<p>Around half of 2022 transactions have completed within three years, a timeline that is increasingly being recognised as the industry standard, and one referenced in The Pensions Regulator's (TPR) own modelling on the future of DB schemes.</p>

<p>More recently, the numbers drop sharply: only 28% of 2023 transactions have transitioned to buyout to date, falling to 9% for 2024.</p>

<p>Despite the broader picture, BW's findings highlight that speed is achievable. Almost a fifth of transactions written in 2023 and 2024 have already reached buyout within one to two years, demonstrating what is possible when schemes arrive at the process with data and benefits work already in strong shape.</p>

<p>This mirrors patterns seen across BW's own caseload, where a quarter of schemes in this 2023-2024 cohort under its management have reached buyout.  Looking at the older transactions, BW&rsquo;s focus on preparedness means that all of the schemes BW advise that transacted in 2021 have bought out already, compared with only 54% across the whole sector.</p>

<p><strong>Beth Allison, Head of Post-Transaction and Wind-Up, Barnett Waddingham, said:</strong> &ldquo;Our survey highlights that while well-prepared schemes can reach buyout in under two years, it is becoming increasingly common for schemes to take three to four years from buy-in to buy-out.  This experience will likely persist for the foreseeable future, as reflected in the projected growth of the buyout queue over 2026. </p>

<p>&ldquo;Although insurer capacity continues to expand and more schemes are addressing major data challenges such as GMP equalisation before transacting, these changes will take time to feed through the pipeline. They may also be offset by an increasing number of smaller schemes that are expected to buy-in over the coming years, each requiring a similar level of fixed resource.</p>

<p>&ldquo;One thing remains clear, schemes that progress fastest are those that are well-prepared, with a robust data and benefit cleansing plan and disciplined project management. In a market where competition for capacity is intensifying, expert support is critical to maintaining momentum and achieving a smooth and timely path to buyout and wind-up.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/record-numbers-moving-to-buyout-fail-to-stop-backlog-growing-26521.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fca Bans Cmcs Misleading Adverts</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Conclusive Financial Ltd (Conclusive), a claims management company (CMC) which also trades as PCP Refunds, was required to remove its advertising and update or take down its website until it complied with the FCA&rsquo;s rules. Conclusive has since removed the banned adverts. </p>

<p>The FCA was also concerned that some of the firm&rsquo;s adverts stated consumers would receive &pound;1846 on average for compensation for motor finance claims, with no explanation of how they reached this figure.</p>

<p>Conclusive also promoted a &lsquo;No Win, No Fee&rsquo; service on its websites, without a proper explanation of the fees, including any exit fees, people would be charged. It did not tell consumers that they could make claims for free to their lender or to the Financial Ombudsman Service without the need to use a CMC.</p>

<p><strong>Alison Walters, director of consumer finance at the FCA, said:</strong> &ldquo;Consumers should be wary of adverts that overpromise or give the impression they are endorsed by the FCA or well-known individuals. We will take swift action where rules are being broken. Our scheme is free and people don&rsquo;t have to use a CMC or law firm. If they do, it&rsquo;s important that they can trust them.&rdquo;</p>

<p>A joint taskforce with the FCA, Solicitors Regulation Authority, Advertising Standards Authority and Information Commissioner&rsquo;s Office was recently formed, which is the latest measure by the regulators to improve standards. Following FCA action, CMCs have removed or amended 899 misleading adverts since January 2024.</p>

<p><strong>Advice for consumers</strong></p>

<p>For consumers who have engaged with Conclusive and believe they have been misled by its advertising, they should complain directly to Conclusive. If consumers are unhappy with the outcome, they can refer their complaint to the Financial Ombudsman Service.</p>

<p>If a consumer, as a result of seeing these adverts, has signed up with a law firm, then they should complain to the law firm directly and the Legal Ombudsman if they remain unsatisfied.</p>

<p> </p>

<div><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publication/supervisory-notices/conclusive-financial-limited-2026.pdf"><em>First Supervisory Notice: Conclusive Financial Limited</em></a></div>

<div><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/news/press-releases/millions-car-finance-customers-payouts-fca-goes-ahead-compensation-scheme"><em>Millions of car finance customers to get payouts this year as FCA goes ahead with compensation scheme.</em></a></div>

<div><em>Consumers can make a motor finance claim for free. Check the FCA website for more information.</em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fca-bans-cmcs-misleading-adverts-26524.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>A Pension Buyout As Seen Through Members Eyes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Louise Howe, Senior Director, WTW</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Since 2007, we have administered numerous transactions over &pound;500 million, always prioritising member security and confidence. Our approach is grounded in clear, straightforward communication and dedicated project management, so you can be confident that members' pensions remain safe, understandable, and well cared for during and after the buy-out process.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Just imagine&hellip;</strong></div>

<div>You're a pension scheme member, and a letter lands on your doorstep telling you that your defined benefit pension is moving to an insurer. You might not have followed every technical detail over the years, but you trusted the employer standing behind it.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Now you're wondering&hellip;</strong></div>

<div><em>Why is this happening?</em></div>

<div><em>Is my pension still safe?</em></div>

<div><em>Will anything change for me?</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>These reactions are completely natural and they're exactly why thinking like a member is essential to any successful buyout project. Members don't judge a buyout by market timing or technical milestones. They judge it by how secure they feel, how clearly they're guided and how smooth life feels after the transition.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>So how can trustees build that confidence?</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Before the transaction: Build trust early</strong></div>

<div><em>Use plain English explainers &ndash; what a buyout is and isn't</em></div>

<div><em>Show the decision path and why this is good news</em></div>

<div><em>Share a clear timeline so members know what happens whenTailor messaging for different groups &ndash; overseas members, deferreds, pensioners, AVC holders, and more</em></div>

<div><em>Prepare for practicalities: locating 'missing' members and cleansing data, choosing communication channels, and securing print resources</em></div>

<div><em>Think about memb</em>er self-service options already in place &ndash; <em>will these be reduced or removed if you switch to insurer</em> <em>factors?</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Selecting an insurer: Ensure seamless continuity</strong></div>

<div><em>Select an insurer that can offer a high-quality administration service to ensure member transactions and payments run smoothly &ndash; member confidence depends on it</em></div>

<div><em>Check what the online offering will be post transaction &ndash; including self-service tools for quotations, address and contact details updates, full online transactions, including retirement</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>During the transaction: Keep communication clear</strong></div>

<div><em>Have a communications plan and explain any changes to members</em></div>

<div><em>Test the content and receive feedback, to ensure communications are clear and easy to understand</em></div>

<div><em>Be explicit about retirement options and how insurer rules may differ</em></div>

<div><em>Reinforce the security of benefits and explain how members can get help &mdash; phone, web, email, live chat &mdash; with extra support for vulnerable members</em></div>

<div><em>Think about the impact of implementation decisions (like factor changes) on the member experience</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>At the heart of any buyout, trustees are asking members to trust them with one of their most valuable assets &ndash; their retirement income. Clear, consistent communication is the key to strengthening that trust and helping members feel secure every step of the way.</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/a-pension-buyout-as-seen-through-members-eyes-26523.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Cautious Start For Footsie Amid Hopes For Fresh Iran Talks</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Market Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;Talk of more negotiations over the Middle East conflict has lifted hopes of a resolution. Oil prices have nudged lower and optimism has returned, giving equity markets a lift. Investors appear willing to take on more risk and deploy capital amid expectations that the crisis will calm. After strong gains on Wall Street and positive sentiment across Asian markets, the FTSE 100 has opened higher, although caution remains.</p>

<p>While the key Strait of Hormuz remains blockaded, with the US accusing Iran of economic terrorism, there are signs that behind-the-scenes negotiations are being prepared between Tehran and Washington ahead of the end of the fortnight-long ceasefire in a week&rsquo;s time. In addition, Israeli and Lebanese ambassadors are scheduled to meet in Washington, a key development given Tehran&rsquo;s insistence that any ceasefire must include a cessation of all strikes.</p>

<p>The duration of restrictions on Iran&rsquo;s nuclear activity appears to be a major sticking point. The US is reportedly calling for a 20-year halt to development, while Iran is only willing to concede five years. So, while the door appears open to a deal, particularly given political pressure in the US, there remains a significant gap between the positions of both sides. As a result, the squeeze on energy supplies is likely to remain a disruptive force, and markets may stay jittery.</p>

<p>BP&rsquo;s trading update reflects this uncertainty, with the company highlighting that volatile commodity markets will be a key feature of its first-quarter results. Its trading division is expected to deliver an exceptional performance, driven by crude prices hitting hot levels amid the Iran war and the scramble for supplies of oil, natural gas, and refined products. Refining margins are also set to rise, and production is expected to remain broadly stable. However, net debt is forecast to increase to $25 - $27 billion because more cash is being tied up in day-to-day operations. As oil prices rise, BP is likely to need more money to hold the same barrels and to keep its trading activity running, which pushes up borrowing in the short term. Shares have dipped today, reflecting the easing of oil prices, with Brent crude hovering around $98 a barrel.</p>

<p>Shares in UK grocers are in positive territory after shoppers showed more resilience in their spending patterns than expected in March. An early Easter helped boost supermarket sales. According to the British Retail Consortium, food sales increased by 6.8%, well above the 2.9% growth recorded in February. While food price inflation likely accounted for a large portion of this increase, families still appeared willing to spend on Easter celebrations despite cost-of-living concerns.</p>

<p>Although food is essential &mdash; allowing retailers to pass on higher costs more easily &mdash; celebratory purchases are more discretionary, yet remained robust in March. However, if fuel prices stay elevated and broader costs continue to rise, households are likely to become more cautious, trade down to cheaper brands, and reduce non-essential spending.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/cautious-start-for-footsie-amid-hopes-for-fresh-iran-talks-26519.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ppf Publish Latest Ppf7800 Figures For March 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>A scheme&rsquo;s s179 liabilities represent, broadly speaking, the premium that would have to be paid to an insurance company to take on the payment of PPF levels of compensation. This compensation may be lower than full scheme benefits.  </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_PPF7800Apr2026.jpg" style="height:301px; width:600px" /></div>

<div><strong>Shalin Bhagwan, PPF Chief Actuary, said: </strong>&ldquo;Global markets were highly volatile through March as the escalation of the US&ndash;Israel&ndash;Iran conflict triggered a global energy supply shock. Although equities stabilised towards the end of the month following indications of possible ceasefire talks, markets still ended March lower overall. At the same time, higher oil and gas prices pushed up inflation expectations, driving gilt yields higher and flipping market pricing for the UK from expecting rate cuts in 2026 to rate hikes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Against this backdrop, the PPF-eligible universe saw a &pound;9.9bn fall in the aggregate funding position, reflecting weaker equity markets. However, the funding ratio improved by 0.6 percentage points to 131.4 per cent, as liabilities fell, highlighting the resilience of DB funding and the extent to which higher discount rates can offset market stress.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div>View the April update and see the supporting data on the 7800 Index for 31 March 2026 here: <a href="https://www.ppf.co.uk/ppf-7800-index">The PPF 7800 index | Pension Protection Fund.</a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ppf-publish-latest-ppf7800-figures-for-march-2026-26522.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fca Sets Out Vision For Open Finance</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Open finance will unlock the potential for people and businesses to share their financial data securely with a range of financial services providers, helping them access mortgages, investments, savings and pensions. This will give financial services firms a more complete picture of consumers&rsquo; and businesses&rsquo; finances, enabling more personalised and inclusive services, alongside more competitive pricing and stronger fraud protection.</p>

<p>The FCA will prioritise exploring how open finance can help small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) improve access to credit and speed up loan applications. It will also examine how open finance can help consumers manage and improve access to mortgages.</p>

<p><strong>David Geale, executive director for payments and digital finance at the FCA, said: </strong>'Open finance has the potential to transform how people interact with financial services. By giving consumers and businesses more control over their own financial data, we can help them access credit, secure better deals and receive more customised support &ndash; while fuelling innovation, competition and supporting economic growth.'</p>

<p>To progress plans as quickly as possible, the FCA will engage with industry, consumer groups and fellow regulators in 2026 to develop a range of practical open finance use cases. This will be done through the FCA's Smart Data Accelerator and PRISM (Prioritisation and Real-world Insights Selection Matrix) Taskforce.</p>

<p>Adam Jackson, chief strategy officer at Innovate Finance, said: 'Just as open banking has sparked the growth of many UK fintechs, so open finance can power a new wave of innovation. By unlocking high-quality data in a way that secures consumer trust, open finance can be a foundation for widespread adoption of agentic AI. We support collaboration between industry and the FCA to deliver the roadmap at pace, enabling agreement on priority use cases and datasets, and appropriate regulatory action to open these up to competition and innovation.'</p>

<p>The FCA will work with HM Treasury on options for a regulatory framework for open finance by the end of 2027. Firms will be supported to introduce open finance products sooner where they are already able to access data and appropriate permissions are in place.</p>

<div><em>Read the roadmap: <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/FCA-open-finance-roadmap-2026.pdf"><strong>Open finance: our vision for a smart data future</strong>.</a></em></div>

<div><em>The FCA&rsquo;s <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/firms/innovation/smart-data-accelerator"><strong>Smart Data Accelerator</strong></a> allows firms to test emerging technologies and use cases for open finance in a secure space, supporting agile and dynamic policymaking.</em></div>

<div><em>The FCA-led PRISM (Prioritisation and Real-world Insights Selection Matrix) Taskforce will create a clear, reusable framework for assessing the impact of open finance use cases.</em></div>

<div><em>The FCA will consult on its proposed long-term regulatory framework for open banking before the end of 2026. Open banking is a secure and regulated way for people and businesses to share access to payments data from their bank account with trusted apps and services.</em></div>

<div><em>Open banking has approximately 17 million users is external, representing nearly 1 in 3 adults in the UK.</em></div>

<div><em>Research by Open Banking Limited and EY suggests that the economic impact of open banking and open finance combined could reach &pound;7.4bn per year in 5 years is external.  </em></div>

<div><em>For more information, visit <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/firms/open-banking-open-finance"><strong>open banking and open finance.</strong></a></em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fca-sets-out-vision-for-open-finance-26520.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Is It Time To Join The Gilt Trip</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Sarah Coles, head of personal finance at AJ Bell, comments: </strong>&ldquo;If you&rsquo;re on the hunt for tax-efficient savings, it could be time to join the gilt trip. Frozen tax thresholds and the looming cut to the Cash ISA allowance mean it&rsquo;s getting harder to keep your savings interest out of the clutches of the taxman. So it&rsquo;s no wonder more people are looking for tax-efficient alternatives. The recent movement in gilt prices has been a useful reminder that gilts could be the missing piece of the puzzle that savers are looking for.</p>

<div><strong>What are gilts?</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Gilts aren&rsquo;t hugely familiar to a lot of people, but that shouldn&rsquo;t put you off. They're essentially loans to the UK government. You lend them money for a specific number of years, in return for a regular payment known as a coupon. When they mature, the government repays the full face value (known as par value and usually &pound;100) to whoever holds the bond.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How people use gilts</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Most people know them as an investment class, which they usually access through a bond fund. They hope to take advantage of the income from the coupon and any changes in price. Gilt prices will rise and fall with demand, so investors aim to buy low and sell high. This comes with the investment risk that the price of a bond can fall before you sell it, so you could lose money. It&rsquo;s very different to the risk profile of cash savings.</div>

<p>&ldquo;However, others use them as an alternative to savings, buying individual bonds through investment platforms. You can buy a bond that&rsquo;s within a few years of maturity, hold it until the end date, and you&rsquo;ll get the par value at that point. You need to be comfortable with the fact that if the UK government defaults on its debts, you may not get the full repayment, but that&rsquo;s highly unlikely.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The key is that gilts with low coupons, issued during the pandemic and set to mature soon, tend to be priced below their par value. At the time of writing, for example, there&rsquo;s one due to mature in January 2028 with a coupon of just 0.125%, priced at &pound;93.20. On its maturity date you&rsquo;ll get &pound;100 for every &pound;93.20 you put in. The monthly payment is small, so the lion&rsquo;s share of the gain is the difference between what you pay for it and what you get back when it matures.</p>

<div><strong>The tax advantage</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;The return is decent, but tax is the key. There are two taxes to consider when it comes to gilts. The coupon is taxed as income, so faces the same issue as savings. However, with low coupon gilts, this is only a tiny fraction of the return. The rest is the rise in the value of the gilt between when you buy and when you are repaid, and this is free of capital gains tax. It means most of your gain is tax-free.</div>

<p>&ldquo;Frozen income tax thresholds &ndash; and the lowering of the additional rate threshold &ndash; have made tax-efficient saving even more vital. Crossing an income tax threshold means your personal savings allowance halves or disappears altogether, and the excess is charged at your new higher marginal rate. This, combined with cuts to the Cash ISA allowance for those under 65 from April 2027, means more people paying more tax on their savings.</p>

<div><strong>The maths</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Take that gilt maturing in January 2028, priced at the time of writing at &pound;93.20 and delivering a coupon of 0.125%. To match the return after tax, a basic rate taxpayer would need cash savings paying 5.27%, higher rate taxpayers would need 7.03% and additional rate taxpayers 7.67%. Tax treatment depends on individual circumstances and rules may change. At the same time, the best two-year savings rate on the market was 4.63%.&rdquo;*</div>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>*Top paying two-year fixed account is Close Brothers at 4.63% as of 13 April 2026 (source: Moneysavingexpert).</em></span></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/is-it-time-to-join-the-gilt-trip-26525.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pricing In A Softening Market</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Laura Hobern, Partner, LCP</strong></u></p>

<p>It provides a consistent reference point for pricing decisions, but it can&rsquo;t fully reflect the dynamics of the market or the nuances of individual risks. At some point, judgement inevitably enters the process.</p>

<p>In practice, judgement appears in more places than you may realise. It can start in the model itself. Assumptions about trends, exposure adjustments or credibility all involve judgement. It appears again when technical prices are adjusted for individual risks, and also when underwriters respond to broker behaviour or competitive pressure.</p>

<p>None of these decisions are purely technical, but together they shape the price that is ultimately written.</p>

<p>When underwriters adjust pricing, that judgement typically falls into two broad categories. Some adjustments reflect the underwriter&rsquo;s view of the risk itself. For example, an underwriter may believe a particular client is better managed than the average account in the portfolio.  Or, the underwriter may feel that recent improvements in the risk are not yet reflected in the model. In those cases the adjustment is risk based.</p>

<p>Other adjustments are driven by commercial realities. A broker relationship may be important, a client may be strategically valuable, or the wider market may simply be pricing more aggressively than the technical price suggests.  Soft markets amplify this and technical and market prices begin to drift further apart.</p>

<p>For example, a model might indicate that a renewal requires a 5 percent increase to maintain the equivalent pricing level, while the broker indicates the market is flat. Writing at the technical price may mean losing the business, while matching the market would mean accepting lower margins.</p>

<p>The pricing model provides the starting point but judgement is needed to decide how to respond.</p>

<p>It is also worth remembering that price is not the only lever that changes in softer markets - terms and conditions can also weaken. Having a simple framework to assess the expected cost of those changes helps ensure they form part of the wider pricing decisions.</p>

<div><strong>Where the decision really sits</strong></div>

<div>In many insurers the final pricing decision for an individual risk sits with the underwriter (subject to any overall underwriting risk appetite controls). The technical price provides the reference point, but it does not dictate the outcome.</div>

<p>Underwriters see aspects of the risk that simplified models cannot easily capture. They understand broker relationships, client behaviour and how competitors are approaching a renewal.</p>

<p>At the same time, pricing teams and portfolio managers often see patterns that are harder to identify at individual deal level. They may notice when certain brokers consistently push pricing lower, when particular classes are drifting away from technical levels, or when risk-based adjustments are becoming more frequent.</p>

<p>Bringing these perspectives together helps ensure individual pricing decisions still make sense at the portfolio level. Stronger firms also track how far pricing moves away from technical levels against pre-agreed appetite ranges. Small deviations on individual risks are expected, but if pricing regularly falls outside those ranges it prompts a wider conversation.</p>

<p>In practice, following the market is sometimes the right commercial decision. The key is having the information available and making that choice deliberately, in line with your strategy, rather than letting it happen gradually through lots of small, unmonitored adjustments.</p>

<div><strong>Supporting judgement with structure</strong></div>

<div>The goal is not to remove underwriting judgement, but to ensure pricing decisions remain visible and intentional. Take a simple example. Writing one risk slightly below technical price may be a sensible commercial decision but if an entire class of business consistently writes 10 percent below technical levels, that is no longer about individual deals. At that point the conversation shifts. Are we deliberately following the market? Are the technical assumptions too conservative? Or is pricing discipline slowly drifting?</div>

<p>Another dynamic that often appears as markets soften is how adjustments are described. Commercial adjustments are usually quite visible. Everyone understands that sometimes you follow the market to keep a good client or maintain a broker relationship.</p>

<p>Risk based adjustments can be harder to interpret. An underwriter may genuinely believe a particular client has better risk management than average. But as competition increases, those adjustments can start appearing more frequently. Over time more and more risks end up being described as &ldquo;better than average&rdquo;.</p>

<p>The challenge is that if those adjustments are not captured clearly, it becomes difficult to distinguish genuine risk differences from market driven pricing. Collecting the data and tracking how often these adjustments occur can provide useful insight into how underwriting behaviour is evolving as market conditions change. It also allows those insights to feed back into technical pricing, portfolio steering and governance discussions.</p>

<p>In practice, a few simple habits can make a big difference:</p>

<p>Being clear about who owns the final pricing decision avoids confusion about responsibility.Separating risk based adjustments from commercial ones helps everyone understand what is actually driving pricing changes.Stepping back to review patterns across the portfolio helps spot when market pressure is quietly reshaping the book.</p>

<p>When that visibility is in place, technical pricing and underwriting judgement tend to work well together.</p>

<p>Closing thoughts</p>

<p>Soft markets inevitably create tension between technical pricing and market reality. Judgement is what allows insurers to deal with it. The key is making sure those decisions remain visible and intentional.</p>

<p>In the final article in this series, we look at pricing governance and how firms balance flexibility with discipline when markets soften.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pricing-in-a-softening-market-26518.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Rise Of Ai Demands New Approach To Cyber Underwriting</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>CyberCube&rsquo;s H1 2026 Global Threat Briefing, <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/CyberCube 2026 Global Threat Briefing_Report.pdf">'AI Risk Landscape: Implications for Cyber (Re)insurance'</a>, notes that threat actors are exploiting common security gaps more quickly, particularly identity misconfigurations and unpatched systems.</p>

<p><strong>William Altman, Director of Cyber Threat Intelligence Services and report author, said: </strong>&ldquo;AI is compressing the cyberattack lifecycle, reducing the time threat actors spend between initial compromise and operational disruption, and in some cases enabling impact to occur before detection and containment are effective. As a result, recovery capability may become a more important determinant of business interruption (BI) loss severity than traditional preventative controls.</p>

<p>&ldquo;As AI becomes more deeply embedded in critical business operations and increasingly concentrated across compute infrastructure, hyperscale cloud platforms, and foundation model providers, the potential for portfolio aggregation risk may rise. This reflects the tightly coupled nature of the AI supply chain, where dependencies on a small number of dominant providers create shared points of exposure across insureds. This increases the likelihood of correlated losses rather than isolated events, particularly as AI systems take on greater roles in automation, decision-making, and operational control.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>The report says underwriting can adapt by:</strong></div>

<div>Focusing on identity security and patch latency as primary drivers of how attacks propagate and convert into lossEvaluating recovery capability as a key determinant of business interruption (BI) severity, not just detection and containmentUnderwriting directly responding to the governance of AI agents, including permissions, API scope control, logging, and segregation of duties.</div>

<p>The research also calls on cyber catastrophe and aggregation risk modelers to begin incorporating AI risk dynamics into their work, noting that such analysis will become increasingly necessary if AI evolves from an augmentative capability into core operational infrastructure. In that scenario, dependencies across compute, cloud, and model providers could act as shared points of failure, requiring explicit modeling of how disruptions at these layers might propagate across insured portfolios and generate correlated, cross-sector losses.</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/CyberCube 2026 Global Threat Briefing_Report.pdf">A copy of CyberCube&rsquo;s report can be viewed here.</a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/rise-of-ai-demands-new-approach-to-cyber-underwriting-26516.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ai Usage Is Now Universal Across The Pensions Industry</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Adoption</strong></div>

<div>The SPP 2026 AI Survey results indicate uniform adoption of AI within the UK pensions industry. Looking to the future, most respondents expect an increase in usage. More than two thirds (69%) expect AI to be used in up to 50% of their services, up from 41% in 2025.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Benefits</strong></div>

<div>Respondents identified the main benefit of AI being an increase in speed, which was highlighted by over half (53%) of respondents. Greater personalisation and the ability to reduce costs and fees were also identified as benefits, both by 16% of respondents. Further anticipated benefits included the use of AI to improve accuracy and to free up employees time, so they can add greater value.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Risks</strong></div>

<div>The survey also asked SPP members to identify the biggest risks of using AI. Whilst over half (53%) said that hallucinations or inaccuracy was the biggest risk, this was down from 65% in 2025. This was followed by around one in five (21%) who cited data protection concerns. 11% said that they did not believe there was any significant risk if the use of AI is managed well (down from 19% in 2025).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Barriers</strong></div>

<div>The survey also revealed a number of barriers which may be slowing the adoption of AI across the UK pensions industry. 21% identified organisational nervousness as the biggest barrier, down from 39% in 2025. Other barriers highlighted included a lack of understanding (16%) and the cost of adoption (11%). 11% of respondents said that there is no barrier to adoption if AI is managed well.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Matthew Giles, SPP Council member and Head of Pensions at Squire Patton Boggs said: </strong>&ldquo;As the SPP 2026 AI Survey results show, the use of AI in the pension sector is now universal - a remarkable shift in a short space of time. The survey also shows that not only is every respondent now using AI, but that its role is set to deepen significantly, with the majority expecting it to support up to half of their services in the future.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>We have gone beyond the experimental phase to the realisation of tangible benefits, particularly in terms of speed, efficiency and the potential to deliver more personalised services while reducing costs. At the same time, concerns around risks such as inaccuracy and organisational nervousness are beginning to ease. Challenges remain but it looks as though the industry is on the right track - ensuring AI is deployed responsibly so that it enhances, rather than replaces, the human expertise that underpins good pension outcomes.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ai-usage-is-now-universal-across-the-pensions-industry-26515.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>High Stakes Gamble Sends Oil Prices Rocketing</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>'Trump&rsquo;s high stakes gamble aimed at forcing Iran to bow to his demands has sent oil prices rocketing. It&rsquo;s sent a fresh jolt of pessimism through financial markets with the FTSE 100 opening lower. Brent Crude, the benchmark, shot up by 8% to 103 a barrel, with prices fluctuating around this highly elevated level. By blockading the Strait of Hormuz, Trump is turning Iran&rsquo;s chokepoint into a US stranglehold. The prospect of all tankers ceasing transit through this key waterway is making the energy crisis even more acute.</p>

<p>Trump does have a track record of pulling back from the brink, especially when markets react negatively, and so there will be hopes that he&rsquo;ll remain true to form and an agreement can be salvaged sooner rather than later. But in the meantime, investors should be prepared for more turbulence.</p>

<p>Iran&rsquo;s oil had been flowing, and sanctions had been temporarily lifted to keep a lid on prices to limit financial and political fallout. So, there&rsquo;s more than a hint of desperation in this drastic action. It seems the US has been cornered by Iran&rsquo;s defiance, with hopes of an offramp replaced by fears of a dangerous escalation. Trump is willing to send the prices of oil, gas and other commodities sky-high, in the hope it&rsquo;ll force concessions from Iran. China is Iran&rsquo;s key customer, and this appears to be a ruse to provoke Beijing into piling pressure on Tehran. The backlash back home if this strategy doesn&rsquo;t work is likely to be severe and there&rsquo;s already deep unease spreading.</p>

<p>The bellicose attitude of the US is set to see it lose more friends and influence around the world. Vice President Vance&rsquo;s failed weekend talks followed his show of support for Hungary&rsquo;s Victor Orban, who has just been defeated after 16 years in power. The Hungarian political earthquake marks a seismic shift away from the right-wing populism, trumpeted by the US administration. The stunning landslide victory of Peter Magyar&rsquo;s Tisza party shows the determination of Hungarians to sweep away authoritarian policies and corruption which drove a wedge between the country and other European Union nations. The Hungarian forint has surged, rising by 2% against the euro and 1.7% against the dollar, amid hopes that suspended funding from Europe will start to flow again and boost the economy.</p>

<p>There are now hopes for greater European cooperation and unity, and the UK government is also edging closer to EU allies. Keir Starmer&rsquo;s plan to align the UK with single market regulations would remove red tape for businesses and make it much easier to trade with the bloc. As the UK economy is set to struggle to cling onto growth this year, amid the Middle East crisis, restoring more frictionless trade with Europe would offer respite to companies which have seen exports to the bloc decimated since Brexit. Many are now bracing for further pain from the Middle East crisis, and the prospect of an improvement in European trade will bring some optimism.</p>

<p>For now, though, there&rsquo;s still huge trepidation about the repercussions of the ongoing Iran crisis. A storm of price rises is on the way, with fuel, food, bills and housing costs set to rise further. As inflation is set to ramp up as the economy struggles, a toxic and persistent stagflation scenario risks emerging. Interest rates are set to rise, just as other financial pain points flare up, and a miserable May looms after an anxiety-laden April. Housebuilders have fallen back in early trade, as expectations that the Bank of England will push up rates intensify. It will make moving to larger properties or getting a foot on the housing ladder a lot more expensive, and the housing market is set for a difficult period.</p>

<p>Even if the ceasefire holds, it still will take months for shipping traffic through the strait to normalise given that hundreds of tankers are anchored outside the Gulf waiting for safe passage and there&rsquo;s a log jam of thousands of containers. Given the widespread damage to energy facilities across the region, production was already set to take years to be restored to pre-conflict levels.</p>

<p>As the situation appears increasingly complex to resolve, there&rsquo;s a recognition that countries around the world will have to batten down the hatches and prepare for a longer crisis. This will intensify cost-of-living pressures for not just millions but billions of consumers around the world. More energy rationing is likely, with South Asian countries having already implemented emergency measures. The next two to three weeks will be crucial and could determine the extent of potential official wider rationing measures in the UK and Europe.</p>

<p>The aviation industry is bracing for an extraordinary period ahead, with jet fuel shortages looming and route disruption expected. Airlines were among the biggest fallers in early trade with British Airways owner IAG falling 2.3% and easyJet down 3%. Rolls Royce also fell by around 1.7%. It earns a significant chunk of revenue from servicing aircraft engines, and so will be affected by lower flying hours of fleets of planes.</p>

<p>The UK is particularly vulnerable to a jet fuel crisis, given its reliance on exports from Kuwait and Saudi Arabia. The last pre-crisis shipments have now arrived from the Middle East and the countdown is on before supply risks emerge. There&rsquo;s a growing chance that leisure flights could start being cancelled from May if carriers are unable to source enough fuel from other producing nations. It&rsquo;s going to be a challenge given other countries are also on the hunt for new suppliers, and it seems highly likely that prices will ramp higher as demand shoots up. Airline seat prices have already risen by around a fifth and are likely to become more expensive as the busy summer season approaches.''</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/high-stakes-gamble-sends-oil-prices-rocketing-26514.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Unretirers</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Against a backdrop of rising living costs and continued market uncertainty, we are seeing an emerging trend around &ldquo;unretiring&rdquo; according to research1 from the retirement specialist Standard Life, with a significant proportion of retirees heading back to work as the financial reality of retirement falls short of expectations. One in six (16%) retirees say they have either already returned to employment (8%) or are considering doing so (8%).</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While some have returned or are considering returning to work by choice, with a quarter (24%) saying they feel lonely or socially disconnected from others when not working, the findings highlight that financial pressures are a key driver behind this &lsquo;unretirement&rsquo; trend. Almost a third (30%) of retirees say their standard of living is worse than before they retired, compared with just over a fifth (22%) who say it is better.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Many also feel underprepared for retirement. A fifth (20%) say they did not realise how much money they would need in retirement, with a similar proportion wishing they&rsquo;d had planned their retirement more thoroughly (21%), and one in five (19%) say they had not appreciated how long retirement would last.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Retirees set to feel the impact of rising prices</strong></div>

<div>Inflation has had a significant impact on retirees&rsquo; day to day spending. Analysis shows that &pound;100 in 2020 is now worth just &pound;78.25 in real terms2, meaning people&rsquo;s spending power in retirement has been eroded over a relatively short period. For people who retire before state pension age, or who do not have a defined benefit pension with built-in inflation protection, maintaining income in later life can require more planning and, in many cases, greater investment risk.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Recent DWP data3 shows that the proportion of over 65s with earnings income has been increasing in recent years and the trend is closely correlated with a period of higher inflation. Price rises have likely a factor in peoples&rsquo; decision making and will remain front of mind with the conflict in the Middle East setting expectations of further pressures on the cost of living.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Retirement is becoming more flexible, but challenges remain</strong></div>

<div>With a longer-term perspective, expectations around retirement are shifting, with fewer people viewing it as a single, fixed moment when work simply stops. This change has been building for decades - from the early 2000s onwards, the proportion of pensioners receiving income from work gradually increased, reflecting a steady move towards working later in life or combining work with retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>That long-term trend briefly went into reverse during the pandemic, often described as &lsquo;The Great Retirement&rsquo;, when many older workers left the workforce earlier than planned. Since 2021/22, however, the proportion of pensioners with earnings income has begun to rise again, suggesting this was a pause rather than a permanent shift. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_StandardLifeUnretired1304261.jpg" style="height:290px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, this evolving picture doesn&rsquo;t come without challenges. While more than three-quarters (78%) believe they could still do their job at age 60, this confidence drops to around half (49%) by age 70. People point to potential barriers such as poor health (39%), the need to retrain or change roles (26%), and concerns about age discrimination (24%). Looking ahead, uncertainty remains, with more than a third (38%) expecting their retirement lifestyle to be worse than their current one - rising to nearly half of Gen X (49%) and over two in five women (43%).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc, said: </strong>&ldquo;Retirement is no longer a single moment where work simply stops. For many people it&rsquo;s becoming a more flexible journey, shaped around the life they want to live, and more flexible approaches to work &ndash; including part-time roles and phased retirement &ndash; are making it easier for people to stay in the workforce for longer and shape work around their changing needs later in life.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For some, returning to work is about staying active and connected. But for others, it reflects the reality that retirement isn&rsquo;t always turning out as expected, particularly as rising costs put pressure on incomes. In a world that feels increasingly uncertain and unpredictable, it&rsquo;s more important than ever that people feel supported to engage with their financial futures and understand what their retirement could look like.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Simple steps can make a real difference, whether that&rsquo;s before or during retirement &ndash; from regularly checking in on your pension savings and thinking about how you&rsquo;ll use them to generate an income, to reviewing how much you&rsquo;re taking and whether it&rsquo;s likely to last for the years ahead. It&rsquo;s also important to check when you&rsquo;re due to retire, as your planned retirement date and your State Pension age don&rsquo;t always align, and to make sure you&rsquo;ve planned for any gap between the two. Taking time to consider the kind of lifestyle you want, exploring phased or flexible retirement options, and seeking guidance early can help people make more informed decisions. Planning ahead means people are better placed to manage their money with confidence and achieve greater financial security over the long term.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-unretirers-26517.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Lcp Announces 19 New Partner Promotions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>&ldquo;It is fantastic to see such a broad range and wealth of talent from across all our business moving into leadership this year. Their expertise is what allows us to keep being successful, evolving, growing and diversifying in a way that matters to the clients and communities we serve.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The 19 new partners are:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Anais Caldwell &ndash; Jones | Investment: </strong>Anais joined LCP in 2015. In addition to advising clients, Anais is a senior member of the macroeconomic research team, helping to develop LCP&rsquo;s latest asset views and produce insights for clients.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Ivan Buzulutsky | Investment:</strong> Ivan joined LCP in 2020 and leads the Asset Modelling Team. Ivan and his team deliver bespoke modelling solutions and support for a range of clients and projects. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Jacob Stevens | Investment: </strong>Jacob joined the investment team in 2014. He leads advice on a number of UK DB pension schemes and is head of LCP's investment grade fixed income research team.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Jenny Harbord | Investment: </strong>Jenny joined LCP in 2024 as Head of Real Assets. She has over 25 years of investment experience, including consultancy and direct experience at property and infrastructure companies. Jenny was previously the fund manager for Lendlease&rsquo;s flagship UK property vehicle and has a wide range of experience in creating capital solutions across the risk spectrum for private markets.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Dan Marston | Pensions Actuarial:</strong> Dan joined LCP in 2013 and provides actuarial advice and DB pensions consulting to trustees. His expertise includes the new DB Funding Code, and he has advised many of LCP&rsquo;s first valuation submissions under the new regime.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Gavin Smith | Pension Risk Transfer:</strong> Gavin joined LCP in 2025 from Legal & General. Gavin has worked with a range of our DB clients to support them in considering the full suite of potential endgame options. He has also worked with a number of clients as they approach a transaction with insurers, using his experience to maximise insurer engagement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Caroline Pearson | Pensions Actuarial:</strong> Caroline joined LCP in 2023 with a background in actuarial consulting. She now focuses exclusively on post-transaction projects, with a particular emphasis on troubleshooting stalled cases and getting complex projects back on track.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rosie Hadden | Pensions Actuarial:</strong> Rosie joined LCP in 2021 and has more than 10 years&rsquo; experience providing actuarial advice to DB pension schemes. Rosie splits her time between trustee advice, pensions risk transfer work and GMP equalisation projects.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Ruth Ward | Pension Risk Transfer:</strong> Ruth joined LCP in 2023 and advises trustees and corporate sponsors of UK DB pension schemes on their Pension Risk Transfer (PRT) strategies, helping them identify their preferred endgames, prepare well to maximise insurer engagement, and execute successful transactions that deliver on their core objectives. She&rsquo;s a lead author of LCP&rsquo;s flagship PRT report.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Sarah Gunn | Pension Risk Transfer:</strong> Sarah joined LCP in 2012 and, after a period away, rejoined in 2024. She now focuses on PRT work and leading key strategic relationships as the Professional Trustee Engagement Lead for the PRT team.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Stefan Kemp | Pensions Actuarial:</strong> Stefan joined LCP in 2015. He advises trustees on all aspects of their scheme's journey, all the way through to the finish line. He&rsquo;s an author of LCP&rsquo;s flagship DB Pensions Priorities report, and also has a role on the contingent funding group.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Katherine Davidge | Risk & Compliance:</strong> Katherine joined LCP from Deloitte in 2024 as Chief Risk & Compliance Officer. Katherine spent over 20 years working at various consulting firms assisting clients with risk and compliance matters, and she has also worked for the FCA in both supervisory and policy roles.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Kevin Patterson | LCP Health:</strong> Kevin joined LCP in 2025 and co-leads the US Market for LCP Health and has more than 30 years of experience in strategic consulting and industry innovation. As a founding partner of Medical Marketing Economics, LLC (MME), he served as the head of the Oncology Division and Administrative Partner. He specialises in strategic consulting, focusing extensively on value-based decision-making, pricing and reimbursement strategies, launch prioritisation by indication and country, and market access optimisation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Lee Ann Steadman | LCP Health:</strong> Lee Ann joined LCP in 2025 and co-leads the US Market for LCP Health. She brings an extensive background in patient services and trade and channel, with experience supporting access, affordability, and evidence driven decision making across the healthcare ecosystem.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Olivia Krusel | Central management:</strong> Olivia joined LCP in 2023, after working in management consulting and strategy roles across Canada and America. Olivia works with multiple departments across LCP to identify and assess growth opportunities.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Stephen Harkin | LCP Delta: </strong>Stephen joined the business 18 years ago and leads the Demand Side practice within LCP Delta. He&rsquo;s responsible for key client relationships across the European energy sector, advising energy retailers, investors, manufacturers, and network operators on growth strategy and proposition development in the rapidly evolving energy landscape.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>John Murray | LCP Delta: </strong>John leads the EV Team within LCP Delta and joined the business in 2012. He focuses on supporting clients in navigating the fast-evolving EV charging landscape. He has supported over 75 clients &ndash; including vehicle manufacturers, energy companies, investors and policy makers &ndash; through the provision of market insights, projections, advice and opinion.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Tom Veli | LCP Delta:</strong> Tom leads LCP Delta&rsquo;s Energy Networks team, working with energy networks, policymakers and the regulator on the transition to a low-carbon energy system. His work focuses on strategy, regulation, designing and delivering innovation, and helping clients navigate change across the sector. He is particularly interested in how net zero is reshaping energy networks and what this means for planning, investment and delivery.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rachel Crowther | DC Consulting:</strong> Rachel joined LCP in 2013 and heads up the DC Corporate strategy. She provides governance advice to DC corporate clients, helping with their DC strategy, plus reviewing pension providers to ensure the best possible terms are achieved. She co-leads the master trust research, meeting providers to understand evolving propositions that feed into our research and advice.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/lcp-announces-19-new-partner-promotions-26510.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Dashboards   Handing Over The Baton</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Dale Critchley, Workplace Policy Manager, Aviva</strong></u></p>

<p>They&rsquo;ve requested a search, found their pots and seen the combined value of their pensions on a single screen for the first time.</p>

<p>Testing is set to accelerate over the coming months with thousands of members given the opportunity to see all their pensions in one place. This will test the infrastructure more fully and provide important feedback from people of all walks of life on what they understand about what they are being shown, and if it meets their needs and expectations. </p>

<p>The biggest question most people will have is when will the dashboards be available to everyone? It&rsquo;s unlikely we&rsquo;ll see any announcement while testing is ongoing as it will be better to announce a definite date than one that is contingent on testing and subsequent development being successful.  When the bell sounds, we want to be sure that we are on the final lap.  Realistically, we can expect that signal to come later this year, with the go live date being in 2027. </p>

<p>There are still some development hurdles to negotiate. The Pensions Dashboards Programme is currently consulting on changes to the reporting standards. These set out the data that pension schemes must provide to the dashboards on their performance and compliance. These include meeting the requirement to respond to 99.9% of data view requests within ten seconds. Any changes will require provider systems to be reconfigured, and tested, to ensure compliance.    </p>

<p>While reaching the go live date might represent the finishing line for the Dashboards Programme, it will be a baton transfer for pension schemes. Aviva is already preparing for the launch, ensuring the right people and processes are in place to support the anticipated increase in consumer engagement once the Dashboard goes live.</p>

<p>The regulators are also getting on their marks.  The FCA have recently consulted on how revised rules can prompt improved decision making when scheme members are considering transferring their pension. The obvious risk is that individuals who are keen to have their pension in one place will move their pension money without fully appreciating the potential downsides.  The FCA are keen to promote side by side comparison of key drivers of good outcomes, such as fund performance and charges, at retirement options, guarantees and protections, as well as drivers of engagement like apps and website capability. Many providers offer this already, but it isn&rsquo;t universal.</p>

<p>The Pensions Dashboards Programme is a fantastic achievement but its success in driving better outcomes will depend as much on the success of the handover to pension schemes, as the years of development to date. Schemes may want to consider providing information and education ahead of pensions dashboards becoming available, but also once it is in place. It&rsquo;s a huge opportunity for people to make positive, well informed, changes to their pension plans, that go beyond consolidation.</p>

<p> </p>

<p>               </p>

<p> </p>

<p>                           </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-dashboards---handing-over-the-baton-26512.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ceasefire And Oil Prices Ongoing Uncertainty Vs What We Know</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Middle Eastern events have had a very significant impact on oil prices in the first quarter of the year. The almost total closure of the Strait of Hormuz has significantly disrupted energy flows to a degree that has never been seen before. 20 million barrels per day (mb/d) of oil is normally transported via the Strait but this has fallen to two to three mb/d &ndash; mostly Iranian oil going to China.</p>

<p>Not being able to export oil, affected countries first filled up domestic storage, and once this was full they had no choice but to shut in production. At the time of writing, we have seen 10mb/d of oil market production closed. The figure is smaller than the pre-conflict Strait volumes as some pipelines have been used to bypass the Strait, in particular by Saudi Arabia.</p>

<p>The disruption has seen oil prices rise to around $120 per barrel (bbl), with Middle Eastern barrels and refined products trading at levels never seen before. Singapore jet fuel reached $220/bbl at one stage compared to $82/bbl pre-conflict. </p>

<p>As of 8 April, Iran and the US seemed to have stepped back from the brink and agreed to a two-week ceasefire and the re-opening of the Strait of Hormuz. Both sides are claiming victory. </p>

<div><strong>What does this mean for the oil price?</strong></div>

<div>The situation is complex and could change at any time, but a few things are known. The volume of ships passing the Strait needs to surge in the coming two weeks for the oil market to be convinced that the crisis is over. It is not enough if vessel numbers increase to 20 or 30, given that pre-war numbers were in the region of 130-150. </div>

<p>If the vessel number surges to 75% of pre-war levels, then that represents a near normalisation of flows given the current use of pipelines that were not previously running at full capacity.</p>

<p>However, while shipping levels could return to normal quickly, it will take weeks or even months for production levels to return to normal given the 10mb/d of shut-in production and damage to some facilities. This should mean that front month oil prices (i.e. oil for near-term delivery) are unlikely to fall to pre-conflict levels quickly. The uncertainty about when production will return should support prices. And the outcome of any talks is unknown; we have had two rounds of unsuccessful talks before so there is no guarantee they will work now.</p>

<div><strong>Rebuilding strategic reserves will provide price support</strong></div>

<div>In the longer term, the conflict has highlighted both the vulnerability of the energy supply system and the lack of strategic reserves for many countries. This is a long-term positive for oil prices. The US Strategic Petroleum Reserve (SPR) alone would need to buy 1mb/d for 18 months before it approaches normal levels. Given global oil demand has averaged 1mb/d growth for the past few years, this represents a significant increase in demand.</div>

<p>We do not know if the US will refill the SPR at this pace, but this conflict has highlighted the vulnerability for many. It would not be surprising if Asian and European countries, which have been more impacted and have limited reserves, try to address this in the coming years. These long-term factors should support oil prices in the medium term.</p>

<div><strong>Oil price likely to retain a Middle East premium</strong></div>

<div>The most bearish outcome for the oil market would be a complete removal of all sanctions on Iran while keeping the Russian sanctions off. If the market was confident that Iran had a West leaning government then the Middle East risk premium would evaporate. The future supply picture for oil would improve significantly as Iran has the ability to increase supply in a way that Venezuela does not. </div>

<p>We will continue to adjust positions as the Middle East conflict evolves. Whatever the outcome, we strongly believe that these events have raised the long-term floor for the oil price in all scenarios, apart from one where Iran is now a Western leaning country, an outcome we think unlikely. </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ceasefire-and-oil-prices-ongoing-uncertainty-vs-what-we-know-26509.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Middle East Conflict Causes Scheme Funding Deterioration</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Broadstone Sirius Index &ndash; a monitor of how various pension scheme strategies are performing on their journeys to low dependency &ndash; posts its latest update.</p>

<p>The Broadstone Sirius Index has rebased for 2026, tracking a &lsquo;growth focused&rsquo; and a more conservative &lsquo;matching focused&rsquo; investment strategy against a low dependency basis*. Both schemes started 90.0% funded at the start of 2026.</p>

<p>Reporting its update for March 2026, the Broadstone Sirius Index found that both schemes unsurprisingly reversed gains that had been made through February and January of 2026 during the month in the face of considerable economic and market volatility.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BroadstoneMiddleEast1004261.jpg" style="height:297px; width:556px" /></p>

<p>The funding level of the &lsquo;matching focused&rsquo; scheme decreased by 1.7 percentage points from 90.3% at the end of February to 88.6% at the end of March.</p>

<p>The funding level of the &lsquo;growth focused&rsquo; scheme fell back slightly more, by 1.8 percentage points, but from a higher starting point given the positive growth returns over January and February. The funding level fell from 90.8% at the end of February to 89.0% at the end of March ending the quarter slightly ahead of the &lsquo;matching focused&rsquo; scheme.</p>

<p><strong>Chris Rice, Head of Trustee Services at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &quot;The last few years have been incredibly strong for the health of defined benefit schemes, allowing many investment strategies to be derisked to protect scheme funding positions.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Most schemes shouldn&rsquo;t be experiencing a significant change in funding in the first quarter of 2026, with the deterioration in March generally reversing January and February&rsquo;s gains.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The instability will no doubt cause concerns for trustees and sponsors however and trustees should be regularly monitoring their liquidity, hedging levels and LDI resilience.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/middle-east-conflict-causes-scheme-funding-deterioration-26508.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Diplomatic Hopes Offer Relief For Jittery Markets</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Global stock markets look set to end a volatile week on a more positive footing, with investor sentiment showing tentative signs of recovery heading into the weekend. The FTSE 100 opened broadly flat this morning, with US markets expected to follow suit later this afternoon. While the term 'ceasefire' is used somewhat loosely, there has been enough perceived de-escalation in the Middle East to ease some of the pressure on risk assets we saw earlier in the week. The prospect of in-person talks between the US and Iran over the weekend is also helping steady nerves, offering hope that diplomatic channels remain open. Taken together, investors are becoming more comfortable that, while risks remain, the broader trajectory is moving in the right direction.</p>

<p>Oil prices have eased back from the highs seen earlier in the week but remain stuck in an elevated $95-100 range as supply concerns continue to dominate the outlook. The ongoing closure of the Strait of Hormuz remains the key sticking point, with President Trump warning Iran against imposing transit fees on vessels moving through the crucial shipping lane - a concern that has also been echoed by the UAE. Shipowners are still waiting for clearer guidance on access, leaving one of the world&rsquo;s most important energy arteries largely closed to traffic. Until it reopens, oil prices are unlikely to return to more stable levels, keeping inflation worries alive for investors. Getting the waterway flowing again will be a clear priority for the White House, which, despite some strongly worded social media posts, doesn&rsquo;t seem to have the leverage needed to force a full reopening.</p>

<p>TSMC, the world&rsquo;s largest contract chipmaker, reported first-quarter revenue up 35% year on year, beating market forecasts on continued strength in demand for AI hardware. March was particularly strong following a slightly softer February, with growth of 45%, almost double the longer-term average for the final month of the quarter. There may be plenty of noise elsewhere in the world, but the AI buildout shows little sign of slowing, with demand for AI hardware as strong as ever. Investors need only look at soaring GPU rental prices, tightening availability, comments from cloud CEOs, and now a strong set of sales from TSMC for confirmation. As software stocks continue to come under pressure, hardware names are beginning to absorb a greater share of investor capital. While certain software names look attractive at current valuations, we believe AI hardware is set to capture a larger-than-usual share of economic value in an increasingly AI-infused world, suggesting the chip trade may have further to run.</p>

<p>Gold is set for a third consecutive weekly gain, although it has not acted as the store of wealth or shock absorber that many might have expected during the recent Middle East tensions. That is largely because interest rate expectations have been the bigger driver of price action, outweighing the typical risk-off demand. This week&rsquo;s tentative ceasefire, coupled with news of talks over the weekend, has shifted rate expectations into a more favourable position for gold, helping support the latest move higher.&rdquo;</p>

<p>For access to stock reports and articles, please visit the Hargreaves Lansdown share research homepage or sign up to our updates here.</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/diplomatic-hopes-offer-relief-for-jittery-markets-26511.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Employers Urged To Maximise Support For Young Pension Savers</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>31% of savers aged 18 to 34 stated that they knew what their pension was invested in, compared to 21% in the next age bracket. The research also found that younger savers were more interested in domestic investment, something the government is actively promoting, and more likely to have made changes to their pension investment options.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Stuart Price, Partner and Actuary at Quantum Advisory, said:</strong> &ldquo;The findings are very encouraging, and I would expect this trend of young savers actively engaging with pensions and making informed decisions regarding their pension investments to continue. With financial literacy provision improving in schools, as an embedded aspect of the Curriculum for Wales and extended provision set to be introduced in England, the next generation of savers should be equipped with a better understanding of budgeting, investment and pensions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;However, financial education should not come to a halt as young employees enter the workplace. We must not allow this interest from young people to wane or for the generational divide in pension engagement to widen.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;From onboarding to retirement, employers can lead on support and further education for all employees in both group and one to one settings, providing clear face-to-face, written or online communications about pension scheme matters tailored to different stages of working life, and signposting to additional resources and guidance from trusted providers and organisations.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In addition to facilitating career-long financial education, employers can also make a difference to their employees&rsquo; retirement adequacy by increasing minimum auto-enrolment (AE) contribution levels.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Since 2012 employers have been required to provide a workplace pension scheme and automatically enrol employees aged between 22 and the State Pension Age who earn above &pound;10,000 per annum. The minimum AE pension total contribution is now 8%, with an employer contribution of at least 3% of qualifying earnings, which means that contributions from both the individual and employer only start on earnings above &pound;6,240.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Polling from the Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement has found that over two in five business leaders believe minimum AE contribution levels should increase, with strong support for a gradual approach to reform through a phased timetable. This proposal is more popular among larger and medium-sized employers, with 54% of businesses with more than 250 employees and 50% of employers with between 50 and 249 staff backing an increase.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Stuart Price added: </strong>&ldquo;Auto-enrolment is one of the most effective formats implemented within the pension industry. Younger workers, combined with education and support from their employers, can form a solid foundation of saving for retirement as soon as they start their working lives. Once the Pensions (Extension of Automatic Enrolment) (No.2) Bill is officially implemented, employees from the age of 18 will also benefit greatly.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The current minimum total contribution of 8% of a salary is realistically not enough to provide recipients with a comfortable retirement, so we welcome the interest from business leaders to increase the minimum contribution levels from all employers. This could be actioned, in a phased approach as was done upon the introduction of AE, but small businesses which make up the majority of private sector businesses in the UK and who generally currently pay the minimum amount could potentially struggle, having to make sacrifices elsewhere to support their employees in this way.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;However, in my view this is a sacrifice worth implementing as if people do not start saving more for their retirement then as a nation we are going to have a huge problem with people not being able to afford to retire until much later in life or not even at all!&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/employers-urged-to-maximise-support-for-young-pension-savers-26513.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>55  More Stolen Vehicles Recovered In 2025 Worth Over  41m</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>What&rsquo;s more, 200 non-Tracker fitted vehicles that had been stolen were also recovered and returned to their rightful owners as a result of Tracker&rsquo;s SVR success.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While high-end vehicle thefts make the headlines, the biggest percentage of stolen cars recovered by Tracker last year were valued between &pound;10,000 and &pound;20,000, and one in ten of all stolen vehicles recovered by Tracker were worth less than &pound;10,000. Just 4% of the stolen cars the business recovered in 2025 were valued at over &pound;50,000. Profits from the sale of stolen cars are being used to fuel the wider activities of Organised Crime Gangs (OCGs). Tracker urges all car owners to be vigilant, warning that no vehicle is immune from being targeted by professional criminals.   </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The record figures reported by Tracker are a result of increasing numbers of car manufacturers, insurers and dealers coming together to fight the unrelenting threat of vehicle crime, by helping motorists install Tracker&rsquo;s SVR devices on new and used cars. Tracker is the only stolen vehicle recovery expert that is formally supported by all 43 police forces in the U.K. Most police patrol vehicles and all police helicopters are fitted with Tracker detection units, capable of locating stolen vehicles via Tracker&rsquo;s unique VHF signal, which remains unaffected by GPS or GSM jamming.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The combination of Tracker&rsquo;s police collaboration and its unique VHF technology sees it achieve a 95% recovery rate, 50% of which are recovered within 4 hours and 80% are returned to their owners within 24 hours. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Whilst a Freedom of Information (FOI) request by Tracker to the DVLA reveals a 11% year-on-year decline in vehicle theft across England and Wales in 2025, Tracker reminds motorists that theft figures are 48% higher than recorded by the DVLA a decade ago?. Adding to motorists&rsquo; woes is a drastic decline in recovery rates for unprotected vehicles. Between 2022 and 2025 just 13% of stolen vehicles were recovered by policeii. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Over 90,000 vehicles were reported as stolen in 2025 according to the DVLA, from motorbikes to vans used by small businesses and prestige cars to combine harvesters.  The most stolen vehicle recorded by the DVLA in 2025 was the Yamaha NMAX, a favoured scooter amongst urban riders, delivery riders and first-time bikers, followed closely by the ever-popular Ford Transit 350.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Clive Wain, Head of Police Liaison at Tracker</strong> says that it too sees a huge variety of cars being targeted by criminals on a daily basis, &ldquo;Our stolen vehicle recoveries are dominated by thefts of premium car brands, such as BMW, Jaguar Land Rover, Mercedes-Benz, Lexus and Toyota. However, the intelligence we gather from our partner network tells us that the Toyota RAV4, Ford Puma, Nissan Juke and BMW X5 are firm favourites amongst thieves.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Tracker goes on to advise car owners to be extra vigilant at this time of year, as stolen vehicle recoveries peaked around the March and September plate registration changes. Over &pound;4 million of vehicles were recovered by Tracker around the spring plate change alone.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Vehicle theft can be financially and emotionally devastating for motorists. That&rsquo;s why we continue to forge industry partnerships and work tirelessly with U.K. police to recover stolen vehicles to their owners,&rdquo; <strong>continues Clive Wain. </strong>&ldquo;Together, not only are we stopping motorists' prized possessions from being sold on or shipped abroad, but we are also stopping them from being stripped for their parts. The illegal harvest and sale of quality second-hand parts have become a lucrative revenue stream for OCG&rsquo;s operating on the black market. Last year, Tracker and the police uncovered and closed 78 illegal chop shops, resulting in 147 arrests, which was another record year.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Concludes Mark Kameen, Lead for the National Vehicle Crime Reduction Partnership (NVCRP):</strong> &ldquo;An overarching ambition when launching the National Vehicle Crime Strategy in 2024 was to enhance intelligence between law enforcement and the private sector to help tackle organised vehicle crime.  And we are actively achieving our goal. The record number of stolen vehicle recoveries by Tracker and the U.K. police also underlines this. We will continue to build on this success by working closely with all of our partners and members, sharing expertise to ensure we all play a vital role in tackling vehicle crime across the country.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>DVLA FOI Data &ndash; The number of vehicles recorded as stolen on the DVLA database for each full year 2020-2026</strong></div>

<div><strong><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_TrackerStolen10904261.jpg" style="height:116px; width:487px" /></strong></div>

<div><strong><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_TrackerStolen20904261.jpg" style="height:261px; width:423px" /></strong></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/55--more-stolen-vehicles-recovered-in-2025-worth-over--41m-26507.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Impact Of Generative Ai On Insurance Analytics</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Dr. Massimo Cavadini, Head of Product, Pricing, Claims and Underwriting for Continental Europe, Insurance Consulting and Technology and Pardeep Bassi, Global Proposition Leader - Data Science, Insurance Consulting and Technology, WTW</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Generative AI is no longer a future opportunity for insurers; it&rsquo;s becoming a competitive dividing line</div>

<div>EIOPA&rsquo;s latest perspective from The European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority (EIOPA)&rsquo;s 2025 market-wide study[1], issued on 2 February 2026 and based on responses from 347 insurance undertakings across 25 EU/EEA markets, underscores this shift: the industry is moving rapidly toward AI-enabled operations, but with strong human oversight and a cautious approach to risk.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Against this backdrop, we&rsquo;ve distilled EIOPA&rsquo;s analysis through the lens of our market experience, client engagements, and our vision for a next-generation Human + AI Agent operating model&mdash;highlighting what leading analytical teams need to thrive.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>01 AI enhances insurance analytical decision-making but does not replace it</strong></div>

<div>EIOPA&rsquo;s focus on human oversight confirms a core belief: Gen AI can greatly enhance insurers&rsquo; analytical capabilities, but accountability must remain with humans. AI will speed up analysis, surface complex patterns, and automate routine tasks, but it cannot hold responsibility in a regulated industry.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This means oversight will shift from manual line-by-line, item-by-item reviews to a principle-based, policy-driven governance. Leaders will need to define clear guardrails, thresholds, and escalation rules that determine when AI operates autonomously and when human intervention is required. AI agents will monitor continuously, escalating only where human assessment is required.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Future workflows will blend deterministic and non-deterministic steps to achieve the appropriate control whilst retaining the benefits of the flexibility Gen AI inherently provides, all by leveraging the transparency and explainability built into human user interfaces to support confident decision-making. This aligns with EIOPA&rsquo;s view that today&rsquo;s Gen AI systems remain heavily supervised but will gain controlled autonomy as governance matures and operational confidence strengthens.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, insurers can deploy AI-driven monitoring to flag Actual vs Expected (AvE) deviations in near real time. Only material exceptions &ndash; say, a sudden 10% frequency surge in a micro segment are routed to human review committees, reducing noise and focusing expert attention where it matters most. This operationalises EIOPA&rsquo;s &ldquo;assisted&rdquo; approach under strong supervision, and it mirrors WTW&rsquo;s &ldquo;predict and act&rdquo; active portfolio management cycle.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>02 Future insurance analytical teams will be insurance domain experts fluent in AI</strong></div>

<div>EIOPA&rsquo;s report highlights a looming talent gap in AI skills within the industry. We see this challenge not as a shortfall of talent, but as a shift in the required skill set of existing individuals. The insurance analysts of the future won&rsquo;t just be data scientists or actuaries; they will need to be insurance domain experts who are also fluent in AI. These professionals will design, interpret, and challenge AI agents' outputs, integrating AI-driven insights seamlessly into business decisions. They will operate in continuous, interconnected analytical cycles as part of networked teams aligned to a new AI-driven target operating models.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Generative AI will dramatically compress analytical cycle times; instead of periodic or annual reviews, insurers will move to near real-time updates. Continuous feedback loops among functions such as pricing, reserving, underwriting, and claims will become the norm, enabling increasingly proactive and collective analytics cultures rather than periodic or siloed ones.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, a cross-functional portfolio management team (encompassing pricing, claims, underwriting, and reserving) might use WTW&rsquo;s RadarTM Vision tool to sift through emerging data and automatically surface areas of concern, such as a creeping increase in auto parts costs leading to higher claims severity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The cross-functional team can then agree on targeted micro-actions (for instance, adjusting certain price levers, updating underwriting rules, or tweaking claims triage and total loss criteria) and measure the impact within days or weeks, rather than waiting for quarterly results. Knowing how to work with AI agents by asking the right questions, requesting detailed explanations, and challenging assumptions are the types of skills needed by the team.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>03 Leading insurers operationalize AI instead of just experimenting</strong></div>

<div>EIOPA found that most Gen AI use cases in insurance are still in the pilot or proof-of-concept stage. In our view, insurers must move decisively beyond experimentation and &ldquo;AI labs&rdquo; to truly operationalize AI across their enterprises. The winners in this new era will be those who integrate AI into workflows, not those who regard it as a separate, non-integrated experiment. This means establishing scaled operating models that embed human-AI collaboration. Key elements of such an operating model include:</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Human-and-agent teams, in which AI agents handle high volume and routine tasks while humans focus on oversight, complex cases, and strategic analysis where expert assessment is more important.Connected functions, breaking down silos by enabling AI-driven insights to flow seamlessly across teams (for example, allowing claims and pricing functions to share an up-to-date, frequently updated view on inflation).Shared outcome alignment across pricing, reserving, underwriting, and claims, so that all functions work towards common business goals using insights derived from both human expertise and AI.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>We envision a future in which a single analytics team might consist of five human experts, supported by up to fifty AI agents. In this scenario, AI takes on much of the heavy lifting for data processing and initial analysis, while humans provide guidance, make final decisions, and handle exceptions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, an insurer could establish a central active portfolio management &ldquo;run&rdquo; function that operates a near-continuous insight &rarr; action &rarr; feedback cycle. AI agents would automatically prepare cross-functional &ldquo;change sheets&rdquo; that highlight segments to grow, defend, or adjust in response to emerging data. Human managers would then review, approve, and deploy these changes within predefined guardrails. This kind of rapid, iterative cycle moves far beyond a one-off pilot to embed AI into everyday analytical operations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>04 Insurance domain expertise must be embedded into AI agents</strong></div>

<div>EIOPA&rsquo;s observation of a heavy reliance on third-party AI providers underscores a critical point: generic, one-size-fits-all AI solutions are insufficient for a heavily regulated, highly specialized industry like insurance. Insurers will gain greater value (and control) by embedding deep insurance-domain knowledge directly into their AI tools and models. At WTW, we are designing AI solutions with insurance-specific expertise at the core. We continue to invest in:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Insurance domain-specific AI systems that understand the unique characteristics of insurance processes, decisions, and data.</em></div>

<div><em>Deterministic models and rules blended with Gen AI reasoning, where combining more traditional insurance analytics (which are deterministic in nature) with generative AI provides consistency, ability to meet regulatory needs, and apply human oversight.</em></div>

<div><em>Embedded governance, explainability, and compliance capabilities built into AI systems from the ground up.</em></div>

<div><em>Advanced model monitoring and auditability, so that AI decisions can always be tracked and verified.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>This combination of insurance domain-centric design and controls ensures accuracy, regulatory alignment, and the ability to apply human oversight, ultimately providing material differentiation from competitors.</div>

<div>For example, a specific AI pricing agent could be designed with insurance-specific knowledge &ndash; such as recognising retention elasticity or catastrophe exposure levels to detect risk-adjusted underwriting margin drift. It could then suggest targeted actions at a segment level (adjusting rates, changing underwriting rules, revising risk appetite) that are consistent with capital, reserving, and regulatory requirements. In this way, the AI is not just technically sophisticated, but also &ldquo;speaks insurance&rdquo; by incorporating the same domain expertise that human specialists apply.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>05 Governance and controls must shift to more frequent and more action-oriented oversight</strong></div>

<div>As AI becomes ingrained in decision-making, traditional periodic governance will need to give way to embedded, real-time oversight of AI activities. We strongly agree with EIOPA&rsquo;s emphasis on updating governance frameworks for the age of AI. The next phase of AI governance will be continuous and agent-driven. In practice, future control environments are likely to include:</div>

<div> </div>

<div>AI agents for risk and compliance &ndash; for example, critic agents, guardrail agents, and compliance agents continuously monitoring AI activities in real time.Automated, continuous checks on data privacy, policy thresholds, regulatory compliance, and financial limits &ndash; ensuring that AI systems operate within predefined bounds and any deviation is instantly flagged.Comprehensive logging of AI actions for transparency and auditability, so that every AI-driven decision can be traced and reviewed by humans at any time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Simply put, static quarterly or annual governance processes will no longer suffice for organisations using AI at scale. Governance must become a built-in part of the AI&rsquo;s operation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, consider a scenario in which every portfolio action proposed by an AI agent &ndash; such as recommending a 2.5% rate increase for a particular microsegment &ndash; is automatically subjected to a series of policy and limit checks before implementation. Each recommendation would generate an audit trail accessible to second-line oversight teams and regulators. This real-time control mechanism ensures that AI-driven decisions comply with all regulatory and business rules and standards, allowing human reviewers to focus only on exceptions or breaches.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>06 Shift to direct agent-to-agent communication for easier integration</strong></div>

<div>Many insurers rely on multiple third-party technology providers, which can make integration slow and cumbersome. We believe agent-to-agent communication will increasingly replace traditional APIs and middleware, reducing friction between systems. In an AI-native integration model where AI agents communicate directly with one another, legacy systems, cloud services, and cross-functional workflows can interoperate seamlessly. This shift promises lower integration costs, faster deployment of new tools and models, and improved quality control across the enterprise.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, imagine a monitoring AI agent flags an uptick in slippage in the Actual vs Expected (AvE) loss ratio. It could automatically trigger a cascade of agent-to-agent interactions: a refit agent recalibrates the demand model, and a deployment agent pushes updated rate recommendations to the pricing engine, subject to human approval. All these steps occur within a controlled, fully logged pipeline where integration happens behind the scenes through agent interactions, while humans maintain ultimate governance and oversight.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>07 Insurance analytics software must embrace AI</strong></div>

<div>EIOPA notes the growing importance of reliable vendor tools in supporting AI adoption.</div>

<div>In this context, Radar&trade; 5, the latest version of WTW&rsquo;s market-leading pricing and analytics software, enables insurers to integrate Gen AI features in a governed, industry-specific manner.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Offers rapid, transparent insights into business performance, allowing users to identify changes in business KPIs and predictive models quickly.Automatically identifies and clearly explains portfolio shifts, highlighting emerging trends or anomalies in the book that may require management action.Provides AI augmented model development assistance, offering underwriters and actuaries a &ldquo;co-pilot&rdquo; to interpret complex model results and suggest data-driven next steps. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>All these features align with EIOPA&rsquo;s emphasis on improving decision quality and oversight. By embedding intelligence and automation at the core of the pricing process (while maintaining human control), Radar 5 technology supports the industry&rsquo;s AI-enabled future.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>08 Deep expertise becomes more, not less, valuable in the AI era</strong></div>

<div>Far from replacing human expertise, the rise of AI makes deep insurance knowledge and analytical assessment more critical than ever. As routine tasks are automated, an organization&rsquo;s true competitive advantage will lie in uniquely human strengths such as:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Interpretation of nuanced trends and model outputs.</em></div>

<div><em>Expert assessment in areas of ambiguity or ethical consideration.</em></div>

<div><em>Governance and oversight of automated processes.</em></div>

<div><em>Strategic decision making that sets long-term direction. </em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>As automation takes over routine analytical tasks, insurers must be intentional about developing deep expertise in insurance and analytics. With fewer day-to-day tasks available for traditional on-the-job learning, insurers will need structured, proactive training to ensure future teams build the knowledge and analytical judgment required to work effectively with AI-driven systems.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>AI gives experts greater leverage and reach by handling mundane work and providing intelligent analysis, so that human specialists can focus on high-value decisions. It elevates the importance of seasoned analytical expertise by enabling those experts to have a bigger impact.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>EIOPA&rsquo;s 2025 Generative AI report supports our vision of the future of insurance analytics:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>AI is transformative, but it must be implemented in a responsible, controlled manner.</em></div>

<div><em>Human accountability remains paramount, though how human assessment is applied will change profoundly.</em></div>

<div><em>The insurance operating model will shift to Human + AI Agent teams, fundamentally redesigning how work gets done.</em></div>

<div><em>Governance must become embedded and real-time to provide continuous oversight, rather than periodic checks, which will be the new standard.</em></div>

<div><em>Deep domain expertise is more essential than ever and will be the key differentiator for market leaders.</em></div>

<div><em>Insurers that move beyond experimentation and truly operationalize AI will lead the industry in the coming decade.</em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-impact-of-generative-ai-on-insurance-analytics-26505.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Questions Raised Over Durability Of Middle East Ceasefire</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Aarin Chiekrie, equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 has continued yesterday&rsquo;s momentum, opening marginally higher this morning despite little in the way of major stock results. This is the relative calm before the storm, as first-quarter earnings season is set to kick off next week with the likes of Barratt Redrow, Imperial Brands and Tesco first out of the gates. Overseas, tech names like ASML, TSMC and Netflix are also on the docket, with the first two likely being buoyed by strong chip demand amid the AI boom.</p>

<p>US stock futures slipped lower this morning, giving up some of yesterday&rsquo;s gains as renewed Israeli strikes on Lebanon raised questions about the durability of a fragile ceasefire agreement in the Middle East. While it&rsquo;s been a tough start to the year for equity investors, the bigger picture needs to be kept in mind. The S&P 500 has already rallied more than 7% from its 30 March low and is now down less than 1% year-to-date. While progress towards a more permanent resolution in the Middle East will dominate short-term market moves, it&rsquo;s earning power that drives stock prices in the long term. Some corners of the market have seen their share prices get caught up in the broader market sell-off, despite a resilient or improving earnings picture, so there&rsquo;s something to be said for being greedy when others are fearful.</p>

<p>Brent Crude prices recovered some of yesterday&rsquo;s sharp losses this morning, moving nearly 2% to around $97 per barrel following further Israeli strikes on Lebanon. The Strait of Hormuz, which handles around 20% of global crude and gas flows, remains largely obstructed, and Iranian media reports suggest that oil tanker traffic through the Strait has been suspended again following the attacks by Israel. Oil prices will likely remain elevated and choppy until a more permanent agreement is struck between all parties, and on that front, US Vice President JD Vance is set to lead a US delegation to Islamabad for direct talks with Iran this weekend.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown:</p>

<p>&ldquo;Meta&rsquo;s new AI model, Muse Spark, is a better-than-expected first release from Zuckerberg&rsquo;s Superintelligence Labs, a team he's spent tens of billions building after last year&rsquo;s misstep that led to a reset of its previous model group. Shares jumped last night as early benchmarks show the model performing in the same broad range as leading systems despite this being the team&rsquo;s first real outing since that overhaul. Meta was upfront that this is very much iteration one, and while there still appears to be a gap between Muse and the top models from OpenAI and Anthropic, this moves Meta back into the upper tier of model builders. With markets having largely priced in little return from its AI investment plans, this release offers an early signal that the new team is back on track and begins to put some tangible footing under longer-term monetisation hopes - we think the risk/reward setup for Meta is attractive right now.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/questions-raised-over-durability-of-middle-east-ceasefire-26501.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
</items>

